Dodge 2008 Avenger Automobile User Manual

Dell PowerConnect
6200 Series System
CLI Reference Guide
Regulatory Models: PC6224, PC6248,
PC6224P, PC6248P, and PC6224F
Notes
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of
your computer.
_________________
Information in this publication is subject to change without notice.
© 2011 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc.
is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell™, the DELL logo, PowerConnect™, OpenManage™ are
trademarks of Dell Inc. Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows Server®, MS-DOS® and Windows Vista®
are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries. sFlow® is a registered trademark of InMon Corporation. Cisco® is a registered
trademark of Cisco Systems.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this publication to refer to either the entities claiming
the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and
trade names other than its own.
Regulatory Models: PC6224, PC6248, PC6224P, PC6248P, and PC6224F
March 2011
Rev. A06
Contents
1
Command Groups
Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
Command Groups
Mode Types
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
Layer 2 Commands .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
Layer 3 Commands .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
120
Utility Commands
2
Using the CLI
Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
139
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entering and Editing CLI Commands.
. . . . . . . . . .
139
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
145
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
158
CLI Command Modes
Starting the CLI.
Using CLI Functions and Tools .
3
139
AAA Commands .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaa authentication dot1x
169
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
191
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaa authentication enable .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
192
193
3
aaa authentication login .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaa authorization network default radius .
. . . . . .
196
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
197
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
198
enable authentication
enable password .
ip http authentication
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip https authentication .
login authentication
200
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
201
password (User EXEC)
. . . . . . . . . . . .
202
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
202
show authentication methods .
show users accounts
. . . . . . . . . . . .
203
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
show users login-history
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
206
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
207
ACL Commands
access-list
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
209
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
210
deny | permit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip access-group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
no ip access-group .
mac access-group
213
213
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
214
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mac access-list extended rename
Contents
211
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mac access-list extended
4
199
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
password (Line Configuration).
username .
194
. . . . . . . . . .
216
217
5
show ip access-lists .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
218
show mac access-list
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
Address Table Commands .
bridge address .
. . . . . . . . . .
221
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bridge aging-time
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
222
223
bridge multicast address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
223
bridge multicast filtering
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
225
bridge multicast forbidden address .
. . . . . . . . . .
bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered
bridge multicast forward-all
226
. . .
227
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
228
bridge multicast forward-unregistered .
. . . . . . . .
228
clear bridge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
229
port security
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
230
port security max
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show bridge address-table
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
231
232
show bridge address-table count .
. . . . . . . . . . .
233
show bridge address-table static .
. . . . . . . . . . .
234
show bridge multicast address-table .
. . . . . . . . .
235
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
236
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
237
show bridge multicast filtering
show ports security
show ports security addresses
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
238
5
6
CDP Interoperability Commands
. . . . . .
241
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
242
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
242
clear isdp counters
clear isdp table .
isdp advertise-v2 .
isdp enable .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
243
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
243
isdp holdtime .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
244
isdp timer .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
245
show isdp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
show isdp entry
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show isdp interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show isdp neighbors .
show isdp traffic .
7
251
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
252
DHCP Layer 2 Relay Commands .
. . . . . .
255
. . . . . . . . .
256
dhcp l2relay (Interface Configuration).
Contents
249
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dhcp l2relay (Global Configuration) .
6
247
. . . . . . . .
256
dhcp l2relay circuit-id .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
257
dhcp l2relay remote-id .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
258
dhcp l2relay trust .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
259
dhcp l2relay vlan .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
259
8
DHCP Snooping Commands .
clear ip dhcp snooping statistics
ip dhcp snooping .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
262
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
262
ip dhcp snooping binding
. . . . . . . .
265
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
266
ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
ip dhcp snooping trust .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
267
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
267
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address .
show ip dhcp snooping
264
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip dhcp snooping database write-delay
ip dhcp snooping limit .
263
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip dhcp snooping database
. . . . . . . . .
268
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
269
show ip dhcp snooping binding .
9
261
270
. . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip dhcp snooping database .
. . . . . . . . . . .
271
show ip dhcp snooping interfaces
. . . . . . . . . . .
272
show ip dhcp snooping statistics .
. . . . . . . . . . .
273
Dynamic ARP Inspection
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . .
arp access-list .
. . . . . . . . . . .
275
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clear counters ip arp inspection
. . . . . . . . . . . .
276
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
278
ip arp inspection filter .
ip arp inspection limit
276
Contents
7
ip arp inspection trust
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip arp inspection validate
ip arp inspection vlan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
280
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
281
permit ip host mac host
show arp access-list .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
282
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
282
show ip arp inspection ethernet .
. . . . . . . . . . .
283
show ip arp inspection statistics
. . . . . . . . . . .
285
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
287
show ip arp inspection vlan .
10 Ethernet Configuration Commands
. . . .
289
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
290
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
290
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
291
clear counters
description .
duplex
flowcontrol .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interface ethernet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interface range ethernet .
mtu
293
293
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
294
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show interfaces advertise .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show interfaces configuration.
show interfaces counters
295
296
. . . . . . . . . . . .
297
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
299
show interfaces description .
Contents
292
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
negotiation .
8
279
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
302
show interfaces detail .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
303
show interfaces status
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
307
show statistics ethernet .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
310
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
314
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
316
show storm-control
shutdown .
speed .
storm-control broadcast .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
317
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
318
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
319
storm-control multicast
storm-control unicast
11 GVRP Commands .
clear gvrp statistics
garp timer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
321
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
322
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
322
gvrp enable (global)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
324
gvrp enable (interface)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
324
gvrp registration-forbid
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
325
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
326
show gvrp configuration .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
327
show gvrp error-statistics .
show gvrp statistics .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
328
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
330
Contents
9
12 IGMP Snooping Commands
ip igmp snooping (global)
. . . . . . . . . .
333
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
334
ip igmp snooping (interface) .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip igmp snooping host-time-out
. . . . . . . . . . . .
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
. . . . . . . . . . .
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
show ip igmp snooping groups
336
. . . . . . . . . .
337
. . . . . . . . . . . .
338
. . . . . . . . . . .
339
show ip igmp snooping mrouter .
. . . . . . . . . . .
340
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
341
ip igmp snooping fast-leave .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval .
ip igmp snooping maxresponse
342
. . . . . . . . . . . .
343
. . . . . . . . . .
13 IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
ip igmp snooping querier
341
. . . .
ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime
344
. . .
347
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
348
. . . .
349
. . . . . . .
350
. . . . . . . .
351
ip igmp snooping querier election participate
ip igmp snooping querier query-interval
ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry
Contents
335
show ip igmp snooping interface
ip igmp snooping (VLAN) .
10
334
ip igmp snooping querier version .
show igmp snooping querier
. . . . . . . . . . .
351
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
352
14 IP Addressing Commands
. . . . . . . . . . .
355
clear host
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
356
ip address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
356
ip address dhcp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
357
ip address vlan .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
358
ip default-gateway .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
359
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
360
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
360
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
361
ip domain-lookup
ip domain-name
ip host
ip name-server .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
362
ipv6 address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
363
ipv6 enable .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
364
ipv6 gateway .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show arp switch .
show hosts .
365
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
366
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
367
show ip helper-address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip interface management
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
368
369
11
15 IPv6 Access List Commands
{deny | permit}
. . . . . . . . .
371
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
372
ipv6 access-list
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 access-list rename
ipv6 traffic-filter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
375
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
376
show ipv6 access-lists.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 mld snooping querier .
381
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
382
ipv6 mld snooping querier address
. . . . . . .
382
. . . . . . . . . .
383
ipv6 mld snooping querier election participate .
. . .
384
. . . . . .
385
. . . . . . . .
385
. . . . . . . . . . .
386
ipv6 mld snooping querier query-interval .
ipv6 mld snooping querier timer expiry
show ipv6 mld snooping querier.
17 iSCSI Optimization Commands .
. . . . . . .
389
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
390
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
391
iscsi enable
12
Contents
377
. . . . . . . . .
ipv6 mld snooping querier (VLAN mode)
show iscsi
374
18 LACP Commands
lacp port-priority .
394
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
394
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
395
show lacp ethernet
396
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show lacp port-channel .
link-dependency group
398
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19 Link Dependency Commands
. . . . . . . .
401
402
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
no link-dependency group .
add ethernet
393
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lacp system-priority
lacp timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
402
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
403
add port-channel .
404
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
no add port-channel .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
404
depends-on ethernet .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
405
no depends-on ethernet
depends-on port-channel
20 LLDP Commands
clear lldp statistics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
407
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
408
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clear lldp remote-data .
406
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
no depends-on port-channel
show link-dependency
406
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
411
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
412
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
412
Contents
13
lldp med
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lldp med confignotification
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lldp med faststartrepeatcount .
414
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
415
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
416
lldp notification-interval .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
417
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
418
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
418
lldp receive .
lldp timers
lldp transmit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lldp transmit-mgmt .
420
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
421
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
422
show lldp interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show lldp local-device
show lldp med
424
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
426
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show lldp med local-device .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
show lldp med remote-device .
show lldp statistics
426
428
. . . . . . . . . . . .
430
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
433
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
435
show lldp remote-device
Contents
423
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show lldp med interface .
14
420
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lldp transmit-tlv
show lldp .
414
. . . . . . . . . . . .
lldp med transmit-tlv .
lldp notification
413
21 Port Channel Commands
channel-group
441
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
441
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
442
no hashing-mode
show statistics port-channel
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
444
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
445
22 Port Monitor Commands
monitor session
443
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show interfaces port-channel .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
449
450
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show monitor session
23 QoS Commands
class
440
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interface range port-channel
assign-queue.
439
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interface port-channel .
hashing-mode
. . . . . . . . . . . .
451
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
453
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
455
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
455
class-map
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
class-map rename .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
classofservice dot1p-mapping
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
457
458
. . . . . . . . . . . .
459
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
460
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
461
classofservice trust
conform-color
456
Contents
15
cos-queue min-bandwidth .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
461
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
462
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
463
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
464
cos-queue strict
diffserv
drop .
mark cos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mark ip-dscp .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mark ip-precedence
466
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
467
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
468
match destination-address mac .
. . . . . . . . . . .
469
match dstip .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
match dstip6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
match dstl4port .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471
match ethertype
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
472
match ip6flowlbl .
match ip dscp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
473
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
474
match ip precedence.
match ip tos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
475
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
475
match protocol .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
match source-address mac
match srcip .
16
Contents
465
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
match class-map .
match cos
465
476
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
477
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
478
match srcip6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
match srcl4port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
480
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
481
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
481
match vlan
mirror .
479
police-simple
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
482
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
483
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
484
policy-map .
redirect .
service-policy
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show class-map
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show classofservice dot1p-mapping
. . . . . . . . . .
show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
486
488
. . . . . . . . .
490
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
493
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
494
show classofservice trust .
show diffserv.
485
show diffserv service interface ethernet in .
. . . . . .
show diffserv service interface port-channel in
495
. . . .
496
show diffserv service brief
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
497
show interfaces cos-queue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
498
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
500
show policy-map
show policy-map interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
501
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
502
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
504
show service-policy .
traffic-shape
Contents
17
24 RADIUS Commands
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
aaa accounting network default start-stop
group radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
506
acct-port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
506
auth-port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
507
deadtime
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
508
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
509
key
msgauth
name
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
509
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
510
primary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
511
priority
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
511
radius-server deadtime
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
512
radius-server host
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
513
radius-server key
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
514
radius-server retransmit .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
515
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
515
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
516
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
517
radius-server source-ip
radius-server timeout
retransmit
show radius-servers .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show radius-servers statistics
18
Contents
505
. . . . . . . . . . . .
518
521
source-ip .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
525
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
525
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
526
timeout .
usage .
25 Spanning Tree Commands .
. . . . . . . . . .
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
exit (mst) .
. . . . . . . .
531
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
531
instance (mst)
name (mst)
529
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
532
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
533
revision (mst).
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show spanning-tree
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show spanning-tree summary .
spanning-tree
534
534
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
542
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
544
spanning-tree auto-portfast .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
545
spanning-tree bpdu flooding
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
545
spanning-tree bpdu-protection
spanning-tree cost .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
546
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
547
spanning-tree disable
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
spanning-tree forward-time .
spanning-tree guard .
548
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
549
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550
spanning-tree loopguard
spanning-tree max-age
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
550
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
551
Contents
19
spanning-tree max-hops .
spanning-tree mode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
552
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
553
spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost .
. . . . . . . . . .
553
. . . . . . . . . . .
554
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
555
spanning-tree mst configuration
spanning-tree mst cost .
spanning-tree mst port-priority
. . . . . . . . . . . .
556
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
557
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
558
spanning-tree mst priority .
spanning-tree portfast
spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
. . . . . . .
559
. . . . . . . . . . . .
560
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
560
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
561
spanning-tree portfast default .
spanning-tree port-priority
spanning-tree priority
spanning-tree tcnguard
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
spanning-tree transmit hold-count
. . . . . . . . . .
26 Switchport Voice Commands .
show switchport voice.
565
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
566
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
568
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
569
key
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
570
port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
570
27 TACACS+ Commands
Contents
563
. . . . . . . .
switchport voice detect auto
20
562
priority
571
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show tacacs
tacacs-server host .
tacacs-server key
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
573
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
573
tacacs-server timeout
timeout .
572
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
574
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
575
28 VLAN Commands .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dvlan-tunnel ethertype .
interface vlan
577
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
579
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
579
interface range vlan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
580
mode dvlan-tunnel .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
581
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
582
name
protocol group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
protocol vlan group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
protocol vlan group all.
show dvlan-tunnel .
583
584
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
585
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
586
show dvlan-tunnel interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
586
show interfaces switchport .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
587
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
591
show port protocol .
show switchport protected
show vlan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
592
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
593
Contents
21
show vlan association mac
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show vlan association subnet .
switchport access vlan
. . . . . . . . . . . .
595
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
596
switchport forbidden vlan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchport general acceptable-frame-type
tagged-only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchport general allowed vlan
597
. . . . . . . . . . .
598
. . . . .
599
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
601
switchport general pvid
switchport protected .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchport protected name
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switchport trunk allowed vlan.
vlan .
603
604
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
604
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vlan association subnet
vlan database
605
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
606
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
607
vlan makestatic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vlan protocol group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vlan protocol group add protocol
vlan protocol group name
Contents
602
. . . . . . . . . . . .
vlan association mac
22
596
. . . . .
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
switchport mode .
594
608
608
. . . . . . . . . . .
609
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
611
vlan protocol group remove .
vlan routing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
612
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
613
29 Voice VLAN Commands .
voice vlan
. . . . . . . . . . . .
615
616
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
voice vlan (Interface)
voice vlan data priority
show voice vlan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
617
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
618
30 802.1x Commands
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
dot1x max-req
616
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
621
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
622
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
622
dot1x max-users .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
623
dot1x port-control
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
624
dot1x re-authenticate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dot1x re-authentication
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dot1x system-auth-control .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
dot1x timeout guest-vlan-period
dot1x timeout quiet-period
625
626
627
. . . . . . . . . . . .
627
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
628
dot1x timeout re-authperiod .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
629
dot1x timeout server-timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
630
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
631
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
Contents
23
dot1x timeout tx-period
show dot1x .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
632
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
633
show dot1x clients .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show dot1x ethernet .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
638
show dot1x statistics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
640
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
642
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
643
show dot1x users
dot1x guest-vlan
dot1x unauth-vlan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show dot1x advanced
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
radius-server attribute 4 .
arp
645
647
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
649
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
650
arp cachesize
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
arp dynamicrenew .
arp purge .
arp retries
650
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
651
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
652
arp resptime
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
653
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
654
arp timeout .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clear arp-cache
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clear arp-cache management .
Contents
644
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31 ARP Commands
24
636
. . . . . . . . . . . .
655
655
656
ip proxy-arp
show arp .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
657
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
657
32 DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
. . .
659
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
660
bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
661
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
661
bootpdhcprelay minwaittime
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
show bootpdhcprelay
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
662
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
663
33 DHCPv6 Commands
clear ipv6 dhcp .
dns-server
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
665
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
666
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
666
domain-name
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
667
ipv6 dhcp pool
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
668
ipv6 dhcp relay .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt.
ipv6 dhcp server
669
670
. . . . .
671
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
671
prefix-delegation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
672
service dhcpv6 .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
673
show ipv6 dhcp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
674
Contents
25
show ipv6 dhcp binding
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipv6 dhcp interface
show ipv6 dhcp pool .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
676
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
678
show ipv6 dhcp statistics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
678
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
681
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
682
34 DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp
ip dvmrp metric .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip dvmrp trapflags
show ip dvmrp
683
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
684
show ip dvmrp interface .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
685
show ip dvmrp neighbor .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
685
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
686
show ip dvmrp prune .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
687
show ip dvmrp route .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
688
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
689
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
690
35 IGMP Commands
ip igmp
ip igmp last-member-query-count .
. . . . . . . . . .
ip igmp last-member-query-interval .
ip igmp query-interval
690
. . . . . . . . .
691
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
692
ip igmp query-max-response-time
Contents
682
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip dvmrp nexthop
26
675
. . . . . . . . . .
693
ip igmp robustness .
ip igmp startup-query-count .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
695
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
696
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
697
ip igmp version .
show ip igmp groups.
698
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip igmp interface
699
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip igmp interface membership
show ip igmp interface stats
. . . . . . . . . .
700
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
701
36 IGMP Proxy Commands .
ip igmp-proxy
694
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip igmp startup-query-interval .
show ip igmp .
694
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
703
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip igmp-proxy reset-status
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-report-interval
show ip igmp-proxy
704
704
. . . . . . .
705
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
706
show ip igmp-proxy interface .
show ip igmp-proxy groups
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
707
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
708
show ip igmp-proxy groups detail
. . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
709
27
37 IP Helper Commands
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
711
clear ip helper statistics .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
712
ip helper-address (global configuration)
. . . . . . .
ip helper-address (interface configuration) .
ip helper enable
. . . . .
714
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
716
show ip helper-address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip helper statistics .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38 IP Routing Commands
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
722
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
722
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
723
ip netdirbcast.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
724
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
725
ip route default .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip route distance .
727
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
728
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
729
show ip brief .
28
Contents
726
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip routing .
routing
718
721
ip address
ip route
717
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
encapsulation
ip mtu .
712
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
730
show ip interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
730
show ip protocols
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
732
show ip route
show ip route preferences
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
735
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
736
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
737
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
739
show ip route summary
show ip stats .
vlan routing
734
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39 IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands .
ipv6 mld snooping immediate-leave
. . . . . .
. . . . .
743
. . . . . . . . . . . .
743
ipv6 mld snooping mcrtexpiretime
ipv6 mld snooping (Global)
. . . . . . . . . . .
744
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
745
ipv6 mld snooping (Interface)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
746
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
746
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
747
ipv6 mld snooping (VLAN) .
show ipv6 mld snooping .
show ipv6 mld snooping groups .
ipv6 pimsm (Global config)
749
. . . . . . . . . . . .
40 IPv6 Multicast Commands .
. . . . . . . . . .
751
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 pimsm (VLAN Interface config) .
ipv6 pimsm bsr-border .
742
. . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 mld snooping groupmembership-interval
ipv6 mld snooping maxresponse
741
752
. . . . . . . . . .
752
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
753
ipv6 pimsm bsr-candidate .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
754
29
ipv6 pimsm dr-priority
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 pimsm hello-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
756
ipv6 pimsm register-threshold .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
757
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
757
ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
758
ipv6 pimsm spt-threshold
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
759
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
760
ipv6 pimsm ssm
show ipv6 pimsm .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipv6 pimsm bsr .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
760
762
show ipv6 pimsm interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
763
show ipv6 pimsm neighbor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
764
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
765
show ipv6 pimsm rphash .
show ipv6 pimsm rp mapping
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
765
. . . . . . . . . . . .
767
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
769
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
769
ipv6 address
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
770
ipv6 enable .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
771
41 IPv6 Routing Commands
clear ipv6 neighbors .
clear ipv6 statistics
ipv6 forwarding
ipv6 host
Contents
755
ipv6 pimsm join-prune-interval
ipv6 pimsm rp-address .
30
755
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
772
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
773
ipv6 mld last-member-query-count
. . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval
ipv6 mld-proxy .
. . . . . . . . . .
774
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
775
ipv6 mld-proxy reset-status
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicit-rprt-interval .
ipv6 mld query-interval
776
. . . . . . . . .
776
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
777
ipv6 mld query-max-response-time .
. . . . . . . . . .
778
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
779
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
779
ipv6 mld router .
ipv6 mtu
774
ipv6 nd dad attempts .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
ipv6 nd ns-interval .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
781
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
782
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
ipv6 nd prefix.
780
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
783
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
784
ipv6 nd ra-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
785
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
786
ipv6 nd reachable-time
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
787
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
788
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
788
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
ipv6 pimdm .
ipv6 pimdm hello-interval
ipv6 route .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
789
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
790
Contents
31
ipv6 route distance .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
791
ipv6 unicast-routing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
792
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
792
ping ipv6
ping ipv6 interface .
show ipv6 brief .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
793
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
795
show ipv6 interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipv6 mld groups
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipv6 mld interface
show ipv6 mld-proxy .
800
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
803
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups detail
804
. . . . . . . . . .
805
. . . . . . . . . . . .
808
show ipv6 mld traffic .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
809
show ipv6 neighbors .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
810
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
811
show ipv6 mld-proxy interface
show ipv6 pimdm .
show ipv6 pimdm interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
812
show ipv6 pimdm neighbor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
813
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
814
show ipv6 route
show ipv6 route preferences
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
815
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
816
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
817
show ipv6 route summary
show ipv6 traffic
Contents
797
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups .
32
795
show ipv6 vlan .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
819
traceroute ipv6 .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
820
42 Loopback Interface Commands .
interface loopback .
43 Multicast Commands .
ip mroute .
824
824
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
827
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
829
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
829
ip multicast.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip multicast ttl-threshold
ip pimsm
823
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show interfaces loopback .
ip mcast boundary .
. . . . . .
830
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
831
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
832
ip pimsm bsr-border
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip pimsm bsr-candidate
ip pimsm dr-priority
833
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
833
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
834
ip pimsm hello-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
835
ip pimsm join-prune-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
836
ip pimsm register-threshold .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
836
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
837
ip pimsm rp-address .
ip pimsm rp-candidate .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
838
ip pimsm spt-threshold
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
839
Contents
33
ip pimsm ssm .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show bridge multicast address-table count
show ip mcast
. . . . .
840
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
841
show ip mcast boundary .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
842
show ip mcast interface .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
843
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
844
show ip mcast mroute
show ip mcast mroute group.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
845
show ip mcast mroute source
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
846
show ip mcast mroute static .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
847
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
848
show ip pimsm bsr .
show ip pimsm interface .
show ip pimsm rphash .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
849
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
850
show ip pimsm rp mapping
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
851
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
853
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
856
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
856
44 OSPF Commands
area default-cost .
area nssa .
. . . . . . . . . . .
857
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
858
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
859
area nssa default-info-originate .
area nssa no-redistribute
area nssa no-summary .
area nssa translator-role.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
area nssa translator-stab-intv .
34
Contents
839
. . . . . . . . . . . .
860
860
area range
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
861
area stub .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
862
area stub no-summary .
area virtual-link
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
863
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
864
area virtual-link authentication .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
865
area virtual-link dead-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
866
area virtual-link hello-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
867
area virtual-link retransmit-interval
. . . . . . . . . .
868
. . . . . . . . . . . .
869
auto-cost .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
870
bandwidth
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
871
area virtual-link transmit-delay .
capability opaque
clear ip ospf
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
871
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
872
default-information originate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
873
default-metric
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
874
distance ospf .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
875
distribute-list out
enable
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
876
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
877
exit-overflow-interval .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
877
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
878
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
879
external-lsdb-limit .
ip ospf area.
Contents
35
ip ospf authentication
ip ospf cost .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
880
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
881
ip ospf dead-interval .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
881
ip ospf hello-interval .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
882
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
883
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
884
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
885
ip ospf mtu-ignore
ip ospf network .
ip ospf priority
ip ospf retransmit-interval .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
886
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
886
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
887
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
888
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
889
ip ospf transmit-delay
maximum-paths
network area .
nsf
nsf helper .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nsf helper strict-lsa-checking .
nsf restart-interval .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
891
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
892
passive-interface default
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
893
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
894
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
894
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
896
passive-interface
redistribute .
router-id
router ospf
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip ospf
36
Contents
890
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
896
897
show ip ospf abr .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
903
show ip ospf area
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
903
show ip ospf asbr
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
905
show ip ospf database .
show ip ospf database database-summary .
show ip ospf interface .
906
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
909
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
911
show ip ospf interface brief .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
913
show ip ospf interface stats .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
913
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
914
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
918
show ip ospf neighbor .
show ip ospf range.
show ip ospf statistics .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
918
show ip ospf stub table
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
919
show ip ospf virtual-link .
show ip ospf virtual-link brief .
timers spf .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
921
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
922
1583compatibility
area default-cost .
923
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45 OSPFv3 Commands
area nssa .
920
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
925
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
928
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
928
area nssa default-info-originate
area nssa no-redistribute
. . . . . . . . . . . .
929
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
930
Contents
37
area nssa no-summary .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
area nssa translator-role.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
area nssa translator-stab-intv .
933
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
934
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
935
area stub no-summary
area virtual-link
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
936
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
936
area virtual-link dead-interval.
. . . . . . . . . . . .
937
area virtual-link hello-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . .
938
area virtual-link retransmit-interval .
. . . . . . . . .
939
. . . . . . . . . . . .
940
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
941
default-metric
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
942
distance ospf .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
942
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
943
area virtual-link transmit-delay
default-information originate
enable
exit-overflow-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
944
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
945
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
946
external-lsdb-limit .
ipv6 ospf
ipv6 ospf areaid
ipv6 ospf cost .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
946
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
947
ipv6 ospf dead-interval .
38
Contents
932
. . . . . . . . . . . .
area range
area stub
931
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
948
ipv6 ospf hello-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
949
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
950
ipv6 ospf network
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
950
ipv6 ospf priority .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
951
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore .
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
952
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
953
ipv6 router ospf
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
954
maximum-paths
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
954
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
955
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay .
nsf
nsf helper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nsf helper strict-lsa-checking .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
957
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
958
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
959
nsf restart-interval .
passive-interface
passive-interface default
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
960
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
960
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
961
redistribute .
router-id
956
show ipv6 ospf .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
962
show ipv6 ospf abr .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
966
show ipv6 ospf area
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
967
show ipv6 ospf asbr
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
968
show ipv6 ospf database
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
969
39
show ipv6 ospf database database-summary .
show ipv6 ospf interface .
. . . .
972
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
973
show ipv6 ospf interface brief .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
974
show ipv6 ospf interface stats .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
975
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
977
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
978
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
980
show ipv6 ospf interface vlan
show ipv6 ospf neighbor .
show ipv6 ospf range
show ipv6 ospf stub table
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief .
982
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
985
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
986
show ip pimdm .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
986
show ip pimdm interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
987
show ip pimdm neighbor .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
988
47 PIM-SM Commands .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
989
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
990
ip pimsm
ip pimsm spt-threshold .
40
981
. . . . . . . . . . .
46 PIM-DM Commands .
ip pimdm
980
Contents
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
990
ip pim-trapflags
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
991
show ip pimsm .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
992
show ip pimsm interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
992
show ip pimsm neighbor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
993
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
994
show ip pimsm rphash .
48 Router Discovery Protocol
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip irdp
997
. . . . . . . . . .
998
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip irdp address .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
998
ip irdp holdtime
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
999
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1000
ip irdp minadvertinterval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1001
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1002
ip irdp multicast
ip irdp preference
show ip irdp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1003
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1004
49 Routing Information Protocol
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
auto-summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
default-information originate
1008
1008
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1009
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1010
distribute-list out
enable
1007
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
default-metric
distance rip
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1010
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1011
Contents
41
hostroutesaccept .
ip rip
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1012
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1013
ip rip authentication
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip rip receive version
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1014
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1015
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1016
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1017
ip rip send version
redistribute .
router rip
show ip rip
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip rip interface .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip rip interface brief .
split-horizon
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1021
tunnel destination
1023
1024
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1024
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1025
tunnel mode ipv6ip .
tunnel source .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show interfaces tunnel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1026
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1027
51 Virtual LAN Routing Commands .
Contents
1019
1020
interface tunnel
show ip vlan
1018
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50 Tunnel Interface Commands
42
1013
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1029
1030
52 Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol Commands . . . . .
ip vrrp
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip vrrp authentication
ip vrrp ip
1031
1032
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1033
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1034
ip vrrp mode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip vrrp preempt .
ip vrrp priority
1035
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1035
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1036
ip vrrp timers advertise
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1037
ip vrrp track interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1038
ip vrrp track ip route .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1039
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1040
show ip vrrp
show ip vrrp interface .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip vrrp interface brief
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip vrrp interface stats .
53 Autoconfig Commands
boot host auto-save
boot host dhcp
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1042
1043
1045
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1046
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1046
boot host retry-count.
show boot
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1041
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1047
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1048
Contents
43
54 Captive Portal Commands
authentication timeout .
1051
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1051
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1052
http port.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1053
https port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1053
show captive-portal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show captive-portal status
block
1055
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1056
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1057
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1057
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1058
enable
group
interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1059
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1059
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1060
locale .
name
protocol.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1061
redirect .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1061
redirect-url .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
session-timeout
verification .
1062
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1062
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1063
captive-portal client deauthenticate
Contents
1054
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configuration .
44
1049
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
captive-portal
enable
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
1064
show captive-portal client status .
. . . . . . . . . .
show captive-portal configuration client status
1064
. . .
1066
show captive-portal interface client status
. . . . .
1067
show captive-portal interface configuration
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
1069
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1070
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1070
clear captive-portal users .
no user
show captive-portal user
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1071
user group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1072
user name
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1073
user password .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
user session-timeout
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show captive-portal configuration
. . . . . . . . . .
show captive-portal configuration interface .
1074
1075
. . . .
1076
. . . . .
1077
. . . . . .
1078
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1079
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1080
show captive-portal configuration locales .
show captive-portal configuration status .
show trapflags captive-portal .
user group
1073
user group moveusers .
user group name .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1081
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1082
Contents
45
55 Clock Commands
show clock .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show sntp configuration .
1084
show sntp status .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1085
sntp authenticate .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1086
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sntp broadcast client enable
sntp server
1087
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1088
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1088
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1089
sntp client poll timer .
sntp trusted-key
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sntp unicast client enable .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clock timezone hours-offset .
no clock timezone
1091
1092
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1092
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1093
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1094
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1095
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1096
clock summer-time date .
no clock summer-time .
show clock .
1090
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
clock summer-time recurring
56 Configuration and Image File
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
1083
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sntp authentication-key
46
1083
. . . . . . .
1099
boot system .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1100
clear config.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1100
copy
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1101
delete backup-config
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1104
delete backup-image
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1105
delete startup-config
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1106
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1106
filedescr
script apply.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1107
script delete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1108
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1108
script list .
script validate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show backup-config .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1111
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1112
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1113
show bootvar.
show dir
1110
show running-config.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1114
show startup-config .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1115
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1117
update bootcode .
57 Denial of Service Commands
dos-control firstfrag
. . . . . . .
1119
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1120
dos-control icmp .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1120
dos-control l4port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1121
dos-control sipdip
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1122
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1123
dos-control tcpflag
Contents
47
dos-control tcpfrag .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1123
ip icmp echo-reply .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1124
ip icmp error-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1125
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1126
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1126
ip unreachables
ip redirects .
ipv6 icmp error-interval
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1127
ipv6 unreachables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1128
show dos-control
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1128
58 Line Commands
exec-timeout .
history
1132
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1132
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1133
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1134
show line .
speed .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1135
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1136
59 Management ACL Commands
deny (management)
permit (management)
1137
1138
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1139
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1140
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1141
management access-list .
Contents
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
management access-class
48
1131
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
history size .
line
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show management access-class
show management access-list
60 Password Management
Commands . . . . . . . . . . .
passwords aging .
. . . . . . . . . . .
1143
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1144
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1145
1146
passwords history .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1146
passwords lock-out
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1147
passwords min-length .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show passwords configuration
. . . . . . . . . . . .
61 PHY Diagnostics Commands
show copper-ports cable-length
show copper-ports tdr .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1153
. . . . . . . . .
1154
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1155
. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
power inline legacy
1151
1152
62 Power Over Ethernet Commands
power inline
1149
. . . . . . . . . . .
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
test copper-port tdr
. . . . . . . .
1148
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
power inline powered-device .
power inline priority .
1157
1158
1158
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1159
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1160
Contents
49
power inline traps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
power inline usage-threshold .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1161
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1162
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1163
show poe-firmware-version .
show power inline .
show power inline ethernet .
63 RMON Commands
rmon alarm .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
rmon collection history
rmon event
1167
1168
1169
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1171
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show rmon alarm-table
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show rmon collection history
1172
1174
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1175
show rmon events
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1176
show rmon history
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1177
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1181
show rmon log
show rmon statistics .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64 Serviceability Tracing Packet
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
debug arp .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
debug auto-voip
Contents
1164
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show rmon alarm .
50
1161
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1182
1187
1189
1189
debug clear
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
debug console
debug dot1x
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1190
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1191
debug igmpsnooping.
debug ip acl
1190
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1192
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1192
debug ip dvmrp .
debug ip igmp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1193
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1194
debug ip mcache .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1195
debug ip pimdm
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1195
debug ip pimsm
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1196
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1197
debug ip vrrp .
debug ipv6 mcache
debug ipv6 mld .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1198
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1198
debug ipv6 pimdm
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1199
debug ipv6 pimsm
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1200
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1201
debug isdp
debug lacp .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
debug mldsnooping
debug ospf
1201
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1202
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1203
debug ospfv3 .
debug ping .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1203
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1204
Contents
51
debug rip
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
debug sflow
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
debug spanning-tree .
show debugging
1206
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1207
sflow destination .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1210
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1211
sflow sampling .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1212
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1213
sflow sampling (Interface Mode)
show sflow agent
. . . . . . . . . . .
1214
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1215
show sflow destination
show sflow polling .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1216
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1217
show sflow sampling
66 SNMP Commands
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show snmp filters
show snmp users .
1218
1221
1222
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1223
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1224
show snmp groups .
Contents
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show snmp engineID .
52
1209
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sflow polling (Interface Mode)
show snmp .
1205
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65 sFlow Commands .
sflow polling .
1205
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1225
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1226
show snmp views
show trapflags .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1227
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1229
snmp-server community .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
snmp-server community-group
snmp-server contact .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1232
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1233
snmp-server enable traps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
snmp-server enable traps authentication .
1235
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1236
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1237
snmp-server group .
snmp-server host
1234
. . . . . .
snmp-server engineID local .
snmp-server filter
1230
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1239
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1240
snmp-server location
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1242
snmp-server user
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1243
snmp-server view
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1244
snmp-server v3-host .
67 SSH Commands
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
crypto key generate dsa .
crypto key generate rsa
1249
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1250
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1250
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
ip ssh port
1246
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1251
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1252
ip ssh pubkey-auth .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1253
Contents
53
ip ssh server
key-string .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1254
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1254
show crypto key mypubkey
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
. . . . . . . . . .
1257
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1259
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1260
show ip ssh .
user-key
68 Syslog Commands
clear logging .
1262
1262
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1263
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1264
logging cli-command
logging
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1264
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1265
logging buffered
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1266
logging console
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1267
logging facility .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1268
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1268
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1269
logging file .
logging on
logging snmp .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
logging web-session .
port
Contents
1261
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
description .
54
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
clear logging file .
level
1256
1270
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1271
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1271
show logging.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show logging file
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show syslog-servers .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69 System Management Commands
asset-tag .
. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
banner motd
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1272
1274
1275
1277
1279
1279
banner motd acknowledge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1280
clear checkpoint statistics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1281
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1282
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1283
cut-through mode
hostname .
initiate failover .
member .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1283
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1284
movemanagement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1285
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1286
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1288
no standby
nsf
ping .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
reload
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
set description .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show boot-version .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show checkpoint statistics
show cut-through mode
1288
1290
1291
1292
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1292
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1293
Contents
55
show memory cpu
show nsf
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1294
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1295
show process cpu
show sessions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1296
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1299
show stack-port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show stack-port counters
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1301
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1303
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1305
show stack-port diag
show stack-standby
show supported switchtype .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1306
show switch
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1308
show system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1314
show system id .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show tech-support .
show users .
stack
1317
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1319
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1320
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1321
stack-port
standby .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1322
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1323
switch priority
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
switch renumber .
Contents
1316
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show version .
56
1300
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1323
1324
telnet .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
traceroute
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70 Telnet Server Commands .
ip telnet server disable
ip telnet port
. . . . . . . . . .
1331
1332
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1332
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71 User Interface Commands .
end
1327
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show ip telnet
enable
1325
. . . . . . . . .
1333
1335
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1336
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1336
exit .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1337
quit .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1338
72 Web Server Commands .
common-name .
country .
. . . . . . . . . . .
1339
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1340
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1340
crypto certificate generate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1341
crypto certificate import .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1342
crypto certificate request
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1344
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1345
duration
ip http port
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1345
Contents
57
ip http server .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ip https certificate
ip https port .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1347
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1347
ip https server
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1348
key-generate .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1349
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1350
location .
organization-unit .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
show crypto certificate mycertificate .
show ip http
state
Contents
1350
. . . . . . . .
1351
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1352
show ip https .
58
1346
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1353
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1355
1
Command Groups
Introduction
The Command Line Interface (CLI) is a network management application
operated through an ASCII terminal without the use of a Graphic User
Interface (GUI) driven software application. By directly entering commands,
the user has greater configuration flexibility. The CLI is a basic command-line
interpreter similar to the UNIX C shell.
A switch can be configured and maintained by entering commands from the
CLI, which is based solely on textual input and output with commands being
entered by a terminal keyboard and the output displayed as text via a terminal
monitor. The CLI can be accessed from a console terminal connected to an
EIA/TIA-232 port or through a Telnet session.
This guide describes how the CLI is structured, describes the command
syntax, and describes the command functionality.
This guide also provides information for configuring the PowerConnect
switch, details the procedures, and provides configuration examples. Basic
installation configuration is described in the User’s Guide and must be
completed before using this document.
Command Groups
The system commands can be broken down into three sets of functional
groups, Layers 2, Layer 3, and Utility.
Table 1-1.
System Command Groups
Command Group
Description
Layer 2 Commands
AAA
Configures connection security including authorization
and passwords.
ACL
Configures and displays ACL information.
Command Groups
59
Table 1-1.
System Command Groups (continued)
Command Group
Description
Address Table
Configures bridging address tables.
CDP Interoperability
Configures Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP).
DHCP l2 Relay
Enables the Layer 2 DHCP Relay agent for an interface.
DHCP Snooping
Configures DHCP snooping and whether an interface is
trusted for filtering.
Dynamic ARP Inspection Configures for rejection of invalid and malicious ARP
packets.
Ethernet Configuration
Configures all port configuration options for example
ports, storm control, port speed and auto-negotiation.
GVRP
Configures and displays GVRP configuration and
information.
IGMP Snooping
Configures IGMP snooping and displays IGMP
configuration and IGMP information.
IGMP Snooping Querier Configures IGMP Snooping Querier and displays IGMP
Snooping Querier information.
IP Addressing
Configures and manages IP addresses on the switch.
IPv6 ACL
Configures and displays ACL information for IPv6.
IPv6 MLD Snooping
Configures IPv6 MLD Snooping.
IPv6 MLD Snooping
Querier
Configures IPv6 Snooping Querier and displays IPv6
Snooping Querier information.
iSCSI Optimization
Configures special treatment for traffic between iSCSI
initiators and target systems and allows the switch to
automatically discover Dell EqualLogic arrays via LLDP.
LACP
Configures and displays LACP information.
Link Dependency
Configures and displays link dependency information.
LLDP
Configures and displays LLDP information.
Port Channel
Configures and displays Port channel information.
Port Monitor
Monitors activity on specific target ports.
QoS
Configures and displays QoS information.
Radius
Configures and displays RADIUS information.
60
Command Groups
Table 1-1.
System Command Groups (continued)
Command Group
Description
Spanning Tree
Configures and reports on Spanning Tree protocol.
Switchport Voice
Configures the Auto VoIP feature.
TACACS+
Configures and displays TACACS+ information.
VLAN
Configures VLANs and displays VLAN information.
Voice VLAN
Configures voice VLANs and displays voice VLAN
information
802.1x
Configures and displays commands related to 802.1x
security protocol.
Layer 3 Commands
ARP (IPv4)
Manages Address Resolution Protocol functions.
DHCP and BOOTP
Relay (IPv4)
Manages DHCP/BOOTP operations on the system.
DHCPv6
Configures IPv6 DHCP functions.
DVMRP (Mcast)
Configures DVMRP operations.
IGMP (Mcast)
Configures IGMP operations.
IGMP Proxy (Mcast)
Manages IGMP Proxy on the system.
IP Helper
Configures relay of UDP packets.
IP Routing (IPv4)
Configures IP routing and addressing.
IPv6 Multicast
Manages IPv6 Multicasting on the system.
IPv6 Routing
Configures IPv6 routing and addressing.
Loopback Interface
(IPv6)
Manages Loopback configurations.
Multicast (Mcast)
Manages Multicasting on the system.
OSPF (IPv4)_
Manages shortest path operations.
OSPFv3 (IPv6)
Manages IPv6 shortest path operations.
PIM-DM (Mcast)
Configures PIM-DM operations.
PIM-SM (Mcast)
Configures PIM-SM operations.
Command Groups
61
Table 1-1.
System Command Groups (continued)
Command Group
Description
Router Discovery
Protocol (IPv4)
Manages router discovery operations.
Routing Information
Protocol (IPv4)
Configures RIP activities.
Tunnel Interface (IPv6)
Managing tunneling operations.
Virtual LAN Routing
(IPv4)
Controls virtual LAN routing.
Virtual Router
Redundancy (IPv4)
Manages router redundancy on the system.
Utility Commands
Auto Config
Automatically configures switch when a configuration file
is not found.
Captive Portal
Blocks clients from accessing network until user
verification is established.
Clock
Configures the system clock.
Configuration and Image Manages the switch configuration files.
Files
Denial of Service
Provides several Denial of Service options.
Line
Configures the console, SSH, and remote Telnet
connection.
Management ACL
Configures and displays management access-list
information.
Password Management
Provides password management.
PHY Diagnostics
Diagnoses and displays the interface status.
Power Over Ethernet
(PoE)
Configures PoE and displays PoE information.
RMON
Can be configured through the CLI and displays RMON
information.
Serviceability Tracing
Controls display of debug output to serial port or telnet
console.
sFlow
Configures sFlow monitoring.
62
Command Groups
Table 1-1.
System Command Groups (continued)
Command Group
Description
SNMP
Configures SNMP communities, traps and displays SNMP
information.
SSH
Configures SSH authentication.
Syslog
Manages and displays syslog messages.
System Management
Configures the switch clock, name and authorized users.
Telnet Server
Configures Telnet service on the switch and displays
Telnet information.
User Interface
Describes user commands used for entering CLI
commands.
Web Server
Configures web-based access to the switch.
Command Groups
63
Mode Types
The tables on the following pages use these abbreviations for Command
Mode names.
64
•
ARPA — ARP ACL Configuration
•
CC — Crypto Configuration
•
CP — Captive Portal Configuration
•
CPI — Captive Portal Instance
•
CMC — Class-Map Configuration
•
GC — Global Configuration
•
IC — Interface Configuration
•
IP — IP Access List Configuration
•
KC — Key Chain
•
KE — Key
•
L — Logging
•
LC — Line Configuration
•
MA — Management Access-level
•
MC — MST Configuration
•
ML — MAC-ACL Configuration
•
PE — Privileged EXEC
•
PM — Policy Map Configuration
•
PCGC — Policy Map Global Configuration
•
PCMC — Policy Class Map Configuration
•
R — Radius
•
RIP — Router RIP Configuration
•
RC — Router Configuration
•
ROSPF — Router Open Shortest Path First
•
ROSV3 — Router Open Shortest Path First Version 3
•
SG — Stack Global Configuration
•
SP — SSH Public Key
Command Groups
•
SK — SSH Public Key-chain
•
TC — TACACS Configuration
•
UE — User EXEC
•
VLAN — VLAN Configuration
•
v6ACL — IPv6 Access List Configuration
•
v6CMC
•
v6DP — IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration
Layer 2 Commands
AAA
Command
Description
Mode*
aaa authentication dot1x
Specifies one or more authentication,
authorization and accounting (AAA) methods
for use on interfaces running IEEE 802.1X.
GC
aaa authentication enable
Defines authentication method lists for
accessing higher privilege levels.
GC
aaa authentication login
Defines login authentication.
GC
aaa authorization network
default radius
Enables the switch to accept VLAN assignment GC
by the RADIUS server.
enable authentication
Specifies the authentication method list when LC
accessing a higher privilege level from a remote
telnet or console.
enable password
Sets a local password to control access to the
normal level.
GC
ip http authentication
Specifies authentication methods for http.
GC
ip https authentication
Specifies authentication methods for https.
GC
login authentication
Specifies the login authentication method list
for a remote telnet or console.
LC
password
Specifies a password on a line.
LC
password
Specifies a user password
UE
Command Groups
65
Command
Description
Mode*
show authentication
methods
Shows information about authentication
methods
PE
show user accounts
Displays information about the local user
database
PE
show users login-history
Displays information about login histories of
users
PE
username
Establishes a username-based authentication
system.
GC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
ACL
Command
Description
Mode*
access-list
Creates an Access Control List (ACL) that is
identified by the parameter accesslistnumber.
GC
deny|permit
The deny command denies traffic if the
ML
conditions defined in the deny statement are
matched. The permit command allows traffic if
the conditions defined in the permit statement
are matched.
ip access-group
Attaches a specified access-control list to an
interface.
ip access-group <name>
out
Applies an IP based egress ACL on an Ethernet IC
interface or a group of interfaces.
mac access-group
Attaches a specific MAC Access Control List
(ACL) to an interface in a given direction.
GC or
IC
mac access-list extended
Creates the MAC Access Control List (ACL)
identified by the name parameter.
GC
mac access-list extended
rename
Renames the existing MAC Access Control List GC
(ACL) name.
66
Command Groups
GC or
IC
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip access-lists
Displays an Access Control List (ACL) and all PE
of the rules that are defined for the ACL.
show mac access-list
Displays a MAC access list and all of the rules
that are defined for the ACL.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Address Table
Command
Description
Mode*
bridge address
Adds a static MAC-layer station source address IC
to the bridge table.
bridge aging-time
Sets the address table aging time.
bridge multicast address
Registers MAC-layer Multicast addresses to the IC
bridge table, and adds static ports to the group.
bridge multicast filtering
Enables filtering of Multicast addresses.
GC
GC
bridge multicast forbidden Forbids adding a specific Multicast address to
address
specific ports.
IC
bridge multicast forbidden Forbids a port to be a forwarding-unregisteredforward-unregistered
multicast-addresses port.
IC
bridge multicast forward-all Enables forwarding of all Multicast packets on a IC
port.
bridge multicast forwardunregistered
Enables the forwarding of unregistered
multicast addresses
IC
clear bridge
Removes any learned entries from the
forwarding database.
PE
port security
Disables new address learning on an interface.
IC
port security max
Configures the maximum addresses that can be IC
learned on the port while the port is in port
security mode.
show bridge address-table
Displays dynamically created entries in the
bridge-forwarding database.
show bridge address-table
count
Displays the number of addresses present in the PE
Forwarding Database.
Command Groups
PE
67
Command
Description
Mode*
show bridge address-table
static
Displays statically created entries in the bridge- PE
forwarding database.
show bridge multicast
address-table
Displays Multicast MAC address table
information.
PE
show bridge multicast
filtering
Displays the Multicast filtering configuration.
PE
show ports security
Displays the port-lock status.
PE
show ports security
addresses
Displays current dynamic addresses in locked
ports.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
CDP Interoperability
Command
Description
Mode*
clear isdp counters
Clears the ISDP counters.
PE
clear isdp table
Clears entries in the ISDP table.
PE
isdp advertise-v2
Enables the sending of ISDP version 2 packets
from the device.
GC
isdp enable
Enables ISDP on the switch.
GC/IC
isdp holdtime
Configures the hold time for ISDP packets that GC
the switch transmits.
isdp timer
Sets period of time between sending new ISDP GC
packets.
show isdp
Displays global ISDP settings.
PE
show isdp interface
Displays ISDP settings for the specified
interface.
PE
show isdp entry
Displays ISDP entries.
PE
show isdp neighbors
Displays the list of neighboring devices.
PE
show isdp traffic
Displays ISDP statistics.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
68
Command Groups
DHCP l2 Relay
Command
Description
Mode*
dhcp l2relay
Enables the Layer 2 DHCP Relay agent for an
interface.
GC/IC
dhcp l2relay circuit-id
Enables user to set the DHCP Option 82
Circuit ID for a VLAN.
GC
dhcp l2relay remote-id
Enables user to set the DHCP Option 82
Remote ID for a VLAN.
GC
dhcp l2relay vlan
Enables the L2 DHCP Relay agent for a set of
VLANs.
GC
dhcp l2relay trust
Configures an interface to trust a received
DHCP Option 82.
IC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
DHCP Snooping
Command
Description
Mode*
clear ip dhcp snooping
binding
Clears all DHCP Snooping entries.
PE
clear ip dhcp snooping
statistics
clears all DHCP Snooping statistics.
PE
ip dhcp snooping
Enables DHCP snooping globally or on a
specific VLAN.
GC/IC
ip dhcp snooping binding
Configures a static DHCP Snooping binding.
GC
ip dhcp snooping database Configures the persistent location of the DHCP GC
snooping database.
ip dhcp snooping database Configures the interval in seconds at which the GC
write-delay
DHCP Snooping database will be stored in
persistent storage.
ip dhcp snooping limit
Controls the maximum rate of DHCP
messages.
IC
ip dhcp snooping loginvalid
Enables logging of DHCP messages filtered by
the DHCP Snooping application.
IC
Command Groups
69
Command
Description
Mode*
ip dhcp snooping trust
Configure a port as trusted for DHCP snooping. IC
ip dhcp snooping verify
mac-address
Enables the verification of the source MAC
address with the client MAC address in the
received DHCP message.
GC
show ip dhcp snooping
Displays the DHCP snooping global and per
port configuration.
PE
show ip dhcp snooping
binding
Displays the DHCP snooping binding entries.
PE
show ip dhcp snooping
database
Displays the DHCP snooping configuration
related to the database persistence.
PE
show ip dhcp snooping
interfaces
Displays the DHCP Snooping status of the
interfaces.
PE
show ip dhcp snooping
statistics
Displays the DHCP snooping filtration
statistics.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Dynamic ARP Inspection
Command
Description
Mode*
arp access-list
Creates an ARP ACL.
GC
clear counters ip arp
inspection
Resets the statistics for Dynamic ARP
Inspection on all VLANs.
PE
ip arp inspection filter
Configures the ARP ACL to be used for a single GC
VLAN or a range of VLANs to filter invalid ARP
packets.
ip arp inspection limit
Configures the rate limit and burst interval
values for an interface.
ip arp inspection trust
Configures an interface as trusted for Dynamic IC
ARP Inspection.
ip arp inspection validate
Enables additional validation checks like source GC
MAC address validation, destination MAC
address validation or IP address validation on
the received ARP packets.
70
Command Groups
IC
Command
Description
Mode*
ip arp inspection vlan
Enables Dynamic ARP Inspection on a single
VLAN or a range of VLANs.
GC
permit ip host mac host
Configures a rule for a valid IP address and
ARPA
MAC address combination used in ARP packet
validation.
show arp access-list
Displays the configured ARP ACLs with the
rules.
show ip arp inspection
ethernet
Displays the Dynamic ARP Inspection
PE
configuration on all the DAI enabled interfaces.
show ip arp inspection
statistics
Displays the statistics of the ARP packets
processed by Dynamic ARP Inspection.
show ip arp inspection vlan Displays the Dynamic ARP Inspection
configuration on all the VLANs in the given
VLAN range.
PE
PE
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Ethernet Configuration
Command
Description
Mode*
clear counters
Clears statistics on an interface.
PE
description
Adds a description to an interface.
IC
duplex
Configures the full/half duplex operation of a
given Ethernet interface when not using autonegotiation.
IC
flowcontrol
Configures the flow control on a given interface. GC
interface ethernet
Enters the interface configuration mode to
configure an Ethernet type interface.
GC
interface range ethernet
Enters the interface configuration mode to
configure multiple Ethernet type interfaces.
GC
mtu
Enables jumbo frames on an interface by
adjusting the maximum size of a packet or
maximum transmission unit (MTU).
IC
Command Groups
71
Command
Description
Mode*
negotiation
Enables auto-negotiation operation for the
speed and duplex parameters of a given
interface.
IC
show interfaces advertise
Displays information about auto negotiation
advertisement.
PE
show interfaces
configuration
Displays the configuration for all configured
interfaces.
UE
show interfaces counters
Displays traffic seen by the physical interface.
UE
show interfaces description Displays the description for all configured
interfaces.
UE
show interfaces detail
Displays the detail for all configured interfaces. UE
show interfaces status
Displays the status for all configured interfaces. UE
show statistics ethernet
Displays statistics for one port or for the entire
switch.
PE
show storm-control
Displays the storm control configuration.
PE
shutdown
Disables interfaces.
IC
speed
Configures the speed of a given Ethernet
interface when not using auto-negotiation.
IC
storm-control broadcast
Enables Broadcast storm control.
IC
storm-control multicast
Enables the switch to count Multicast packets
together with Broadcast packets.
IC
storm-control unicast
Enables Unicast storm control.
IC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
GVRP
Command
Description
Mode*
clear gvrp statistics
Clears all the GVRP statistics information.
PE
garp timer
Adjusts the GARP application join, leave, and
leaveall GARP timer values.
IC
gvrp enable (global)
Enables GVRP globally.
GC
72
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
gvrp enable (interface)
Enables GVRP on an interface.
IC
gvrp registration-forbid
De-registers all VLANs, and prevents dynamic
VLAN registration on the port.
IC
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Enables or disables dynamic VLAN creation.
IC
show gvrp configuration
Displays GVRP configuration information,
PE
show gvrp error-statistics
Displays GVRP error statistics.
UE
show gvrp statistics
Displays GVRP statistics.
UE
including timer values, whether GVRP and
dynamic VLAN creation is enabled, and
which ports are running GVRP
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IGMP Snooping
Command
Description
Mode*
ip igmp snooping (Global) In Global Config mode, Enables Internet
Group Management Protocol (IGMP)
snooping.
GC
ip igmp snooping
(Interface)
Enables Internet Group Management Protocol IC
(IGMP) snooping on a specific VLAN.
ip igmp snooping hosttime-out
Configures the host-time-out.
IC
ip igmp snooping leavetime-out
Configures the leave-time-out.
IC
ip igmp snooping mrouter- Configures the mrouter-time-out.
time-out
IC
show ip igmp snooping
groups
Displays Multicast groups learned by IGMP
snooping.
UE
show ip igmp snooping
interface
Displays IGMP snooping configuration.
PE
show ip igmp snooping
mrouter
Displays information on dynamically learned
Multicast router interfaces.
PE
Command Groups
73
Command
Description
Mode*
ip igmp snooping (VLAN)
In VLAN Config mode, enables IGMP snooping VLAN
on a particular VLAN or on all interfaces
participating in a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enables or disables IGMP Snooping fast-leave
mode on a selected VLAN.
VLAN
ip igmp snooping
Sets the IGMP Group Membership Interval
groupmembership-interval time on a VLAN.
VLAN
ip igmp snooping
maxresponse
Sets the IGMP Maximum Response time on a
particular VLAN.
VLAN
ip igmp snooping
mcrtrexpiretime
Sets the Multicast Router Present Expiration
time.
VLAN
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IGMP Snooping Querier
Command
Description
Mode*
ip igmp snooping querier
Enables/disables IGMP Snooping Querier on
GC,
the system (Global Configuration mode) or on VLAN
a VLAN.
ip igmp snooping querier
election participate
Enables the Snooping Querier to participate in VLAN
the Querier Election process when it discovers
the presence of another Querier in the VLAN.
ip igmp snooping querier
query-interval
Sets the IGMP Querier Query Interval time.
ip igmp snooping querier
timer expiry
Sets the IGMP Querier timer expiration period. GC
ip igmp snooping querier
version
Sets the IGMP version of the query that the
snooping switch is going to send periodically.
show igmp snooping
querier
Displays IGMP Snooping Querier information. PE
GC
GC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
74
Command Groups
IP Addressing
Command
Description
Mode*
clear host
Deletes entries from the host name-to-address
cache
PE
helper address
Enable forwarding User Datagram Protocol
(UDP) Broadcast packets received on an
interface.
IC
ip address
Sets a management IP address on the switch.
GC
ip address dhcp
Acquires an IP address on an interface from the GC
DHCP server.
ip address vlan
Sets the management VLAN.
GC
ip default-gateway
Defines a default gateway (router).
GC
ip domain-lookup
Enables IP DNS-based host name-to-address
translation.
GC
ip domain-name
Defines a default domain name to complete
unqualified host names.
GC
ip host
Configures static host name-to-address
mapping in the host cache.
GC
ip name-server
Configures available name servers.
GC
ipv6 address
Set the IPv6 address of the management
interface.
GC
ipv6 enable
Enable IPv6 on the management interface.
GC
ipv6 gateway
Configures an IPv6 gateway for the
management interface.
GC
show arp switch
Displays the entries in the ARP table.
PE
show hosts
Displays the default domain name, a list of
UE
name server hosts, static and cached list of host
names and addresses.
show ip helper-address
Displays the ip helper addresses configuration.
PE
show ip interface
management
Displays the management IP interface
information.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Command Groups
75
IPv6 ACL
Command
Description
Mode*
{deny | permit}
Creates a new rule for the current IPv6 access
list.
v6AC
L
ipv6 access-list
Creates an IPv6 Access Control List (ACL)
GC
consisting of classification fields defined for the
IP header of an IPv6 frame.
ipv6 access-list rename
Changes the name of an IPv6 ACL.
ipv6 traffic-filter
Attaches a specific IPv6 ACL to an interface or GC
associates it with a VLAN ID in a given
IC
direction.
show ipv6 access-lists
Displays an IPv6 access list (and the rules
defined for it).
GC
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IPv6 MLD Snooping
Command
Description
ipv6 mld snooping
immediate-leave
Enables or disables MLD Snooping immediate- IC
leave admin mode on a selected interface or
VLAN
VLAN.
ipv6 mld snooping
Sets the MLD Group Membership Interval
groupmembership-interval time on a VLAN or interface.
Mode*
IC
VLAN
ipv6 mld snooping
maxresponse
Sets the MLD Maximum Response time for an IC
interface or VLAN.
VLAN
ipv6 mld snooping
mcrtexpiretime
Sets the Multicast Router Present Expiration
time.
IC
ipv6 mld snooping (Global) Enables MLD Snooping on the system (Global GC
Config Mode).
ipv6 mld snooping
(Interface)
Enables MLD Snooping on an interface.
ipv6 mld snooping (VLAN) Enables MLD Snooping on a particular VLAN
and all interfaces participating in that VLAN.
76
Command Groups
IC
VLAN
Command
Description
Mode*
show ipv6 mld snooping
Displays MLD Snooping information.
PE
show ipv6 mld snooping
groups
Displays the MLD Snooping entries in the
MFDB table.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier
Command
Description
Mode*
ipv6 mld snooping querier
Enables MLD Snooping Querier on the system GC
or on a VLAN.
VLAN
ipv6 mld snooping querier
address
Sets the global MLD Snooping Querier address GC
on the system or on a VLAN.
VLAN
ipv6 mld snooping querier
election participate
Enables the Snooping Querier to participate in VLAN
the Querier Election process when it discovers
the presence of another Querier in the VLAN.
ipv6 mld snooping querier
query-interval
Sets the MLD Querier Query Interval time.
ipv6 mld snooping querier
timer expiry
Sets the MLD Querier timer expiration period. GC
show ipv6 mld snooping
querier
Displays MLD Snooping Querier information.
PE
show ipv6 mld snooping
groups
Displays the MLD Snooping entries in the
MFDB table.
PE
GC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
iSCSI Optimization
Command
Description
Mode*
iscsi enable
Globally enables iSCSI awareness.
GC
show iscsi
Displays the iSCSI settings.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Command Groups
77
LACP
Command
Description
Mode*
lacp port-priority
Configures the priority value for physical ports. IC
lacp system-priority
Configures the system LACP priority.
GC
lacp timeout
Assigns an administrative LACP timeout.
IC
show lacp ethernet
Displays LACP information for Ethernet ports. PE
show lacp port-channel
Displays LACP information for a port-channel. PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Link Dependency
Command
Description
Mode*
link-dependency group
Enters the link-dependency mode to
configure a link-dependency group.
GC
no link-dependency
group
Removes the configuration for a linkdependency group.
GC
add ethernet
Adds member Ethernet port(s) to the
dependency list.
Link Dependency
no add ethernet
Removes member Ethernet port(s)
from the dependency list.
Link Dependency
add port-channel
Adds member port-channels to the
dependency list.
Link Dependency
no add port-channel
Removes member port-channels from
the dependency list.
Link Dependency
depends-on ethernet
Adds the dependent Ethernet ports list. Link Dependency
no depends-on ethernet Removes the dependent Ethernet ports Link Dependency
list.
depends-on portchannel
78
Adds the dependent port-channels list. Link Dependency
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
no depends-on portchannel
Removes the dependent port-channels
list.
Link Dependency
show link-dependency
Shows the link dependencies configured PE
on a particular group.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
LLDP
Command
Description
Mode*
clear lldp remote data
Deletes all data from the remote data table.
PE
clear lldp statistics
Resets all LLDP statistics.
PE
lldp notification
Enables remote data change notifications.
IC
lldp notification-interval
Limits how frequently remote data change
notifications are sent.
GC
lldp receive
Enables the LLDP receive capability.
IC
lldp timers
Sets the timing parameters for local data
transmission on ports enabled for LLDP.
GC
lldp transmit
Enables the LLDP advertise capability.
IC
lldp transmit-mgmt
Specifies that transmission of the local system
management address information in the
LLDPDUs is included.
IC
lldp transmit-tlv
Specifies which optional TLVs in the 802.1AB IC
basic management set will be transmitted in the
LLDPDUs.
show lldp
Displays the current LLDP configuration
summary.
PE
show lldp connections
Displays the current LLDP remote data.
PE
show lldp interface
Displays the current LLDP interface state.
PE
show lldp local-device
Displays the LLDP local data
PE
show lldp remote-device
Displays the LLDP remote data
PE
Command Groups
79
Command
Description
Mode*
show lldp statistics
Displays the current LLDP traffic statistics.
PE
lldp med
Enables/disables LLDP-MED on an interface.
IC
lldp med transmit-tlv
Spwcifies which optional TLVs in the LLDP
MED set are transmitted in the LLDPDUs.
IC
lldp med
faststartrepeatcount
Sets the value of the fast start repeat count.
GC
lldp med confignotification Enables sending the topology change
notifications.
IC
show lldp med
Displays a summary of the current LLDP MED PE
configuration.
show lldp med interface
Displays a summary of the current LLDP MED PE
configuration for a specific interface.
show lldp med remotedevice
Displays the current LLDP MED remote data.
show lldp med local-device Displays the advertised LLDP local data.
PE
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Port Channel
Command
Description
Mode*
channel-group
Associates a port with a port-channel.
IC
interface port-channel
Enters the interface configuration mode of a
specific port-channel.
GC
interface range portchannel
Enters the interface configuration mode to
configure multiple port-channels.
GC
hashing-mode
Sets the hashing algorithm on trunk ports.
IC
(portchannel
)
no hashing-mode
Sets the hashing algorithm on trunk ports to
default (3).
IC
(portchannel
)
80
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
show interfaces portchannel
Displays port-channel information.
PE
show statistics port-channel Displays port-channel statistics.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Port Monitor
Command
Description
Mode*
monitor session
Configures a port monitoring session.
GC
show monitor session
Displays the port monitoring status.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
QoS
Command
Description
Mode*
assign-queue
Modifies the queue ID to which the associated PCM
traffic stream is assigned.
C
class
Creates an instance of a class definition within PMC
the specified policy for the purpose of defining
treatment of the traffic class through
subsequent policy attribute statements.
class-map
Defines a new DiffServ class of type match-all, GC
match-any, or match-access-group. For now,
only match-all is available in the CLI.
class-map rename
Changes the name of a DiffServ class.
GC
classofservice dotlpmapping
Maps an 802.1p priority to an internal traffic
class for a switch.
GC
and IC
classofservice ip-dscpmapping
Maps an IP DSCP value to an internal traffic
class.
GC
classofservice trust
Sets the class of service trust mode of an
interface.
GC
and IC
Command Groups
81
Command
Description
Mode*
conform-color
Specifies for each outcome, the only possible
actions are drop, setdscp-transmit, set-prectransmit, or transmit
PCM
C
cos-queue min-bandwidth
Specifies the minimum transmission bandwidth GC
for each interface queue.
and IC
cos-queue strict
Activates the strict priority scheduler mode for GC
each specified queue.
and IC
diffserv
Sets the DiffServ operational mode to active.
GC
drop
Use the drop policy-class-map configuration
command to specify that all packets for the
associated traffic stream are to be dropped at
ingress.
PCM
C
mark cos
Marks all packets for the associated traffic
stream with the specified class of service value
in the priority field of the 802.1p header.
PCM
C
mark ip-dscp
Marks all packets for the associated traffic
stream with the specified IP DSCP value.
PCM
C
mark ip-precedence
Marks all packets for the associated traffic
stream with the specified IP precedence value.
PCM
C
match class-map
Adds add to the specified class definition the
set of match conditions defined for another
class.
CMC
match cos
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition for the Class of Service value.
CMC
match destination-address
mac
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the destination MAC
address of a packet.
CMC
match dstip
Adds to the specified class definition a match CMC
condition based on the destination IP address of
a packet.
match dstip6
adds to the specified class definition a match
v6CM
condition based on the destination IPv6 address C
of a packet.
82
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
match dstl4port
Adds to the specified class definition a match CMC
condition based on the destination layer 4 port
of a packet using a single keyword, or a numeric
notation.
match ethertype
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the value of the ethertype.
CMC
match ip6flowlbl
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the IPv6 flow label of a
packet.
v6CM
C
match ip dscp
Adds to the specified class definition a match CMC
condition based on the value of the IP DiffServ
Code Point (DSCP) field in a packet.
match ip precedence
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the value of the IP.
CMC
match ip tos
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the value of the IP TOS
field in a packet.
CMC
match protocol
Adds to the specified class definition a match CMC
condition based on the value of the IP Protocol
field in a packet using a single keyword notation
or a numeric value notation.
match source-address mac
Adds to the specified class definition a match CMC
condition based on the source MAC address of
the packet.
match srcip
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the source IP address of a
packet.
match srcip6
Adds to the specified class definition a match v6CM
condition based on the source IPv6 address of a C
packet.
match srcl4port
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the source layer 4 port of a
packet using a single keyword, a numeric
notation, or a numeric range notation.
Command Groups
CMC
CMC
83
Command
Description
Mode*
match vlan
Adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the value of the layer 2
VLAN Identifier field.
CMC
mirror
Mirrors all the data that matches the class
defined to the destination port specified
PCM
C
police-simple
Establishes the traffic policing style for the
specified class.
PCM
C
policy-map
Establishes a new DiffServ policy
GC
redirect
Specifies that all incoming packets for the
associated traffic stream are redirected to a
specific egress interface (physical port or portchannel).
PCM
C
service-policy
Attaches a policy to an interface in a particular GC
direction.
and IC
show class-map
Displays all configuration information for the
specified class.
show classofservice dotlpmapping
Displays the current Dot1p (802.1p) priority
PE
mapping to internal traffic classes for a specific
interface.
PE
show classofservice ip-dscp- Displays the current IP DSCP mapping to
mapping
internal traffic classes for a specific interface.
PE
show classofservice trust
Displays the current trust mode setting for a
specific interface.
PE
show diffserv
Displays the DiffServ General Status
information.
PE
show diffserv service
interface ethernet in
Displays policy service information for the
specified interface and direction.
PE
show diffserv service
interface port-channel in
Displays policy service information for the
specified interface and direction.
PE
show diffserv service brief
Displays all interfaces in the system to which a
DiffServ policy has been attached.
PE
show interfaces cos-queue
Displays the class-of-service queue
configuration for the specified interface.
PE
84
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
show policy-map
Displays all configuration information for the
specified policy.
PE
show policy-map interface
Displays policy-oriented statistics information
for the specified interface and direction
PE
show service-policy
Displays a summary of policy-oriented statistics PE
information for all interfaces in the specified
direction.
traffic-shape
Specifies the maximum transmission
bandwidth limit for the interface as a whole.
GC
and IC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Radius
Command
Description
Mode*
aaa accounting network
default start-stop group
radius
Enables RADIUS accounting on the switch.
GC
auth-port
Sets the port number for authentication
requests of the designated radius server.
R
deadtime
Improves Radius response times when a server is R
unavailable by causing the unavailable server to
be skipped.
key
Sets the authentication and encryption key R
for all RADIUS communications between
the switch and the RADIUS daemon.
msgauth
Enables the message authenticator attribute to R
be used for the RADIUS Authenticating server
being configured.
name
Assigns a name to a RADIUS server.
primary
Specifies that a configured server should be the R
primary server in the group of authentication
servers which have the same server name.
priority
Specifies the order in which the servers are to be R
used, with 0 being the highest priority.
Command Groups
R
85
Command
Description
Mode*
radius-server deadtime
Improves RADIUS response times when servers GC
are unavailable. Causes the unavailable servers
to be skipped.
radius-server host
Specifies a RADIUS server host.
GC
radius-server key
Sets the authentication and encryption key for
all RADIUS communications between the
switch and the RADIUS daemon.
GC
radius-server retransmit
Specifies the number of times the software
searches the list of RADIUS server hosts.
GC
radius-server source-ip
Specifies the source IP address used for
communication with RADIUS servers.
GC
radius-server timeout
Sets the interval for which a switch waits for a
server host to reply
GC
retransmit
Specifies the number of times the software
R
searches the list of RADIUS server hosts before
stopping the search.
show radius-servers
Displays the RADIUS server settings.
PE
show radius-servers
statistics
Shows the statistics for an authentication or
accounting server.
PE
source-ip
Specifies the source IP address to be used for
communication with RADIUS servers.
R
timeout
Sets the timeout value in seconds for the
designated radius server.
R
usage
Specifies the usage type of the server.
R
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Spanning Tree
Command
Description
Mode*
clear spanning-tree
detected-protocols
Restarts the protocol migration process on all
interfaces or on the specified interface.
PE
exit (mst)
Exits the MST configuration mode and applies MC
configuration changes.
86
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
instance (mst)
Maps VLANs to an MST instance.
MC
name (mst)
Defines the MST configuration name.
MC
revision (mst)
Defines the configuration revision number.
MC
show spanning-tree
Displays spanning tree configuration.
PE
show spanning-tree
summary
Displays spanning tree settings and parameters PE
for the switch.
spanning tree
Enables spanning-tree functionality.
GC
spanning-tree auto-portfast Sets the port to auto portfast mode.
IC
spanning-tree bpdu
Defines the bridge protocol data unit (BPDU)
handling when spanning tree is disabled on an
interface.
GC
spanning-tree bpdu
flooding
Allows flooding of BPDUs received on
nonspanning-tree ports to all other nonspanning-tree ports.
GC
spanning-tree bpduprotection
Enables BPDU protection on a switch.
GC
spanning-tree cost
Configures the spanning tree path cost for a
port.
IC
spanning-tree disable
Disables spanning tree on a specific port.
IC
spanning-tree forward-time Configures the spanning tree bridge forward
time.
GC
spanning-tree guard
Selects whether loop guard or root guard is
enabled on an interface.
IC
spanning-tree link-type
Overrides the default link-type setting.
IC
spanning-tree loopguard
Enables loop guard on all ports.
GC
spanning-tree max-age
Configures the spanning tree bridge maximum GC
age.
spanning-tree max-hops
Sets the MSTP Max Hops parameter to a new
GC
value for the common and internal spanning
tree.
spanning-tree mode
Configures the spanning tree protocol.
Command Groups
GC
87
Command
Description
Mode*
spanning-tree mst
configuration
Enables configuring an MST region by entering GC
the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
spanning-tree mst 0
external-cost
Sets the external cost for the common spanning IC
tree.
spanning-tree mst cost
Configures the path cost for multiple spanning IC
tree (MST) calculations.
spanning-tree mst portpriority
Configures port priority.
spanning-tree mst priority
Configures the switch priority for the specified GC
spanning tree instance.
spanning-tree pathcost
method
Configures the spanning tree default pathcost
method
GC
spanning-tree portfast
Enables PortFast mode.
IC
spanning-tree portfast
bpdufilter default
Discards BPDUs received on spanningtree ports GC
in portfast mode.
spanning-tree portfast
default
Enables Portfast mode on all ports.
IC
GC
spanning-tree port-priority Configures port priority.
IC
spanning-tree priority
Configures the spanning tree priority.
GC
spanning-tree tcnguard
Prevents a port from propagating topology
change notifications.
IC
spanning-tree transmit
hold-count
Set the maximum number of BPDUs that a
bridge is allowed to send within a hello time
window (2 seconds).
GC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
88
Command Groups
Switchport Voice
Command
Description
Mode*
switchport voice detect
auto
Enables the VoIP Profile on all the interfaces of GC/IC
the switch.
show switchport voice
Displays the status of auto-voip on an interface PE
or all interfaces.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
TACACS+
Command
Description
Mode*
key
Specifies the authentication and encryption key TC
for all TACACS communications between the
device and the TACACS server.
port
Specifies a server port number.
TC
priority
Specifies the order in which servers are used.
TC
show tacacs
Displays TACACS+ server settings and
statistics.
PE
tacacs-server host
Specifies a TACACS+ server host.
GC
tacacs-server key
Sets the authentication and encryption key for
all TACACS+ communications between the
switch and the TACACS+ daemon.
GC
tacacs-server timeout
Sets the interval for which the switch waits for a GC
server host to reply.
timeout
Specifies the timeout value in seconds.
TC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
VLAN
Command
Description
Mode*
dvlan-tunnel ethertype
Configures the EtherType for the interface.
GC
interface vlan
Enters the interface configuration (VLAN)
mode.
GC
Command Groups
89
Command
Description
Mode*
interface range vlan
Enters the interface configuration mode to
configure multiple VLANs.
GC
mode dvlan-tunnel
Enables Double VLAN tunneling on the
specified interface
IC
name
Configures a name to a VLAN.
IC
protocol group
Attaches a vlanid to the protocol-based VLAN
identified by groupid.
VLAN
protocol vlan group
Adds the physical unit/port interface to the
protocol-based VLAN identified by groupid.
IC
protocol vlan group all
Adds all physical unit/port interfaces to the
protocol-based VLAN identified by groupid.
GC
show dvlan-tunnel
Displays all interfaces enabled for Double
VLAN Tunneling.
PE
show dvlan-tunnel interface Displays detailed information about Double
VLAN Tunneling for the specified interface.
PE
show interfaces switchport Displays switchport configuration.
PE
show port protocol
Displays the Protocol-Based VLAN information PE
for either the entire system or for the indicated
group
show switchport protected
Displays protected group/port information.
PE
show vlan
Displays VLAN information.
PE
show vlan association mac
Displays the VLAN associated with a specific
configured MAC address.
PE
show vlan association
subnet
Displays the VLAN associated with a specific
configured IP subnet.
PE
switchport access vlan
Configures the VLAN ID when the interface is IC
in access mode.
switchport forbidden vlan
Forbids adding specific VLANs to a port.
IC
switchport general
acceptable-frame-type
tagged-only
Discards untagged frames at ingress.
IC
90
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
switchport general allowed Adds or removes VLANs from a port in General IC
vlan
mode.
switchport general ingress- Disables port ingress filtering.
filtering disable
IC
switchport general pvid
Configures the PVID when the interface is in
general mode.
IC
switchport mode
Configures the VLAN membership mode of a
port.
IC
switchport protected
Sets the port to Protected mode.
IC
switchport protected name Configures a name for a protected group
GC
switchport trunk allowed
vlan
Adds or removes VLANs from a port in general IC
mode.
vlan
Creates a VLAN.
VLAN
vlan association mac
Associates a MAC address to a VLAN.
VLAN
vlan association subnet
Associates an IP subnet to a VLAN
VLAN
vlan database
Enters the VLAN database configuration mode. GC
vlan makestatic
Changes a dynamically created VLAN to a static VLAN
VLAN.
vlan protocol group
Adds protocol-based VLAN groups to the
system.
GC
vlan protocol group add
protocol
Adds a protocol to the protocol-based VLAN
identified by groupid.
GC
vlan protocol group name
Adds a group name to the protocol-based VLAN GC
identified by groupid.
vlan protocol group remove Removes the protocol-base VLAN group
identified by groupid.
GC
vlan routing
PE
Enable routing on a VLAN.
* NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Command Groups
91
Voice VLAN
Command
Description
Mode*
voice vlan
Enables the voice VLAN capability on the
switch.
GG
voice vlan
Enables the voice VLAN capability on the
interface
IC
voice vlan data priority
Trusts or not trusts the data traffic arriving on
the voice VLAN port.
IC
show voice vlan
Displays various properties of the voice VLAN.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
802.1x
Command
Description
Mode*
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
Enables MAB on an interface.
IC
dot1x max-req
Sets the maximum number of times the switch IC
sends an EAP-request frame to the client before
restarting the authentication process.
dot1x max-users
Sets the maximum number of clients supported IC
on the port when MAC-based 802.1X
authentication is enabled on the port.
dot1x port-control
Enables manual control of the authorization
state of the port.
IC
dot1x re-authenticate
Manually initiates a re-authentication of all
802.1x-enabled ports or a specified 802.1X
enabled port.
PE
dot1x re-authentication
Enables periodic re-authentication of the client. IC
dot1x system-auth-control
Enables 802.1X globally.
GC
dot1x timeout quiet-period Sets the number of seconds the switch remains IC
in the quiet state following a failed
authentication attempt
dot1x timeout reauthperiod
92
Command Groups
Sets the number of seconds between reauthentication attempts.
IC
Command
Description
Mode*
dot1x timeout servertimeout
Sets the number of seconds the switch waits for IC
a response from the authentication server
before resending the request.
dot1x timeout supptimeout
Sets the number of seconds the switch waits for IC
a response to an EAP-request frame from the
client before retransmitting the request.
dot1x timeout tx-period
Sets the number of seconds the switch waits for IC
a response to an EAP-request/identify frame
from the client before resending the request.
show dot1x
Displays 802.1X status for the switch or the
specified interface.
PE
show dot1x clients
Displays detailed information about the users
who have successfully authenticated on the
system or on a specified port.
PE
show dot1x ethernet
Shows the status of MAC Authentication
Bypass.
PE
show dot1x statistics
Displays 802.1X statistics for the specified
interface.
PE
show dot1x users
Displays active 802.1X authenticated users for
the switch.
PE
dot1x guest-vlan
Sets the guest VLAN on a port.
IC
dot1x unauth-vlan
Specifies the unauthenticated VLAN on a port. IC
dot1x guest-vlan
Defines a guest VLAN.
IC
show dot1x advanced
Displays 802.1X advanced features for the
switch or specified interface.
PE
radius-server attribute 4
Sets the network access server (NAS) IP address GC
for the RADIUS server.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Command Groups
93
Layer 3 Commands
ARP (IPv4)
Command
Description
Mode*
arp
Creates an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
entry.
GC
arp cachesize
Configures the maximum number of entries in
the ARP cache.
GC
arp dynamicrenew
Enables the ARP component to automatically
renew dynamic ARP entries when they age out.
GC
arp purge
Causes the specified IP address to be removed
from the ARP cache.
PE
arp resptime
Configures the ARP request response timeout.
GC
arp retries
Configures the ARP count of maximum request GC
for retries.
arp timeout
Configures the ARP entry age-out time.
clear arp-cache
Removes all ARP entries of type dynamic from PE
the ARP cache.
clear arp-cache
management
Removes all entries from the ARP cache learned PE
from the management port.
ip proxy-arp
Enables proxy ARP on a router interface.
show arp
Displays the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) PE
cache.
show arp brief
Displays the brief Address Resolution Protocol
(ARP) table information.
GC
IC
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
94
Command Groups
DHCP and BOOTP Relay (IPv4)
Command
Description
Mode*
bootpdhcprelay
cidridoptmode
Enables the circuit ID option and remote agent GC
ID mode for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
bootpdhcprelay
maxhopcount
Configures the maximum allowable relay agent GC
hops for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
bootpdhcprelay
minwaittime
Configures the minimum wait time in seconds GC
for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
show bootpdhcprelay
Shows the the BootP/DHCP Relay information. GC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
DHCPv6
Command
Description
Mode*
clear ipv6 dhcp
Clears DHCPv6 statistics for all interfaces or for PE
a specific interface.
dns-server
Sets the ipv6 DNS server address which is
provided to a DHCPv6 client by the DHCPv6
server.
v6DP
domain-name
Sets the DNS domain name which is provided
to a DHCPv6 client by the DHCPv6 server.
v6DP
ipv6 dhcp pool
Enters IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode.
GC
ipv6 dhcp relay
Configures an interface for DHCPv6 relay
functionality.
IC
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info- Configures a number to represent the DHCPv6 GC
opt
Relay Agent Information Option.
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info- Configures a number to represent the DHCPv6 GC
remote-id-subopt
the “remote-id” sub-option.
ipv6 dhcp server
Configures DHCPv6 server functionality on an IC
interface.
prefix-delegation
Defines Multiple IPv6 prefixes within a pool for v6DP
distributing to specific DHCPv6 Prefix
delegation clients.
Command Groups
95
Command
Description
Mode*
service dhcpv6
Enables DHCPv6 configuration on the router.
GC
show ipv6 dhcp
Displays the DHCPv6 server name and status.
PE
show ipv6 dhcp binding
Displays the configured DHCP pool.
PE
show ipv6 dhcp interface
Displays DHCPv6 information for all relevant
interfaces or a specified interface.
UE
show ipv6 dhcp pool
Displays the configured DHCP pool.
PE
show ipv6 dhcp statistics
Displays the DHCPv6 server name and status.
UE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
DVMRP
Command
Description
Mode*
ip dvmrp
Sets the administrative mode of DVMRP in the
router to active.
GC
IC
ip dvmrp metric
Configures the metric for an interface.
IC
ip dvmrp trapflags
Enables the DVMRP trap mode.
GC
show ip dvmrp
Displays the system-wide information for
DVMRP.
PE
show ip dvmrp interface
Displays the interface information for DVMRP PE
on the specified interface.
show ip dvmrp neighbor
Displays the neighbor information for DVMRP. PE
show ip dvmrp nexthop
Displays the next hop information on
PE
show ip dvmrp prune
Displays the table that lists the router’s
upstream prune information.
PE
show ip dvmrp route
Displays the multicast routing information for
DVMRP.
PE
outgoing interfaces for routing multicast
datagrams.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
96
Command Groups
IGMP
Command
Description
Mode*
ip igmp
Sets the administrative mode of IGMP in the
system to active.
GC
ip igmp last-member-query- Sets the number of Group-Specific Queries
count
sent before the router assumes that there are
no local members on the interface.
IC
ip igmp last-member-query- Configures the Maximum Response Time
interval
inserted in Group-Specific Queries which are
sent in response to Leave Group messages.
IC
ip igmp query-interval
Configures the query interval for the specified IC
interface. The query interval determines how
fast IGMP Host-Query packets are transmitted
on this interface.
ip igmp query-maxresponse-time
Configures the maximum response time
interval for the specified interface.
IC
ip igmp robustness
Configures the robustness that allows tuning
of the interface.
IC
ip igmp startup-query-count Sets the number of queries sent out on
startup—at intervals equal to the startup
query interval for the interface.
IC
ip igmp startup-queryinterval
Sets the interval between general queries sent IC
at startup on the interface.
ip igmp version
Configures the version of IGMP for an
interface.
IC
show ip igmp
Displays system-wide IGMP information.
PE
show ip igmp groups
Displays the registered multicast groups on the PE
interface.
show ip igmp interface
Displays the IGMP information for the
specified interface.
Command Groups
PE
97
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip igmp interface
membership
Displays the list of interfaces that have
registered in the multicast group.
PE
show ip igmp interface stats Displays the IGMP statistical information for
the interface.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IGMP Proxy
Command
Description
Mode*
ip igmp-proxy
Enables the IGMP Proxy on the router.
IC
ip igmp-proxy reset-status
Resets the host interface status parameters of
the IGMP Proxy router.
IC
ip igmp-proxy unsolicitedreport-interval
Sets the unsolicited report interval for the
IGMP Proxy router.
IC
show ip igmp-proxy
Displays a summary of the host interface status PE
parameters.
show ip igmp-proxy
interface
Displays a detailed list of the host interface
status parameters.
PE
show ip igmp-proxy groups Displays a table of information about multicast PE
groups that IGMP Proxy reported.
show ip igmp-proxy groups Displays complete information about multicast PE
detail
groups that IGMP Proxy has reported.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IP Helper
Command
Description
clear ip helper statistics
Resets (to 0) the statistics displayed in show ip PE
helper statistics.
ip helper-address (global
configuration)
Configures the relay of certain UDP broadcast
packets received on any interface.
ip helper-address (interface Configures the relay of certain UDP broadcast
configuration)
packets received on a specific interface.
98
Command Groups
Mode*
GC
IC
Command
Description
Mode*
ip helper enable
Enables relay of UDP packets.
GC
show ip helper-address
Displays the IP helper address configuration.
PE
show ip helper statistics
Displays the number of DHCP and other UDP PE
packets processed and relayed by the UDP relay
agent.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IP Routing
Command
Description
Mode*
encapsulation
Configures the link layer encapsulation type for IC
the packet.
ip address
Configures an IP address on an interface.
IC
ip mtu
Sets the IP Maximum Transmission Unit
(MTU) on a routing interface.
IC
ip netdirbcast
Enables the forwarding of network-directed
IC
ip route
Configures a static route. Use the no form of
the command to delete the static route.
GC
ip route default
Configures the default route. Use the no form
of the command to delete the default route.
GC
ip route distance
Sets the default distance (preference) for static GC
routes.
ip routing
Globally enables IPv4 routing on the router.
routing
Enables IPv4 and IPv6 routing for an interface. IC
show ip brief
Displays all the summary information of the IP. PE
show ip interface
Displays all pertinent information about the IP PE
interface.
show ip protocols
Displays the parameters and current state of the PE
active routing protocols.
show ip route
Displays the routing table.
broadcasts.
GC
PE
Command Groups
99
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip route preferences
Displays detailed information about the route
preferences.
PE
show ip route summary
Shows the number of all routes, including best
and non-best routes.
PE
show ip stats
Displays IP statistical information
UE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IPv6 Multicast
Command
Description
Mode*
ipv6 pimsm (Global config) Administratively enables PIMSM for IPv6
multicast routing.
GC
ipv6 pimsm (VLAN
Interface config)
Administratively enables PIM-SM multicast
routing mode on a particular IPv6 router
interface.
IC
ipv6 pimsm bsr-border
Prevents bootstrap router (BSR) messages from IC
being sent or received through an interface.
ipv6 pimsm bsr-candidate
Configures the router to announce its
candidacy as a bootstrap router (BSR).
GC
ipv6 pimsm dr-priority
Sets the priority value for which a router is
elected as the designated router (DR).
IC
ipv6 pimsm hello-interval
Configures the PIM-SM Hello Interval for the
specified interface.
IC
ipv6 pimsm join-pruneinterval
Configures the interface join/prune interval for IC
the PIM-SM router
ipv6 pimsm registerthreshold
Configure the Register Threshold rate for the
RP router to switch to the shortest path.
GC
ipv6 pimsm rp-address
Statically configures the RP address for one or
more multicast groups.
GC
ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate
Configures the router to advertise itself as a
PIM candidate rendezvous point (RP) to the
bootstrap router (BSR).
GC
100
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
ipv6 pimsm spt-threshold
Configures the Data Threshold rate for the
lasthop router to switch to the shortest path.
GC
ipv6 pimsm ssm
Defines the Source Specific Multicast (SSM)
range of multicast addresses.
GC
show ipv6 pimsm
Displays global status of IPv6 PIMSM and its
IPv6 routing interfaces.
PE
show ipv6 pimsm bsr
Displays the bootstrap router (BSR)
information.
PE
show ipv6 pimsm interface Displays interface config parameters.
PE
show ipv6 pimsm neighbor Displays IPv6 PIMSM neighbors learned on the PE
routing interfaces.
show ipv6 pimsm rphash
Displays which rendezvous point (RP) is being
selected for a specified group.
PE
show ipv6 pimsm rp
mapping
Displays all group-to-RP mappings of which the PE
router is aware (either configured or learned
from the BSR).
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
IPv6 Routing
Command
Description
Mode*
clear ipv6 neighbors
Clears all entries in the IPv6 neighbor table or
an entry on a specific interface.
PE
clear ipv6 statistics
Clears IPv6 statistics for all interfaces or for a
specific interface, including loopback and
tunnel interfaces.
PE
ipv6 address
Configures an IPv6 address on an interface
(including tunnel and loopback interfaces).
IC
ipv6 enable
Enables IPv6 routing on an interface (including IC
tunnel and loopback interfaces) that has not
been configured with an explicit IPv6 address.
ipv6 forwarding
Enables IPv6 forwarding on a router.
Command Groups
GC
101
Command
Description
Mode*
ipv6 host
Defines static host name-to- ipv6 address
mapping in the host cache.
GC
ipv6 mld last-memberquery-count
Sets the number of listener-specific queries sent IC
before the router assumes that there are no local (VLA
members on the interface.
N)
ipv6 mld last-memberquery-interval
Sets the last member query interval for the
IC
(VLA
MLD interface, which is the value of the
maximum response time parameter in the
N)
groupspecific queries sent out of this interface.
ipv6 mld-proxy
Enables MLD Proxy on the router.
ipv6 mld-proxy reset-status Resets the host interface status parameters of
the MLD Proxy router.
IC
IC
ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicitrprt-interval
Sets the unsolicited report interval for the MLD IC
Proxy router.
ipv6 mld query-interval
Sets the MLD router's query interval for the
interface.
ipv6 mld query-maxresponse-time
Sets MLD querier's maximum response time for IC
the interface.
ipv6 mld router
Enables MLD in the router in global
GC
configuration mode and for a specific interface IC
in interface configuration mode.
ipv6 mtu
Sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU)
size, in bytes, of IPv6 packets on an interface.
ipv6 nd dad attempts
Sets the number of duplicate address detection IC
probes transmitted while doing neighbor
discovery.
ipv6 nt managed-configflag
Sets the “managed address configuration” flag
in router advertisements.
ipv6 nd ns-interval
Sets the interval between router advertisements IC
for advertised neighbor solicitations.
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Sets the “other stateful configuration” flag in
router advertisements sent from the interface.
IC
ipv6 nd prefix
Sets the IPv6 prefixes to include in the router
advertisement.
IC
102
Command Groups
IC
IC
IC
Command
Description
Mode*
ipv6 nd ra-interval
Sets the transmission interval between router
advertisements.
IC
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
Sets the value that is placed in the Router
IC
Lifetime field of the router advertisements sent
from the interface.
ipv6 nd reachable-time
Sets the router advertisement time to consider a IC
neighbor reachable after neighbor discovery
confirmation.
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Suppresses router advertisement transmission
on an interface.
IC
ipv6 pimdm
Enables PIM-DM Multicast Routing Mode
across the router in global configuration mode
or on a specific routing interface in interface
mode.
GC
IC
ipv6 pimdm query-interval Configures the PIM-DM Hello Interval for the
specified router interface.
IC
ipv6 route
Configures an IPv6 static route
GC
ipv6 route distance
Sets the default distance (preference) for static GC
routes.
ipv6 unicast-routing
Enables forwarding of IPv6 unicast datagrams.
GC
ping ipv6
Determines whether another computer is on
the network.
PE
ping ipv6 interface
Determines whether another computer is on
the network using Interface keyword.
PE
show ipv6 brief
Displays the IPv6 status of forwarding mode
and IPv6 unicast routing mode.
PE
show ipv6 interface
Shows the usability status of IPv6 interfaces.
PE
show ipv6 mld groups
Displays information about multicast groups
that MLD reported.
PE
show ipv6 mld interface
Displays MLD related information for an
interface.
PE
show ipv6 mld-proxy
Displays a summary of the host interface status PE
parameters.
Command Groups
103
Command
Description
Mode*
show ipv6 mld-proxy
groups
Displays information about multicast groups
that the MLD Proxy reported.
PE
show ipv6 mld-proxy
groups detail
Displays information about multicast groups
that MLD Proxy reported.
PE
show ipv6 mld-proxy
interface
Displays a detailed list of the host interface
status parameters.
PE
show ipv6 mld traffic
Displays MLD statistical information for the
router.
PE
show ipv6 neighbors
Displays information about IPv6 neighbors.
PE
show ipv6 pimdm
Displays PIM-DM Global Configuration
parameters and PIM DM interface status.
PE
show ipv6 pimdm neighbor Displays PIM-DM Neighbor information
PE
including Neighbor Address, Uptime and
Expiry time for all interfaces or for the specified
interface.
show ipv6 pimdm interface Displays PIM-DM Configuration information
for all interfaces or for the specified interface.
PE
show ipv6 neighbors
Displays information about the IPv6 neighbors. PE
show ipv6 route
Displays the IPv6 routing table.
PE
show ipv6 route preference Shows the preference value associated with the PE
type of route.
show ipv6 route summary
Displays a summary of the routing table.
PE
show ipv6 traffic
Shows traffic and statistics for IPv6 and
ICMPv6.
UE
show ipv6 vlan
Displays IPv6 VLAN routing interface
addresses.
PE
traceroute ipv6
Discovers the routes that packets actually take PE
when traveling to their destination through the
network on a hop-by-hop basis.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
104
Command Groups
Loopback Interface
Command
Description
Mode*
interface loopback
Enters the Interface Loopback configuration
mode.
GC
show interface loopback
Displays information about configured
loopback interfaces.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Multicast
Command
Description
Mode*
ip mcast boundary
Adds an administrative scope multicast
boundary.
IC
ip mroute
Creates a static multicast route for a source
range.
GC
ip multicast
Sets the administrative mode of the IP
multicast forwarder in the router to active.
GC
ip multicast ttl-threshold
Applies a ttlvalue to a routing interface.
IC
ip pimsm
Administratively enables PIM-SM multicast
routing mode on a particular router interface.
IC
ip pimsm bsr-border
Prevents bootstrap router (BSR) messages from IC
being sent or received through an interface.
ip pimsm bsr-candidate
Configures the router to announce its
candidacy as a bootstrap router (BSR).
GC
ip pimsm dr-priority
Sets the priority value for which a router is
elected as the designated router (DR).
IC
ip pimsm hello-interval
Configures the PIM-SM Hello Interval for the
specified interface.
IC
ip pimsm join-pruneinterval
Configures the interface join/prune interval for IC
the PIM-SM router.
ip pimsm register-threshold Configures the Register Threshold rate for the
RP router to switch to the shortest path.
Command Groups
GC
105
Command
Description
Mode*
ip pimsm rp-address
Statically configures the RP address for one or
more multicast groups.
GC
ip pimsm rp-candidate
Configures the router to advertise itself as a
PIM candidate rendezvous point (RP) to the
bootstrap router (BSR).
IC
ip pimsm spt-threshold
Configures the Data Threshold rate for the
lasthop router to switch to the shortest path.
GC
ip pimsm ssm
Defines the Source Specific Multicast (SSM)
range of IP multicast addresses.
GC
show bridge multicast
address-table count
Displays statistical information about the
entries in the multicast address table.
PE
show ip mcast
Displays the system-wide multicast
information.
PE
show ip mcast boundary
Displays the system-wide multicast
information.
PE
show ip mcast interface
Displays the multicast information for the
specified interface.
PE
show ip mcast mroute
Displays a summary or all the details of the
multicast table.
PE
show ip mcast mroute
group
Displays the multicast configuration settings of PE
entries in the multicast mroute table.
show ip mcast mroute
source
Displays the multicast configuration settings of PE
entries in the multicast mroute table.
show ip mcast mroute
static
Displays all the static routes configured in the
static mcast table.
PE
show ip pimsm bsr
Displays the bootstrap router (BSR)
information.
PE
show ip pimsm interface
Displays interface config parameters. If no
interface is specified, all interfaces are
displayed.
PE
show ip pimsm rp-hash
Displays which rendezvous point (RP) is being
selected for a specified group.
PE
106
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip pimsm rp mapping Displays all group-to-RP mappings of which the PE
router is aware (either configured or learned
from the bootstrap router).
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
OSPF
Command
Description
Mode*
area default-cost
Configures the monetary default cost for the stub ROSPF
area.
area nssa
Configures the specified area ID to function as an ROSPF
NSSA.
area nssa default-infooriginate
Configures the metric value and type for the
default route advertised into the NSSA.
area nssa no-redistribute Configures the NSSA Area Border router (ABR)
so that learned external routes are not
redistributed to the NSSA.
ROSPF
ROSPF
area nssa no-summary
Configures the NSSA so that summary LSAs are ROSPF
not advertised into the NSSA.
area nssa translator-role
Configures the translator role of the NSSA.
ROSPF
area nssa translator-stab- Configures the translator stability interval of the ROSPF
intv
NSSA.
area range
Creates a specified area range for a specified
NSSA.
ROSPF
area stub
Creates a stub area for the specified area ID.
ROSPF
area stub no-summary
Prevents Summary LSAs from being advertised
into the NSSA.
ROSPF
area virtual-link
Creates the OSPF virtual interface for the
specified area-id and neighbor router.
ROSPF
area virtual-link
authentication
Configures the authentication type and key for
ROSPF
the OSPF virtual interface identified by the area
ID and neighbor ID.
Command Groups
107
Command
Description
area virtual-link deadinterval
Configures the dead interval for the OSPF virtual ROSPF
interface on the virtual interface identified by
area-id and neighbor router.
area virtual-link hellointerval
Configures the hello interval for the OSPF virtual ROSPF
interface on the virtual interface identified by the
area ID and neighbor ID.
area virtual-link
retransmit-interval
Configures the retransmit interval for the OSPF ROSPF
virtual interface on the virtual interface identified
by the area ID and neighbor ID.
area virtual-link
transmit-delay
Configures the transmit delay for the OSPF
ROSPF
virtual interface on the virtual interface identified
by the area ID and neighbor ID.
auto-cost
Allows user to change the reference bandwidth
used in computing link cost.
ROSPF
bandwidth
Allows user to change the bandwidth used in
computing link cost.
IC
capability opaque
Enables Opaque Capability on the router.
RC
clear ip ospf
Resets specific OSPF states.
PE
default-information
originate
Controls the advertisement of default routes.
ROSPF
default-metric
Sets a default for the metric of distributed routes. ROSPF
distance ospf
Sets the route preference value of OSPF in the
router.
ROSPF
distribute-list out
Specifies the access list to filter routes received
from the source protocol.
ROSPF
enable
Resets the default administrative mode of OSPF ROSPF
in the router (active).
exit-overflow-interval
Configures the exit overflow interval for OSPF.
ROSPF
external-lsdb-limit
Configures the external LSDB limit for OSPF.
ROSPF
ip ospf area
Enables OSPFv2 and sets the area ID of an
interface.
IC
ip ospf authentication
Sets the OSPF Authentication Type and Key for
the specified interface.
IC
108
Command Groups
Mode*
Command
Description
Mode*
ip ospf cost
Configures the cost on an OSPF interface.
IC
ip ospf dead-interval
Sets the OSPF dead interval for the specified
interface.
IC
ip ospf hello-interval
Sets the OSPF hello interval for the specified
interface.
IC
ip ospf mtu-ignore
Disables OSPF maximum transmission unit
(MTU) mismatch detection.
IC
ip ospf network
Configure OSPF to treat an interface as a point- IC
to-point
rather than broadcast interface.
ip ospf priority
Sets the OSPF priority for the specified router
interface.
IC
ip ospf retransmitinterval
Sets the OSPF retransmit Interval for the
specified interface.
IC
ip ospf transmit-delay
Sets the OSPF Transit Delay for the specified
interface.
IC
maximum-paths
Sets the number of paths that OSPF can report
for a given destination.
ROSPF
nsf
Enables OSPF graceful restart.
ROSPF
nsf helper
Allow OSPF to act as a helpful neighbor for a
restarting router.
ROSPF
nsf helper strict-lsachecking
Set an OSPF helpful neighbor exit helper mode
whenever a topology change occurs.
ROSPF
nsf restart-interval
Configures the length of the grace period on the ROSPF
restarting router.
network area
Enables OSPFv2 on an interface and sets its area ROSPF
ID if the IP address of an interface is covered by
this network command.
passive-interface
Sets the interface or tunnel as passive.
IC
passive-interface default Enables the global passive mode by default for all ROSPF
interfaces.
Command Groups
109
Command
Description
Mode*
passive-interface (router Sets the interface or tunnel as passive.
mode)
ROSPF
redistribute
Configures OSPF protocol to allow redistribution ROSPF
of routes from the specified source
protocol/routers.
router-id
Sets a 4-digit dotted-decimal number uniquely
identifying the router OSPF ID.
ROSPF
router ospf
Enters Router OSPF mode.
GC
show ip ospf
Displays information relevant to the OSPF
router.
PE
show ip ospf abr
Displays the internal OSPF routing table entries PE
to Area Border Routers (ABR).
show ip ospf area
Displays information about the identified OSPF PE
area.
show ip ospf asbr
Displays the internal OSPF routing table entries PE
to Autonomous System Boundary Routes
(ASBR).
show ip ospf database
Displays information about the link state
database when OSPF is enabled.
PE
show ip ospf database
database-summary
Displays the number of each type of LSA in the
database for each area and for the router.
PE
show ip ospf interface
Displays the information for the IFO object or
virtual interface tables.
PE
show ip ospf interface
brief
Displays brief information for the IFO object or
virtual interface tables.
PE
show ip ospf interface
stats
Displays the statistics for a specific interface.
PE
show ip ospf neighbor
Displays information about OSPF neighbors.
PE
show ip ospf range
Displays information about the area ranges for
the specified area-id.
PE
show ip ospf statistics
Displays information about recent Shortest Path PE
First (SPF) calculations.
show ip ospf stub table
Displays the OSPF stub table.
110
Command Groups
PE
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip ospf virtual-link Displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information PE
for a specific area and neighbor.
show ip ospf virtual-link Displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information PE
brief
for all areas in the system.
timers spf
Configures the SPF delay and hold time.
ROSPF
trapflags
Enables OSPF traps.
ROSPF
1583compatibility
Enables OSPF 1583 compatibility.
ROSPF
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
OSPFv3
Command
Description
Mode*
area default-cost
Configures the monetary default cost for the stub ROSV3
area.
area nssa
Configures the specified areaid to function as an ROSV3
NSSA.
area nssa default-infooriginate
Configures the metric value and type for the
default route advertised into the NSSA.
area nssa no-redistribute Configures the NSSA ABR so that learned
external routes will not be redistributed to the
NSSA.
ROSV3
ROSV3
area nssa no-summary
Configures the NSSA so that summary LSAs are ROSV3
not advertised into the NSSA.
area nssa translator-role
Configures the translator role of the NSSA.
ROSV3
area nssa translator-stab- Configures the translator stability interval of the ROSV3
intv
NSSA.
area range
Creates an area range for a specified NSSA.
ROSV3
area stub
Creates a stub area for the specified area ID.
ROSV3
area stub no-summary
Disables the import of Summary LSAs for the
stub area identified by areaid.
ROSV3
Command Groups
111
Command
Description
Mode*
area virtual-link
Creates the OSPF virtual interface for the
specified areaid and neighbor.
ROSV3
area virtual-link deadinterval
Configures the dead interval for the OSPF virtual ROSV3
interface on the virtual interface identified by
areaid and neighbor.
area virtual-link hellointerval
Configures the hello interval for the OSPF virtual ROSV3
interface on the virtual interface identified by
areaid and neighbor.
area virtual-link
retransmit-interval
Configures the retransmit interval for the OSPF ROSV3
virtual interface on the virtual interface identified
by areaid and neighbor.
area virtual-link
transmit-delay
ROSV3
Configures the transmit delay for the OSPF
virtual interface on the virtual interface identified
by areaid and neighbor.
default-information
originate
Controls the advertisement of default routes.
default-metric
Sets a default for the metric of distributed routes. ROSV3
distance ospf
Sets the route preference value of OSPF in the
router.
enable
Resets the default administrative mode of OSPF ROSV3
in the router (active).
exit-overflow-interval
Configures the exit overflow interval for OSPF.
ROSV3
external-lsdb-limit
Configures the external LSDB limit for OSPF.
ROSV3
ipv6 ospf
Enables OSPF on a router interface or loopback
interface.
IC
ipv6 ospf areaid
Sets the OSPF area to which the specified router IC
interface belongs.
ipv6 ospf cost
Configures the cost on an OSPF interface.
IC
ipv6 ospf dead-interval
Sets the OSPF dead interval for the specified
interface.
IC
ipv6 ospf hello-interval
Sets the OSPF hello interval for the specified
interface.
IC
112
Command Groups
ROSV3
ROSV3
Command
Description
Mode*
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Disables OSPF maximum transmission unit
(MTU) mismatch detection.
IC
ipv6 ospf network
Changes the default OSPF network type for the
interface.
IC
ipv6 ospf priority
Sets the OSPF priority for the specified router
interface.
IC
ipv6 ospf retransmitinterval
Sets the OSPF retransmit interval for the
specified interface.
IC
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay Sets the OSPF Transmit Delay for the specified
interface.
IC
ipv6 router ospf
Enters Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
GC
maximum-paths
Sets the number of paths that OSPF can report
for a given destination.
ROSV3
passive-interface
Sets the interface or tunnel as passive.
IC
passive-interface default Enables the global passive mode by default for all ROSV3
interfaces.
redistribute
Configures the OSPFv3 protocol to allow
ROSV3
redistribution of routes from the specified source
protocol/routers.
router-id
Sets a 4-digit dotted-decimal number uniquely
identifying the Router OSPF ID.
ROSV3
show ipv6 ospf
Displays information relevant to the OSPF
router.
PE
show ipv6 ospf abr
Displays the internal OSPFv3 routes to reach
Area Border Routers (ABR).
PE
show ipv6 ospf area
Displays information about the area.
PE
show ipv6 ospf asbr
Displays the internal OSPFv3 routes to reach
Autonomous System Boundary Routes (ASBR).
PE
show ipv6 ospf database Displays information about the link state
database when OSPFv3 is enabled.
PE
show ipv6 ospf database Displays the number of each type of LSA in the
database-summary
database and the total number of LSAs in the
database.
PE
Command Groups
113
Command
Description
Mode*
show ipv6 ospf interface Displays the information for the IFO object or
virtual interface tables.
PE
show ipv6 ospf interface Displays brief information for the IFO object or
brief
virtual interface tables.
PE
show ipv6 ospf interface Displays the statistics for a specific interface.
stats
UE
show ipv6 ospf interface Displays OSPFv3 configuration and status
vlan
information for a specific vlan
PE
show ipv6 ospf neighbor Displays information about OSPF neighbors.
PE
show ipv6 ospf range
PE
Displays information about the area ranges for
the specified area identifier.
show ipv6 ospf stub table Displays the OSPF stub table.
PE
show ipv6 ospf virtuallink
Displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information PE
for a specific area and neighbor.
show ipv6 ospf virtuallink brief
Displays the OSPFV3 Virtual Interface
information for all areas in the system.
PE
trapflags
Enables OSPF traps
ROSV3
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
PIM-DM
Command
Description
ip pimdm
Enables the administrative mode of PIM-DM in GC
the router.
ip pimdm mode
Sets administrative mode of PIM-DM on an
interface to enabled.
ip pimdm query-interval
Configures the transmission frequency of hello IC
messages between PIM enabled neighbors.
show ip pimdm
Displays system-wide information for PIM-DM. PE
show ip pimdm interface
Displays interface information for PIM-DM on PE
the specified interface.
114
Command Groups
Mode*
IC
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip pimdm interface
stats
Displays the statistical information for PIMDM on the specified interface.
UE
show ip pimdm neighbor
Displays the neighbor information for PIM-DM PE
on the specified interface.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
PIM-SM
Command
Description
Mode*
ip pimsm
Sets administrative mode of PIM-SM multicast GC
routing across the router to enabled.
ip pimsm
cbsrhasmasklength
Configures the CBSR hash mask length to be IC
advertised in bootstrap messages for a particular
PIM-SM interface.
ip pimsm cbsrpreference
Configures the CBSR preference for a particular IC
PIM-SM interface.
ip pimsm crppreference
Configures the Candidate Rendezvous Point
(CRP) for a particular PIM-SM interface.
IC
ip pimsm message-interval Configures the global join/prune interval for
PIM-SM router.
GC
ip pimsm mode
Sets to enabled the administrative mode of
PIM-SM multicast routing on a routing
interface.
IC
ip pimsm query-interval
Configures the transmission frequency of hello IC
messages in seconds between PIM enabled
neighbors.
ip pimsm register-rate-limit Sets the Register Threshold rate for the RP
(Rendezvous Point) router to switch to the
shortest path.
GC
ip pimsm spt-threshold
Configures the threshold rate for the RP router GC
to switch to the shortest path.
ip pimsm staticrp
Creates RP IP address for the PIM-SM router.
GC
ip pim-trapflags
Enables the PIM trap mode for both Sparse
Mode (SM) and Dense Mode (DM).
GC
Command Groups
115
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip pimsm
Displays the system-wide information for PIM- PE
SM.
show ip pimsm interface
Displays interface information for PIM-SM on
the specified interface.
PE
show ip pimsm neighbor
Displays neighbor information for PIM-SM on
the specified interface.
PE
show ip pimsm rphash
Displays the RP router being selected from the PE
set of active RP routers.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Router Discovery Protocol
Command
Description
Mode*
ip irdp
Enables Router Discovery on an interface.
IC
ip irdp address
Configures the address that the interface uses
to send the router discovery advertisements.
IC
ip irdp holdtime
Configures the value, in seconds, of the
IC
holdtime field of the router advertisement sent
from this interface.
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
Configures the maximum time, in seconds,
IC
allowed between sending router advertisements
from the interface.
ip irdp minadvertinterval
Configures the minimum time, in seconds,
IC
allowed between sending router advertisements
from the interface.
ip irdp preference
Configures the preference of the address as a
default router address relative to other router
addresses on the same subnet.
show ip irdp
Displays the router discovery information for all PE
interfaces, or for a specified interface.
IC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
116
Command Groups
Routing Information Protocol
Command
Description
Mode*
auto-summary
Enables the RIP auto-summarization mode.
RIP
default-information
originate
Controls the advertisement of default routes.
RIP
default-metric
Sets a default for the metric of distributed
routes.
RIP
distance rip
Sets the route preference value of RIP in the
router.
RIP
distribute-list out
Specifies the access list to filter routes received RIP
from the source protocol.
enable
Resets the default administrative mode of RIP
in the router (active).
RIP
hostroutesaccept
Enables the RIP hostroutesaccept mode.
RIP
ip rip
Enables RIP on a router interface.
IC
ip rip authentication
Sets the RIP Version 2 Authentication Type and IC
Key for the specified interface.
ip rip receive version
Configures the interface to allow RIP control
packets of the specified version(s) to be
received.
IC
ip rip send version
Configures the interface to allow RIP control
packets of the specified version to be sent.
IC
redistribute
Configures OSPF protocol to allow
redistribution of routes from the specified
source protocol/routers.
PIP
router rip
Enters Router RIP mode.
GC
show ip rip
Displays information relevant to the RIP router. PE
show ip rip interface
Displays information related to a particular RIP PE
interface.
Command Groups
117
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip rip interface brief
Displays general information for each RIP
interface.
PE
split-horizon
Sets the RIP split horizon mode.
RIP
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Tunnel Interface
Command
Description
Mode*
interface tunnel
Enables the interface configuration mode for a GC
tunnel.
show interface tunnel
Displays the parameters related to tunnel such
as tunnel mode, tunnel source address and
tunnel destination address.
PE
tunnel destination
Specifies the destination transport address of
the tunnel.
IC
tunnel mode ipv6ip
Specifies the mode of the tunnel.
IC
tunnel source
Specifies the source transport address of the
tunnel, either explicitly or by reference to an
interface.
IC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Virtual LAN Routing
Command
Description
Mode*
show ip vlan
Displays the VLAN routing information for all
VLANs with routing enabled.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Virtual Router Redundancy
Command
Description
Mode*
ip vrrp
Enables the administrative mode of VRRP for
the router.
GC
118
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
ip vrrp authentication
Sets the authorization details value for the
virtual router configured on a specified
interface.
IC
ip vrrp ip
Sets the virtual router IP address value for an
interface.
IC
ip vrrp mode
Enables the virtual router configured on an
interface. Enabling the status field starts a
virtual router.
IC
ip vrrp preempt
Sets the preemption mode value for the virtual IC
router configured on a specified interface.
ip vrrp priority
Sets the priority value for the virtual router
configured on a specified interface.
ip vrrp timers advertise
Sets the frequency, in seconds, that an interface IC
on the specified virtual router sends a virtual
router advertisement.
ip vrrp track interface
Alters the priority of the VRRP router based on IC
the availability of its interfaces.
ip vrrp track ip route
Tracks route reachability.
show ip vrrp
Displays whether VRRP functionality is enabled PE
or disabled on the switch.
show ip vrrp interface
Displays all configuration information and
VRRP router statistics of a virtual router
configured on a specific interface.
IC
IC
show ip vrrp interface brief Displays information about each virtual router
configured on the switch.
PE
PE
show ip vrrp interface stats Displays the statistical information about each PE
virtual router configured on the switch.
vrrp track interface
Alters the priority of the VRRP router based on IC
the availability of its interfaces.
vrrp track ip route
Tracks route reachability.
IC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Command Groups
119
Utility Commands
Auto Config
Command
Description
Mode*
boot host auto-save
Enables/disables automatically saving the
downloaded configuration on the switch.
GC
boot host dhcp
Enables/disables Auto Config on the switch.
GC
boot host retry-count
Set the number of attempts to download a
configuration.
GC
show boot
Displays the current status of the Auto Config
process.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Captive Portal
Command
Description
Mode*
authentication timeout
Configures the authentication timeout.
CP
captive-portal
Enables the captive portal configuration mode. GC
http port
Configures an additional HTTP port for captive CP
portal to monitor.
https port
Configures an additional HTTPS port for
captive portal to monitor.
CP
show captive-portal
Displays the status of captive portal.
PE
show captive-portal status
Reports the status of all captive portal instances PE
in the system.
block
Blocks all traffic for a captive portal
configuration.
CPI
configuration
Enables the captive portal instance mode.
CP
enable
Globally enables captive portal.
CPI
group
Configures the group number for a captive
portal configuration.
CPI
120
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
interface
Associates an interface with a captive portal
configuration.
CPI
locale
Associates an interface with a captive portal
configuration.
CPI
name
Configures the name for a captive portal
configuration.
CPI
protocol
Configures the protocol mode for a captive
portal configuration.
CPI
redirect
Enables the redirect mode for a captive portal
configuration.
CPI
redirect-url
Configures the redirect URL for a captive portal CPI
configuration,
session-timeout
Configures the session timeout for a captive
portal configuration.
CPI
verification
Configures the verification mode for a captive
portal configuration.
CPI
captive-portal client
deauthenticate
Deauthenticates a specific captive portal client. PE
show captive-portal client
status
Displays client connection details or a
connection summary for connected captive
portal users.
show captive-portal
configuration client status
Displays the clients authenticated to all captive PE
portal configurations or a to specific
configuration.
show captive-portal
interface client status
Displays information about clients
authenticated on all interfaces or a specific
interface.
show captive-portal
interface configuration
status
Displays the clients authenticated to all captive PE
portal configurations or a to specific
configuration.
clear captive-portal users
Deletes all captive portal user entries.
PE
no user
Deletes a user from the local user database.
CP
Command Groups
PE
PE
121
Command
Description
Mode*
show captive-portal user
Displays all configured users or a specific user in PE
the captive portal local user database.
user idle-timeout
Sets the session idle timeout value for a captive CP
portal user.
user name
Modifies the user name for a local captive portal CP
user.
user password
Creates a local user or changes the password for CP
an existing user.
user session-timeout
Sets the session timeout value for a captive
portal user.
CP
show captive-portal
configuration
Displays the operational status of each captive
portal configuration.
PE
show captive-portal
configuration interface
Displays information about all interfaces
assigned to a captive portal configuration or
about a specific interface assigned to a captive
portal configuration.
PE
show captive-portal
configuration locales
Displays locales associated with a specific
captive portal configuration.
PE
show captive-portal
configuration status
Displays information about all configured
captive portal configurations or a specific
captive portal configuration.
PE
show captive-portal
trapflags
Displays which captive portal traps are enabled. PE
user group
Creates a user group.
CP
user group moveusers
Moves a group's users to a different group.
CP
user group name
Configures a group name.
CP
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
122
Command Groups
Clock
Command
Description
Mode*
show clock
Displays the time and date of the system clock. PE
show sntp configuration
Displays the SNTP configuration.
PE
show sntp status
Displays the SNTP status.
PE
sntp authenticate
Set to require authentication for received NTP GC
traffic from servers.
sntp authentication-key
Defines an authentication key for SNTP.
GC
sntp broadcast client
enable
Enables SNTP Broadcast clients.
GC
sntp client enable
Enables SNTP Broadcast and Anycast clients on IC
an interface.
sntp client poll timer
Defines polling time for the SNTP client.
GC
sntp server
Configures the SNTP server to use SNTP to
request and accept NTP traffic from it.
GC
sntp trusted-key
Authenticates the identity of a system to which GC
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) will
synchronize.
sntp unicast client enable
Enables clients to use Simple Network Time
Protocol (SNTP) predefined Unicast clients.
GC
clock timezone hours-offset Sets the offset to Coordinated Universal Time. GC
no clock timezone
Resets the time zone settings.
GC
clock summer-time
recurring
Sets the summertime offset to UTC recursively GC
every year.
clock summer-time date
Sets the summertime offset to UTC.
no clock summer-time
Resets the recurring summertime configuration. GC
show clock
Displays the time and date from the system
clock.
GC
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Command Groups
123
Configuration and Image Files
Command
Description
Mode*
boot system
Specifies the system image that the switch loads PE
at startup.
clear config
Restores switch to default configuration
PE
copy
Copies files from a source to a destination.
PE
delete backup-image
Deletes a file from a flash memory.
PE
delete backup-config
Deletes the backup configuration file
PE
delete startup-config
Deletes the startup configuration file.
PE
filedescr
Adds a description to a file.
PE
script apply
Applies commands in the script to the switch.
PE
script delete
Deletes a specific script.
PE
script list
Lists all scripts present in the switch.
PE
script show
Displays the contents of a script file.
PE
script validate
Validates a script file.
PE
show backup-config
Displays contents of a backup configuration file PE
show bootvar
Displays the active system image file that the
switch loads at startup.
UE
show dir
Lists all the files available on the flash file
system.
PE
show running-config
Displays the contents of the currently running
configuration file.
PE
show startup-config
Displays the startup configuration file contents. PE
update bootcode
Updates the bootcode on one or more switches. PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
124
Command Groups
Denial of Service
Command
Description
Mode*
dos-control firstfrag
Enables Minimum TCP Header Size Denial of GC
Service protection.
dos-control icmp
Enables Maximum ICMP Packet Size Denial of GC
Service protections.
dos-control l4port
Enables L4 Port Denial of Service protection.
GC
dos-control sipdip
Enables Source IP Address = Destination IP
Address (SIP=DIP) Denial of Service
protection.
GC
dos-control tcpflag
Enables TCP Flag Denial of Service
protections.
GC
dos-control tcpfrag
Enables TCP Fragment Denial of Service
protection.
GC
ip icmp echo-reply
Enables or disables the generation of ICMP
Echo Reply messages.
GC
ip icmp error-interval
Limits the rate at which IPv4 ICMP error
messages are sent.
GC
ip icmp unreachables
Enables the generation of ICMP Destination
Unreachable messages.
IC
ip icmp redirects
Enables the generation of ICMP Redirect
messages.
IC
ipv6 icmp error-internal
Limits the rate at which ICMPv6 error messages GC
are sent.
ipv6 unreachables
Enables the generation of ICMPv6 Destination IC
Unreachable messages.
show dos-control
Displays Denial of Service configuration
information.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Command Groups
125
Line
Command
Description
Mode*
exec-timeout
Configures the interval that the system waits for LC
user input.
history
Enables the command history function.
history size
Changes the command history buffer size for a LC
particular line.
line
Identifies a specific line for configuration and
enters the line configuration command mode.
GC
show line
Displays line parameters.
UE
speed
Sets the line baud rate.
LC
LC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Management ACL
Command
Description
Mode*
deny (management)
Defines a deny rule.
MA
management access-class
Defines which management access-list is used. GC
management access-list
Defines a management access-list, and enters
the access-list for configuration.
GC
permit (management)
Defines a permit rule.
MA
show management accessclass
Displays the active management access-list.
PE
show management accesslist
Displays management access-lists.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
126
Command Groups
Password Management
Command
Description
Mode*
passwords aging
Implements aging on the passwords such that
users are required to change passwords when
they expire.
GC
passwords history
Enables the administrator to set the number of GC
previous passwords that are stored to ensure
that users do not reuse their passwords too
frequently.
passwords lock-out
Enables the administrator to strengthen the
GC
security of the switch by enabling the user
lockout feature. When a lockout count is
configured, a user who is logging in must enter
the correct password within that count.
passwords min-length
Enables the administrator to enforce a
minimum length required for a password.
GC
show passwords
configuration
Displays the configuration parameters for
password configuration.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
PHY Diagnostics
Command
Description
Mode*
show copper-ports cablelength
Displays the estimated copper cable length
attached to a port.
PE
show copper-ports tdr
Displays the last TDR (Time Domain
Reflectometry) tests on specified ports.
PE
show fiber-ports opticaltransceiver
Displays the optical transceiver diagnostics.
PE
test copper-port tdr
Diagnoses with TDR (Time Domain
Reflectometry) technology the quality and
characteristics of a copper cable attached to a
port.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Command Groups
127
Power Over Ethernet (PoE)
Command
Description
Mode*
power inline
Enables/disables the ability of the port to
deliver power.
IC
(Ethernet
)
power inline legacy
Enables/disables the ability of the switch to GC
support legacy Ethernet powered devices.
power inline powereddevice
Adds a comment or description of the
powered device type.
IC
(Ethernet
)
power inline priority
Configures the port priority level for the
delivery of power to an attached device.
IC
(Ethernet
)
power inline traps
Enables/disables inline power traps.
GC
power inline usagethreshold
Configures the system power usage
GC
threshold level at which a trap is generated.
show poe-firmware-version Displays the version of the PoE controller
firmware present on the switch file system.
show power inline
PE
Displays the total available power, the total PE
power consumed in the system, and the
globally set usage threshold.
show power inline ethernet Displays the inline power summary for the
interface.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
RMON
Command
Description
Mode*
rmon alarm
Configures alarm conditions.
GC
rmon collection history
Enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB
history statistics group on an interface.
IC
rmon event
Configures an RMON event.
GC
show rmon alarm
Displays alarm configurations.
UE
128
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
show rmon alarm-table
Displays the alarms summary table.
UE
show rmon collection
history
Displays the requested group of statistics.
UE
show rmon events
Displays the RMON event table.
UE
show rmon history
Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history.
UE
show rmon log
Displays the RMON logging table.
UE
show rmon statistics
Displays RMON Ethernet Statistics.
UE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Serviceability Tracing
Command
Description
Mode*
debug arp
Enables tracing of ARP packets.
PE
debug auto-voip
Enables Auto VOIP debug messages.
PE
debug clear
Disables all debug traces.
PE
debug console
Enables the display of debug trace output on
the login session in which it is executed.
PE
debug dot1x
Enables dot1x packet tracing.
PE
debug igmpsnooping
Enables tracing of IGMP Snooping packets
transmitted and/or received by the switch.
PE
debug ip acl
Enables debug of IP Protocol packets matching PE
the ACL criteria.
debug ip dvmrp
Traces DVMRP packet reception and
transmission.
PE
debug ip igmp
Traces IGMP packet reception and
transmission.
PE
debug ip mcache
Traces MDATA packet reception and
transmission.
PE
debug ip pimdm
Traces PIMDM packet reception and
transmission.
PE
Command Groups
129
Command
Description
Mode*
debug ip pimsm
Traces PIMSM packet reception and
transmission.
PE
debug ip vrrp
Enables VRRP debug protocol messages.
PE
debug ipv6 mcache
Traces MDATAv6 packet reception and
transmission.
PE
debug ipv6 mld
Traces MLD packet reception and transmission. PE
debug ipv6 pimdm
Traces PIMDMv6 packet reception and
transmission.
PE
debug ipv6 pimsm
Traces PIMSMv6 packet reception and
transmission.
PE
debug isdp
Traces ISDP packet reception and transmission. PE
debug lacp
Traces of LACP packets received and
transmitted by the switch.
PE
debug mldsnooping
Traces MLD snooping packet reception and
transmission.
PE
debug ospf
Enables tracing of OSPF packets received and
transmitted by the switch.
PE
debug ospfv3
Enables tracing of OSPFv3 packets received and PE
transmitted by the switch.
debug ping
Enables tracing of ICMP echo requests and
responses.
PE
debug rip
Enables tracing of RIP requests and responses.
PE
debug sflow
Enables sFlow debug packet trace.
PE
debug spanning-tree
Traces spanning tree BPDU packet reception
and transmission.
PE
show debugging
Displays packet tracing configurations.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
130
Command Groups
sFlow
Command
Description
Mode*
sflow destination
Configures sFlow collector parameters (owner
string, receiver timeout, ip address, and port).
GC
sflow polling
Enables a new sflow poller instance for the data GC
source if rcvr_idx is valid.
sflow polling (Interface
Mode)
Enable a new sflow poller instance for this data IC
source if rcvr_idx is valid.
sflow sampling
Enables a new sflow sampler instance for this
data source if rcvr_idx is valid.
GC
sflow sampling (Interface
Mode)
Enables a new sflow sampler instance for this
data source if rcvr_idx is valid.
IC
show sflow agent
Displays the sflow agent information.
PE
show sflow destination
Displays all the configuration information
related to the sFlow receivers.
PE
show sflow polling
Displays the sFlow polling instances created on PE
the switch.
show sflow sampling
Displays the sFlow sampling instances created
on the switch.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
SNMP
Command
Description
Mode*
show snmp
Displays the SNMP status.
PE
show snmp engineID
Displays the SNMP engine ID.
PE
show snmp filters
Displays the configuration of filters.
PE
show snmp groups
Displays the configuration of groups.
PE
show snmp users
Displays the configuration of users.
PE
show snmp views
Displays the configuration of views.
PE
show trapflags
Shows the status of the configurable SNMP
traps.
PE
Command Groups
131
Command
Description
Mode*
snmp-server community
Sets up the community access string to permit
access to SNMP protocol.
GC
snmp-server communitygroup
Maps SNMP v1 and v2 security models to the
group name.
GC
snmp-server contact
Sets up a system contact (sysContact) string. GC
snmp-server enable traps
Enables SNMP traps globally or enables specific GC
SNMP traps.
snmp-server engineID local Specifies the Simple Network Management
GC
Protocol (SNMP) engine ID on the local switch.
snmp-server filter
Creates or updates an SNMP server filter entry. GC
snmp-server group
Configures a new SNMP group or a table that
maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
GC
snmp-server host
Specifies the recipient of SNMP notifications.
GC
snmp-server location
Sets the system location string.
GC
snmp-server enable traps
authentication
Enables the switch to send SNMP traps when
authentication failed.
GC
snmp-server v3-host
Specifies the recipient of SNMPv3
notifications.
GC
snmp-server user
Configures a new SNMP Version 3 user.
GC
snmp-server view
Creates or updates a Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) server view
entry.
GC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
SSH
Command
Description
Mode*
crypto key generate dsa
Generates DSA key pairs for the switch.
GC
crypto key generate rsa
Generates RSA key pairs for the switch.
GC
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh Enters SSH Public Key-chain configuration
mode.
ip ssh port
132
Command Groups
GC
Specifies the port to be used by the SSH server. GC
Command
Description
Mode*
ip ssh pubkey-auth
Enables public key authentication for incoming GC
SSH sessions.
ip ssh server
Enables the switch to be configured from a SSH GC
server connection.
key-string
Manually specifies a SSH public key.
SK
show crypto key mypubkey Displays its own SSH public keys stored on the PE
switch.
show crypto key pubkeychain ssh
Displays SSH public keys stored on the switch.
PE
show ip ssh
Displays the SSH server configuration.
PE
user-key
Specifies which SSH public key is manually
SP
configured and enters the SSH public key-string
configuration command.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Syslog
Command
Description
Mode*
clear logging
Clears messages from the internal logging
buffer.
PE
clear logging file
Clears messages from the logging file.
PE
description
Describes the syslog server.
L
level
Specifies the importance level of syslog
messages.
L
loggin cli-command
Enable CLI command logging
GC
logging
Logs messages to a syslog server
GC
logging buffered
Limits syslog messages displayed from an
internal buffer based on severity.
GC
logging console
Limits messages logged to the console based on GC
severity.
logging facility
Sets the facility of the logging messages.
Command Groups
GC
133
Command
Description
Mode*
logging file
Limits syslog messages sent to the logging file
based on severity.
GC
logging on
Controls error messages logging.
GC
port
Specifies the port number of syslog messages.
L
show logging
Displays the state of logging and the syslog
messages stored in the internal buffer.
PE
show logging file
Displays the state of logging and the syslog
messages stored in the logging file.
PE
show syslog-servers
Displays the syslog servers settings.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
System Management
Command
Description
Mode*
asset-tag
Specifies the switch asset-tag.
GC
banner motd
Specifies message-of-the-day banner.
GC
banner motd
acknowledge
Acknowledges message-of-the-day banner.
GC
show checkpoint
statistics
Shows the checkpointing status.
PE
clear checkpoint
statistics
Clears the statistics for the checkpointing
process.
GC
cut-through mode
Enables the cut-through mode on the switch.
GC
hostname
Specifies or modifies the switch host name.
GC
initiate failover
Forces failover of management unit.
GC
member
Configures the switch.
SG
movemanagement
Moves the Management Switch functionality
from one switch to another.
SG
nsf
Specifies non-stop forwarding.
GC
nsf restart-interval
Specifies the length of the grace period on the
restarting router.
GC
134
Command Groups
Command
Description
Mode*
no cut-through mode
Disables the cut-through mode on the switch.
GC
no standby
Removes standby configuration in the stack.
SG
ping
Sends ICMP echo request packets to another
node on the network.
UE
reload
Reloads the operating system.
PE
set description
Associates a text description with a switch in
the stack.
SG
show boot-version
Displays the boot image version details.
UE
show cut-through mode Show the cut-through mode on the switch.
PE
show memory cpu
Checks the total and available RAM space on
the switch.
PE
show nsf
Shows non-stop forwarding status.
PE
show process cpu
Checks the CPU utilization for each process
currently running on the switch.
PE
show sessions
Displays a list of the open telnet sessions to
remote hosts.
PE
show stack-port
Displays summary stack-port information for all PE
interfaces.
show stack-port
counters
Displays summary data counter information for PE
all interfaces.
show stack-port diag
Displays front panel stacking diagnostics for
each port.
PE
show stack-standby
Shows the Standby configured in the stack.
UE
show supported
switchtype
Displays information about all supported switch UE
types.
show switch
Displays information about the switch status.
UE
show system
Displays system information.
UE
show system id
Displays the service ID information.
UE
show tech-support
Displays system and configuration information PE
(for debugging/calls to technical support).
show users
Displays information about the active users.
Command Groups
PE
135
Command
Description
Mode*
show version
Displays the system version information.
UE
stack
Sets the mode to Stack Global Configuration
mode.
GC
stack-port
Sets the mode to Stack Global Configuration
mode to configure Stack ports as either
Stacking ports or as Ethernet ports.
GC
standby
Configures the standby in the stack.
SG
switch priority
Configures the ability of the switch to become
the Management Switch.
GC
switch renumber
Changes the identifier for a switch in the stack. GC
telnet
Logs into a host that supports Telnet.
PE
traceroute
Discovers the IP routes that packets actually
take when travelling to their destinations.
PE
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Telnet Server
Command
Description
Mode*
ip telnet server disable
Enables/disables the Telnet service on the
switch.
GC
ip telnet port
Configures the Telnet service port number on
the switch.
GC
show ip telnet
Displays the status of the Telnet server and the PE
Telnet service port number.
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
136
Command Groups
User Interface
Command
Description
Mode*
enable
Enters the privileged EXEC mode.
UE
end
Gets the CLI user control back to the privileged Any
execution mode or user execution mode.
exit(configuration)
Exits any configuration mode to the previously (All)
highest mode in the CLI mode hierarchy.
exit(EXEC)
Closes an active terminal session by logging off UE
the switch.
mode simple
Selects the simple mode as the start up mode.
GC
mode-change confirm
Confirms the mode selection.
GC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
Web Server
Command
Description
Mode*
common-name
Specifies the common-name for the device.
CC
country
Specifies the country.
CC
crypto certificate generate
Generates a HTTPS certificate.
GC
crypto certificate import
Imports a certificate signed by the Certification GC
Authority for HTTPS
crypto certificate request
Generates and displays a certificate request for PE
HTTPS
duration
Specifies the duration in days.
ip http port
Specifies the TCP port for use by a web browser GC
to configure the switch.
ip http server
Enables the switch to be configured from a
browser.
GC
ip https certificate
Configures the active certificate for HTTPS
GC
ip https port
Configures a TCP port for use by a secure web
browser to configure the switch.
GC
Command Groups
CC
137
Command
Description
Mode*
ip https server
Enables the switch to be configured from a
secured browser.
GC
key-generate
Specifies the key-generate.
CC
location
Specifies the location or city name.
CC
organization-unit
Specifies the organization-unit or department
name
CC
show crypto certificate
mycertificate
Displays the SSL certificates of your switch.
PE
show ip http
Displays the HTTP server configuration.
PE
show ip https
Displays the HTTPS server configuration.
PE
state
Specifies the state or province name.
CC
*NOTE: For the meaning of each Mode abbreviation, see "Mode Types" on page 64.
138
Command Groups
2
Using the CLI
Introduction
This chapter describes the basics of entering and editing the Dell
PowerConnect 62xx Series Command Line Interface (CLI) commands and
defines the command hierarchy. It also explains how to activate the CLI and
implement its major functions.
This chapter covers the following topics:
•
Entering and Editing CLI Commands
•
CLI Command Modes
•
Starting the CLI
•
Using CLI Functions and Tools
Entering and Editing CLI Commands
A CLI command is a series of keywords and arguments. Keywords identify a
command and arguments specify configuration parameters. For example, in
the command show interfaces status ethernet 1/g5, show, interfaces and
status are keywords; ethernet is an argument that specifies the interface type,
and 1/g5 specifies the unit/port.
When working with the CLI, the command options are not displayed. The
command is not selected by a menu but is entered manually. To see what
commands are available in each mode or within an Interface Configuration,
the CLI provides a method of displaying the available commands, the
command syntax requirements and in some instances parameters required to
complete the command. The standard command to request context-sensitive
help is the <?> key.
Two instances where the help information can be displayed are:
•
Keyword lookup — The <?> key is entered in place of a command. A list
of all valid commands and corresponding help messages is displayed.
Using the CLI
139
•
Partial keyword lookup — A command is incomplete and the <?> key is
entered in place of a parameter. The matched parameters for this
command are displayed.
The following features and conventions are applicable to CLI command entry
and editing:
•
History Buffer
•
Negating Commands
•
Show Command
•
Command Completion
•
Short Form Commands
•
Keyboard Shortcuts
•
Operating on Multiple Objects (Range)
•
Command Scripting
•
CLI Command Notation Conventions
•
Interface Naming Conventions
History Buffer
Every time a command is entered in the CLI, it is recorded in an internally
managed Command History buffer. Commands are stored in the buffer,
which operates on a First In First Out (FIFO) basis. These commands can be
recalled, reviewed, modified, and reissued. This buffer is not preserved after
switch resets.
Keyword
Source or Destination
Up-arrow key
Recalls commands in the history buffer, beginning with the most
<Ctrl>+<P> recent command. Repeats the key sequence to recall successively
older commands.
Down-arrow
key
Returns to more recent commands in the history buffer after
recalling commands with the up-arrow key. Repeating the key
<Ctrl>+<N> sequence recalls more recent commands in succession.
By default, the history buffer system is enabled, but it can be disabled at any
time. The standard number of 10 stored commands can be increased to 216.
By configuring 0, the effect is the same as disabling the history buffer system.
140
Using the CLI
For information about the command syntax for configuring the command
history buffer, see the history-size command in the Line command mode
chapter of this guide.
Negating Commands
For many commands, the prefix keyword no is entered to cancel the effect of
a command or reset the configuration to the default value. All configuration
commands have this capability. This guide describes the negation effect for
all commands to which it applies.
Show Command
The show command executes in the User Executive (EXEC) and Privileged
Executive (EXEC) modes.
Command Completion
CLI can complete partially entered commands when the user presses the
<tab> or <space> key. If a command entered is not complete, is not valid,
or if some parameters of the command are not valid or missing, an error
message is displayed to assist in entering the correct command. By pressing
the <tab> key, an incomplete command is changed into a complete
command. If the characters already entered are not enough for the system to
identify a single matching command, the <?>key displays the available
commands matching the characters already entered.
Short Form Commands
The CLI supports the short forms of all commands. As long as it is possible to
recognize the entered command unambiguously, the CLI accepts the short
form of the command as if the user typed the full command.
Keyboard Shortcuts
The CLI has a range of keyboard shortcuts to assist in editing the CLI
commands. The help command, when used in the User EXEC and Privileged
EXEC modes, displays the keyboard short cuts.
The following table contains the CLI shortcuts displayed by the help
command.
Using the CLI
141
Keyboard Key
Description
<Delete, Backspace>
Delete previous character
<Ctrl>+<A>
Go to beginning of line
<Ctrl>+<E>
Go to end of line
<Ctrl>+<F>
Go forward one character
<Ctrl>+<B>
Go backward one character
<Ctrl>+<D>
Delete current character
<Ctrl>+<U,X>
Delete to beginning of line
<Ctrl>+<K>
Delete to the end of the line.
<Ctrl>+<W>
Delete previous word
<Ctrl>+<T>
Transpose previous character
<Ctrl>+<P>
Go to previous line history buffer
<Ctrl>+<R>
Rewrites or pastes the line
<Ctrl>+<N>
Go to next line in history buffer
<Ctrl>+<Y>
Print last deleted character
<Ctrl>+<Q>
Enables serial flow
<Ctrl>+<S>
Disables serial flow
<Ctrl>+<Z>
Return to root command prompt
<Tab, SPACE>
Command-line completion
end
Return to the root command prompt
exit
Go to next lower command prompt
<?>
List choices
Operating on Multiple Objects (Range)
The CLI allows the user to operate on the set of objects at the same time.
The guidelines are as follows for range operation:
142
•
Operations on objects with four or more instances support the range
operation.
•
The range key word is used to identify the range of objects on which to
operate.
Using the CLI
•
The range may be specified in the following manner:
(#-#) — a range from a particular instance to another instance
(inclusive). For example, 1/g1-g10 indicates that the operation applies to
the gigabit Ethernet ports 1 to 10 on unit 1.
(#, #, #) — a list of non-consecutive instances. For example, (1/g1,
1/g3,1/g5) indicates that the operation applies to the gigabit Ethernet
ports 1, 3, and 5 on unit 1.
(#, #-#, #) — ranges and non-consecutive instances listed together. For
example, (1/g1, 1/g3-g5, 1/g7) indicates that the operation applies to the
gigabit Ethernet ports 1, 7, and 3 to 5 on unit 1.
NOTE: Each # must be a fully qualified port identifier, that is,
type<unit>/<port_type><port_number>, where unit is 1-12, port_type is g or xg and
port_number is 1-24 or 1-48 in the case of port_type g and 1-4 for port_type xg. The
following formats are allowed:(#-#,#), (#,#-#,#), (#,#-#,#-#,#). For LAG, use "interface
range port-channel 1-48".
•
When operating on a range of objects, the CLI implementation hides the
parameters that may not be configured in a range (for example, parameters
that must be uniquely configured for each instance).
•
The CLI uses best effort when operating on a list of objects. If the user
requests an operation on a list of objects, the CLI attempts to execute the
operation on as many objects in the list as possible even if failure occurs for
some of the items in the list. The CLI provides the user with a detailed list
of all failures, listing the objects and the reasons for the failures.
•
Some parameters must be configured individually for each port or
interface.
Command Scripting
The CLI can be used as a programmable management interface. To facilitate
this function, any characters entered after the <!> character are treated as a
comment and ignored by the CLI. Also, the CLI allows the user to disable
session timeouts.
Using the CLI
143
CLI Command Notation Conventions
When entering commands there are certain command-entry notations which
apply to all commands. The following table describes these conventions as
they are used in syntax definitions.
Convention
Description
[]
In a command line, square brackets indicate an optional entry.
{}
In a command line inclusive brackets indicate a selection of
compulsory parameters separated by the | character. One option
must be selected. For example: flowcontrol {auto|on|off} means
that for the flowcontrol command either auto, on or off must be
selected.
Italic
Indicates a variable.
<Enter>
Any individual key on the keyboard.
<Ctrl>+<F4> Any combination of keys pressed simultaneously on the keyboard.
Screen Display
Indicates system messages and prompts appearing on the console.
all
Indicates a literal parameter, entered into the command as it is.
Interface Naming Conventions
The conventions for naming interfaces in CLI commands are as follows:
144
•
Unit#/Interface ID — each interface is identified by the Unit# followed
by a </> symbol and then the Interface ID. For example, 2/g10 identifies
the gigabit port 10 within the second unit.
•
Unit# — the unit number is used only in a stacking solution where a
number of switches are stacked to form a virtual switch. In this case, the
Unit # identifies the physical switch identifier within the stack.
•
Interface ID — is formed by the interface type followed by the interface
number. For example, 2/g10 identifies the gigabit port 10 on the second
unit; 1/g1 identifies the fast Ethernet port 1 on the first unit within the
stack.
•
Interface Types — the following interface types are defined. g stands for
gigabit Ethernet port (for example, g2 is the gigabit port 2). xg stands for
10 Gigabit Ethernet port (for example, xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port
2).
Using the CLI
CLI Command Modes
Since the set of CLI commands is very large, the CLI is structured as a
command-tree hierarchy, where related command sets are assigned to
command modes for easier access. At each level, only the commands related
to that level are available to the user and only those commands are shown in
the context sensitive help for that level.
In this guide, commands are organized into three categories:
•
Layer 2 (Data Link Layer) commands
•
Layer 3 (Network Layer) commands
•
Utility Commands
Layer 2 (Data Link Layer) describes the logical organization of data bits
transmitted on a particular medium. This layer defines the framing,
addressing and checksumming of Ethernet packets.
Layer 3 (Network Layer) describes how a series of exchanges over various data
links can deliver data between any two nodes in a network. This layer defines
the addressing and routing structure of the Internet.
Utility describes commands used to manage the switch.
Commands that cause specific actions to be taken immediately by the system
and do not directly affect the system configurations are defined at the top of
the command tree. For example, commands for rebooting the system or for
downloading or backing up the system configuration files are placed at the
top of the hierarchy tree.
Commands that result in configuration changes to the switch are grouped in
a Configuration sub tree.
There are levels beneath the Configuration mode for further grouping of
commands. The system prompt reflects these sub-Configuration modes.
All the parameters are provided with reasonable defaults where possible.
When starting a session, the initial mode is the User EXEC mode. Only a
limited subset of commands is available in this mode. This level is reserved
for tasks that do not change the configuration. To enter the next level, the
Privileged EXEC mode, a password is required.
Using the CLI
145
The Privileged EXEC mode provides access to commands that can not be
executed in the User EXEC mode and permits access to the switch
Configuration mode.
The Global Configuration mode manages switch configuration on a global
level. For specific interface configurations, command modes exist at a sublevel.
Entering a <?> at the system prompt displays a list of commands available
for that particular command mode. A specific command is used to navigate
from one command mode to another. The standard order to access the modes
is as follows: User EXEC mode, Privileged EXEC mode, Global
Configuration mode, and Interface Configuration and other specific
configuration modes.
User EXEC Mode
After logging into the switch, the user is automatically in the User EXEC
command mode unless the user is defined as a privileged user. In general, the
User EXEC commands allow the user to perform basic tests, and list system
information.
The user-level prompt consists of the switch host name followed by the angle
bracket (>).
console>
The default host name is Console unless it has been changed using the
hostname command in the Global Configuration mode.
Privileged EXEC Mode
Because many of the privileged commands set operating parameters,
privileged access is password-protected to prevent unauthorized use. The
password is not displayed on the screen and is case sensitive.
Privileged users enter into the Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC
mode, where the following prompt is displayed.
console#
146
Using the CLI
Global Configuration Mode
Global Configuration commands apply to features that affect the system as a
whole, rather than just a specific interface. The Privileged EXEC mode
command configure is used to enter the Global Configuration mode.
console(config)#
Interface and Other Specific Configuration Modes
Interface configuration modes are used to modify specific interface
operations. The following are the Interface Configuration and other specific
configuration modes:
•
MST — The Global Configuration mode command spanning-tree mst
configuration is used to enter into the Multiple Spanning Tree
configuration mode.
•
Line Interface — Contains commands to configure the management
connections. These include commands such as line speed and timeout
settings. The Global Configuration mode command line is used to enter
the Line Interface mode.
•
VLAN Database — Contains commands to create a VLAN as a whole.
The Global Configuration mode command vlan database is used to enter
the VLAN Database mode.
•
Router OSPF Configuration — Global configuration mode command
router ospf is used to enter into the Router OSPF Configuration mode.
•
Router RIP Configuration — Global configuration mode command
router rip is used to enter into the Router RIP Configuration mode.
•
Router OSPFv3 Configuration — Global configuration mode command
ipv6 router ospf is used to enter into the Router OSPFv3 Configuration
mode.
•
IPv6 DHCP Pool Mode — Global configuration mode command ipv6
dhcp pool is used to enter into the IPv6 DHCP Pool mode.
•
Management Access List — Contains commands to define management
access administration lists. The Global Configuration mode command
management access-list is used to enter the Management Access List
configuration mode.
Using the CLI
147
148
•
Policy-map — Use the policy-map command to access the QoS policy
map configuration mode to configure the QoS policy map.
•
Policy Class — Use the class command to access the QoS Policy-class
mode to attach or remove a DiffServ class from a policy and to configure
the QoS policy class.
•
Class-Map — This mode consists of class creation/deletion and matching
commands. The class matching commands specify layer 2, layer 3 and
general match criteria. Use the class-map class-map-name commands to
access the QoS Class Map Configuration mode to configure QoS class
maps.
•
Stack — Use the stack command to access the Stack Configuration Mode.
•
Ethernet — Contains commands to manage Ethernet port configuration.
The Global Configuration mode command interface ethernet enters the
Interface Configuration mode to configure an Ethernet interface.
•
Port Channel — Contains commands to configure port-channels, i.e.,
assigning ports to a port-channel. Most of these commands are the same as
the commands in the Ethernet interface mode and are used to manage the
member ports as a single entity. The Global Configuration mode
command interface port-channel is used to enter the Port Channel mode.
•
Tunnel — Contains commands to manage tunnel interfaces. The Global
Configuration mode command interface tunnel enters the Tunnel
Configuration mode to configure an tunnel type interface.
•
Loopback — Contains commands to manage loopback interfaces. The
Global Configuration mode command interface loopback enters the
Loopback Configuration mode to configure an loopback type interface.
•
SSH Public Key-chain — Contains commands to manually specify other
switch SSH public keys. The Global Configuration mode command crypto
key pub-key chain ssh is used to enter the SSH Public Key-chain
configuration mode.
•
SSH Public Key-string — Contains commands to manually specify the
SSH Public-key of a remote SSH Client. The SSH Public-Key Chain
Configuration mode command user-key command is used to enter the
SSH Public-Key Configuration mode.
Using the CLI
•
MAC Access-List — Configures conditions required to allow traffic based
on MAC addresses. The Global Configuration mode command macaccess-list is used to enter the MAC Access-List configuration mode.
•
TACACS — Configures the parameters for the TACACS server.
•
Radius — Configures the parameters for the RADIUS server.
•
SNMP Host Configuration — Configures the parameters for the SNMP
server host.
•
SNMP v3 Host Configuration — Configures the parameters for the
SNMP v3 server host.
•
SNMP Community Configuration — Configures the parameters for the
SNMP server community.
•
Crypto Certificate Request — Configures the parameters for crypto
certificate request.
•
Crypto Certificate Generation — Configures the parameters for crypto
certificate generate.
•
Logging — Configures the parameters for syslog log server.
Identifying the Switch and Command Mode from the System Prompt
The system prompt provides the user with the name of the switch
(hostname) and identifies the command mode. The following is a formal
description of the system command prompt:
[device name][([command mode-[object]])][#|>]
[device name] — is the name of the managed switch, which is typically the
user-configured hostname established by the hostname command.
[command mode] — is the current configuration mode and is omitted for the
top configuration levels.
[object] — indicates specific object or range of objects within the
configuration mode.
For example, if the current configuration mode is config-if and the object
being operated on is gigabit ethernet 1 on unit 1, the prompt displays the
object type and unit (for example, 1/g1).
Using the CLI
149
[# | >] — The # sign is used to indicate that the system is in the Privileged
EXEC mode. The > symbol indicates that the system is in the User EXEC
mode, which is a read-only mode in which the system does not allow
configuration.
Navigating CLI Command Modes
The following table describes how to navigate through the CLI Command
Mode hierarchy.
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
User EXEC
The user is
automatically in
User EXEC mode
unless the user is
defined as a
privileged user.
console>
logout
Privileged EXEC Use the enable
console#
command to enter
into this mode. This
mode is password
protected.
Global
Configuration
150
From Privileged
EXEC mode, use
the configure
command.
Using the CLI
Use the exit
command, or
press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to return to the
User EXEC
mode.
console(config)# Use the exit
command, or
press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to return to the
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Line Interface
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the line
command.
console(configline)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Management
Access-List
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
management
access-list
command.
console(configmacal)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
console(configpolicyclassmap)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
From Global
console(configConfiguration
classmap)#
mode, use the classmap command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Policy-Class-Map From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
policy-map class
command.
Class-Map
Using the CLI
151
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
console(configmac-accesslist)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
SSH Public Key- From Global
console(configChain
Configuration
pubkey-chain)#
mode, use the
crypto key pubkeychain ssh
command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
SSH Public Key
String
From the SSH
console(configPublic Key- Chain pubkey-key)#
mode, use the userkey <user name >
{rsa|dsa}
command.
To return to the
SSH Public keychain mode, use
the exit
command, or
press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
TACACS
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
tacacs-server host
command.
MAC Access List From Global
Configuration
mode, use the mac
access-list
command.
152
Using the CLI
console(tacacs)# To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Radius
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
radius-server host
command.
console(configradius)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
SNMP Host
Configuration
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
snmp-server
command.
console(configsnmp)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
SNMP v3 Host
Configuration
From Global
console(configConfiguration
snmp)#
mode, use the
snmp-server v3-host
command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
SNMP
Community
Configuration
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
snmp-server
community
command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode
console(configsnmp)#
Using the CLI
153
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Crypto
Certificate
Generation
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
crypto certificate
number generate
command.
console(configcrypto-cert)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Crypto
Certificate
Request
From Privileged
EXEC mode, use
the crypto
certificate number
request command.
console(configcrypto-cert)#
To exit to
Privileged EXEC
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>.
Stack
From Global
console(configConfiguration
stack)#
mode, use the stack
command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Logging
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
logging command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
154
Using the CLI
console(configlogging)#
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
MST
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
spanning-tree mst
configuration
command.
console(configmst)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
VLAN Config
From Global
console(configConfiguration
vlan)#
mode, use the vlan
database command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Router OSPF
Conf
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
router ospf
command.
console(configrouter)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode
Router RIP
Config
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
router rip
command.
console(configrouter)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode
Using the CLI
155
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Router OSPFv3
Config
From Global
console(configConfiguration
rtr)#
mode, use the ipv6
router ospf
command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode
IPv6 DHCP Pool From Global
console(configMode
Configuration
dhcp6s-pool)#
mode, use the ipv6
dhcp pool
command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode
Interface Configuration Modes
Ethernet
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
interface ethernet
command.
Port Channel
156
console (config- To exit to Global
Configuration
if-n/gn or
mode, use the
n/xgn)#
From Global
console (configConfiguration
if-chn)#
mode, use the
interface portchannel command.
Using the CLI
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
VLAN
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
interface vlan
command.
console(configif-vlann)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Tunnel
From Global
Configuration
mode, use the
interface tunnel
command.
console(configtunneln)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Loopback
From Global
console(configconfiguration mode, loopbackn)#
use the interface
loopback
command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the
exit command,
or press
<Ctrl>+<Z>
to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Using the CLI
157
Starting the CLI
To begin running the CLI, perform the following steps:
NOTE: This procedure is for use on the console line only.
NOTE: The Easy Setup Wizard is available only when the system is in default state
with no user configuration saved previously.
1 Start the switch and wait until the startup procedure is complete and the
User EXEC mode is entered. The prompt console> is displayed.
2 Configure the switch using the Easy Setup Wizard and enter the necessary
commands to complete the required tasks.
3 When finished, exit the session with the quit or exit command.
The switch can be managed over a direct connection to the switch console
port or through a Telnet connection. If access is through a Telnet connection,
the switch must have a defined IP address, corresponding management access
granted, and a connection to the network.
Easy Setup Wizard
The Easy Setup Wizard guides the user in the basic initial configuration of a
newly installed switch so that it can be immediately deployed and functional
in its basic operation and be completely manageable through the Web, CLI
and the remote Dell Network Manager. After initial setup, the user may enter
to the system to set up more advanced configurations.
By default the switch is shipped from the factory with an IP address of
192.168.2.1 but the Easy Setup Wizard provides the opportunity to
customize the IP address. Also the system is set up with default management
VLAN ID=1. The initial activation must be done using the serial interface
since, without a unique IP address, the user can not access the other
management interfaces.
The wizard sets up the following configuration on the switch:
•
158
Establishes the initial privileged user account with a valid password. The
wizard configures one privileged user account during the setup. The user
may return to add users later. The initial account is given the highest
privilege level (level 15).
Using the CLI
•
Enables CLI login and HTTP access to use the local authentication setting
only, which allows user account access via these management interfaces.
The user may return later to configure Radius or TACACS+.
•
Sets up the IP address for the management VLAN or enables support for
DHCP to configure the management IP address dynamically.
•
Sets up the SNMP community string to be used by the SNMP manager.
The user may choose to skip this step if SNMP management is not used. If
it is configured, the default access level is set to the highest available
access for the SNMP management interface. The user may return later to
add to the community string or reconfigure the access level of the
community string. Initially only SNMPv1/2c will be activated. SNMPv3 is
disabled until the user returns to configure security access for SNMPv3
(for example, engine ID, view, and so on). The SNMP community string
may include spaces. The wizard requires the use of quotation marks when
the user wants to enter spaces in the community string. Although spaces
are allowed in the community string, their use is discouraged. The default
community string contains no spaces.
•
Allows the user to specify the management server IP or permit SNMP
access from all IP addresses.
•
Sets up the default gateway IP address.
If the user chooses not to use the wizard initially, the session defaults to the
CLI mode with a warning to refer the documentation. During a subsequent
login, the user may again elect not to run the setup wizard. Once the wizard
has established configuration, however, the wizard is presented only if the
user resets the switch to the factory default settings. While the wizard is
running, the system does not display any unsolicited or unrelated status
messages. For example, the system does not display event notification or
system status messages.
After completing the wizard, the user is given a chance to save his
configuration and continue to the CLI. If the user chooses to discard his
configuration, any restart of the wizard must be from the beginning. When
the user chooses to restart the wizard, any configuration the user saved
previously automatically is offered for the user to accept. The user may elect
to correct only a few items instead of re-entering all the data.
Using the CLI
159
Since a switch may be powered on in the field without a serial connection, the
switch waits 60 seconds for the user to respond to the setup wizard question
in instances where no configuration files exist. If there is no response, the
switch continues normal operation using the default factory configuration.
While waiting for the response from the user, normal switch operation will
continue, including but not limited to:
•
If BOOTP/DHCP is supported and enabled by default, the switch
attempts to get its address.
•
The switch continues to switch traffic.
•
The switch continues do MAC learning. If spanning-tree is on by default,
the switch participates in the spanning-tree protocol.
Functional Flow
The functional flow diagram in Figure 2-1 illustrates the procedures for the
Easy Setup Wizard.
160
Using the CLI
Figure 2-1. Easy Setup Wizard
Did the user
previously save a startup
configuration?
Yes
Transfer to CLI mode
No
Transfer to CLI mode
No
Does the user want
to use setup wizard?
Yes
Is SNMP Management
Required?
Request SNMP
Community String &
Server IP Address
Yes
No
Request user name,
password
DHCP?
No
Request IP Address, Network
Mask, Default Gateway IP
No
Discard Changes and Restart Wizard
Yes
Save Setup?
Yes
Copy to Config
Transfer to CLI mode
Using the CLI
161
Example Session
This section describes an Easy Setup Wizard session. Refer to the state
diagram in the previous section for general flow. The following values used by
the example session are not the only possible ones:
•
IP address for the management VLAN is 192.168.2.1:255.255.255.0.
•
The user name is admin, and the password should be 8-64 characters in
length (admin123).
•
The network management system IP address is 192.168.2.1.
•
The default gateway is 0.0.0.0.
•
The SNMP community string to be used is {public}.
The setup wizard configures the initial values as defined above. After the user
completes the wizard, the system is configured as follows:
•
SNMPv1/2c is enabled and the community string is set up as defined
above. SNMPv3 is disabled.
•
The admin user account is set up as defined.
•
A network management system is configured. From this management
station, the user can access the SNMP, HTTP, and CLI interfaces. The user
may also choose to allow all IP addresses to access these management
interfaces by choosing the (0.0.0.0) IP address.
•
An IP address is configured for the default management VLAN (1).
•
A default gateway address is configured.
The following example contains the sequence of prompts and responses
associated with running an example Dell Easy Setup Wizard session, using
the input values listed above. Note in this case a static IP address for the
management interface is being set up. However it may be requested that the
system automatically retrieve an IP address via DHCP. If DHCP is used, the
system does not request a network mask or default gateway. In this example,
the user employs the setup wizard to configure the initial values as defined
above.
NOTE: In the example, the possible user options are enclosed in [ ]. Also, where
possible, default values are enclosed in []. If the user enters <Return> with no
options defined, the default value is accepted. Help text is in parentheses.
After the switch completes the POST and is booted, the following dialog
appears:
162
Using the CLI
Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard
The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch
configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly
as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter
CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must
respond to the next question to run the setup wizard
within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue
with normal operation using the default system
configuration.Note: You can exit the setup wizard at
any point by entering [ctrl+z].
Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must
answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y
Step 1:
The system is not setup for SNMP management by
default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for
Dell Network Manager) you can:
o Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.
o Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For
more information on setting up an SNMP version 1 or 3
account, see the user documentation).
Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface
now? [Y/N] y
To setup the SNMP management account you must specify
the management system IP address and the "community
string" or password that the particular management
system uses to access the switch. The wizard
automatically assigns the highest access level
[Privilege Level 15] to this account. You can use Dell
Network Manager or other management interfaces to
change this setting, and to add additional management
system later. For more information on adding
management systems, see the user documentation.
To add a management station:
Please enter the SNMP community string to be used.
Using the CLI
163
{public}:
public<Enter>
Please enter the IP address of the Management System
(A.B.C.D) or wildcard (0.0.0.0) to manage from any
Management Station.
{0.0.0.0}:
192.168.2.1<Enter>
Step 2:
Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)
user account. This account is used to login to the CLI
and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and
change privilege levels later. For more information on
setting up user accounts and changing privilege
levels, see the user documentation.
To setup a user account:
Please enter the user name: admin<Enter>
Please enter the user password: ********<Enter>
Please reenter the user password: ********<Enter>
Step 3:
Next, an IP address is setup. The
defined on the default VLAN (VLAN
ports are members. This is the IP
access the CLI, Web interface, or
the switch.
IP address is
#1), of which all
address you use to
SNMP interface for
Optionally you may request that the system
automatically retrieve an IP address from the network
via DHCP (this requires that you have a DHCP server
running on the network).
To setup an IP address:
164
Using the CLI
Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or
enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically
request an IP address from the network DHCP server.
192.168.2.1<Enter>
Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn):
255.255.255.0<Enter>
Step 4:
Finally, set up the gateway. Please enter the IP
address of the gateway from which this network is
reachable
192.168.1.1<Enter>
This is the configuration information that has been
collected:
SNMP Interface = "public"@192.168.2.1
User Account setup = admin
Password = **********
Management IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Gateway = 0.0.0.0
Step 5:
If the information is correct, please select (Y) to
save the configuration, and copy to the start-up
configuration file. If the information is incorrect,
select (N) to discard configuration and restart the
wizard: [Y/N]
y<Enter>
Thank you for using the Dell Easy Setup Wizard. You
will now enter CLI mode.
.....
console>
Using the CLI
165
Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>
Applying configuration, please wait ...
Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard
The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch
configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly
as possible. You can skip the setup wizard, and enter
CLI mode to manually configure the switch. You must
respond to the next question to run the setup wizard
within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will continue
with normal operation using the default system
configuration.Note: You can exit the setup wizard at
any point by entering [ctrl+z].
Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must
answer this question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y
Step 1:
The system is not setup for SNMP management by
default. To manage the switch using SNMP (required for
Dell Network Manager) you can
.
Set up the initial SNMP version 2 account now.
.
Return later and setup other SNMP accounts. (For
more information on setting up an SNMP version 1 or 3
account, see the user documentation).
Would you like to setup the SNMP management interface
now? [Y/N] n
Step 2:
Now we need to setup your initial privilege (Level 15)
user account. This account is used to login to the CLI
and Web interface. You may setup other accounts and
change privilege levels later. For more information on
setting up user accounts and changing privilege
levels, see the user documentation.
To setup a user account:
166
Using the CLI
Please enter the user name. [root]:root
Please enter the user password:
Please reenter the user password:
Step 3:
Next, an IP address is setup. The IP address is
defined on the default VLAN (VLAN #1), of which all
ports are members. This is the IP address you use to
access the CLI, Web interface, or SNMP interface for
the switch. Optionally you may request that the system
automatically retrieve an IP address from the network
via DHCP (this requires that you have a DHCP server
running on the network).
To setup an IP address:
Please enter the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or
enter "DHCP" (without the quotes) to automatically
request an IP address from the network DHCP server.
[192.168.2.1]:
Please enter the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn).
[255.255.255.0]:
Step 4:
Finally, setup the default gateway. Please enter the
IP address of the gateway from which this network is
reachable. [0.0.0.0]:
This is the configuration information that has been
collected:
User Account setup = root
Password = ********
Management IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway = 0.0.0.0
Operation Mode = Normal
Step 5:
Using the CLI
167
Do you want to select the operational mode as Simple
Mode? [Y/N] n
Step 6:
If the information is correct, please select (Y) to
save the configuration, and copy to the start-up
configuration file. If the information is incorrect,
select (N) to discard configuration and restart the
wizard: [Y/N]
168
Using the CLI
Using CLI Functions and Tools
The CLI has been designed to manage the switch’s configuration file system
and to manage switch security. A number of resident tools exist to support
these and other functions.
Configuration Management
All managed systems have software images and databases that must be
configured, backed up and restored. Two software images may be stored on
the system, but only one of them is active. The other one is a backup image.
The same is true for configuration images, which store the configuration
parameters for the switch. The system has three configuration images. One
image is a memory-only image and is the current configuration image for the
switch. The second image is the one that is loaded by the system when it
reboots. There is one backup configuration image. The system also provides
methods to back up these images to a remote system.
File System Commands
All files are stored in a flat file system. The following commands are used to
perform operations on these files.
Command
Description
delete file
Deletes file.
filedescr file description
Adds a description to a file (up to 20
characters can be used).
copy source destination
Copies a file from source file to destination
file.
Copying Files
The copy command not only provides a method for copying files within the
file system, but also to and from remote servers. With the copy command and
URLs to identify files, the user can back up images to local or remote systems
or restore images from local or remote systems.
To use the copy command, the user specifies the source file and the
destination file. For example, copy tftp://remotehost/pub/backupfile backupconfig copies a file from the remote TFTP server to a local backup
Using the CLI
169
configuration file. In this case, if the local configuration file does not exist,
then it is created by the command. If it does exist, it is overwritten. If there is
not enough space on the local file system to accommodate the file, an error is
flagged.
Refer to the copy command description in the Layer 2 commands section of
the guide for command details.
Referencing External/Internal File systems
Configuration or software images are copied to or retrieved from remote file
systems using TFTP and XMODEM protocols.
•
tftp://server-name/path/filename — identifies a file on a remote file
system accessible through the server-name. Trivial file transfer protocol is
a simplified FTP and uses a UDP port instead of TCP and does not have
password protection.
•
xmodem: filename — identifies the file available on the XMODEM
connection.
Special System Files
The following special filenames are used to refer to special virtual system files,
which are under control of the system and may not be removed or added.
These file names are reserved and may not be used as user-defined files.
When the user copies a local source file into one of these special files and the
source file has an attached file description, it also is copied as the file
description for the special file.
170
•
backup-config — This file refers to the backup configuration file.
•
running-config — This file refers to the configuration file currently active
in the system. It is possible to copy the running-config image to a backupconfig file or to the startup-config file.
•
startup-config — This file refers to the special configuration image stored
in flash memory which is loaded when the system next reboots. The user
may copy a particular configuration file (remote or local) to this special file
name and reboot the system to force it to use a particular configuration.
•
image1 & image2 — These files refer to software images. One of these will
be loaded when the system next reboots. Either image1 or image2 can be
chosen for the next reboot using the command boot system.
Using the CLI
CLI prevents the user from accidentally copying a configuration image onto a
software image and vice versa.
Management Interface Security
This section describes the minimum set of management interface security
measures implemented by the CLI. Management interface security consists
of user account management, user access control and remote network/host
access controls.
CLI through Telnet, SSH, Serial Interfaces
The CLI is accessible through a local serial interface, a remote telnet, or
secure shell sessions. Since the serial interface requires a physical connection
for access, it is used if all else fails. The serial interface is the only interface
from which the user may access the Easy Setup Wizard. It is the only
interface that the user can access if the remote authentication servers are
down and the user has not configured the system to revert to local managed
accounts.
The following rules and specifications apply to these interfaces:
•
The CLI is accessible from remote telnet through the management IP
address for the switch.
•
The CLI is accessible from a secure shell interface.
•
The CLI generates keys for SSH locally.
•
The serial session defaults to 9600 baud rate, eight data bits, non-parity
and one stop bit.
User Accounts Management
The CLI provides authentication for users either through remote
authentication servers supporting TACACS+ or Radius or through a set of
locally managed user accounts. The setup wizard asks the user to create the
initial administrator account and password at the time the system is booted.
The following rules and specifications apply:
•
The user may create as many a five local user accounts.
•
User accounts have an access level, a user name, and a user password.
•
The user is able to delete the user accounts but the user will not be able to
delete the last level 15 account.
Using the CLI
171
•
The user password is saved internally in encrypted format and never
appears in clear text anywhere on the CLI.
•
The CLI supports TACACS+ and Radius authentication servers.
•
The CLI allows the user to configure primary and secondary
authentication servers. If the primary authentication server fails to respond
within a configurable period, the CLI automatically tries the secondary
authentication server.
•
The user can specify whether the CLI should revert to using local user
accounts when the remote authentication servers do not respond or if the
CLI simply fails the login attempt because the authentication servers are
down. This requirement applies only when the user is login through a
telnet or an SSH session.
•
The CLI always allows the user to log in to a local serial port even if the
remote authentication server(s) are down. In this case, CLI reverts to using
the locally configured accounts to allow the user to log in.
User Access Control
In addition to authenticating a user, the CLI also assigns the user access to
one of two security levels. Level 1 has read-only access. This level allow the
user to read information but not configure the switch. The access to this level
cannot be modified. Level 15 is the special access level assigned to the
superuser of the switch. This level has full access to all functions within the
switch and can not be modified.
If the user account is created and maintained locally, each user is given an
access level at the time of account creation. If the user is authenticated
through remote authentication servers, the authentication server is
configured to pass the user access level to the CLI when the user is
authenticated. When Radius is used, the Vendor-Specific Option field
returns the access level for the user. Two vendor specific options are
supported. These are CISCO-AV-Pairs(Shell:priv-lvl=x) and Dell Radius VSA
(user-group=x). TACACS+ provides the appropriate level of access.
The following rules and specifications apply:
•
172
The user determines whether remote authentication servers or locally
defined user authentication accounts are used.
Using the CLI
•
If authentication servers are used, the user can identify at least two remote
servers (the user may choose to configure only one server) and what
protocol to use with the server, TACACS+ or Radius. One of the servers is
primary and the other is the secondary server (the user is not required to
specify a secondary server). If the primary server fails to respond in a
configurable time period, the CLI automatically attempts to authenticate
the user with the secondary server.
•
The user is able to specify what happens when both primary and secondary
servers fail to respond. In this case, the user is able to indicate that the CLI
should either use the local user accounts or reject all requests.
•
Even if the user configures the CLI to fail login when the remote
authentication servers are down, the CLI allows the user to log in to the
serial interface authenticated by locally managed account data.
Syslogs
The CLI uses syslog support to send logging messages to a remote syslog
server. The user configures the switch to generate all logging messages to a
remote log server. If no remote log server exists, then the CLI maintains a
rolling log of at most the last 1000 critical system events.
The following rules and specifications apply:
•
The CLI permits the user to configure a remote syslog server to which all
system logging messages are sent.
•
Log messages are implementation-dependent but may contain debug
messages, security or fault events.
•
If a log server is not specified by the user, the CLI maintains at most the
last 1000 critical system events. In this case, less important events are not
recorded.
Security Logs
Security logs are maintained to record all security events including the
following:
•
User login.
•
User logout.
•
Denied login attempts.
•
User attempt to exceed security access level.
Using the CLI
173
•
Denied attempts by external management system to access the system.
The security log record contains the following information:
•
The user name, if available, or the protocol being accessed if the event is
related to a remote management system.
•
The IP address from which the user is connecting or the IP address of the
remote management system.
•
A description of the security event.
•
A timestamp of the event
If syslog is available, the CLI sends the security log records to the syslog
server. If syslog is not available, the CLI records the last 1000 security log
records in a log separate from the system log records itemized above. Also in
this case, the CLI suppresses repeated events from the same source and
instead the CLI records one event within a period of time and includes that
count as part of the log.
Management ACL
In addition to user access control, the system also manages the access level for
particular management interfaces. The system allows individual hosts or
subnets to access only specific management protocols.
The user defines a management profile, which identifies management
protocols such as the following:
•
Telnet.
•
SSH and the keying information to use for SSH.
•
HTTP.
•
HTTPS and the security certificate to be used.
•
SNMPv1/v2c and the read and read/write community strings to be used.
•
SNMPv3 and the security information for used this protocol.
For each of these management profiles, the user defines the list of hosts or
subnets from which the management profiles may be used.
Other CLI Tools and Capabilities
The CLI has several other capabilities associated with its primary functions.
174
Using the CLI
Terminal Paging
The terminal width and length for CLI displays is 79 characters and 25 lines,
respectively. The length setting is used to control the number of lines the CLI
will display before it pauses. For example, the CLI pauses at 24 lines and
prompts the user with the -more- prompt on the 25th line. The CLI waits for
the user to press either <q> or any other key. If the user presses any key
except <q>, the CLI shows the next page. A <q> key stops the display and
returns to the CLI prompt.
Boot Message
The boot message is a system message that is not user-configurable and is
displayed when the system is booting. Displayed information includes the
following:
•
Operational code date
•
The board type
•
The CPU
•
Memory size
To start the normal booting process, select item 1 in the Boot Menu. The
following is a sample log for booting information.
Boot Menu 3.2.0.1
CPU Card ID:
0x508541
/DskVol//
- disk check in progress ...
/DskVol//
- Volume is OK
total # of clusters:
# of free clusters:
# of bad clusters:
total free space:
max contiguous free space:
# of files:
# of folders:
15,147
5,299
0
10,598 Kb
8,345,600 bytes
30
1
Using the CLI
175
total bytes in files:
19,656 Kb
# of lost chains:
0
total bytes in lost chains:
0
volume descriptor ptr (pVolDesc):
0x38ff9d0
XBD device block I/O handle: 0x10001
auto disk check on mount:
|DOS_CHK_VERB_2
DOS_CHK_REPAIR
volume write mode:
copyback (DOS_WRITE)
max # of simultaneously open files:
file descriptors in use:
52
0
# of different files in use:
0
# of descriptors for deleted files:
# of
obsolete descriptors:
0
0
current volume configuration:
- volume label:
NO LABEL ; (in boot sector: )
- volume Id:
0x1b19
- total number of sectors:
- bytes per sector:
60,716
512
- # of sectors per cluster: 4
- # of reserved sectors:
- FAT entry size:
1
FAT16
- # of sectors per FAT copy:
- # of FAT table copies:
- # of hidden sectors:
176
Using the CLI
60
2
4
- first cluster is in sector #
136
- Update last access date for open-read-close = FALSE
- directory structure:
- file name format:
VFAT
8-bit (extended-ASCII)
- root dir start sector:
121
- # of sectors per root:
15
- max # of entries in root:
240
FAT handler information:
------------------------ allocation group size:
2 clusters
- free space on volume:
10,852,352 bytes
Boot Menu 3.2.0.1
Select an option. If no selection in 10 seconds then
operational code will start.
1 - Start operational code.
2 - Start Boot Menu.
Select (1, 2):
Operational Code Date: Mon Jan
4 04:26:56 2010
Uncompressing.....
Using the CLI
177
Adding 0 symbols for standalone.
CPU: Motorola E500 : Unknown system version.
Processor #0.
Memory Size: 0x10000000.
Created: Jan
BSP version 1.2/0.
4 2010, 03:59:27
ED&R Policy Mode: deployed
/DskVol//
- disk check in progress ...
dosChkLib : CLOCK_REALTIME is being reset to TUE JUN
28 14:29:04 2005
Value obtained from file system volume descriptor
pointer: 0x348ef70
The old setting was THU JAN 01 00:00:00 1970
Accepted system dates are greater than THU DEC 27
00:00:00 1990
/DskVol//
- Volume is OK
total # of clusters:
# of free clusters:
# of bad clusters:
total free space:
max contiguous free space:
# of files:
# of folders:
total bytes in files:
178
15,147
5,299
0
10,598 Kb
8,345,600 bytes
30
1
19,656 Kb
# of lost chains:
0
total bytes in lost chains:
0
Using the CLI
volume descriptor ptr (pVolDesc):
0x348ef70
XBD device block I/O handle: 0x10001
auto disk check on mount:
|DOS_CHK_VERB_2
DOS_CHK_REPAIR
volume write mode:
copyback (DOS_WRITE)
max # of simultaneously open files:
file descriptors in use:
52
0
# of different files in use:
0
# of descriptors for deleted files:
# of
obsolete descriptors:
0
0
current volume configuration:
- volume label:
)
NO LABEL ; (in boot sector:
- volume Id:
0x1b19
- total number of sectors:
- bytes per sector:
60,716
512
- # of sectors per cluster: 4
- # of reserved sectors:
- FAT entry size:
1
FAT16
- # of sectors per FAT copy:
- # of FAT table copies:
- # of hidden sectors:
60
2
4
- first cluster is in sector #
136
- Update last access date for open-read-close = FALSE
- directory structure:
VFAT
Using the CLI
179
- file name format:
8-bit (extended-ASCII)
- root dir start sector:
121
- # of sectors per root:
15
- max # of entries in root:
240
FAT handler information:
------------------------ allocation group size:
2 clusters
- free space on volume:
10,852,352 bytes
Timebase: 66.666666 MHz, MEM: 266.666664 MHz, PCI:
66.666666 MHz, CPU: 533.333328 MHz
PCI unit 0: Dev 0xb314, Rev 0x01, Chip BCM56314_A0,
Driver BCM56314_A0
SOC unit 0 attached to PCI device BCM56314_A0
Adding BCM transport pointers
Configuring CPUTRANS TX
Configuring CPUTRANS RX
Instantiating /download as rawFs,
device = 0x20001
Formatting /download for DOSFS
Instantiating /download as rawFs, device = 0x20001
Formatting.../download: file system is marked clean,
skipping check
OK.
180
Using the CLI
<186> JUN 28 14:29:09 0.0.0.0-1 UNKN[268434720]:
bootos.c(222) 1 %% Event(0xaaaaaaaa)
Instantiating RamCP: as rawFs,
device = 0x30001
Formatting RamCP: for DOSFS
Instantiating RamCP: as rawFs, device = 0x30001
RamCP:/
- disk check in progress ...
RamCP:/
- Volume is OK
total # of clusters:
1,975
# of free clusters:
1,973
# of bad clusters:
total free space:
max contiguous free space:
0
1,010,176
1,010,176 bytes
# of files:
0
# of folders:
0
total bytes in files:
0
# of lost chains:
0
total bytes in lost chains:
0
OK.
(Unit 1 - Waiting to select management unit)>
Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard
The Setup Wizard guides you through the initial switch
configuration, and
Using the CLI
181
gets you up and running as quickly as possible. You
can skip the setup
wizard, and enter CLI mode to manually configure the
switch. You must
respond to the next question to run the setup wizard
within 60 seconds,
otherwise the system will continue with normal
operation using the default
system configuration.Note: You can exit the setup
wizard at any point
by entering [ctrl+z].
Would you like to run the setup wizard (you must
answer this question within
60 seconds)? [Y/N] n
Thank you for using Dell Easy Set up Wizard. You will
now enter CLI mode.
Applying Global configuration, please wait ...
Applying Interface configuration, please wait ...
console>
console>
console>
console>show switch
182
Using the CLI
SW
Management Standby Preconfig
Status
Status Model ID
Plugged-in
Model ID
Switch
Status
Code
Version
---- --------- -------- ---------- ------------ --------- -------1
Mgmt Sw
PC6224
PCT6224
OK
3.2.1.3
console>
Boot Utility Menu
If a user is connected through the serial interface during the boot sequence,
pressing the <esc> key interrupts the boot process and displays a Boot Utility
Menu. Selecting item 2 displays the menu and may be typed only during the
initial boot up sequence. When the system boot up is complete, typing the
escape sequence does not display the menu.
Reloading all switches.
Boot code......
Boot Menu Version: 3.2.0.1
Select an option. If no selection in 10 seconds then
operational code will start.
1 - Start operational code.
2 - Start Boot Menu.
Select (1, 2):2
The Boot Utility Menu offers the following options:
1
- Start operational code
2
- Change baud rate
3
- Retrieve event log using XMODEM
4
- Load new operational code using XMODEM
5
- Display operational code vital product data
6
- Abort code update
7
- Update boot code
Using the CLI
183
8
- Delete backup image
9
- Reset the system
10 - Restore Configuration to factory defaults
(delete config files)
11 - Activate Backup Image
12 - Password Recovery Procedure
The boot utility menu provides the following:
• Option to set baud rate of the serial port.
[Boot Menu]2
Select baud rate:
1 - 1200
2 - 2400
3 - 4800
4 - 9600
5 - 19200
6 - 38400
7 - 57600
8 - 115200
0 - no change
The previously described setting takes effect immediately.
• Option to retrieve event log using XMODEM.
[Boot Menu] 3
Sending event log, start XMODEM receive.....
184
Using the CLI
• Option to load new operational code using XMODEM
[Boot Menu] 4
Ready to receive the file with XMODEM/CRC....
Ready to RECEIVE File xcode.bin in binary mode
Send several Control-X characters to cancel before
transfer starts.
• Option to display Boot Image Information. This option can be used to
determine which image is active and will be booted when option one is
chosen.
[Boot Menu] 5
The following image is in the Flash File System:
File
Name......................................image2
CRC............................................0x
dd0a (56586)
Target
Device..................................0x0050854
1
Size...........................................0x
91ced4 (9555668)
Number of Components...........................3
Operational Code
Size..........................0x790208 (7930376)
Operational Code
Offset........................0x74 (116)
Operational Code FLASH flag....................1
Operational Code
CRC...........................0x9EBE
Using the CLI
185
Operational Compression flag...................2
(lzma)
Boot Code Version..............................1
Boot Code
Size.................................0x100000
(1048576)
Boot Code
Offset...............................0x79027c
(7930492)
Boot Code FLASH flag...........................0
Boot Code
CRC..................................0x2C8B
VPD - rel 3 ver 2 maint_lvl 0 build_num 1
Timestamp - Mon Jan
4 04:26:56 2010
File - Dell-Ent-esw-kinnick-pct.8541-V6RCSxw-6IQHSr3v2m0b1.opr
• Option to Abort boot code update
[Boot Menu] 6
There is no output from this option.
• Option to Update Boot Code.
[Boot Menu] 7
This is the output from the update boot code option:
Do you wish to update Boot Code? (y/n) y
186
Using the CLI
Validating image2....OK
Extracting boot code from image...CRC valid
Erasing Boot Flash.....^^^^Done.
Wrote 0x10000 bytes.
Wrote 0x20000 bytes.
Wrote 0x30000 bytes.
Wrote 0x40000 bytes.
Wrote 0x50000 bytes.
Wrote 0x60000 bytes.
Wrote 0x70000 bytes.
Wrote 0x80000 bytes.
Wrote 0x90000 bytes.
Wrote 0xa0000 bytes.
Wrote 0xb0000 bytes.
Wrote 0xc0000 bytes.
Wrote 0xd0000 bytes.
Wrote 0xe0000 bytes.
Wrote 0xf0000 bytes.
Wrote 0x100000 bytes.
Validating Flash.....Passed
Flash update completed.
• Option to Delete backup image. The user is not allowed to delete active
image.
[Boot Menu] 8
Are you SURE you want to delete backup code :
image2 ? (y/n):
Using the CLI
187
• Option to Clear All Flash and Reset the System to Default Setting. User
action will be confirmed with a Y/N question before executing the
command. The following is the procedure to reset the system through
Boot Menu:
[Boot Menu] 9
Are you SURE you want to reset the system? (y/n):y
Boot code......
Boot Menu Version: 3.2.0.1
Select an option. If no selection in 10 seconds
then operational code will
start.
1 - Start operational code.
2 - Start Boot Menu.
Select (1, 2):2
• Option to Boot Without Using Startup Configuration and Only Load
System Default. Selecting 10 from the Boot Menu restores system
defaults. The boot sequence is started by selecting ‘1’ from Boot Menu.
[Boot Menu] 10
Are you SURE you want to delete the startupconfig? (y/n):
• Option To Activate the Backup Image. This option determines the
active image and toggle the bootloader to use the backup image.
[Boot Menu] 11
Backup image - image1 activated.
188
Using the CLI
• Option to use the password recovery procedure. It allows the switch to
boot one time without prompting for a console password. Note that the
‘enable’ password is not prompted for in this mode.
[Boot Menu] 12
Monitoring Traps from CLI
It is possible to connect to the CLI session and monitor the events or faults
that are being sent as traps from the system. This feature is equivalent to the
alarm-monitoring window in a typical network management system. The user
enables events or monitor traps from the CLI by entering the command
logging console. Traps generated by the system are dumped to all CLI
sessions that have requested monitoring mode to be enabled. The no logging
console command disables trap monitoring for the session. By default,
console logging is enabled.
Using the CLI
189
190
Using the CLI
3
AAA Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
aaa authentication dot1x
•
aaa authentication enable
•
aaa authentication login
•
aaa authorization network default radius
•
enable authentication
•
enable password
•
ip http authentication
•
ip https authentication
•
login authentication
•
password (Line Configuration)
•
password (User EXEC)
•
show authentication methods
•
show users accounts
•
show users login-history
•
username
AAA Commands
191
aaa authentication dot1x
Use the aaa authentication dot1x command in Global Configuration mode
to create an authentication login list.
Syntax
aaa authentication dot1x default method1
no aaa authentication dot1x default
•
method1 — At least one from the following table:
Keyword
Description
radius
Uses the list of all authentication servers for authentication
none
Uses no authentication
Default Configuration
No authentication method is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous
method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication
succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method
in the command line.
Example
The following example uses the aaa authentication dot1x default command
with no authentication.
console(config)# aaa authentication dot1x default
none
192
AAA Commands
aaa authentication enable
Use the aaa authentication enable command in Global Configuration mode
to set authentication for accessing higher privilege levels. To return to the
default configuration, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
aaa authentication enable {default|list-name} method1 [method2...]
no aaa authentication enable {default|list-name}
•
default — Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this
argument as the default list of methods, when using higher privilege levels.
•
list-name — Character string used to name the list of authentication
methods activated, when using access higher privilege levels. (Range: 1-12
characters)
•
method1 [method2...] — Specify at least one from the following table:
Keyword
Source or destination
enable
Uses the enable password for authentication.
line
Uses the line password for authentication.
none
Uses no authentication.
radius
Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs
Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication.
Default Configuration
The default enable list is "enableList." It is used by console, telnet, and SSH
and only contains the method none.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The default and optional list names created with the aaa authentication
enable command are used with the enable authentication command.
AAA Commands
193
Create a list by entering the aaa authentication enable list-name method
command where list-name is any character string used to name this list. The
method argument identifies the list of methods that the authentication
algorithm tries in the given sequence.
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous
method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication
succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method
in the command line. Note that enable will not succeed for a level one user if
no authentication method is defined. A level one user must authenticate to
get to privileged EXEC mode. For example, if none is specified as an
authentication method after radius, no authentication is used if the RADIUS
server is down.
NOTE: Requests sent by the switch to a RADIUS server include the username
"$enabx$", where x is the requested privilege level. For enable to be authenticated
on Radius servers, add "$enabx$" users to them. The login user ID is now sent to
TACACS+ servers for enable authentication.
Example
The following example sets authentication when accessing higher privilege
levels.
console(config)# aaa authentication enable default
enable
aaa authentication login
Use the aaa authentication login command in Global Configuration mode to
set authentication at login. To return to the default configuration, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
aaa authentication login {default|list-name} method1 [method2...]
no aaa authentication login {default|list-name}
194
•
default — Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this
argument as the default list of methods when a user logs in.
•
list-name — Character string used to name the list of authentication
methods activated when a user logs in. (Range: 1-12 characters)
AAA Commands
•
method1 [method2...] — Specify at least one from the following table:
Keyword
Source or destination
enable
Uses the enable password for authentication.
line
Uses the line password for authentication.
local
Uses the local username database for authentication.
none
Uses no authentication.
radius
Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs
Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication.
Default Configuration
The default login lists are "defaultList" and "networkList." "defaultList" is
used by the console and only contains the method none. "networkList" is
used by telnet and SSH and only contains the method local.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The default and optional list names created with the aaa authentication
login command are used with the login authentication command. Create a
list by entering the aaa authentication login list-name method command for
a particular protocol, where list-name is any character string used to name
this list. The method argument identifies the list of methods that the
authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence.
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous
method returns an error, not if there is an authentication failure. To ensure
that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify
none as the final method in the command line. For example, if none is
specified as an authentication method after radius, no authentication is used
if the RADIUS server is down.
Example
The following example configures authentication login.
AAA Commands
195
console(config)# aaa authentication login default
radius local enable none
aaa authorization network default radius
Use the aaa authorization network default radius command in Global
Configuration mode to enable the switch to accept VLAN assignment by the
RADIUS server.
Syntax
aaa authorization network default radius
no aaa authorization network default radius
•
default — Name of the authorization list
•
radius — Name of the authorization method
Default Configuration
By default, the switch does not accept VLAN assignments by the RADIUS
server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The RADIUS server can place a port in a particular VLAN based on the result
of the authentication. VLAN assignment must be configured on the external
RADIUS server.
Example
The following example enables RADIUS-assigned VLANs.
console(config)#aaa authorization network default
radius
196
AAA Commands
enable authentication
Use the enable authentication command in Line Configuration mode to
specify the authentication method list when accessing a higher privilege level
from a remote telnet or console. To return to the default specified by the
enable authentication command, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
enable authentication {default|list-name}
no enable authentication
•
default — Uses the default list created with the aaa authentication enable
command.
•
list-name — Uses the indicated list created with the aaa authentication
enable command. (Range: 1-12 characters)
Default Configuration
Uses the default set with the command aaa authentication enable.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the default authentication method when
accessing a higher privilege level console.
console(config)# line console
console(config-line)# enable authentication default
AAA Commands
197
enable password
Use the enable password command in Global Configuration mode to set a
local password to control access to the privileged EXEC mode. To remove the
password requirement, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
enable password password [encrypted]
no enable password
•
password — Password for this level (Range: 8- 64 characters).
•
encrypted — Encrypted password entered, copied from another switch
configuration.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines password "xxxyyyzzz" to control access to user
and privilege levels.
console(config)# enable password xxxyyyzzz
198
AAA Commands
ip http authentication
Use the ip http authentication command in Global Configuration mode to
specify authentication methods for http server users. To return to the default,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip http authentication method1 [method2...]
no ip http authentication
•
method1 [method2...] — Specify at least one from the following table:
Keyword
Source or destination
local
Uses the local username database for authentication.
none
Uses no authentication.
radius
Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs
Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication.
Default Configuration
The local user database is checked. This action has the same effect as the
command ip http authentication local.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous
method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication
succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method
in the command line. For example, if none is specified as an authentication
method after radius, no authentication is used if the RADIUS server is down.
Example
The following example configures the http authentication.
console(config)# ip http authentication radius local
AAA Commands
199
ip https authentication
Use the ip https authentication command in Global Configuration mode to
specify authentication methods for https server users. To return to the default
configuration, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip https authentication method1 [method2...]
no ip https authentication
•
method1 [method2...] — Specify at least one from the following table:
Keyword
Source or destination
local
Uses the local username database for authentication.
none
Uses no authentication.
radius
Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs
Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication.
Default Configuration
The local user database is checked. This action has the same effect as the
command ip https authentication local.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous
method returns an error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication
succeeds even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method
in the command line. If none is specified as an authentication method after
radius, no authentication is used if the RADIUS server is down.
Example
The following example configures https authentication.
console(config)# ip https authentication radius local
200
AAA Commands
login authentication
Use the login authentication command in Line Configuration mode to
specify the login authentication method list for a line (console, telnet, or
SSH). To return to the default specified by the authentication login
command, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
login authentication {default|list-name}
no login authentication
•
default — Uses the default list created with the aaa authentication login
command.
•
list-name — Uses the indicated list created with the aaa authentication
login command.
Default Configuration
Uses the default set with the command aaa authentication login.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the default authentication method for a
console.
console(config)# line console
console(config-line)# login authentication default
AAA Commands
201
password (Line Configuration)
Use the password command in Line Configuration mode to specify a
password on a line. To remove the password, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
password password [encrypted]
no password
•
password — Password for this level. (Range: 8- 64 characters)
•
encrypted — Encrypted password to be entered, copied from another
switch configuration.
Default Configuration
No password is specified.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies a password "mcmxxyyy" on a line.
console(config-line)# password mcmxxyyy
password (User EXEC)
Use the password command in User EXEC mode to allow a user to change
the password for only that user. This command should be used after the
password has aged. The user is prompted to enter the old password and the
new password.
Syntax
password
202
AAA Commands
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows the prompt sequence for executing the
password command.
console>password
Enter old password:********
Enter new password:********
Confirm new password:********
show authentication methods
Use the show authentication methods command in Privileged EXEC mode
to display information about the authentication methods.
Syntax
show authentication methods
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
AAA Commands
203
Example
The following example displays the authentication configuration.
console#show authentication methods
Login Authentication Method Lists
--------------------------------defaultList
:
local
Enable Authentication Method Lists
---------------------------------enableList
:
local
Line
Login Method List
Enable Method List
-------
-----------------
------------------
Console
defaultList
enableList
Telnet
defaultList
enableList
SSH
defaultList
enableList
HTTPS
:local
HTTP
:local
DOT1X
:none
204
AAA Commands
show users accounts
Use the show users accounts command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information about the local user database.
Syntax
show users accounts [long]
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the local user database.
console#show users accounts
UserName
Lockout
Privilege Password Password
Aging
Expiry date
------------------- --------- -------- ------------ -----admin
15
---
---
False
guest
1
---
---
False
AAA Commands
205
show users login-history
Use the show users login-history command in Global Configuration mode to
display information about the login history of users.
Syntax
show users login-history [long]
•
name — name of user. (Range: 1-20 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example show user login history outputs.
console#show users login-history
Login Time
Username
-----------------------
--------- --------- -----------
Jan 19 2005 08:23:48
Bob
Serial
Jan 19 2005 08:29:29
Robert
HTTP
172.16.0.8
Jan 19 2005 08:42:31
John
SSH
172.16.0.1
Jan 19 2005 08:49:52
Betty
Telnet
172.16.1.7
206
AAA Commands
Protocol
Location
username
Use the username command in Global Configuration mode to add a new user
to the local users database. To remove a user name use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
username name password password [level level] [encrypted]
no username name
•
name — The name of the user. (Range: 1-20 characters)
•
password — The authentication password for the user. (Range: 8-64
characters. This value can be 0 [zero] if the no passwords min-length
command has been executed.)
•
level — The user level. Level 0 can be assigned by a level 15 user to another
user to suspend that user’s access. (Range: 0-15)
•
encrypted — Encrypted password entered, copied from another switch
configuration.
Default Configuration
No user name is defined.
The default privilege level is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command can be used to unlock a locked user account for an already
existing user.
Example
The following example configures user "bob" with password "xxxyyymmmm"
and user level 15.
console(config)# username bob password xxxyyymmmm
level 15
AAA Commands
207
208
AAA Commands
4
ACL Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
access-list
•
deny | permit
•
ip access-group
•
no ip access-group
•
mac access-group
•
mac access-list extended
•
mac access-list extended rename
•
show ip access-lists
•
show mac access-list
ACL Commands
209
access-list
Use the access-list command in Global Configuration mode to create an
Access Control List (ACL) that is identified by the parameter list-name.
Syntax
access-list std-list-num {deny | permit} {srcip srcmask | every} [log]
[assign-queue queue-id] [redirect interface | mirror interface]
access-list ext-list-num {deny | permit} {every | {[icmp | igmp | ip | tcp |
udp | number] {srcip srcmask | any} [eq [portkey | portvalue]] {dstip
dstmask | any} [eq [portkey | portvalue]] [precedence precedence | tos tos
tosmask | dscp dscp] [log] [assign-queue queue-id] [redirect interface |
mirror interface]}}
no access-list list-name
210
•
list-name — Access-list name up to 31 characters in length.
•
deny | permit — Specifies whether the IP ACL rule permits or denies an
action.
•
every — Allows all protocols.
•
eq — Equal. Refers to the Layer 4 port number being used as match
criteria. The first reference is source match criteria, the second is
destination match criteria.
•
number — Standard protocol number. Protocol keywords
icmp,igmp,ip,tcp,udp.
•
srcip — Source IP address.
•
srcmask — Source IP mask.
•
dstip — Destination IP address.
•
dstmask — Destination IP mask.
•
portvalue — The source layer 4 port match condition for the ACL rule is
specified by the port value parameter (Range: 0–65535).
•
portkey — Or you can specify the portkey, which can be one of the
following keywords: domain, echo, ftp, ftpdata, http, smtp, snmp, telnet,
tftp, and www.
•
log — Specifies that this rule is to be logged.
ACL Commands
•
assign-queue queue-id — Specifies the particular hardware queue for
handling traffic that matches the rule. (Range: 0-6)
•
mirror interface — Allows the traffic matching this rule to be copied to the
specified interface.
•
redirect interface — This parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to
be forwarded to the specified unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Users are permitted to add rules, but if a packet does not match any userspecified rules, the packet is dropped by the implicit "deny all" rule.
Examples
The following examples create an ACL to discard any HTTP traffic from
192.168.77.171, but allow all other traffic from 192.168.77.171:
console(config)#access-list alpha deny 192.168.77.171
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 eq http
console(config)#access-list alpha permit
192.168.77.171 0.0.0.0
deny | permit
Use the deny command in Mac-Access-List Configuration mode to deny
traffic if the conditions defined in the deny statement are matched. Use the
permit command in Mac-Access-List Configuration mode to allow traffic if
the conditions defined in the permit statement are matched.
ACL Commands
211
Syntax
{deny | permit} {srcmac srcmacmask | any} {dstmac dstmacmask | any |
bpdu} [{ethertypekey | 0x0600-0xFFFF}] [vlan eq 0-4095] [cos 0-7]
[secondary-vlan eq 0-4095] [secondary-cos 0-7] [log] [assign-queue queueid] [{mirror |redirect} interface]
212
•
srcmac — Valid source MAC address in format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
srcmacmask — Valid MAC address bitmask for the source MAC address in
format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
any — Packets sent to or received from any MAC address
•
dstmac — Valid destination MAC address in format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
destmacmask — Valid MAC address bitmask for the destination MAC
address in format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
bpdu — Bridge protocol data unit
•
ethertypekey — Either a keyword or valid four-digit hexadecimal number.
(Range: Supported values are appletalk, arp, ibmsna, ipv4, ipv6, ipx,
mplsmcast, mplsucast, Netbios, novell, pppoe, rarp.)
•
0x0600-0xFFFF — Specify custom ethertype value (hexadecimal range
0x0600-0xFFFF)
•
vlan eq — VLAN number. (Range 0-4095)
•
cos — Class of service. (Range 0-7)
•
log — Specifies that this rule is to be logged.
•
assign-queue — Specifies particular hardware queue for handling traffic
that matches the rule.
•
queue-id — 0-6, where n is number of user configurable queues available
for that hardware platform.
•
mirror — Copies the traffic matching this rule to the specified interface.
•
redirect — Forwards traffic matching this rule to the specified physical
interface.
•
interface — Valid physical interface in unit/<port-type>port format, for
example 1/g12.
ACL Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Mac-Access-List Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The no form of this command is not supported, as the rules within an ACL
cannot be deleted individually. Rather the entire ACL must be deleted and
respecified.
The assign-queue and redirect parameters are only valid for permit
commands.
Example
The following example configures a MAC ACL to deny traffic from MAC
address 0806.c200.0000.
console(config)#mac access-list extended DELL123
console(config-mac-access-list)#deny 0806.c200.0000
ffff.ffff.ffff any
ip access-group
no ip access-group
Use the ip access-group or no ip access-group command to apply/disable an
IP based egress ACL on an Ethernet interface or a group of interfaces. An IP
based ACL should have been created by the access-list <name> …
command with the same name specified in this command.
Syntax
ip access-group name direction seqnum
•
name — Access list name. (Range: Valid IP access-list name up to 31
characters in length)
•
direction — Direction of the ACL. (Range: In or out. Default is in.)
ACL Commands
213
•
seqnum — Precedence for this interface and direction. A lower sequence
number has higher precedence. Range: 1 – 4294967295. Default is1.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global and Interface Configuration
User Guidelines
Global mode command configures the ACL on all the interfaces, whereas the
interface mode command does so for the interface.
Examples
console(config)#ip access-group aclname in
console(config)#no ip access-group aclname in
console(config)#ip access-group aclname1 out
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip access-group aclname out 2
console(config-if-1/g1)#no ip access-group aclname
out
mac access-group
Use the mac access-group command in Global Configuration or Interface
Configuration mode to attach a specific MAC Access Control List (ACL) to
an interface in a given direction.
Syntax
mac access-group name sequence
no mac access-group name
214
•
name — Name of the existing MAC access list. (Range: 1-31 characters)
•
sequence — Order of access list relative to other access lists already
assigned to this interface and direction. (Range: 1-4294967295)
ACL Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN or
Port Channel) mode
User Guidelines
An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this
access-list relative to the other access-lists already assigned to this interface
and direction. A lower number indicates higher precedence order. If a
sequence number already is in use for this interface and direction, the
specified access-list replaces the currently attached access list using that
sequence number. If the sequence number is not specified for this command,
a sequence number is selected that is one greater than the highest sequence
number currently in use for this interface and direction.
This command specified in Interface Configuration mode only affects a
single interface.
Example
The following example assigns a MAC access group to port 1/g1 with the
name DELL123.
console(config)#interface 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#mac access-group DELL123
ACL Commands
215
mac access-list extended
Use the mac access-list extended command in Global Configuration mode to
create the MAC Access Control List (ACL) identified by the name parameter.
Syntax
mac access-list extended name
no mac access-list extended name
•
name — Name of the access list. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to create a mac access control list. The CLI mode is
changed to Mac-Access-List Configuration when this command is
successfully executed.
Example
The following example creates MAC ACL and enters MAC-Access-ListConfiguration mode.
console(config)#mac access-list extended LVL7DELL
console(config-mac-access-list)#
216
ACL Commands
mac access-list extended rename
Use the mac access-list extended rename command in Global Configuration
mode to rename the existing MAC Access Control List (ACL).
Syntax
mac access-list extended rename name newname
•
name — Existing name of the access list. (Range: 1-31 characters)
•
newname — New name of the access list. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Command fails if the new name is the same as the old one.
Example
The following example shows the mac access-list extended rename
command.
console(config)#mac access-list extended rename DELL1
DELL2
ACL Commands
217
show ip access-lists
Use the show ip access-lists command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
access lists applied on interfaces and all rules that are defined for the access
lists.
Syntax
show ip access-lists accesslistname
•
accesslistname — The name used to identify the ACL. The range is 1-31
characters.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays IP ACLs configured on a device.
console#show ip access-lists
Current number of ACLs: 2
ACL Name
Vlan(s)
Maximum number of ACLs: 100
Rules
Interface(s)
--------------------------------------------------ACL40
1
ACL41
1
218
ACL Commands
show mac access-list
Use the show mac access-list command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a
MAC access list and all of the rules that are defined for the ACL.
Syntax
show mac access-list name
•
name — Identifies a specific MAC access list to display.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a MAC access list and all associated rules.
console#show mac access-list DELL123
The command output provides the following information:
Fields
Description
MAC ACL Name
The name of the MAC access list.
Rules
The number of user-configured rules defined for the MAC
ACL.
The implicit 'deny all' rule defined at the end of every MAC
ACL is not included.
Interfaces
Displays the list of interfaces (unit/port) to which the MAC
ACL is attached in a given direction.
ACL Commands
219
220
ACL Commands
Address Table Commands
5
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
bridge address
•
bridge aging-time
•
bridge multicast address
•
bridge multicast filtering
•
bridge multicast forbidden address
•
bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered
•
bridge multicast forward-all
•
bridge multicast forward-unregistered
•
clear bridge
•
port security
•
port security max
•
show bridge address-table
•
show bridge address-table count
•
show bridge address-table static
•
show bridge multicast address-table
•
show bridge multicast filtering
•
show ports security
•
show ports security addresses
Address Table Commands
221
bridge address
Use the bridge address command in Interface Configuration mode to add a
static MAC-layer station source address to the bridge table. To delete the
MAC address, use the no form of the bridge address command (using the no
form of the command without specifying a MAC address deletes all static
MAC addresses belonging to this VLAN).
Syntax
bridge address mac-address {ethernet interface|port-channel port-channelnumber} [permanent]
no bridge address [mac-address]
•
mac-address — A valid MAC address in the format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
interface — A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel number.
•
permanent — The address can be deleted only by using the no bridge
address command.
Default Configuration
No static addresses are defined. The default mode for an added address is
permanent.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example adds a permanent static MAC-layer station source
address 3aa2.64b3.a245 to the bridge table.
console(config-if-vlan1)#bridge address
3AA2.64B3.A245 ethernet 1/g8 permanent
222
Address Table Commands
bridge aging-time
Use the bridge aging-time command in Global Configuration mode to set
the aging time of the address. To restore the default, use the no form of the
bridge aging-time command.
Syntax
bridge aging-time seconds
no bridge aging-time
•
seconds — Time is the number of seconds. (Range: 10–1000000 seconds)
Default Configuration
300 seconds
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example the bridge aging time is set to 400.
console(config)#bridge aging-time 400
bridge multicast address
Use the bridge multicast address command in Interface Configuration mode
to register MAC-layer Multicast addresses to the bridge table and to add ports
to the group statically. To deregister the MAC address, use the no form of the
bridge multicast address command.
Syntax
bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address|ip-multicast-address}
Address Table Commands
223
bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address|ip-multicast-address}
[add|remove] {ethernet interface-list|port-channel port-channel-numberlist}
no bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address|ip-multicast-address}
•
add — Adds ports to the group. If no option is specified, this is the default
option.
•
remove — Removes ports from the group.
•
mac-multicast-address — MAC multicast address in the format
xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
ip- multicast-address — IP multicast address.
•
interface-list — Separate nonconsecutive Ethernet ports with a comma
and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of ports.
•
port-channel-number-list — Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with
a comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of portchannels.
Default Configuration
No Multicast addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
If the command is executed without add or remove, the command registers
only the group in the bridge database.
Static Multicast addresses can be defined only on static VLANs.
Examples
The following example registers the MAC address.
console(config)#interface vlan 8
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast address
0100.5e02.0203
The following example registers the MAC address and adds ports statically.
224
Address Table Commands
console(config)#interface vlan 8
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast address
0100.5e02.0203 add ethernet 1/g1-1/g9, 1/g2
bridge multicast filtering
Use the bridge multicast filtering command in Global Configuration mode
to enable filtering of Multicast addresses. To disable filtering of Multicast
addresses, use the no form of the bridge multicast filtering command.
Syntax
bridge multicast filtering
no bridge multicast filtering
Default Configuration
Disabled. All Multicast addresses are flooded to all ports of the relevant
VLAN.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If switches exist on the VLAN, do not change the unregistered Multicast
addresses’ state to drop on the switch ports.
If switches exist on the VLAN and IGMP snooping is not enabled, use the
bridge multicast forward-all command to enable forwarding all Multicast
packets to the Multicast routers.
Example
In this example, bridge Multicast filtering is enabled.
console(config)#bridge multicast filtering
Address Table Commands
225
bridge multicast forbidden address
Use the bridge multicast forbidden address command in Interface
Configuration mode to forbid adding a specific Multicast address to specific
ports. To return to the system default, use the no form of this command. If
routers exist on the VLAN, do not change the unregistered multicast
addresses state to drop on the routers ports.
Syntax
bridge multicast forbidden address {mac-multicast-address|ip-multicastaddress} {add | remove} {ethernet interface-list|port-channel port-channelnumber-list}
no bridge multicast forbidden address {mac-multicast-address | ipmulticast-address}
•
add — Adds ports to the group.
•
remove — Removes ports from the group.
•
mac-multicast-address — MAC Multicast address.
•
ip- multicast-address — IP Multicast address.
•
interface-list — Separate nonconsecutive valid Ethernet ports with a
comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of ports.
•
port-channel-number-list — Separate nonconsecutive valid port-channels
with a comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of portchannels.
Default Configuration
No forbidden addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
Before defining forbidden ports, ensure that the Multicast group is registered.
226
Address Table Commands
Examples
In this example the MAC address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 is forbidden on port 2/g9
within VLAN 8.
console(config)#interface vlan 8
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast address
01:00:5e:02:02:03
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast forbidden
address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 add ethernet 2/g9
bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered
Use the bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered command in
Interface Configuration mode to forbid Forwarding-unregistered-multicastaddresses. Use the no form of this command to return to the default.
Syntax
bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered
no bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered
Default Configuration
The default for this command is not forbidden.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example forbids forwarding unregistered multicast addresses
on VLAN8.
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast forbidden
forward-unregistered
Address Table Commands
227
bridge multicast forward-all
Use the bridge multicast forward-all command in Interface Configuration
mode to enable forwarding of all Multicast packets. To restore the default, use
the no form of the bridge multicast forward-all command.
Syntax
bridge multicast forward-all
no bridge multicast forward-all
Default Configuration
Forward-unregistered
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example all VLAN1 Multicast packets are forwarded.
console(config-if-vlan1)#bridge multicast forward-all
bridge multicast forward-unregistered
Use the bridge multicast forward-unregistered command in Interface
Configuration mode to enable the forwarding of unregistered multicast
addresses.
Syntax
bridge multicast forward-unregistered
Default Configuration
Forward-unregistered
228
Address Table Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
If routers exist on the VLAN, do not change the unregistered multicast
addresses state to drop on the routers ports.
NOTE: Do not use the bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered command
with the bridge multicast forward-unregistered command on the same interface.
Example
The following example displays how to enable forwarding of unregistered
multicast addresses.
console(config-if-vlan1)#bridge multicast forwardunregistered
clear bridge
Use the clear bridge command in Privileged EXEC mode to remove any
learned entries from the forwarding database.
Syntax
clear bridge
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Address Table Commands
229
Example
In this example, the bridge tables are cleared.
console#clear bridge
port security
Use the port security command in Interface Configuration mode to disable
the learning of new addresses on an interface. To enable new address learning,
use the no form of the port security command.
Syntax
port security [discard] [trap seconds]
no port security
•
discard — Discards frames with unlearned source addresses. This is the
default if no option is indicated.
•
trap seconds — Sends SNMP traps and defines the minimal amount of
time in seconds between two consecutive traps. (Range: 1–1000000)
Default Configuration
Disabled —No port security
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
When port security is enabled on an interface, all dynamic entries learned up
to that point are flushed, and new entries can be learned only to the limit set
by the port security max command. The default limit is 100 dynamic MAC
addresses.
230
Address Table Commands
Example
In this example, frame forwarding is enabled without learning, and with traps
sent every 100 seconds on port g1.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#port security forward trap
100
port security max
Use the port security max command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the maximum addresses that can be learned on the port while the
port is in port security mode. To return to the system default, use the no form
of this command.
Syntax
port security max max-addr
no port security max
•
max-addr — The maximum number of addresses that can be learning on
the port. (Range: 0-100)
Default Configuration
The default value for this command is 100.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows using this command in Ethernet Interface
Configuration mode.
console(config-if-1/g3)# port security max 80
Address Table Commands
231
show bridge address-table
Use the show bridge address-table command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display all entries in the bridge-forwarding database.
Syntax
show bridge address-table [vlan vlan] [ethernet interface | port-channel
port-channel-number]
•
vlan — Specific valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1.
•
interface — A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example, all classes of entries in the bridge-forwarding database are
displayed.
console#show bridge address-table
Aging time is 300 Sec
Vlan
------1
1
1
1
1
232
Mac Address
--------------0000.0001.0000
0000.8420.5010
0000.E26D.2C2A
0000.E89A.596E
0001.02F1.0B33
Address Table Commands
Port
-----
Type
-------------
1/g1
1/g1
1/g1
1/g1
1/g1
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
Dynamic
show bridge address-table count
Use the show bridge address-table count command in Privileged EXEC mode
to display the number of addresses present in the Forwarding Database.
Syntax
show bridge address-table count [vlan vlan|ethernet interface-number|portchannel port-channel-number]
•
vlan — Specifies a valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1
•
interface — Specifies a valid Ethernet port
•
port-channel-number — Specifies a valid port-channel-number
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the addresses in the Forwarding Database:
console#show bridge address-table count
Capacity: 8192
Used: 109
Static addresses: 2
Secure addresses: 1
Dynamic addresses: 97
Internal addresses: 9
Address Table Commands
233
show bridge address-table static
Use the show bridge address-table static command in Privileged EXEC mode
to display static entries in the bridge-forwarding database.
Syntax
show bridge address-table static [vlan vlan] [ethernet interface|port-channel
port-channel-number]
•
vlan — Specific valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1.
•
interface — A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example, all static entries in the bridge-forwarding database are
displayed.
console#show bridge address-table static
Vlan
Mac Address
Port
Type
----
--------------
-----
-----
1
0001.0001.0001
1/g1
Static
234
Address Table Commands
show bridge multicast address-table
Use the show bridge multicast address-table command in Privileged EXEC
mode to display Multicast MAC address table information.
Syntax
show bridge multicast address-table [vlan vlan-id] [address mac-multicastaddress | ip-multicast-address] [format ip | mac]
•
vlan_id — A valid VLAN ID value.
•
mac-multicast-address — A valid MAC Multicast address.
•
ip- multicast-address — A valid IP Multicast address.
•
format — Multicast address format. Can be ip or mac.
Default Configuration
If format is unspecified, the default is mac.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
A MAC address can be displayed in IP format only if it is in the range
01:00:5e:00:00:00 through 01:00:5e:7f:ff:ff.
Example
In this example, Multicast MAC address table information is displayed.
console#show bridge multicast address-table
Vlan
MAC Address
-------
-------------------
1
0100.5E05.0505
Type
Ports
-------
---------------
Static
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
Address Table Commands
235
Vlan
MAC Address
----
-----------------------
1
Ports
---------------------------
0100.5E05.0505
NOTE: A multicast MAC address maps to multiple IP addresses, as shown above.
show bridge multicast filtering
Use the show bridge multicast filtering command in Privileged EXEC mode
to display the Multicast filtering configuration.
Syntax
show bridge multicast filtering vlan-id
•
vlan_id — A valid VLAN ID value.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example, the Multicast configuration for VLAN 1 is displayed.
console#show bridge multicast filtering 1
Filtering: Disabled
VLAN: 1
Mode:
Forward-Unregistered
236
Address Table Commands
show ports security
Use the show ports security command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the port-lock status.
Syntax
show ports security [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example, all classes of entries in the port-lock status are displayed.
console#show ports security
Port
Status
----
------
1/g1
Locked
1/g2
1/g3
Action
Maximum
Trap
Frequency
----------------- -------- ------ --------Discard
3
Enable
Unlocked -
28
-
-
Locked
8
Disable
-
Discard, Shutdown
Address Table Commands
100
237
The following table describes the fields in this example.
Field
Description
Port
The port number.
Status
The status can be one of the following: Locked
or Unlocked.
Actions
Action on violations.
Maximum
The maximum addresses that can be associated
on this port in Static Learning mode or in
Dynamic Learning mode.
Trap
Indicates if traps would be sent in case of
violation.
Frequency
The minimum time between consecutive traps.
show ports security addresses
Use the show ports security addresses command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display current dynamic addresses in locked ports.
Syntax
show ports security addresses {ethernet interface|port-channel port-channelnumber}
•
interface — Valid Ethernet port
•
port-channel-number — Valid port-channel number
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
238
Address Table Commands
Examples
The following example displays dynamic addresses for port channel number
1/g1.
console#show ports security addresses ethernet 1/g1
Dynamic addresses: 83
Maximum addresses: 100
Learned addresses
------- ---------
Address Table Commands
239
240
Address Table Commands
CDP Interoperability Commands
6
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear isdp counters
•
clear isdp table
•
isdp advertise-v2
•
isdp enable
•
isdp holdtime
•
isdp timer
•
show isdp
•
show isdp entry
•
show isdp interface
•
show isdp neighbors
•
show isdp traffic
CDP Interoperability Commands
241
clear isdp counters
The clear isdp counters command clears the ISDP counters.
Syntax
clear isdp counters
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#clear isdp counters
clear isdp table
The clear isdp table command clears entries in the ISDP table.
Syntax
clear isdp table
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
242
CDP Interoperability Commands
Example
console#clear isdp table
isdp advertise-v2
The isdp advertise-v2 command enables the sending of ISDP version 2
packets from the device. Use the “no” form of this command to disable
sending ISDP version 2 packets.
Syntax
isdp advertise-v2
no isdp advertise-v2
Default Configuration
ISDP sends version 2 packets by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#isdp advertise-v2
isdp enable
The isdp enable command enables ISDP on the switch. User the “no” form
of this command to disable ISDP. Use this command in global configuration
mode to enable the ISDP function on the switch. Use this command in
interface mode to enable sending ISDP packets on a specific interface.
Syntax
isdp enable
no isdp enable
CDP Interoperability Commands
243
Default Configuration
ISDP is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
Interface (Ethernet) configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables isdp on interface 1/g1.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#isdp enable
isdp holdtime
The isdp holdtime command configures the hold time for ISDP packets that
the switch transmits. The hold time specifies how long a receiving device
should store information sent in the ISDP packet before discarding it. The
range is given in seconds. Use the “no” form of this command to reset the
holdtime to the default.
Syntax
isdp holdtime time
no isdp holdtime
•
time —The time in seconds (range 10–255 seconds).
Default Configuration
The default holdtime is 180 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
244
CDP Interoperability Commands
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets isdp holdtime to 40 seconds.
console(config)#isdp holdtime 40
isdp timer
The isdp timer command sets period of time between sending new ISDP
packets. The range is given in seconds. Use the “no” form of this command to
reset the timer to the default.
Syntax
isdp timer time
no isdp timer
•
time —The time in seconds (range: 5–254 seconds).
Default Configuration
The default timer is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets the isdp timer value to 40 seconds.
console(config)#isdp timer 40
CDP Interoperability Commands
245
show isdp
The show isdp command displays global ISDP settings.
Syntax
show isdp
•
hostname—The application will check to see if the Hostname configured
on the switch is different from the default. If true, it uses the Hostname as
the device ID. Otherwise, it uses the serial number as the device ID.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show isdp
Timer................................ 30
Hold Time............................ 180
Version 2 Advertisements............. Enabled
Neighbors table last time changed.... 0 days 00:06:01
Device ID............................ QTFMPW82400020
Device ID format capability.......... Serial Number
Device ID format..................... Serial Number
246
CDP Interoperability Commands
(Switching) #hostname Dell-PC6248
(Dell-PC6248) #show isdp
Timer............................... 30
Hold Time......................... 180
Version 2 Advertisements.......... Enabled
Neighbors table last time changed. 0 days 00:12:46
Device ID......................... Dell-PC6248
Device ID format capability....... hostname
Device ID format.................. hostname
show isdp entry
The show isdp entry command displays ISDP entries. If a device id specified,
then only the entry about that device is displayed.
Syntax
show isdp entry {all | deviceid}
•
all — Show ISDP settings for all devices.
•
deviceid —The device ID associated with a neighbor.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
CDP Interoperability Commands
247
Example
console#show isdp entry Switch
Device ID
Switch
Address(es):
IP Address:
172.20.1.18
IP Address:
172.20.1.18
Capability
Router IGMP
Platform
cisco WS-C4948
Interface
1/g1
Port ID
GigabitEthernet1/1
Holdtime
64
Advertisement Version
2
Entry last changed time
0 days 00:13:50
Version :
Cisco IOS Software, Catalyst 4000 L3 Switch Software
(cat4000 I9K91S-M), Version 12.2(25)EWA9, RELEASE
SOFTWARE (fc3)
Technical Support: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport
Copyright (c) 1986-2007 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Wed 21-Mar-07 12:20 by tinhuang
248
CDP Interoperability Commands
show isdp interface
The show isdp interface command displays ISDP settings for the specified
interface.
Syntax
show isdp interface {all | ethernet interface}
•
all —Show ISDP settings for all interfaces.
•
interface —Specifies a valid interface. The full syntax is unit/port.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show isdp interface all
Interface
Mode
---------------
----------
1/g1
Enabled
1/g2
Enabled
1/g3
Enabled
1/g4
Enabled
1/g5
Enabled
1/g6
Enabled
1/g7
Enabled
CDP Interoperability Commands
249
1/g8
Enabled
1/g9
Enabled
1/g10
Enabled
1/g11
Enabled
1/g12
Enabled
1/g13
Enabled
1/g14
Enabled
1/g15
Enabled
1/g16
Enabled
1/g17
Enabled
1/g18
Enabled
1/g19
Enabled
1/g20
Enabled
1/g21
Enabled
1/g22
Enabled
1/g23
Enabled
1/g24
Enabled
console#show isdp interface ethernet 1/g1
Interface
Mode
---------------
----------
1/g1
Enabled
250
CDP Interoperability Commands
show isdp neighbors
The show isdp neighbors command displays the list of neighboring devices.
Syntax
show isdp neighbors {ethernet interface | detail}
•
interface — Specifies a valid interface. The full syntax is unit/port.
•
detail — Show detailed information about the neighbors.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show isdp neighbors
Capability Codes: R - Router, T - Trans Bridge, B - Source
Route,
S - Switch, H - Host, I - IGMP, r - Repeater
Device ID
ID
Intf
Hold Cap.
Platform
Port
-------------------- ----- ---- ------- ----------------- ------------------Switch
GigabitEthernet1/1
1/g1
165
RI
cisco WS-C4948
CDP Interoperability Commands
251
console#show isdp neighbors detail
Device ID
Switch
Address(es):
IP Address:
172.20.1.18
IP Address:
172.20.1.18
Capability
Router IGMP
Platform
cisco WS-C4948
Interface
1/g1
Port ID
GigabitEthernet1/1
Holdtime
162
Advertisement Version
2
Entry last changed time
0 days 00:55:20
Version :
Cisco IOS Software, Catalyst 4000 L3 Switch Software
(cat4000-I9K91S-M), Version 12.2(25)EWA9, RELEASE SOFTWARE
(fc3)
Technical Support: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport
Copyright (c) 1986-2007 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Wed 21-Mar-07 12:20 by tinhuang
show isdp traffic
The show isdp traffic command displays ISDP statistics.
Syntax
show isdp traffic
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
252
CDP Interoperability Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show isdp traffic
ISDP Packets Received.......................... 4253
ISDP Packets Transmitted....................... 127
ISDPv1 Packets Received........................ 0
ISDPv1 Packets Transmitted..................... 0
ISDPv2 Packets Received........................ 4253
ISDPv2 Packets Transmitted..................... 4351
ISDP Bad Header................................ 0
ISDP Checksum Error............................ 0
ISDP Transmission Failure...................... 0
ISDP Invalid Format............................ 0
ISDP Table Full................................ 392
ISDP Ip Address Table Full..................... 737
CDP Interoperability Commands
253
254
CDP Interoperability Commands
DHCP Layer 2 Relay Commands
7
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
dhcp l2relay (Global Configuration) (Global Configuration)
•
dhcp l2relay (Interface Configuration) (Interface Configuration)
•
dhcp l2relay circuit-id
•
dhcp l2relay remote-id
•
dhcp l2relay trust
•
dhcp l2relay vlan
DHCP Layer 2 Relay Commands
255
dhcp l2relay (Global Configuration)
Use the dhcp l2relay command to enable layer 2 DHCP relay functionality.
The subsequent commands mentioned in this section can only be used when
the L2-DHCP relay is enabled. Use the "no" form of this command to disable
L2-DHCP relay.
Syntax
dhcp l2relay
no dhcp l2relay
Default Configuration
DHCP L2 Relay is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#dhcp l2relay
dhcp l2relay (Interface Configuration)
Use the dhcp l2relay command to enable DHCP L2 Relay for an interface.
Use the "no" form of this command to disable DHCP L2 Relay for an
interface.
Syntax
dhcp l2relay
no dhcp l2relay
Default Configuration
DHCP L2Relay is disabled on all interfaces by default.
256
DHCP Layer 2 Relay Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet).
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#dhcp l2relay
dhcp l2relay circuit-id
Use the dhcp l2relay circuit-id command to enable setting the DHCP
Option 82 Circuit ID for a VLAN. When enabled, the interface number is
added as the Circuit ID in DHCP option 82. Use the "no" form of this
command to disable setting the DHCP Option 82 Circuit ID.
Syntax
dhcp l2relay circuit-id vlan vlan-range
no dhcp l2relay circuit-id vlan vlan-range
•
vlan-range - The list of VLAN IDs.
Default Configuration
Setting the DHCP Option 82 Circuit ID is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#dhcp l2relay circuit-id vlan 340-350
DHCP Layer 2 Relay Commands
257
dhcp l2relay remote-id
Use the dhcp l2relay remote-id command to enable setting the DHCP
Option 82 Remote ID for a VLAN. When enabled, the supplied string is used
for the Remote ID in DHCP Option 82. Use the "no" form of this command
to disable setting the DHCP Option 82 Remote ID.
Syntax
dhcp l2relay remote-id remoteId vlan vlan-range
no dhcp l2relay remote-id remoteId vlan vlan-range
•
remoteId —The string to be used as the remote ID in the Option 82
(Range: 1 - 128 characters).
Default Configuration
Setting the DHCP Option 82 Remote ID is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#dhcp l2relay remote-id dslforum vlan
10,20-30
258
DHCP Layer 2 Relay Commands
dhcp l2relay trust
Use the dhcp l2relay trust command to configure an interface to mandate
Option-82 on receiving DHCP packets.
Syntax
dhcp l2relay trust
no dhcp l2relay trust
Default Configuration
DHCP Option 82 is discarded by default.
Configuration Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet).
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#dhcp l2relay trust
dhcp l2relay vlan
Use the dhcp l2relay vlan command to enable the L2 DHCP Relay agent for
a set of VLANs. All DHCP packets which arrive on interfaces in the
configured VLAN are subject to L2 Relay processing. Use the "no" form of
this command to disable L2 DHCP Relay for a set of VLANs.
Syntax
dhcp l2relay vlan vlan-range
no dhcp l2relay vlan vlan-range
•
vlan-range - The list of VLAN IDs.
DHCP Layer 2 Relay Commands
259
Default Configuration
DHCP L2 Relay is disabled on all VLANs by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#dhcp l2relay vlan 10,340-345
260
DHCP Layer 2 Relay Commands
DHCP Snooping Commands
8
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear ip dhcp snooping statistics
•
ip dhcp snooping
•
ip dhcp snooping binding
•
ip dhcp snooping database
•
ip dhcp snooping database write-delay
•
ip dhcp snooping limit
•
ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
•
ip dhcp snooping trust
•
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
•
show ip dhcp snooping
•
show ip dhcp snooping binding
•
show ip dhcp snooping database
•
show ip dhcp snooping interfaces
•
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
DHCP Snooping Commands
261
clear ip dhcp snooping statistics
Use the clear ip dhcp snooping statistics command to clear all DHCP
Snooping statistics.
Syntax
clear ip dhcp snooping statistics
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#clear ip dhcp snooping statistics
ip dhcp snooping
Use the ip dhcp snooping command to enable DHCP snooping globally or on
a specific VLAN. Use the “no” form of this command to disable DHCP
snooping.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping
no ip dhcp snooping
Default Configuration
DHCP Snooping is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
262
DHCP Snooping Commands
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip dhcp snooping
console(config-if-vlan1,2,3)#ip dhcp snooping
ip dhcp snooping binding
Use the ip dhcp snooping binding command to configure a static DHCP
Snooping binding. Use the “no” form of this command to remove a static
binding.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping binding mac-address vlan vlan-id ip-address interface
interface
no ip dhcp snooping binding mac-address
•
mac-address — The client's MAC address.
•
vlan-id — The number of the VLAN the client is authorized to use.
•
ip-address — The IP address of the client.
•
interface —The interface on which the client is authorized. The form is
unit/port.
Default Configuration
There are no static DHCP snooping bindings by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
DHCP Snooping Commands
263
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip dhcp snooping binding
00:00:00:00:00:01 vlan 10 10.131.12.134 interface
1/g1
ip dhcp snooping database
Use the ip dhcp snooping database command to configure the persistent
storage location of the DHCP snooping database. This can be local to the
switch or on a remote machine.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping database {local | tftp://hostIP/filename}
•
hostIP — The IP address of the remote host.
•
filename — The name of the file for the database on the remote host.
Default Configuration
The database is stored locally by default.
Configuration Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the storage location of the snooping
database as local.
console(config)#ip dhcp snooping database local
264
DHCP Snooping Commands
The following example configures the storage location of the snooping
database as remote.
console(config)#ip dhcp snooping database
tftp://10.131.11.1/db.txt
ip dhcp snooping database write-delay
Use the ip dhcp snooping database write-delay command to configure the
interval in seconds at which the DHCP Snooping database will be stored in
persistent storage. Use the “no” form of this command to reset the write delay
to the default.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping database write-delay seconds
no ip dhcp snooping database write-delay
•
seconds —The write delay (Range: 15–86400 seconds).
Default Configuration
The write delay is 300 seconds by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip dhcp snooping database write-delay
500
DHCP Snooping Commands
265
ip dhcp snooping limit
Use the ip dhcp snooping limit command to control the maximum rate of
DHCP messages. Use the “no” form of this command to reset the limit to the
default.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping limit {none | rate pps [burst interval seconds]}
no ip dhcp snooping limit
•
pps —The maximum number of packets per second allowed (Range:
0–300 pps).
•
seconds — The time allowed for a burst (Range: 1–15 seconds).
Default Configuration
The default maximum rate is 15 packets per second (pps).
The default burst interval is 1 second.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip dhcp snooping limit none
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip dhcp snooping limit rate
100 burst interval 1
266
DHCP Snooping Commands
ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
Use the ip dhcp snooping log-invalid command to enable logging of DHCP
messages filtered by the DHCP Snooping application. Use the “no” form of
this command to disable logging.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
no ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
Default Configuration
Logging of filtered messages is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip dhcp snooping log-invalid
console(config-if-1/g1)#no ip dhcp snooping loginvalid
ip dhcp snooping trust
Use the ip dhcp snooping trust command to configure a port as trusted. Use
the “no” form of this command to configure a port as untrusted.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping trust
no ip dhcp snooping trust
DHCP Snooping Commands
267
Default Configuration
Ports are untrusted by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip dhcp snooping trust
console(config-if-1/g1)#no ip dhcp snooping trust
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
Use the ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address command to enable the
verification of the source MAC address with the client MAC address in the
received DHCP message. Use the “no” form of this command to disable
verification of the source MAC address.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
no ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
Default Configuration
Source MAC address verification is enabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
268
DHCP Snooping Commands
Example
console(config)#ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address
show ip dhcp snooping
Use the show ip dhcp snooping command to display the DHCP snooping
global and per port configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ip dhcp snooping
DHCP snooping is Disabled
DHCP snooping source MAC verification is enabled
DHCP snooping is enabled on the following VLANs:
11 - 30, 40
Interface
Trusted
Log Invalid Pkts
---------
--------
----------------
1/g1
Yes
No
DHCP Snooping Commands
269
1/g2
No
Yes
1/g3
No
Yes
1/g4
No
No
1/g6
No
No
show ip dhcp snooping binding
Use the show ip dhcp snooping binding command to display the DHCP
snooping binding entries.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping binding [{static | dynamic}] [interface port] [vlan
vlan-id]
•
static | dynamic—Use these keywords to filter by static or dynamic
bindings.
•
port — The interface for which to show bindings. Format is unit/port.
•
vlan-id — The number of the VLAN for which to show bindings.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ip dhcp snooping binding
Total number of bindings: 2
270
DHCP Snooping Commands
MAC Address
IP Address
VLAN
Interface
Lease time(Secs)
------------------
------------
----
---------
-------------
00:02:B3:06:60:80
210.1.1.3
10
1/g1
86400
00:0F:FE:00:13:04
210.1.1.4
10
1/g1
86400
show ip dhcp snooping database
Use the show ip dhcp snooping database command to display the DHCP
snooping configuration related to the database persistence.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping database
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ip dhcp snooping database
agent url:
write-delay:
/10.131.13.79:/sai1.txt
5000
DHCP Snooping Commands
271
show ip dhcp snooping interfaces
Use the show ip dhcp snooping interfaces command to show the DHCP
Snooping status of the interfaces.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping interfaces interface
•
interface—A valid physical interface.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ip dhcp snooping interfaces
Interface
Trust State
Rate Limit
(pps)
Burst Interval
(seconds)
----------
-------------
-------------
---------------
1/g1
No
15
1
1/g2
No
15
1
1/g3
No
15
1
272
DHCP Snooping Commands
console#show ip dhcp snooping interfaces ethernet
1/g15
Interface
Trust State
Rate Limit
(pps)
Burst Interval
(seconds)
----------
-------------
-------------
---------------
1/g15
Yes
15
1
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Use the show ip dhcp snooping statistics command to display the DHCP
snooping filtration statistics.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed by this command:
MAC Verify
Failures
The number of DHCP messages that were filtered on an
untrusted interface because of source MAC address and client
MAC address mismatch.
Client Ifc
Mismatch
The number of DHCP release and Deny messages received on
the different ports than previously learned.
DHCP Server Msgs The number of DHCP server messages received on untrusted
ports.
DHCP Snooping Commands
273
Example
console#show ip dhcp snooping statistics
Interface
MAC Verify
Client Ifc
Failures
Mismatch
----------
----------
-----------
1/g2
0
0
0
1/g3
0
0
0
1/g4
0
0
0
1/g5
0
0
0
1/g6
0
0
0
1/g7
0
0
0
1/g8
0
0
0
1/g9
0
0
0
1/g10
0
0
0
1/g11
0
0
0
1/g12
0
0
0
1/g13
0
0
0
1/g14
0
0
0
1/g15
0
0
0
1/g16
0
0
0
1/g17
0
0
0
1/g18
0
0
0
1/g19
0
0
0
1/g20
0
0
0
-----------
274
DHCP Snooping Commands
DHCP Server
Msgs Rec'd
Dynamic ARP Inspection
Commands
9
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
arp access-list
•
clear counters ip arp inspection
•
ip arp inspection filter
•
ip arp inspection limit
•
ip arp inspection trust
•
ip arp inspection validate
•
ip arp inspection vlan
•
permit ip host mac host
•
show arp access-list
•
show ip arp inspection ethernet
•
show ip arp inspection statistics
•
show ip arp inspection vlan
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
275
arp access-list
Use the arp access-list command to create an ARP ACL. It will place the user
in ARP ACL Configuration mode. Use the “no” form of this command to
delete an ARP ACL.
Syntax
arp access-list acl-name
no arp access-list acl-name
•
acl-name — A valid ARP ACL name (Range: 1–31 characters).
Default Configuration
There are no ARP ACLs created by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#arp access-list tier1
clear counters ip arp inspection
Use the clear counters ip arp inspection command to reset the statistics for
Dynamic ARP Inspection on all VLANs.
Syntax
clear counters ip arp inspection
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
276
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#clear counters ip arp inspection
ip arp inspection filter
Use the ip arp inspection filter command to configure the ARP ACL to be
used for a single VLAN or a range of VLANs to filter invalid ARP packets. If
the static keyword is given, packets that do not match a permit statement are
dropped without consulting the DHCP snooping bindings. Use the “no” form
of this command to unconfigure the ARP ACL.
Syntax
ip arp inspection filter acl-name vlan vlan-range [static]
no ip arp inspection filter acl-name vlan vlan-range [static]
•
acl-name —The name of a valid ARP ACL. (Range: 1–31 characters)
•
vlan-range —A valid VLAN range.
Default Configuration
No ARP ACL is configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
277
Example
console(config)#ip arp inspection filter tier1 vlan 210 static
console(config)#ip arp inspection filter tier1 vlan
20-30
ip arp inspection limit
Use the ip arp inspection limit command to configure the rate limit and
burst interval values for an interface.
Configuring ‘none’ for the limit means the interface is not rate limited for
Dynamic ARP Inspection.
NOTE: The maximum pps value shown in the range for the rate option might be
more than the hardware allowable limit. The user needs to understand the box
performance and configure the maximum rate pps accordingly.
Syntax
ip arp inspection limit {none | rate pps [burst interval seconds]}
no ip arp inspection limit
•
none — To set no rate limit.
•
pps — The number of packets per second (Range: 0–300).
•
seconds — The number of seconds (Range: 1–15).
Default Configuration
The default rate limit is 15 packets per second.
The default burst interval is 1 second.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
278
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip arp inspection limit none
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip arp inspection limit rate
100 burst interval 2
ip arp inspection trust
The ip arp inspection trust command configures an interface as trusted for
Dynamic ARP Inspection. Use the “no” form of this command to configure
an interface as untrusted.
Syntax
ip arp inspection trust
no ip arp inspection trust
Default Configuration
Interfaces are configured as untrusted by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-1/g3)#ip arp inspection trust
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
279
ip arp inspection validate
Use the ip arp inspection validate command to enable additional validation
checks like source MAC address validation, destination MAC address
validation or IP address validation on the received ARP packets. Each
command overrides the configuration of the previous command. For
example, if a command enables source MAC address and destination MAC
address validations and a second command enables IP address validation only,
the source MAC address and destination MAC address validations are
disabled as a result of the second command. Use the “no” form of this
command to disable additional validation checks.
Syntax
ip arp inspection validate {[src-mac] [dst-mac] [ip]}
no ip arp inspection validate {[src-mac] [dst-mac] [ip]}
•
src-mac —For validating the source MAC address of an ARP packet.
•
dst-mac —For validating the destination MAC address of an ARP packet.
•
ip —For validating the IP address of an ARP packet.
Default Configuration
There is no additional validation enabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command
Example
console(config)#ip arp inspection validate src-mac
dst-mac ip
console(config)#ip arp inspection validate src-mac ip
console(config)#ip arp inspection validate dst-mac ip
console(config)#ip arp inspection validate ip
280
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
ip arp inspection vlan
Use the ip arp inspection vlan command to enable Dynamic ARP Inspection
on a single VLAN or a range of VLANs. Use the “no” form of this command
to disable Dynamic ARP Inspection on a single VLAN or a range of VLANs.
Syntax
ip arp inspection vlan vlan-range [logging]
no ip arp inspection vlan vlan-range [logging]
•
vlan-range — A valid range of VLAN IDs.
•
logging — Use this parameter to enable logging of invalid packets.
Default Configuration
Dynamic ARP Inspection is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip arp inspection vlan 200-300
console(config)#ip arp inspection vlan 200-300
logging
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
281
permit ip host mac host
Use the permit ip host mac host command to configure a rule for a valid IP
address and MAC address combination used in ARP packet validation. Use
the “no” form of this command to delete an ARP ACL rule.
Syntax
permit ip host sender-ip max host sender-mac
no permit ip host sender-ip max host sender-mac
•
sender-ip — Valid IP address used by a host.
•
sender-mac —Valid MAC address in combination with the above sender-ip
used by a host.
Default Configuration
There are no ARP ACL rules created by default.
Command Mode
ARP Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(Config-arp-access-list)#permit ip host
1.1.1.1 mac host 00:01:02:03:04:05
show arp access-list
Use the show arp access-list command to display the configured ARP ACLs
with the rules. Giving an ARP ACL name as the argument would display only
the rules in that ARP ACL.
Syntax
show arp access-list [acl-name]
acl-name — A valid ARP ACL name (Range: 1–31 characters).
282
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show arp access-list
ARP access list H2
permit ip host 1.1.1.1 mac host 00:01:02:03:04:05
permit ip host 1.1.1.2 mac host 00:03:04:05:06:07
ARP access list H3
ARP access list H4
permit ip host 2.1.1.2 mac host 00:03:04:05:06:08
show ip arp inspection ethernet
Use the show ip arp inspection ethernet command to display the Dynamic
ARP Inspection configuration on all the DAI enabled interfaces. Giving an
interface argument, it displays the values for that interface.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection ethernet [interface]
•
interface — Valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit/port.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
283
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed for each interface:
Interface
The interface-id for each displayed row.
Trust State
Whether interface is trusted or untrusted for DAI.
Rate Limit
The configured rate limit value in packets per second.
Burst Interval
The configured burst interval value in seconds.
Example
console#show ip arp inspection ethernet
Interface
Interval
Trust State
--------------------
-----------
1/g1
1
Untrusted
1/g2
10
Untrusted
284
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
Rate Limit
Burst
(pps)
(seconds)
----------
---------
15
10
show ip arp inspection statistics
Use the show ip arp inspection statistics command to display the statistics of
the ARP packets processed by Dynamic ARP Inspection. Given vlan-range
argument, it displays the statistics on all DAI enabled Vlans in that range. In
the case of no argument, it lists the summary of the forwarded and dropped
ARP packets.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection statistics [vlan vlan-range]
•
vlan-range —A valid VLAN range.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following information is displayed for each VLAN when a VLAN range is
supplied:
VLAN
The Vlan-Id for each displayed row.
Forwarded
The total number of valid ARP packets forwarded in this Vlan.
Dropped
The total number of invalid ARP packets dropped in this Vlan.
DHCP Drops
The number of packets dropped due to DHCP Snooping binding
database match failure.
ACL Drops
The number of packets dropped due to ARP ACL rule match failure.
DHCP Permits The number of packets permitted due to DHCP snooping binding
database match.
ACL Permits
The number of packets permitted due to ARP ACL rule match.
Bad Src MAC The number of packets dropped due to Source MAC validation
failure.
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
285
Bad Dest
MAC
The number of packets dropped due to Destination MAC validation
failure.
Invalid IP
The number of packets dropped due to invalid IP checks.
Example
console#show ip arp inspection statistics
VLAN
Forwarded
Dropped
----
---------
-------
10
90
14
20
10
3
console#show ip arp inspection statistics vlan 10,20
VLAN
Src
DHCP
Bad Dest
MAC
Drops
IP
ACL
Invalid
Drops
DHCP
Permits
ACL
Bad
Permits
MAC
---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------10
1
11
1
20
0
1
286
1
65
25
0
8
2
0
1
1
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
show ip arp inspection vlan
Use the show ip arp inspection vlan command to display the Dynamic ARP
Inspection configuration on all the VLANs in the given VLAN range. It also
displays the global configuration values for source MAC validation,
destination MAC validation and invalid IP validation.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection vlan [vlan-range]
vlan-range — A valid VLAN range.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following global parameters are displayed:
Source Mac Validation
If Source Mac validation of ARP frame is enabled.
Destination Mac
Validation
If Destination Mac validation of ARP Response frame is
enabled.
IP Address Validation
If IP address validation of ARP frame is enabled.
The following fields are displayed for each VLAN:
Vlan
The Vlan-Id for each displayed row.
Configuration
Whether DAI is enabled on the Vlan.
Log Invalid
Whether logging of invalid ARP packets is enabled on the Vlan.
ACL Name
ARP ACL Name if configured on the Vlan
Static flag
If the ARP ACL is configured static on the Vlan
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
287
Example
console#show ip arp inspection vlan 10-12
Source Mac Validation
: Disabled
Destination Mac Validation : Disabled
IP Address Validation
Vlan
Static flag
: Disabled
Configuration
----------------- ---------10
Enabled
288
Enabled
Log Invalid
----------Enabled
11
Disabled
Enabled
12
Enabled
Disabled
Dynamic ARP Inspection Commands
ACL Name
------H2
10
Ethernet Configuration Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear counters
•
description
•
duplex
•
flowcontrol
•
interface ethernet
•
interface range ethernet
•
mtu
•
negotiation
•
show interfaces advertise
•
show interfaces configuration
•
show interfaces counters
•
show interfaces description
•
show interfaces detail
•
show interfaces status
•
show statistics ethernet
•
show storm-control
•
shutdown
•
speed
•
storm-control broadcast
•
storm-control multicast
•
storm-control unicast
Ethernet Configuration Commands
289
clear counters
Use the clear counters command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear statistics
on an interface.
Syntax
clear counters [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface — Valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is: unit/port
•
port-channel-number — Valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In the following example, the counters for port 1/g1 are cleared.
console#clear counters ethernet 1/g1
description
Use the description command in Interface Configuration mode to add a
description to an interface. To remove the description use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
description string
no description
•
290
string — Comment or a description of the port attached to this interface.
(Range: 1 to 64 characters)
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Default Configuration
By default, the interface does not have a description.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example adds a description to the Ethernet port 5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# description RD_SW#3
duplex
Use the duplex command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
full/half duplex operation of a given Ethernet interface when not using autonegotiation. To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
duplex {half | full}
no duplex
•
half — Force half-duplex operation
•
full — Force full-duplex operation
Default Configuration
The interface is set to full duplex.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Ethernet Configuration Commands
291
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the duplex operation of Ethernet port 5 to
force full duplex operation.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# duplex full
flowcontrol
Use the flowcontrol command in Global Configuration mode to configure
the flow control. To disable flow control, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
flowcontrol
no flowcontrol
Default Configuration
Flow Control is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In the following example, flow control is enabled.
console(config)# flowcontrol
292
Ethernet Configuration Commands
interface ethernet
Use the interface ethernet command in Global Configuration mode to enter
the interface configuration mode to configure an Ethernet type interface.
Syntax
interface ethernet interface
•
interface — Valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables port 5/g18 for configuration.
console(config)# interface ethernet 5/g18
interface range ethernet
Use the interface range ethernet command in Global Configuration mode to
execute a command on multiple ports at the same time.
Syntax
interface range ethernet {port-range | all}
•
port-range — List of valid ports to configure. Separate non consecutive
ports with a comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of
ports. For more detailed information, refer to the Operating on Multiple
Objects (Range) discussion in the Using the CLI chapter.
•
all — All Ethernet ports.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
293
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on
each active interface in the range. If the command returns an error on one of
the active interfaces, it does not stop executing commands on other active
interfaces.
Example
The following example shows how ports 5/g18 to 5/g20 and ports 3/g1 to g24
are grouped to receive the same command.
console(config)# interface range ethernet 5/g185/g20,3/g1-3/g24
console(config-if)#
mtu
Use the mtu command in Interface Configuration mode to enable jumbo
frames on an interface by adjusting the maximum size of a packet. To return
to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
mtu bytes
no mtu
•
bytes — Number of bytes (Range: 1518-9216)
Default Configuration
The default number of bytes is 1518 (1522 bytes of VLAN-tagged frames).
294
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The value set allows an additional four bytes for the VLAN tag.
Example
The following example of the mtu command increases maximum packet size
to 9216 bytes.
console(config-if-1/g5)#mtu 9216
negotiation
Use the negotiation command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
auto-negotiation operation for the speed and duplex parameters of a given
interface. To disable negotiation, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
negotiation [capability1 [capability2…capability5]]
no negotiation
•
capabilities — Specifies capabilities to advertise. (Possible values: 10h,
10f, 100h,
100f, and 1000f)
Default Configuration
If unspecified, defaults to list of all capabilities of the port.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Entering the command negotiation with no parameters enables all
capabilities. Note that if you have previously entered negotiation with
capabilities, this action overwrites the previous configuration so that all
capabilities are enabled.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
295
Example
The following example enables auto negotiations on gigabit Ethernet port 5
of unit 1.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#negotiation
show interfaces advertise
Use the show interfaces advertise command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display information about auto-negotiation advertisement.
Syntax
show interfaces advertise [ethernet interface]
interface — A valid Ethernet port.
•
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following examples display information about auto negotiation
advertisement.
console#show interfaces advertise
Port
Type
Neg
Operational Link Advertisement
----
----
---
------------------------------
1/g2
1G-Copper
Enable
1000f, 100f, 100h, 10f, 10h
1/g2
1G-Copper
Enable
1000f
296
Ethernet Configuration Commands
console# show interfaces advertise ethernet 1/g1
Port: Ethernet 1/g1
Type: 1G-Copper
Link state: Up
Auto negotiation: enabled
10h 10f 100h 100f 1000f
Admin Local Link ------ ------ ------ ------ -----Advertisement yes
yes
yes
yes
no
show interfaces configuration
Use the show interfaces configuration command in User EXEC mode to
display the configuration for all configured interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces configuration [ethernet interface | port-channel port-
channel-number]
•
interface — Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — Valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no use guidelines.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
297
Example
The following example displays the configuration for all configured
interfaces:
console>show interfaces configuration
Port
Type
Duplex
Speed
Neg
Admin
-----
------------------------------
------
-------
----
-----
1/g1
Gigabit - Level
Full
100
Auto
Up
1/g2
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g3
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g4
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g5
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g6
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g7
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g8
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g9
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g10
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g11
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g12
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g13
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g14
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g15
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g16
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g17
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g18
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
1/g19
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto
Up
State
--More-- or (q)uit
298
Ethernet Configuration Commands
The displayed port configuration information includes the following:
Field
Description
Port
The port number.
Port Type
The port designated IEEE shorthand identifier. For example
1000Base-T refers to 1000 Mbps baseband signaling including both
Tx and Rx transmissions.
Duplex
Displays the port Duplex status.
Speed
Refers to the port speed.
Neg
Describes the Auto-negotiation status.
Admin State
Displays whether the port is enabled or disabled.
show interfaces counters
Use the show interfaces counters command in User EXEC mode to display
traffic seen by the interface.
Syntax
show interfaces counters [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-
number]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays traffic seen by the physical interface:
Ethernet Configuration Commands
299
console>show interfaces counters
Port
InOctets
InUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1/g1
183892
1289
3/g1
123899
1788
Port
OutOctets
OutUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1/g1
9188
9
2/g1
0
0
3/g1
8789
27
Ch
InOctets
InUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1
27889
928
Ch
OutOctets
OutUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1
23739
882
The following example displays counters for Ethernet port 1/g1.
console#show interfaces counters ethernet 1/g1
Port
InOctets
InUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1/g1
183892
1289
300
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Port
OutOctets
OutUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1/g1
9188
9
Alignment Errors: 17
FCS Errors: 8
Single Collision Frames: 0
Multiple Collision Frames: 0
Deferred Transmissions: 0
Late Collisions: 0
Excessive Collisions: 0
Oversize Packets: 0
Internal MAC Rx Errors: 0
Received Pause Frames: 0
Transmitted Pause Frames: 0
The following table describes the fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
InOctets
Counted received octets.
InUcastPkts
Counted received Unicast packets.
InMcastPkts
Counted received Multicast packets.
InBcastPkts
Counted received Broadcast packets.
OutOctets
Counted transmitted octets.
OutUcastPkts
Counted transmitted Unicast packets.
OutMcastPkts
Counted transmitted Multicast packets.
OutBcastPkts
Counted transmitted Broadcast packets.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
301
Field
Description
Alignment Errors
A count of frames received that are not an integral number
of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check.
FCS Errors
Counted frames received that are an integral number of
octets in length but do not pass the FCS check.
Single Collision Frames Counted frames that are involved in a single collision, and
are subsequently transmitted successfully.
Multiple Collision
Frames
A count of frames that are involved in a multiple collision,
and are subsequently transmitted successfully
Deferred
A count of frames for which the first transmission attempt
is delayed because the medium is busy
Transmissions
Late Collisions
Counted times that a collision is detected later than one
slot time into the transmission of a packet.
Excessive Collisions
Counted frames for which transmission fails due to
excessive collisions.
Oversize Packets
Counted frames received that exceed the maximum
permitted frame size.
Internal MAC Rx Errors A count of frames for which reception fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer receive error.
Received Pause Frames A count of MAC Control frames received with an opcode
indicating the PAUSE operation.
Transmitted Pause
Frames
Counted MAC Control frames transmitted on this
interface with an opcode indicating the PAUSE operation.
show interfaces description
Use the show interfaces description command in User EXEC mode to
display the description for all configured interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces description [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channelnumber]
302
•
interface — Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel index.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the description for the interface 1/g1.
console>show interfaces description
Port Description
---- --------------------------------------------1/g1 Port that should be used for management only
2/g1
2/g2
Ch
Description
----
-----------
1
Output
show interfaces detail
Add support for a single command that shows VLAN info, STP info, Port
status info, Port configuration info. Add a command which wraps all the port
commands into a single command.
Syntax
show interfaces detail [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel port-
channel-number]
Ethernet Configuration Commands
303
•
interface — A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The command will be show interfaces detail {ethernet interface | portchannel port-channel-number} where
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port.
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index.
This command will combine the output of the following commands:
•
show interfaces configuration [ethernet interface | port-channel portchannel-number]
•
show interfaces description [ethernet interface | port-channel portchannel-number]
•
show interfaces status [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channelnumber]
•
show interfaces switchport {ethernet interface | port-channel portchannel-number}
•
show spanning-tree [ethernet interface-number | port-channel portchannel-number][instance instance-id]
Example
console#show interfaces detail Ethernet 1/xg1
Port
Type
----- -------------1/xg1
304
10G
Duplex
-----N/A
Speed
------Unknown
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Neg
---Auto
Admin
State
-----
Link
State
------
Down
Inactive
Port
Description
----
-------------------------------------------
1/xg1 ExampleName
VLAN Info:
--------VLAN Membership mode: General
Operating parameters:
PVID: 1 (default)
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
GVRP status: Enabled
Protected: Enabled
Port 1/xg1 is member in:
VLAN
Name
Egress rule Type
---- --------- ----------- ----1
default
untagged
System
8
VLAN008
tagged
Dynamic
11
VLAN0011
tagged
Static
19
IPv6 VLAN untagged
Static
72
VLAN0072
Static
untagged
Static configuration:
PVID: 1 (default)
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Ethernet Configuration Commands
305
Acceptable Frame Type: All
Port 1/xg1 is statically configured to:
VLAN
Name
Egress rule
---- --------- ----------1
default
untagged
11
VLAN0011
tagged
19
IPv6 VLAN untagged
72
VLAN0072
untagged
Forbidden VLANS:
VLAN
Name
---- --------73
Out
Spanning Tree Info
-----------------Port 1 (1/xg1) enabled
State: Forwarding Role: Root
Port id: 128.1 Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768 Address:
00:01:42:97:e0:00
Designated port id: 128.25 Designated path cost: 0
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
306
Ethernet Configuration Commands
show interfaces status
Use the show interfaces status command in User EXEC mode to display the
status for all configured interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces status [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channelnumber]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the status for all configured interfaces.
console#show interfaces status
Port
Type
Duplex
Speed
Neg
Link Flow Control
State Status
---- ----- -----
-----
-----------------
------
-------
1/g1
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g2
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g3
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g4
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g5
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g6
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g7
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g8
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
Ethernet Configuration Commands
307
1/g9
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g10
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g11
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g12
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g13
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g14
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g15
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g16
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g17
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g18
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g19
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
--More-- or (q)uit
1/g20
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g21
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g22
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/g23
Gigabit - Level
Full
1000
Auto Up
Inactive
1/g24
Gigabit - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/xg1
10G - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/xg2
10G - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/xg3
10G - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
1/xg4
10G - Level
N/A
Unknown
Auto Down
Inactive
Ch
Type
Link
---
------------------------------
-----
ch1
Link Aggregate
Down
ch2
Link Aggregate
Down
ch3
Link Aggregate
Down
ch4
Link Aggregate
Down
ch5
Link Aggregate
Down
ch6
Link Aggregate
Down
ch7
Link Aggregate
Down
ch8
Link Aggregate
Down
State
308
Ethernet Configuration Commands
ch9
Link Aggregate
Down
--More-- or (q)uit
ch10 Link Aggregate
Down
ch11 Link Aggregate
Down
ch12 Link Aggregate
Down
ch13 Link Aggregate
Down
ch14 Link Aggregate
Down
ch15 Link Aggregate
Down
ch16 Link Aggregate
Down
ch17 Link Aggregate
Down
ch18 Link Aggregate
Down
ch19 Link Aggregate
Down
ch20 Link Aggregate
Down
ch21 Link Aggregate
Down
ch22 Link Aggregate
Down
ch23 Link Aggregate
Down
ch24 Link Aggregate
Down
ch25 Link Aggregate
Down
ch26 Link Aggregate
Down
ch27 Link Aggregate
Down
ch28 Link Aggregate
Down
ch29 Link Aggregate
Down
ch30 Link Aggregate
Down
ch31 Link Aggregate
Down
ch32 Link Aggregate
Down
--More-- or (q)uit
ch33 Link Aggregate
Down
ch34 Link Aggregate
Down
ch35 Link Aggregate
Down
ch36 Link Aggregate
Down
ch37 Link Aggregate
Down
ch38 Link Aggregate
Down
ch39 Link Aggregate
Down
Ethernet Configuration Commands
309
ch40 Link Aggregate
Down
ch41 Link Aggregate
Down
ch42 Link Aggregate
Down
ch43 Link Aggregate
Down
ch44 Link Aggregate
Down
ch45 Link Aggregate
Down
ch46 Link Aggregate
Down
ch47 Link Aggregate
Down
ch48 Link Aggregate
Down
Flow Control:Disabled
console#
The displayed port status information includes the following:
Field
Description
Port
The port number.
Type
The port designated IEEE shorthand identifier. For example
1000Base-T refers to 1000 Mbps baseband signaling including both
Tx and Rx transmissions.
Duplex
Displays the port Duplex status.
Speed
Refers to the port speed.
Neg
Describes the Auto-negotiation status.
Link State
Displays the Link Aggregation status.
show statistics ethernet
Use the show statistics ethernet command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display detailed statistics for a specific port or for the entire switch.
Syntax
show statistics ethernet {<unit>/<port-type><port> | switchport}
•
310
unit — Physical switch identifier within the stack. Values are 1-12.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
•
port-type — Values are g for gigabit Ethernet port, or xg for 10 gigabit
Ethernet port.
•
port — port number. Values are 1-24 or 1-48 for port_type g, and 1-4 for
port_type xg.
Example: xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2.
•
switchport — Displays statistics for the entire switch.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples show statistics for port 1/g1 and for the entire switch.
console#show statistics ethernet 1/g1
Total Packets Received (Octets)................ 779533115
Packets Received 64 Octets..................... 48950
Packets Received 65-127 Octets................. 482426
Packets Received 128-255 Octets................ 101084
Packets Received 256-511 Octets................ 163671
Packets Received 512-1023 Octets............... 4824
Packets Received 1024-1518 Octets.............. 479543
Packets Received > 1522 Octets................. 0
Packets RX and TX 64 Octets.................... 94516
Packets RX and TX 65-127 Octets................ 483312
Packets RX and TX 128-255 Octets............... 101329
Packets RX and TX 256-511 Octets............... 163696
Ethernet Configuration Commands
311
Packets RX and TX 512-1023 Octets.............. 4982
Packets RX and TX 1024-1518 Octets............. 479845
Packets RX and TX 1519-1522 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 1523-2047 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 2048-4095 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 4096-9216 Octets............. 0
Total Packets Received Without Errors.......... 1280498
Unicast Packets Received....................... 1155457
Multicast Packets Received..................... 48339
--More-- or (q)uit
Broadcast Packets Received..................... 76702
Total Packets Received with MAC Errors......... 0
Jabbers Received............................... 0
Fragments/Undersize Received................... 0
Alignment Errors............................... 0
FCS Errors..................................... 0
Overruns....................................... 0
Total Received Packets Not Forwarded........... 91
Local Traffic Frames........................... 0
802.3x Pause Frames Received................... 0
Unacceptable Frame Type........................ 91
Multicast Tree Viable Discards................. 0
Reserved Address Discards...................... 0
Broadcast Storm Recovery....................... 0
CFI Discards................................... 0
Upstream Threshold............................. 0
Total Packets Transmitted (Octets)............. 3604988
Packets Transmitted 64 Octets.................. 45566
Packets Transmitted 65-127 Octets.............. 886
312
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Packets Transmitted 128-255 Octets............. 245
--More-- or (q)uit
Packets Transmitted 256-511 Octets............. 25
Packets Transmitted 512-1023 Octets............ 158
Packets Transmitted 1024-1518 Octets........... 302
Max Frame Size................................. 1518
Total Packets Transmitted Successfully......... 47182
Unicast Packets Transmitted.................... 2746
Multicast Packets Transmitted.................. 44432
Broadcast Packets Transmitted.................. 4
Total Transmit Errors.......................... 0
FCS Errors..................................... 0
Tx Oversized................................... 0
Underrun Errors................................ 0
Total Transmit Packets Discarded............... 0
Single Collision Frames........................ 0
Multiple Collision Frames...................... 0
Excessive Collision Frames..................... 0
Port Membership Discards....................... 0
802.3x Pause Frames Transmitted................ 0
GVRP PDUs received............................. 0
--More-- or (q)uit
GVRP PDUs Transmitted.......................... 0
GVRP Failed Registrations...................... 0
BPDU: sent 44432, received 0
EAPOL Frames Transmitted....................... 0
EAPOL Start Frames Received.................... 0
Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 1 day 0 hr
41 min 44 sec
Ethernet Configuration Commands
313
console#show statistics ethernet switchport
Total Packets Received (Octets)................ 16877295
Unicast Packets Received....................... 1608
Multicast Packets Received..................... 48339
Broadcast Packets Received..................... 69535
Receive Packets Discarded...................... 0
Octets Transmitted............................. 6451988
Packets Transmitted Without Errors............. 91652
Unicast Packets Transmitted.................... 2746
Multicast Packets Transmitted.................. 88892
Broadcast Packets Transmitted.................. 14
Transmit Packets Discarded..................... 0
--More-- or (q)uit
Most Address Entries Ever Used................. 141
Address Entries Currently in Use............... 124
Maximum VLAN Entries........................... 1024
Most VLAN Entries Ever Used.................... 6
Static VLAN Entries............................ 6
Dynamic VLAN Entries........................... 0
VLAN Deletes................................... 0
Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 1 day 0 hr
42 min 13 sec
console#
show storm-control
Use the show storm-control command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the configuration of storm control.
314
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Syntax
show storm-control [all |interface]
•
interface — Valid Ethernet port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example shows storm control configurations for all valid
Ethernet ports. The second example shows flow control mode status.
console#show storm-control all
Intf
Bcast
Bcast
Mcast
Mcast
Ucast
Ucast
Mode
Level
Mode
Level
Mode
Level
------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------1/g1
Disable 5
Disable 5
Disable 5
1/g2
Disable 5
Disable 5
Disable 5
1/g3
Disable 5
Disable 5
Disable 5
1/g4
Disable 5
Disable 5
Disable 5
console#show storm-control
802.3x Flow Control Mode.................... Disable
Ethernet Configuration Commands
315
shutdown
Use the shutdown command in Interface Configuration mode to disable an
interface. To restart a disabled interface, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Default Configuration
The interface is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example disables Ethernet port 1/g5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# shutdown
The following example re-enables ethernet port 1/g5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# no shutdown
speed
Use the speed command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
speed of a given Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. To
restore the default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
speed [10 | 100]
316
Ethernet Configuration Commands
no speed
•
10 — Configures the port to 10 Mbps operation.
•
100 — Configures the port to 100 Mbps operation.
Default Configuration
This command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the speed operation of Ethernet port 1/g5
to force 100-Mbps operation.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#speed 100
storm-control broadcast
Use the storm-control broadcast command in Interface Configuration mode
to enable broadcast storm recovery mode for a specific interface. If the mode
is enabled, broadcast storm recovery is active, and if the rate of L2 broadcast
traffic ingressing on an interface increases beyond the configured threshold,
the traffic will be dropped. Therefore, the rate of broadcast traffic will be
limited to the configured threshold.
Syntax
storm-control broadcast [level | rate]
no storm-control broadcast
•
level— The configured rate as a percentage of link-speed.
•
rate — The configured rate in kilobits per second (kbps). (Range: 0-100)
Ethernet Configuration Commands
317
Default Configuration
The default value is 5.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#storm-control broadcast level
5
storm-control multicast
Use the storm-control multicast command in Interface Configuration mode
to enable multicast storm recovery mode for an interface. If the mode is
enabled, multicast storm recovery is active, and if the rate of L2 multicast
traffic ingressing on an interface increases beyond the configured threshold,
the traffic will be dropped. Therefore, the rate of multicast traffic will be
limited to the configured threshold.
When you use the no storm-control multicast command to "disable" stormcontrol after having set the level or rate to a non-default value, that value is
still set but is not active until you re-enable storm-control.
Syntax
storm-control multicast [level |rate]
no storm-control multicast
•
level— The configured rate as a percentage of link-speed.
•
rate — The configured rate in kilobits per second (kbps). (Range: 0-100)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5.
318
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#storm-control multicast level
5
storm-control unicast
Use the storm-control unicast command in Interface Configuration mode to
enable unknown unicast storm control for an interface. If the mode is
enabled, unicast storm recovery is active, and if the rate of unknown L2
unicast (destination lookup failure) traffic ingressing on an interface increases
beyond the configured threshold, the traffic will be dropped. Therefore, the
rate of unknown unicast traffic will be limited to the configured threshold.
When you use the no storm-control multicast command to "disable" stormcontrol after having set the level or rate to a non-default value, that value is
still set but is not active until you re-enable storm-control.
Syntax
storm-control unicast [level |rate]
no storm-control unicast
•
level— The configured rate as a percentage of link-speed.
•
rate — The configured rate in kilobits per second (kbps). (Range: 0-100)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
Ethernet Configuration Commands
319
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#storm-control unicast level 5
320
Ethernet Configuration Commands
GVRP Commands
11
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear gvrp statistics
•
garp timer
•
gvrp enable (global)
•
gvrp enable (interface)
•
gvrp registration-forbid
•
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
•
show gvrp configuration
•
show gvrp error-statistics
•
show gvrp statistics
GVRP Commands
321
clear gvrp statistics
Use the clear gvrp statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear all
the GVRP statistics information.
Syntax
clear gvrp statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears all the GVRP statistics information on port
1/g8.
console# clear gvrp statistics ethernet 1/g8
garp timer
Use the garp timer command in Interface Configuration mode to adjust the
GARP application join, leave, and leaveall GARP timer values. To reset the
timer to default values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
garp timer {join | leave | leaveall} timer_value
no garp timer
•
322
join — Indicates the time in centiseconds that PDUs are transmitted.
GVRP Commands
•
leave — Indicates the time in centiseconds that the device waits before
leaving its GARP state.
•
leaveall — Used to confirm the port within the VLAN. The time is the
interval between messages sent, measured in centiseconds.
•
timer_value — Timer values in centiseconds. The range is 10-100 for join,
20-600 for leave, and 200-6000 for leaveall.
Default Configuration
The default timer values are as follows:
•
Join timer — 20 centiseconds
•
Leave timer — 60 centiseconds
•
Leaveall timer — 1000 centiseconds
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
The following relationships for the various timer values must be maintained:
•
Leave time must be greater than or equal to three times the join time.
•
Leaveall time must be greater than the leave time.
Set the same GARP timer values on all Layer 2-connected devices. If the
GARP timers are set differently on Layer 2-connected devices, the GARP
application will not operate successfully.
The timer_value setting must be a multiple of 10.
Example
The following example sets the leave timer for port 1/g8 to 90 centiseconds.
console (config)# interface ethernet 1/g8
console (config-if-1/g8)# garp timer leave 90
GVRP Commands
323
gvrp enable (global)
Use the gvrp enable (global) command in Global Configuration mode to
enable GVRP globally on the switch. To disable GVRP globally on the switch,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp enable
no gvrp enable
Default Configuration
GVRP is globally disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example globally enables GVRP on the device.
console(config)#gvrp enable
gvrp enable (interface)
Use the gvrp enable command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
GVRP on an interface. To disable GVRP on an interface, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
gvrp enable
no gvrp enable
Default Configuration
GVRP is disabled on all interfaces by default.
324
GVRP Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
An Access port cannot join dynamically to a VLAN because it is always a
member of only one VLAN.
Membership in untagged VLAN would be propagated in a same way as a
tagged VLAN. In such cases it is the administrator’s responsibility to set the
PVID to be the untagged VLAN VID.
Example
The following example enables GVRP on ethernet 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#gvrp enable
gvrp registration-forbid
Use the gvrp registration-forbid command in Interface Configuration mode
to deregister all VLANs on a port and prevent any dynamic registration on the
port. To allow dynamic registering for VLANs on a port, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
gvrp registration-forbid
no gvrp registration-forbid
Default Configuration
Dynamic registering and deregistering for each VLAN on the port is not
forbidden.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
GVRP Commands
325
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how default dynamic registering and
deregistering is forbidden for each VLAN on port 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#gvrp registration-forbid
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Use the gvrp vlan-creation-forbid command in Interface Configuration mode
to disable dynamic VLAN creation. To disable dynamic VLAN creation, use
the no form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
no gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Default Configuration
By default, dynamic VLAN creation is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example disables dynamic VLAN creation on port 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
326
GVRP Commands
show gvrp configuration
Use the show gvrp configuration command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display GVRP configuration information. Timer values are displayed. Other
data shows whether GVRP is enabled and which ports are running GVRP.
Syntax
show gvrp configuration [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-
number]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display GVRP configuration
information:
console# show gvrp configuration
Global GVRP Mode: Disabled
Join
Leave
LeaveAll
Interface
Timer
Create Register
(centisecs)
Forbid Forbid
Port
Timer
(centisecs)
Timer
VLAN
GVRP Mode
(centisecs)
----------- -------------- ------ ------
-----------
-----------
1/g1
60
1000
20
GVRP Commands
------Disabled
327
1/g2
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g3
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g4
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g5
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g6
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g7
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g8
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g9
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g10
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g11
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g12
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g13
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g14
20
60
1000
Disabled
show gvrp error-statistics
Use the show gvrp error-statistics command in User EXEC mode to display
GVRP error statistics.
Syntax
show gvrp error-statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-
number]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
328
GVRP Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays GVRP error statistics information.
console>show gvrp error-statistics
GVRP error statistics:
---------------Legend:
INVPROT: Invalid Protocol Id
Attribute Type
INVATYP: Invalid
INVALEN: Invalid Attribute Length INVAVAL: Invalid
Attribute Value
INVEVENT: Invalid Event
Port INVPROT
INVATYP
INVAVAL
INVALEN
INVEVENT
---- -------
-------
-------
-------
--------
1/g1
0
0
0
0
0
1/g2
0
0
0
0
0
1/g3
0
0
0
0
0
1/g4
0
0
0
0
0
GVRP Commands
329
show gvrp statistics
Use the show gvrp statistics command in User EXEC mode to display GVRP
statistics.
Syntax
show gvrp statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
This example shows output of the show gvrp statistics command.
console>show gvrp statistics
GVRP statistics:
-----------------------------Legend:
rJE
: Join Empty Received
rEmp : Empty Received
rJIn : Join In Received
rLIn : Leave In Received
rLE
: Leave Empty Received
rLA
: Leave All Received
sJE
: Join Empty Sent
JIn
: Join In Sent
sEmp : Empty Sent
sLIn : Leave In Sent
sLE
sLA
330
: Leave Empty Sent
GVRP Commands
: Leave All Sent
Port
rJE rJIn rEmp rLIn rLE rLA sJE sJIn sEmp sLIn sLE sLA
----
--- ---- ---- ---- --- --- --- ---
---
---- ---- ---
1/g1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
GVRP Commands
331
332
GVRP Commands
IGMP Snooping Commands
12
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip igmp snooping (global)
•
ip igmp snooping (interface)
•
ip igmp snooping host-time-out
•
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
•
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
•
show ip igmp snooping groups
•
show ip igmp snooping interface
•
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
•
ip igmp snooping (VLAN)
•
ip igmp snooping fast-leave
•
ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval
•
ip igmp snooping maxresponse
•
ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime
IGMP Snooping Commands
333
ip igmp snooping (global)
Use the ip igmp snooping command in Global Configuration mode to
globally enable Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. Use
the no form of this command to disable IGMP snooping globally.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
IGMP snooping is enabled on static VLANs only and is not enabled on
Private VLANs or their community VLANs.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping.
console(config)# ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping (interface)
Use the ip igmp snooping command in Interface Configuration mode to
enable Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on a specific
interface. To disable IGMP snooping on an Ethernet interface, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
334
IGMP Snooping Commands
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
IGMP snooping can be enabled on Ethernet interfaces.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping host-time-out
Use the ip igmp snooping host-time-out command in Interface
Configuration mode to configure the host-time-out. If an IGMP report for a
Multicast group is not received for a host time-out period from a specific port,
this port is deleted from the member list of that Multicast group. To reset to
the default host time-out, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping host-time-out time-out
no ip igmp snooping host-time-out
•
time-out — Host timeout in seconds. (Range: 2- 3600)
Default Configuration
The default host-time-out is 260 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
IGMP Snooping Commands
335
User Guidelines
The timeout should be more than sum of response time and twice the query
interval.
Example
The following example configures the host timeout to 300 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip igmp snooping host-timeout 300
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
Use the ip igmp snooping leave-time-out command in Interface
Configuration mode to configure the leave-time-out. If an IGMP report for a
Multicast group is not received within the leave-time-out period after an
IGMP leave was received from a specific port, the current port is deleted from
the member list of that Multicast group. To configure the default leave-timeout, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out [time-out | immediate-leave]
no ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
•
time-out — Specifies the leave-time-out in seconds. (Range: 1 - 3174)
•
immediate-leave — Specifies that the port should be removed
immediately from the members list after receiving IGMP Leave.
Default Configuration
The default leave-time-out configuration is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
336
IGMP Snooping Commands
User Guidelines
The leave timeout should be set greater than the maximum time that a host
is allowed to respond to an IGMP Query.
Use immediate leave only where there is only one host connected to a port.
Example
The following example configures the host leave-time-out to 60 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip igmp snooping leave-timeout 60
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
Use the ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out command in Interface
Configuration mode to configure the mrouter-time-out. This command is
used for setting the aging-out time after Multicast router ports are
automatically learned. To reset to the default mrouter-time-out, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out time-out
no ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
•
time-out — mrouter timeout in seconds for IGMP. (Range: 1–3600)
Default Configuration
The default value is 300 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IGMP Snooping Commands
337
Example
The following example configures the mrouter timeout to 200 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip igmp snooping mroutertime-out 200
show ip igmp snooping groups
Use the show ip igmp snooping groups command in User EXEC mode to
display the Multicast groups learned by IGMP snooping.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping groups [vlan vlan-id] [address ip-multicast-address]
•
vlan_id — Specifies a VLAN ID value.
•
ip-multicast-address — Specifies an IP Multicast address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
To see the full Multicast address table (including static addresses) use the
show bridge address-table command.
Example
The example shows Multicast groups learned by IGMP snooping for all
VLANs.
console>show ip igmp snooping groups
Vlan
IP Address
----
-----------
Ports
-------
1
224-239.130|2.2.3
1/g1, 2/g2
19
224-239.130|2.2.8
1/g9-g11
338
IGMP Snooping Commands
IGMP Reporters that are forbidden statically:
--------------------------------------------Vlan
IP Address
----
------------------
1
224-239.130|2.2.3
Ports
------------------1/g19
show ip igmp snooping interface
Use the show ip igmp snooping interface command in Privileged EXEC
mode to display the IGMP snooping configuration.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping interface interface {ethernet interface | port-channel
port-channel-number}
•
interface — Valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit/port.
•
port-channel-number — Valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The example displays IGMP snooping information.
console#show ip igmp snooping interface 1/g1
Slot/Port................................ 1/g1
IGMP Snooping Admin Mode................. Disabled
IGMP Snooping Commands
339
Fast Leave Mode........................... Disabled
Group Membership Interval................. 260
Max Response Time......................... 10
Multicast Router Present Expiration Time.. 300
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command in Privileged EXEC mode
to display information on dynamically learned Multicast router interfaces.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows IGMP snooping mrouter information.
console#show igmp snooping mrouter
Port........................................1/g1
340
IGMP Snooping Commands
ip igmp snooping (VLAN)
Use the ip igmp snooping command in VLAN Configuration mode to enable
IGMP snooping on a particular interface or on all interfaces participating in a
VLAN. To disable IGMP snooping use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan-id
no ip igmp snooping
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled on VLAN interfaces by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping on VLAN 2.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping 2
ip igmp snooping fast-leave
This command enables or disables IGMP Snooping fast-leave mode on a
selected VLAN. Enabling fast-leave allows the switch to immediately remove
the layer 2 LAN interface from its forwarding table entry upon receiving an
IGMP leave message for that multicast group without first sending out MACbased general queries to the interface. The no form of this command disables
IGMP Snooping fast-leave mode on a VLAN.
You should enable fast-leave admin mode only on VLANs where only one host
is connected to each layer 2 LAN port. This setting prevents the inadvertent
dropping of the other hosts that were connected to the same layer 2 LAN port
but were still interested in receiving multicast traffic directed to that group.
Also, fast-leave processing is supported only with IGMP version 2 hosts.
IGMP Snooping Commands
341
Syntax
ip igmp snooping fast-leave vlan-id
no ip igmp snooping fast-leave
•
vlan id — Number assigned to the VLAN.
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping fast-leave mode is disabled on VLANs by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping fast-leave mode on VLAN 2.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping fast-leave 2
ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval
This command sets the IGMP Group Membership Interval time on a VLAN.
The Group Membership Interval time is the amount of time in seconds that a
switch waits for a report from a particular group on a particular interface
before deleting the interface from the entry. This value must be greater than
the IGMPv3 Maximum Response time value. The range is 2 to 3600 seconds.
The no form of this command sets the IGMPv3 Group Membership Interval
time to the default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval vlan-id seconds
no ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval
342
•
vlan-id — Number assigned to the VLAN
•
seconds — IGMP group membership interval time in seconds. (Range:
2–3600)
IGMP Snooping Commands
Default Configuration
The default group membership interval time is 260 seconds.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures an IGMP snooping group membership
interval of 520 seconds.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping
groupmembership-interval 2 520
ip igmp snooping maxresponse
This command sets the IGMP Maximum Response time on a particular
VLAN. The Maximum Response time is the amount of time in seconds that a
switch will wait after sending a query on an interface because it did not
receive a report for a particular group in that interface. This value must be less
than the IGMP Query Interval time value. The range is 1 to 3174 seconds.
The no form of this command sets the maximum response time on the VLAN
to the default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping maxresponse vlan-id seconds
no ip igmp snooping maxresponse vlan-id
•
vlan-id — Number assigned to the VLAN.
•
seconds — IGMP Maximum response time in seconds. (Range: 1-3174)
Default Configuration
The default maximum response time is 10 seconds.
IGMP Snooping Commands
343
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When using IGMP Snooping Querier, this parameter should be less than the
value for the IGMP Snooping Querier query interval.
Example
The following example sets the maximum response time to 60 seconds on
VLAN 2.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping maxresponse 2
60
ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime
This command sets the Multicast Router Present Expiration time. The time
is set on a particular VLAN. This is the amount of time in seconds that a
switch waits for a query to be received on an interface before the interface is
removed from the list of interfaces with multicast routers attached. The range
is 1–2147483647 seconds. A value of 0 indicates an infinite time-out (no
expiration). The no form of this command sets the Multicast Router Present
Expiration time to 0. The time is set for a particular VLAN.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping mcrtexpiretime vlan-id seconds
no ip igmp mcrtexpiretime vlan-id
•
vlan id — Number assigned to the VLAN
•
seconds — Multicast router present expiration time. (Range: 1–3600)
Default Configuration
The default multicast router present expiration time is 300 seconds.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
344
IGMP Snooping Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the multicast router present expiration time on
VLAN 2 to 60 seconds.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp mcrtexpiretime 2 60
IGMP Snooping Commands
345
346
IGMP Snooping Commands
13
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip igmp snooping querier
•
ip igmp snooping querier election participate
•
ip igmp snooping querier query-interval
•
ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry
•
ip igmp snooping querier version
•
show igmp snooping querier
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
347
ip igmp snooping querier
This command enables or disables IGMP Snooping Querier on the system
(Global Configuration mode) or on a VLAN. Using this command, you can
specify the IP address that the snooping querier switch should use as the
source address when generating periodic queries. The no form of this
command disables IGMP Snooping Querier on the system. Use the optional
address parameter to reset the querier address to 0.0.0.0.
If a VLAN has IGMP Snooping Querier enabled, and IGMP Snooping is
operationally disabled on it, IGMP Snooping Querier functionality is disabled
on that VLAN. IGMP Snooping querier functionality is re-enabled if IGMP
Snooping is operational on the VLAN.
The IGMP Snooping Querier application sends periodic general queries on
the VLAN to solicit membership reports.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier [vlan-id [address ipv4_address]]
no igmp snooping querier [vlan-id [address]]
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN number.
•
ipv4_address — An IPv4 address used for the source address.
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping querier is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When using the command in Global Configuration mode to configure a
snooping querier source address, the IPv4 address is the global querier
address. When using the command in VLAN Configuration mode to
configure a snooping querier source address, the IPv4 address is the querier
address for the VLAN. If there are no global or VLAN querier addresses
348
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
configured, then use the management IP address as the IGMP snooping
querier source address. Using all zeros for the querier IP address removes it.
The VLAN IP address takes precedence over the global IP address.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping querier in VLAN
Configuration mode.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping querier 1
address 10.19.67.1
ip igmp snooping querier election participate
This command enables the Snooping Querier to participate in the Querier
Election process when it discovers the presence of another Querier in the
VLAN. When this mode is enabled, if the Snooping Querier finds that the
other Querier source address is more than the Snooping Querier address, it
stops sending periodic queries. If the Snooping Querier wins the election,
then it continues sending periodic queries. The no form of this command sets
the snooping querier not to participate in the querier election but to go into a
non-querier mode as soon in as it discovers the presence of another querier in
the same VLAN.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier election participate vlan-id
no ip igmp snooping querier election participate vlan-id
Default Configuration
The snooping querier is configured to not participate in the querier election
by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
349
Example
The following example configures the snooping querier to participate in the
querier election.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping querier
election participate
ip igmp snooping querier query-interval
This command sets the IGMP Querier Query Interval time, which is the
amount of time in seconds that the switch waits before sending another
periodic query. The no form of this command sets the IGMP Querier Query
Interval time to its default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier query-interval seconds
no ip igmp snooping querier query-interval
•
seconds — Amount of time in seconds that the switch waits before
sending another general query. (Range: 1-1800)
Default Configuration
The query interval default is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The value of this parameter should be larger than the IGMP Snooping Max
Response Time.
Example
The following example sets the query interval to 1800:
ip igmp snooping querier query_interval 1800
350
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry
This command sets the IGMP Querier timer expiration period which is the
time period that the switch remains in Non-Querier mode after it has
discovered that there is a Multicast Querier in the network. The no form of
this command sets the IGMP Querier timer expiration period to its default
value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry seconds
no ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry
•
seconds — The time in seconds that the switch remains in Non-Querier
mode after it has discovered that there is a multicast querier in the
network. The range is 60–300 seconds.
Default Configuration
The query interval default is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the querier timer expiry time to 100 seconds.
ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry 100
ip igmp snooping querier version
This command sets the IGMP version of the query that the snooping switch
is going to send periodically. The no form of this command sets the IGMP
Querier Version to its default value.
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
351
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier version number
no ip igmp snooping querier version
•
number — IGMP version. (Range: 1–2)
Default Configuration
The querier version default is 2.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the IGMP version of the querier to 1.
ip igmp snooping querier version 1
show igmp snooping querier
This command displays IGMP Snooping Querier information. Configured
information is displayed whether or not IGMP Snooping Querier is enabled.
When the optional argument vlan_id is not used, the command shows the
following information:
352
•
Admin Mode — Indicates whether or not IGMP Snooping Querier is
active on the switch.
•
Admin Version — Indicates the version of IGMP that will be used while
sending out the queries.
•
Source IP Address — Shows the IP address that is used in the IPv4 header
when sending out IGMP queries. It can be configured using the
appropriate command.
•
Query Interval — Shows the amount of time in seconds that a Snooping
Querier waits before sending out the periodic general query
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
•
Querier Timeout — Displays the amount of time to wait in the NonQuerier operational state before moving to a Querier state.
When you specify a value for vlan_id, the following information appears:
•
VLAN Admin Mode — Indicates whether IGMP Snooping Querier is
active on the VLAN.
•
VLAN Operational State — Indicates whether IGMP Snooping Querier is
in the Querier or Non-Querier state. When the switch is in Querier state it
sends out periodic general queries. When in Non-Querier state it waits for
moving to Querier state and does not send out any queries.
•
VLAN Operational Max Response Time — Indicates the time to wait
before removing a Leave from a host upon receiving a Leave request. This
value is calculated dynamically from the Queries received from the
network. If the Snooping Switch is in Querier state, then it is equal to the
configured value.
•
Querier Election Participate — Indicates whether the IGMP Snooping
Querier participates in querier election if it discovers the presence of a
querier in the VLAN.
•
Last Querier Address — Indicates the IP address of the most recent
Querier from which a Query was received.
•
Last Querier Version — Indicates the IGMP version of the most recent
Querier from which a Query was received on this VLAN.
•
Elected Querier — Indicates the IP address of the Querier that has been
designated as the Querier based on its source IP address. This field will be
0.0.0.0 when Querier Election Participate mode is disabled
When the optional argument detail is used, the command shows the global
information and the information for all Querier enabled VLANs.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier [{detail | vlan vlan_id}]
•
vlan_id — Number assigned to the VLAN.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
353
Command Mode
Privileged Exec mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows querier information for VLAN 2.
console#show ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2
Vlan 2 :
IGMP Snooping querier status
---------------------------------------------IGMP Snooping Querier Vlan Mode............. Disable
Querier Election Participate Mode........... Disable
Querier Vlan Address........................ 0.0.0.0
Operational State........................... Disabled
Operational version......................... 2
354
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
IP Addressing Commands
14
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear host
•
ip address
•
ip address dhcp
•
ip address vlan
•
ip default-gateway
•
ip domain-lookup
•
ip domain-name
•
ip host
•
ip name-server
•
ipv6 address
•
ipv6 enable
•
ipv6 gateway
•
show arp switch
•
show hosts
•
show ip helper-address
•
show ip interface management
IP Addressing Commands
355
clear host
Use the clear host command in Privileged EXEC mode to delete entries from
the host name-to-address cache.
Syntax
clear host {name|*}
•
name — Host name to be deleted from the host name-to-address cache.
(Range: 1-255 characters)
•
* — Deletes all entries in the host name-to-address cache.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example deletes all entries from the host name-to-address
cache.
console#clear host *
ip address
Use the ip address command in Global Configuration mode to set an IP
address. To remove an IP address, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip address ip-address {mask |prefix-length}
no ip address
•
356
ip-address — Specifies a valid IP address.
IP Addressing Commands
•
mask — Specifies a valid subnet (network) mask IP address.
•
prefix-length — The number of bits that comprise the IP address prefix.
The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 1-30)
Default Configuration
The switch management interface obtains an IP address via DHCP by
default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples configure the IP address 131.108.1.27 and subnet
mask 255.255.255.0 and the same IP address with prefix length of 24 bits.
console(config)#ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0
console(config)#ip address 131.108.1.27 /24
ip address dhcp
Use the ip address dhcp command in Global Configuration mode to acquire
an IP address for management interface from the Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. To deconfigure any acquired address,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip address {dhcp|bootp|none}
•
dhcp--Sets protocol to dhcp
•
bootp--Sets protocol to bootp
•
none--No protocol is set
IP Addressing Commands
357
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip address dhcp command allows the switch to dynamically obtain an IP
address by using the DHCP protocol.
Example
The following example acquires an IP address for the switch management
interface from DHCP.
console(config)#ip address dhcp
ip address vlan
Use the ip address vlan command in Global Configuration mode to set the
management VLAN.
Syntax
ip address vlan vlanid
no ip address vlan
•
vlanid — vlan identification. (Range 1–4093)
Default Configuration
The default configuration value is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
358
IP Addressing Commands
Example
The following example sets VLAN 5 as management VLAN.
console(config)#ip address vlan 5
ip default-gateway
Use the ip default-gateway command in Global Configuration mode to
define a default gateway (router).
Syntax
ip default-gateway ip-address
•
ip-address — Valid IP address that specifies the IP address of the default
gateway.
Default Configuration
No default gateway is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
A static IP address must be configured using the ip address command before
setting the default gateway. The default gateway should reside on the subnet
defined by the ip address command.
NOTE: For management traffic forwarding decisions, a default-route configured on
the switch (CLI, Web, SNMP, or learned via routing protocol such as OSPF), takes
precedence over the ip default-gateway setting.
Example
The following example defines ip default-gateway as 10.240.4.1.
console(config)#ip default-gateway 10.240.4.1
IP Addressing Commands
359
ip domain-lookup
Use the ip domain-lookup command in Global Configuration mode to
enable IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-to-address
translation. To disable the DNS, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip domain-lookup
no ip domain-lookup
Default Configuration
The DNS is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based
host name-to-address translation.
console(config)#ip domain-lookup
ip domain-name
Use the ip domain-name command in Global Configuration mode to define
a default domain name used to complete unqualified host names. To delete
the default domain name, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip domain-name name
no ip domain-name
360
IP Addressing Commands
•
name — Default domain name used to complete an unqualified host
name. Do not include the initial period that separates the unqualified host
name from the domain name (Range: 1-255 characters).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a default domain name of dell.com.
console(config)#ip domain-name dell.com
ip host
Use the ip host command in Global Configuration mode to define static host
name-to-address mapping in the host cache. To delete the name-to-address
mapping, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip host name address
no ip host name
•
name — Host name.
•
address — IP address of the host.
Default Configuration
No host is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
IP Addressing Commands
361
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a static host name-to-address mapping in the
host cache.
console(config)#ip host accounting.dell.com
176.10.23.1
ip name-server
Use the ip name-server command in Global Configuration mode to define
available IPv4 or IPv6 name servers. To delete a name server, use the no form
of this command.
Syntax
ip name-server server-address1 [server-address2 … server-address8]
no ip name-server [server-address1 … server-address8]
•
server-address — Valid IPv4 or IPv6 addresses of the name server. (Range:
1–255 characters)
Default Configuration
No name server IP addresses are specified.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Server preference is determined by entry order.
Up to eight servers can be defined in one command or by using multiple
commands.
362
IP Addressing Commands
Example
The following example sets the available name server.
console(config)#ip name-server 176.16.1.18
ipv6 address
Use the ipv6 address command to set the IPv6 address of the management
interface. Use the "no" form of this command to reset the IPv6 address to the
default.
Syntax
ipv6 address {prefix/prefix-length [eui64] | autoconfig | dhcp}
no ipv6 address
•
prefix —Consists of the bits of the address to be configured.
•
prefix-length —Designates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of
the address make up the prefix.
•
eui64— The optional eui-64 field designates that IPv6 processing on the
interfaces is enabled using an EUI-64 interface ID in the low order 64 bits
of the address. If this option is used, the value of prefix_length must be 64
bits.
•
autoconfig—Use this keyword to set the IPv6 address auto configuration
mode.
•
dhcp—Use this keyword to obtain an IPv6 address via DHCP.
Default Configuration
There is no IPv6 address configured by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
IP Addressing Commands
363
Example
console(config)#ipv6 address dhcp
console(config)#ipv6 address autoconfig
console(config)#ipv6 address 2003::6/64
console(config)#ipv6 address 2001::/64 eui64
console(config)#no ipv6 address dhcp
console(config)#no ipv6 address autoconfig
console(config)#no ipv6 address 2003::6/64
console(config)#no ipv6 address 2001::/64 eui64
console(config)#no ipv6 address
ipv6 enable
Use the ipv6 enable command to enable IPv6 on the management interface.
Use the "no" form of this command to disable IPv6 on the management
interface.
Syntax
ipv6 enable
no ipv6 enable
364
IP Addressing Commands
Default Configuration
IPv6 is enabled on the management interface by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#no ipv6 enable
ipv6 gateway
Use the ipv6 gateway command to configure an IPv6 gateway for the
management interface. Use the "no" form of this command to reset the
gateway to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 gateway gateway-address
no ipv6 gateway
gateway-address —The gateway address in IPv6 global or link-local address
format.
Default Configuration
There is no IPv6 gateway configured by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
IP Addressing Commands
365
Example
console(config)#ipv6 gateway 2003::1
console(config)#no ipv6 gateway
show arp switch
Use the show arp switch command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
ARP cache entries learned on the management port.
Syntax
show arp switch
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Note that this command only show ARP entries used by the management
interface. It is logically separate from the ARP table used by the routing
interfaces. See the show arp command for details on how to view ARP entries
for the routing interfaces.
Example
The following example displays ARP table information.
console#show arp switch
MAC Address
IP Address
Interface
------------------- ---------------- -----------0016.9CE1.D800
366
10.27.6.1
IP Addressing Commands
1/g37
show hosts
Use the show hosts command in User EXEC mode to display the default
domain name, a list of name server hosts, and the static and cached list of
host names and addresses. The command itself shows hosts [hostname].
•
Host name. (Range: 1–255 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about IP hosts.
console>show hosts
Host name:
Default domain: gm.com, sales.gm.com, usa.sales.gm.com
Name/address lookup is enabled
Name servers (Preference order): 176.16.1.18 176.16.1.19
Configured host name-to-address mapping:
Host
Addresses
--------------------------
----------------------------
accounting.gm.com
176.16.8.8
Cache:
TTL (Hours)
Host
Total
Elapsed
Type
Addresses
----------------
-----
-------
----
------------
www.stanford.edu
72
3
IP
171.64.14.203
IP Addressing Commands
367
show ip helper-address
Use the show ip helper-address command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display IP helper addresses configuration.
Syntax
show ip helper-address [intf-address]
•
intf-address — IP address of a routing interface. (Range: Any valid IP
address)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#show ip helper-address
IP helper is enabled
Interface UDP Port
Discard
Hit Count
Server Address
--------- ---------- --------- --------
--------------
vlan 25
domain
No
0
192.168.40.2
vlan 25
dhcp
No
0
192.168.40.2
vlan 30
dhcp
Yes
0
vlan 30
162
No
0
192.168.23.1
Any
dhcp
No
0
192.168.40.1
368
IP Addressing Commands
show ip interface management
Use the show ip interface management command to display the
management interface configuration.
Syntax
show ip interface management
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the management interface configuration.
console#show ip interface management
IP Address..................................... 10.27.21.52
Subnet Mask.................................... 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway................................ 10.27.21.1
IPv6 Administrative Mode....................... Enabled
IPv6 Prefix is......................... FE80::2FF:F2FF:FEA3:7777/64
IPv6 Gateway................................... none
Burned In MAC Address.......................... 00:FF:F2:A3:77:77
Configured IPv4 Protocol....................... DHCP
Configured IPv6 Protocol....................... None
IPv6 AutoConfig Mode........................... Disabled
Management VLAN ID............................. 1
IP Addressing Commands
369
370
IP Addressing Commands
IPv6 Access List Commands
15
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
{deny | permit}
•
ipv6 access-list
•
ipv6 access-list rename
•
ipv6 traffic-filter
•
show ipv6 access-lists
IPv6 Access List Commands
371
{deny | permit}
This command creates a new rule for the current IPv6 access list. Each rule is
appended to the list of configured rules for the list.
A rule may either deny or permit traffic according to the specified
classification fields. At a minimum, either the 'every' keyword or the protocol,
source address, and destination address values must be specified. The source
and destination IPv6 address fields may be specified using the keyword 'any'
to indicate a match on any value in that field. The remaining command
parameters are all optional, but the most frequently used parameters appear
in the same relative order as shown in the command format.
The assign-queue parameter allows specification of a particular hardware
queue for handling traffic that matches this rule. The assign-queue parameter
is valid only for a permit rule.
Syntax
{permit | deny} {every | {{icmp | igmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp | number} {any
| source ipv6 prefix/prefix length} [eq {portkey | portvalue}] {any |
destination ipv6 prefix/prefix length} [eq {portkey | portvalue}] [flow-label
value] [dscp dscp]}} [log] [assign-queue queue-id] [{mirror | redirect}
interface]
372
•
deny | permit — Specifies whether the IP ACL rule permits or denies an
action.
•
every — Allows all protocols.
•
number — Standard protocol number or protocol keywords icmp, igmp,
ipv6, tcp, udp.
•
source ipv6 prefix — IPv6 prefix in IPv6 global address format.
•
prefix-length — IPv6 prefix length value.
•
eq — Equal. Refers to the Layer 4 port number being used as a match
criteria. The first reference is source match criteria, the second is
destination match criteria.
•
portkey — Or you can specify the portkey, which can be one of the
following keywords: domain, echo, efts, ftpdata, http, smtp, snmp, telnet,
tftp, and www.
IPv6 Access List Commands
•
portvalue — The source layer 4 port match condition for the ACL rule is
specified by the port value parameter. (Range: 0–65535).
•
destination ipv6 prefix — IPv6 prefix in IPv6 global address format.
•
flow label value — The value to match in the Flow Label field of the IPv6
header (Range 0–1048575).
•
dscp dscp — Specifies the TOS for an IPv6 ACL rule depending on a
match of DSCP values using the parameter dscp.
•
log — Specifies that this rule is to be logged.
•
assign-queue queue-id — Specifies particular hardware queue for handling
traffic that matches the rule. (Range: 0-6)
•
mirror interface — Allows the traffic matching this rule to be copied to the
specified interface.
•
redirect interface — This parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to
be forwarded to the specified interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Ipv6-Access-List Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Users are permitted to add rules, but if a packet does not match any userspecified rules, the packet is dropped by the implicit “deny all” rule.
The 'no' form of this command is not supported, since the rules within an
IPv6 ACL cannot be deleted individually. Rather, the entire IPv6 ACL must
be deleted and re specified.
Example
The following example creates rules in an IPv6 ACL named "STOP_HTTP"
to discard any HTTP traffic from the 2001:DB8::/32 network, but allow all
other traffic from that network:
console(config)#ipv6 access-list STOP_HTTP
IPv6 Access List Commands
373
console(Config-ipv6-acl)#deny ipv6 2001:DB8::/32 any
eq http
console(Config-ipv6-acl)#permit ipv6 2001:DB8::/32
any
console(Config-ipv6-acl)#
ipv6 access-list
The ipv6 access-list command creates an IPv6 Access Control List (ACL)
consisting of classification fields defined for the IP header of an IPv6 frame.
The <name> parameter is a case-sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31
characters uniquely identifying the IPv6 access list.
If an IPv6 ACL with this name already exists, this command enters Ipv6Access-List config mode to update the existing IPv6 ACL.
Use the “no” form of the command to delete an IPv6 ACL from the system.
Syntax
ipv6 access-list name
no ipv6 access-list name
•
name — Alphanumeric string of 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying
the IPv6 access list.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command
Example
The following example creates an IPv6 ACL named "DELL_IP6" and enters
the IPv6-Access-List Config mode:
374
IPv6 Access List Commands
console(config)#ipv6 access-list DELL_IP6
console(Config-ipv6-acl)#
ipv6 access-list rename
The ipv6 access-list rename command changes the name of an IPv6 Access
Control List (ACL). This command fails if an IPv6 ACL with the new name
already exists.
Syntax
ipv6 access-list rename name newname
•
name — the name of an existing IPv6 ACL.
•
newname — alphanumeric string from 1 to 31 characters uniquely
identifying the IPv6 access list.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(Config)#ipv6 access-list rename DELL_IP6
DELL_IP6_NEW_NAME
IPv6 Access List Commands
375
ipv6 traffic-filter
The ipv6 traffic-filter command either attaches a specific IPv6 Access
Control List (ACL) to an interface or associates it with a VLAN ID in a given
direction.
An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this
access list relative to other IPv6 access lists already assigned to this interface
and direction. A lower number indicates higher precedence order. If a
sequence number is already in use for this interface and direction, the
specified IPv6 access list replaces the currently attached IPv6 access list using
that sequence number. If the sequence number is not specified for this
command, a sequence number that is one greater than the highest sequence
number currently in use for this interface and direction is used.
Use the “no” form of the command to remove an IPv6 ACL from the
interface(s) in a given direction.
Syntax
ipv6 traffic-filter name direction [sequence seq-num]
no ipv6 traffic-filter name direction
•
name — Alphanumeric string of 1 to 31 characters uniquely identifying
the IPv6 access list.
•
direction — Direction of the ACL. (Range: in or out)
•
sequence seq-num — Order of access list relative to other access lists
already assigned to this interface and direction. (Range: 1–4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel, VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command specified in 'Interface Config' mode only affects a single
interface, whereas the 'Global Config' mode setting is applied to all interfaces.
376
IPv6 Access List Commands
Example
The following example attaches an IPv6 access control list to an interface.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ipv6 traffic-filter DELL_IP6
in
show ipv6 access-lists
The show ipv6 access-lists command displays an IPv6 access list and all of the
rules that are defined for the IPv6 ACL. Use the [name] parameter to identify
a specific IPv6 ACL to display.
Syntax
show ipv6 access-lists [name]
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays configuration information for the IPv6 ACLs.
console#show ipv6 access-lists
Current number of all ACLs: 1
IPv6 ACL Name
VLAN(s)
Maximum number of all ACLs: 100
Rules Direction
Interface(s)
------------------------------- ----- --------- ------------------- ------------STOP_HTTP
2
inbound
1/g1
IPv6 Access List Commands
377
console#show ipv6 access-lists STOP_HTTP
ACL Name: STOP_HTTP
Inbound Interface(s): 1/g1
Rule Number: 1
Action......................................... deny
Protocol....................................... 255(ipv6)
Source IP Address.............................. 2001:DB8::/32
Destination L4 Port Keyword.................... 80(www/http)
Rule Number: 2
Action......................................... permit
Protocol....................................... 255(ipv6)
Source IP Address.............................. 2001:DB8::/32
The command output provides the following information:
Field
Description
Rule Number The ordered rule number identifier defined within the IPv6 ACL.
Action
Displays the action associated with each rule. The possible values are
Permit or Deny.
Match All
Indicates whether this access list applies to every packet. Possible
values are True or False.
Protocol
This displays the protocol to filter for this rule.
Source IP
Address
This displays the source IP address for this rule.
Source L4
This field displays the source port for this rule.
Port Keyword
Destination
IP Address
378
This displays the destination IP address for this rule.
IPv6 Access List Commands
Destination
L4 Port
Keyword
This field displays the destination port for this rule.
IP DSCP
This field indicates the value specified for IP DSCP.
Flow Label
This field indicates the value specified for IPv6 Flow Label.
Log
Displays when you enable logging for the rule.
Assign Queue Displays the queue identifier to which packets matching this rule are
assigned.
Mirror
Interface
Displays the interface to which packets matching this rule are copied.
Redirect
Interface
Displays the interface to which packets matching this rule are
forwarded.
IPv6 Access List Commands
379
380
IPv6 Access List Commands
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier
Commands
16
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ipv6 mld snooping querier
•
ipv6 mld snooping querier (VLAN mode)
•
ipv6 mld snooping querier address
•
ipv6 mld snooping querier election participate
•
ipv6 mld snooping querier query-interval
•
ipv6 mld snooping querier timer expiry
•
show ipv6 mld snooping querier
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier Commands
381
ipv6 mld snooping querier
Use the ipv6 mld snooping querier command to enable MLD Snooping
Querier on the system. Use the "no" form of this command to disable MLD
Snooping Querier.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier
no ipv6 mld snooping querier
Default Configuration
MLD Snooping Querier is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 mld snooping querier
ipv6 mld snooping querier (VLAN mode)
Use the ipv6 mld snooping querier command in VLAN mode to enable MLD
Snooping Querier on a VLAN. Use the "no" form of this command to disable
MLD Snooping Querier on a VLAN.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan-id
no ipv6 mld snooping querier vlan-id
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID. (Range: 1–4093)
Default Configuration
MLD Snooping Querier is disabled by default on all VLANs.
382
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier Commands
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-vlan)#ipv6 mld snooping querier 10
ipv6 mld snooping querier address
Use the ipv6 mld snooping querier address command to set the global MLD
Snooping Querier address. Use the "no" form of this command to reset the
global MLD Snooping Querier address to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier address prefix[/prefix-length]
no ipv6 mld snooping querier address
•
prefix — The bits of the address to be configured.
•
prefix-length — Designates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of
the address make up the prefix.
Default Configuration
There is no global MLD Snooping Querier address configured by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 mld snooping querier address
Fe80::5
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier Commands
383
ipv6 mld snooping querier election participate
Use the ipv6 mld snooping querier election participate command to enable
the Snooping Querier to participate in the Querier Election process when it
discovers the presence of another Querier in the VLAN. When this mode is
enabled, if the Snooping Querier finds that the other Querier's source address
is higher than the Snooping Querier's address, it stops sending periodic
queries. If the Snooping Querier wins the election then it will continue
sending periodic queries. Use the "no" form of this command to disable
election participation on a VLAN.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier election participate vlan-id
no ipv6 mld snooping querier election participate vlan-id
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID. (Range: 1 - 4093)
Default Configuration
Election participation is disabled by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-vlan)#ipv6 mld snooping querier
election participate 10
384
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier Commands
ipv6 mld snooping querier query-interval
Use the ipv6 mld snooping querier query-interval command to set the MLD
Querier Query Interval time. It is the amount of time in seconds that the
switch waits before sending another general query. Use the "no" form of this
command to reset the Query Interval to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier query-interval interval
ipv6 mld snooping querier query-interval
•
interval — Amount of time that the switch waits before sending another
general query. (Range: 1–1800 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default query interval is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command
Example
console(config)#ipv6 mld snooping querier 120
ipv6 mld snooping querier timer expiry
Use the ipv6 mld snooping querier timer expiry command to set the MLD
Querier timer expiration period. It is the time period that the switch remains
in Non-Querier mode once it has discovered that there is a Multicast Querier
in the network. Use the "no" form of this command to reset the timer
expiration period to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping querier timer expiry timer
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier Commands
385
ipv6 mld snooping querier timer expiry
•
timer — The time that the switch remains in Non-Querier mode after it
has discovered that there is a multicast querier in the network. (Range:
60–300 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default timer expiration period is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 mld snooping querier timer
expiry 222
show ipv6 mld snooping querier
Use the show ipv6 mld snooping querier command to display MLD
Snooping Querier information. Configured information is displayed whether
or not MLD Snooping Querier is enabled.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping querier [detail | vlan vlan-id]
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID. (Range: 1 - 4093)
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
386
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier Commands
User Guidelines
When the optional argument vlan vlan-id is not used, the command shows
the following information:
MLD Snooping Querier
Mode
Indicates whether or not MLD Snooping Querier is
active on the switch.
Querier Address
Shows the IP Address which will be used in the IPv6
header while sending out MLD queries.
MLD Version
Indicates the version of MLD that will be used while
sending out the queries. This is defaulted to MLD v1
and it can not be changed.
Querier Query Interval
Shows the amount of time that a Snooping Querier
waits before sending out a periodic general query.
Querier Expiry Interval
Displays the amount of time to wait in the Non-Querier
operational state before moving to a Querier state.
When the optional argument vlan vlan-id is used, the following additional
information appears:
MLD Snooping Querier
VLAN Mode
Indicates whether MLD Snooping Querier is active on
the VLAN.
Querier Election
Participate Mode
Indicates whether the MLD Snooping Querier
participates in querier election if it discovers the
presence of a querier in the VLAN.
Querier VLAN Address
Shows the IP Address which will be used in the IPv6
header while sending out MLD queries.
Operational State
Indicates whether MLD Snooping Querier is in
"Querier" or "Non-Querier" state. When the switch is in
Querier state it will send out periodic general queries.
When in Non-Querier state it will wait for moving to
Querier state and does not send out any queries.
Operational Version
Indicates the version of MLD that will be used while
sending out the queries. This is defaulted to MLD v1
and it can not be changed.
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier Commands
387
When the optional argument detail is used, the command shows the global
information and the information for all Querier enabled VLANs as well as the
following information:
Last Querier Address
Indicates the IP address of the most recent Querier from
which a Query was received.
MLD Version
Indicates the version of MLD.
388
IPv6 MLD Snooping Querier Commands
17
iSCSI Optimization Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
iscsi enable
•
show iscsi
iSCSI Optimization Commands
389
iscsi enable
The iscsi enable command globally enables iSCSI awareness. To disable
iSCSI awareness use the no form of this command.
Syntax
iscsi enable
no iscsi enable
Default Configuration
The default iSCSI optimization mode is disabled.
NOTE: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) and flow-control are globally enabled
by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
When iSCSI is enabled, the following actions occur:
•
The MTU on all ports and port-channels is set to 9216 (jumbo frames are
enabled).
•
Flow control is globally enabled, if it is not already enabled.
•
iSCSI LLDP monitoring starts to automatically detect Dell EqualLogic
arrays.
When a Dell EqualLogic array is connected to the switch, the switch
automatically detects the array and:
•
Enables portfast on the EqualLogic port.
•
Disables unicast storm control on the EqualLogic port.
When the no iscsi enable command is issued, iSCSI resources are released
and the detection of Dell EqualLogic arrays by using LLDP is disabled.
Disabling iSCSI does not remove the MTU, flow control, portfast or storm
control configuration applied as a result of enabling iSCSI.
390
iSCSI Optimization Commands
Example
The following example enables iSCSI awareness.
console(config)#iscsi enable
show iscsi
The show iscsi command output indicates whether iSCSI optimization is
enabled or disabled.
Syntax
show iscsi
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example displays the iSCSI settings.
console#show iscsi
iSCSI enabled
iSCSI Optimization Commands
391
392
iSCSI Optimization Commands
LACP Commands
18
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
lacp port-priority
•
lacp system-priority
•
lacp timeout
•
show lacp ethernet
•
show lacp port-channel
LACP Commands
393
lacp port-priority
Use the lacp port-priority command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the priority value for physical ports. To reset to default priority
value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lacp port-priority value
no lacp port-priority
•
value — Port priority value. (Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
The default port priority value is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the priority value for port 1/g8 to 247.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#lacp port-priority 247
lacp system-priority
Use the lacp system-priority command in Global Configuration mode to
configure the Link Aggregation system priority. To reset to default, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
lacp system-priority value
no lacp system-priority
394
LACP Commands
•
value — Port priority value. (Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
The default system priority value is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the system priority to 120.
console(config)#lacp system-priority 120
lacp timeout
Use the lacp timeout command in Interface Configuration mode to assign an
administrative LACP timeout. To reset the default administrative LACP
timeout, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lacp timeout {long|short}
no lacp timeout
•
long — Specifies a long timeout value.
•
short — Specifies a short timeout value.
Default Configuration
The default port timeout value is long.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
LACP Commands
395
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example assigns an administrative LACP timeout for port 1/g8
to a long timeout value.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#lacp timeout long
show lacp ethernet
Use the show lacp ethernet command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
LACP information for Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show lacp ethernet interface [parameters|statistics]
•
Interface — Ethernet interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display LACP Ethernet interface
information.
console#show lacp ethernet 1/g1
Port 1/g1 LACP parameters:
Actor
396
LACP Commands
system priority:
1
system mac addr:
00:00:12:34:56:78
port Admin key:
30
port Oper key:
30
port Oper priority:
1
port Admin timeout:
LONG
port Oper timeout:
LONG
LACP Activity:
ACTIVE
Aggregation:
AGGREGATABLE
synchronization:
FALSE
collecting:
FALSE
distributing:
FALSE
expired:
FALSE
Partner
system priority:
0
system mac addr:
00:00:00:00:00:00
port Admin key:
0
port Oper key:
0
port Admin priority:
0
port Oper priority:
0
port Oper timeout:
LONG
LACP Activity:
ASSIVE
Aggregation:
AGGREGATABLE
synchronization:
FALSE
collecting:
FALSE
distributing:
FALSE
LACP Commands
397
expired:
FALSE
Port 1/g1 LACP Statistics:
LACP PDUs sent:
2
LACP PDUs received:
2
show lacp port-channel
Use the show lacp port-channel command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display LACP information for a port-channel.
Syntax
show lacp port-channel [port_channel_number]
•
port_channel_number — The port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display LACP port-channel information.
console#show lacp port-channel 1
Port-Channel 1:Port Type 1000 Ethernet
Actor
398
System Priority:
1
AC Address:
000285:0E1C00
Admin Key:
29
LACP Commands
Oper Key:
29
Partner
System Priority:
0
MAC Address:
000000:000000
Oper Key:
14
LACP Commands
399
400
LACP Commands
Link Dependency Commands
19
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
link-dependency group
•
no link-dependency group
•
add ethernet
•
add port-channel
•
add port-channel
•
no add port-channel
•
depends-on ethernet
•
no depends-on ethernet
•
depends-on port-channel
•
no depends-on port-channel
•
show link-dependency
Link Dependency Commands
401
link-dependency group
Use the link-dependency group command to enter the link-dependency
mode to configure a link-dependency group
Syntax
link-dependency group GroupId
•
GroupId — Link dependency group identifier. (Range: 1–16)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config)#link-dependency group 1
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#
no link-dependency group
Use the no link-dependency group command to remove the configuration for
a link-dependency group.
Syntax
no link-dependency group GroupId
•
GroupId — Link dependency group identifier. (Range: 1–16)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
402
Link Dependency Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config)#no link-dependency group 1
add ethernet
Use the add ethernet command to add member Ethernet port(s) to the
dependency list.
Syntax
add ethernet intf-list
•
intf-list — List of Ethernet interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with
a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports.
(Range: Valid Ethernet interface list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-depend-1)#add ethernet 1/g1
Link Dependency Commands
403
add port-channel
Use the add port-channel command to add member port-channels to the
dependency list.
Syntax
add port-channel port-channel-list
•
port-channel-list — List of port-channel interfaces. Separate
nonconsecutive ports with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to
designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid port-channel interface list or
range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#add port-channel 2
no add port-channel
Use the no add port-channel command to remove member port-channels
from the dependency list.
Syntax
no add port-channel port channel list
•
404
port-channel-list — List of port-channel interfaces. Separate
nonconsecutive ports with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to
designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid port-channel interface list or
range)
Link Dependency Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#no add port-channel 2
depends-on ethernet
Use the depends-on ethernet command to add the dependent Ethernet ports
list.
Syntax
depends-on ethernet intf-list
•
intf-list — List of Ethernet interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with
a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports.
(Range: Valid Ethernet interface list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#depends-on ethernet
1/g10
Link Dependency Commands
405
no depends-on ethernet
Use the no depends-on ethernet command to remove the dependent
Ethernet ports list.
Syntax
no depends-on ethernet intf-list
•
intf-list — List of Ethernet interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with
a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports.
(Range: Valid Ethernet interface list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#no depends-on
ethernet 1/g10
depends-on port-channel
Use the depends-on port-channel command to add the dependent portchannels list.
Syntax
depends-on port-channel port-channel-list
•
406
port-channel-list — List of port-channel interfaces. Separate
nonconsecutive ports with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to
designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid port-channel interface list or
range)
Link Dependency Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#depends-on portchannel 6
no depends-on port-channel
Use the no depends-on port-channel command to remove the dependent
port-channels list.
Syntax
no depends-on port-channel port-channel-list
•
port-channel-list — List of port-channel interfaces. Separate
nonconsecutive ports with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to
designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid port-channel interface list or
range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Link Dependency Commands
407
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)# no depends-on portchannel 6
show link-dependency
Use the show link-dependency command to show the link dependencies
configured for a particular group. If no group is specified, then all the
configured link-dependency groups are displayed.
Syntax
show link-dependency [group GroupId]
GroupId — Link dependency group identifier. (Range: Valid Group Id,
1–16)
•
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
The following command shows link dependencies for all groups.
console#show link-dependency
GroupId
Member Ports
-------
--------------------- --------------------
408
Ports Depended On
2
1/g1-1/g4
1/g8-1/g9
3
1/g5
ch2
5
1/g3-1/g4
1/g10
Link Dependency Commands
The following command shows link dependencies for group 2 only.
console#show link-dependency group 2
GroupId
Member Ports
-------
---------------------- ------------------
2
1/g1-1/g4
Ports Depended On
1/g8-1/g9
Link Dependency Commands
409
410
Link Dependency Commands
LLDP Commands
20
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear lldp remote-data
•
clear lldp statistics
•
lldp med
•
lldp med confignotification
•
lldp med faststartrepeatcount
•
lldp med transmit-tlv
•
lldp notification
•
lldp notification-interval
•
lldp receive
•
lldp timers
•
lldp transmit
•
lldp transmit-mgmt
•
lldp transmit-tlv
•
show lldp
•
show lldp interface
•
show lldp local-device
•
show lldp med
•
show lldp med interface
•
show lldp med local-device
•
show lldp med remote-device
•
show lldp remote-device
•
show lldp statistics
LLDP Commands
411
clear lldp remote-data
Use the clear lldp remote-data command in Privileged EXEC mode to delete
all LLDP information from the remote data table.
Syntax
clear lldp remote-data
Default Configuration
By default, data is removed only on system reset.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to clear the LLDP remote data.
console#clear lldp remote-data
clear lldp statistics
Use the clear lldp statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to reset all
LLDP statistics.
Syntax
clear lldp statistics
Default Configuration
By default, the statistics are only cleared on a system reset.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
412
LLDP Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to reset all LLDP statistics.
console#clear lldp statistics
lldp med
This command is used to enable/disable LLDP-MED on an interface. By
enabling MED, the transmit and receive functions of LLDP are effectively
enabled.
Syntax Description
lldp med
no lldp med
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable
Command Mode
Interface (Ethernet) Configuration
Default Value
LLDP-MED is disabled on all supported interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#lldp med
LLDP Commands
413
lldp med confignotification
This command is used to enable sending the topology change notification.
Syntax Description
lldp med confignotification
no lldp med confignotification
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable
Command Mode
Interface (Ethernet) Configuration
Default Value
By default, notifications are disabled on all supported interfaces.
Usage Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#lldp med confignotification
lldp med faststartrepeatcount
This command is used to set the value of the fast start repeat count.
Syntax Description
lldp med faststartrepeatcount count
no lldp med faststartrepeatcount
•
414
count — Number of LLDPPDUs that are transmitted when the protocol is
enabled. (Range 1–10)
LLDP Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Default Value
3
Usage Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)# lldp med faststartrepeatcount 2
lldp med transmit-tlv
This command is used to specify which optional TLVs in the LLDP MED set
are transmitted in the LLDPDUs. There are certain conditions that have to
be met for this port to be MED compliant. These conditions are explained in
the normative section of the specification. For example, the MED TLV
'capabilities' is mandatory. By disabling this bit, MED is effectively disable on
this interface.
Syntax Description
lldp med transmit-tlv [capabilities] [network-policy] [ex-pse] [ex-pd]
[location] [inventory]
no med lldp transmit-tlv [capabilities] [network-policy] [ex-pse] [ex-pd]
[location] [inventory]
•
Capabilities — Transmit the capabilities TLV
•
network-policy — Transmit the network policy TLV
•
ex-pse — Transmit the extended PSE TLV
•
ex-pd — Transmit the extended PD TLV
•
Location — Transmit the location TLV
•
Inventory — Transmit the inventory TLV
LLDP Commands
415
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable. Command accepts keywords only.
Command Mode
Interface (Ethernet) Configuration
Default Value
By default, the capabilities and network policy TLVs are included.
Example
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#lldp med transmit-tlv
capabilities
console(config-if-1/g1)#lldp med transmit-tlv
network-policies
lldp notification
Use the lldp notification command in Interface Configuration mode to
enable remote data change notifications. To disable notifications, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
lldp notification
no lldp notification
Default Configuration
By default, notifications are disabled on all supported interfaces.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
416
LLDP Commands
Example
The following example displays how to enable remote data change
notifications.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp notification
lldp notification-interval
Use the lldp notification-interval command in Global Configuration mode
to limit how frequently remote data change notifications are sent. To return
the notification interval to the factory default, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
lldp notification-interval interval
no lldp notification-interval
•
interval — The smallest interval in seconds at which to send remote data
change notifications. (Range: 5–3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to set the interval value to 10 seconds.
console(config)#lldp notification-interval 10
LLDP Commands
417
lldp receive
Use the lldp receive command in Interface Configuration mode to enable the
LLDP receive capability. To disable reception of LLDPDUs, use the no form
of this command.
Syntax
lldp receive
no lldp receive
Default Configuration
The default lldp receive mode is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to enable the LLDP receive capability.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp receive
lldp timers
Use the lldp timers command in Global Configuration mode to set the
timing parameters for local data transmission on ports enabled for LLDP. To
return any or all parameters to factory default, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
lldp timers [interval transmit-interval] [hold hold-multiplier] [reinit reinitdelay]
no lldp timers [interval] [hold] [reinit]
418
LLDP Commands
•
transmit-interval — The interval in seconds at which to transmit local data
LLDPDUs. (Range: 5–32768 seconds)
•
hold-multiplier — Multiplier on the transmit interval used to set the TTL
in local data LLDPDUs. (Range: 2–10)
•
reinit-delay — The delay in seconds before re-initialization. (Range: 1–10
seconds)
Default Configuration
The default transmit interval is 30 seconds.
The default hold-multiplier is 4.
The default delay before re-initialization is 2 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays how to configure LLDP to transmit local
information every 1000 seconds.
console(config)#lldp timers interval 1000
The following example displays how to set the timing parameter at 1000
seconds with a hold multiplier of 8 and a 5 second delay before reinitialization.
console(config)#lldp timers interval 1000 hold 8
reinit 5
LLDP Commands
419
lldp transmit
Use the lldp transmit command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
the LLDP advertise (transmit) capability. To disable local data transmission,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp transmit
no lldp transmit
Default Configuration
LLDP is disabled on all supported interfaces.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how enable the transmission of local data.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp transmit
lldp transmit-mgmt
Use the lldp transmit-mgmt command in Interface Configuration mode to
include transmission of the local system management address information in
the LLDPDUs. To cancel inclusion of the management information, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp transmit-mgmt
no lldp transmit-mgmt
420
LLDP Commands
Default Configuration
By default, management address information is not included.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to include management information in
the LLDPDU.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp transmit-mgmt
lldp transmit-tlv
Use the lldp transmit-tlv command in Interface Configuration mode to
specify which optional type-length-value settings (TLVs) in the 802.1AB basic
management set will be transmitted in the LLDPDUs. To remove an optional
TLV, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp transmit-tlv [sys-desc][sys-name][sys-cap][port-desc]
no lldp transmit-tlv [sys-desc][sys-name][sys-cap][port-desc]
•
sys-name — Transmits the system name TLV
•
sys-desc — Transmits the system description TLV
•
sys-cap — Transmits the system capabilities TLV
•
port desc — Transmits the port description TLV
Default Configuration
By default, no optional TLVs are included.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
LLDP Commands
421
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to include the system description TLV in
local data transmit.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp transmit-tlv sys-desc
show lldp
Use the show lldp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the current
LLDP configuration summary.
Syntax
show lldp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the current LLDP configuration summary.
console# show lldp
Global Configurations:
Transmit Interval: 30 seconds
Transmit TTL Value: 120 seconds
Reinit Delay: 2 seconds
Notification Interval: limited to every 5 seconds
422
LLDP Commands
console#show lldp
LLDP transmit and receive disabled on all interfaces
show lldp interface
Use the show lldp interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the current LLDP interface state.
Syntax
show lldp interface {interface | all}
•
interface — Specifies a valid physical interface on the switch or unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
This example show how the information is displayed when you use the
command with the all parameter.
console#show lldp interface all
Interface Link Transmit Receive
Notify
TLVs
Mgmt
--------- ---- -------- -------- -------- ------ ---1/g1
Up
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
0,1,2,3
1/g2
Down Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
1/g3
Down Disabled Disabled Disabled 1,2
Y
Y
N
TLV Codes: 0 – Port Description, 1 – System Name, 2 –
System Description, 3 –
LLDP Commands
423
System Capability
console# show lldp interface 1/g1
Interface Link Transmit Receive
Notify
TLVs
Mgmt
--------- ---- -------- -------- -------- ------ ---1/g1
Up
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
0,1,2,3
Y
TLV Codes: 0 – Port Description, 1 – System Name, 2 –
System Description, 3 – System Capability
show lldp local-device
Use the show lldp local-device command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the advertised LLDP local data. This command can display summary
information or detail for each interface.
Syntax
show lldp local-device {detail interface | interface | all}
•
detail — includes a detailed version of remote data.
•
interface — Specifies a valid physical interface on the device, unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
These examples show advertised LLDP local data in two levels of detail.
console#show lldp local-device all
LLDP Local Device Summary
424
LLDP Commands
Interface
Port ID
Port Description
--------- -------------------- -------------------1/g1
00:62:48:00:00:02
console# show lldp local-device detail 1/g1
LLDP Local Device Detail
Interface: 1/g1
Chassis ID Subtype: MAC Address
Chassis ID: 00:62:48:00:00:00
Port ID Subtype: MAC Address
Port ID: 00:62:48:00:00:02
System Name:
System Description: Routing
Port Description:
System Capabilities Supported: bridge, router
System Capabilities Enabled: bridge
Management Address:
Type: IPv4
Address: 192.168.17.25
LLDP Commands
425
show lldp med
This command displays a summary of the current LLDP MED configuration.
Syntax Description
show lldp med
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Default Value
Not applicable
Usage Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#show lldp med
LLDP MED Global Configuration
Fast Start Repeat Count: 3
Device Class: Network Connectivity
show lldp med interface
This command displays a summary of the current LLDP MED configuration
for a specific interface.
Syntax Description
show lldp med interface {<unit/port> | all}
•
426
unit/port — Indicates a specific physical interface.
LLDP Commands
•
All — Indicates all valid LLDP interfaces.
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC.
Default Value
Not applicable
Example
console#show lldp med interface all
LLDP MED Interface Configuration
Interface
---------
Link
------
configMED operMED
--------
--------
ConfigNotify
--------
1/g1
Down
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
1/g2
Down
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
TLVsTx
-------
console #show lldp med interface 1/g1
LLDP MED Interface Configuration
Interface
Link
configMED operMED
ConfigNotify
TLVsTx
---------
------
--------
--------
--------
-------
1/g1
Up
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
0,1
TLV Codes: 0- Capabilities,
1- Network Policy
2-Location, 3- Extended PSE, 4- Extended PD, 5-Inventory
LLDP Commands
427
show lldp med local-device
This command displays the advertised LLDP local data. This command can
display summary information or detail for each interface.
Syntax Description
show lldp med local-device detail <unit/port>
•
unit/port — Indicates a specific physical interface.
•
detail — Includes a detailed version of remote data for the indicated
interface.
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Default Value
Not applicable
Example
Console#show lldp med local-device detail 1/g1
LLDP MED Local Device Detail
Interface: 1/0/8
Network Policies
Media Policy Application Type : voice
Vlan ID: 10
Priority: 5
428
LLDP Commands
DSCP: 1
Unknown: False
Tagged: True
Media Policy Application Type : streamingvideo
Vlan ID: 20
Priority: 1
DSCP: 2
Unknown: False
Tagged: True
Inventory
Hardware Rev: xxx xxx xxx
Firmware Rev: xxx xxx xxx
Software Rev: xxx xxx xxx
Serial Num: xxx xxx xxx
Mfg Name: xxx xxx xxx
Model Name: xxx xxx xxx
Asset ID: xxx xxx xxx
Location
Subtype: elin
Info: xxx xxx xxx
Extended POE
Device Type: pseDevice
LLDP Commands
429
Extended POE PSE
Available: 0.3 watts
Source: primary
Priority: critical
Extended POE PD
Required: 0.2 watts
Source: local
Priority: low
show lldp med remote-device
This command displays the current LLDP MED remote data. This command
can display summary information or detail for each interface.
Syntax Description
show lldp med remote-device {<unit/port> | all}
show lldp med remote-device detail <unit/port>
•
unit/port — Indicates a specific physical interface.
•
all — Indicates all valid LLDP interfaces.
•
detail — Includes a detailed version of remote data for the indicated
interface.
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
430
LLDP Commands
Default Value
Not applicable
Example
Console#show lldp med remote-device all
LLDP MED Remote Device Summary
Local
InterfaceDevice Class
--------------------1/g1Class I
1/g2 Not Defined
1/g3Class II
1/g4Class III
1/g5Network Con
Console#show lldp med remote-device detail 1/g1
LLDP MED Remote Device Detail
Local Interface: 1/g1
Capabilities
MED Capabilities Supported: capabilities,
networkpolicy, location, extendedpse
MED Capabilities Enabled: capabilities, networkpolicy
Device Class: Endpoint Class I
LLDP Commands
431
Network Policies
Media Policy Application Type : voice
Vlan ID: 10
Priority: 5
DSCP: 1
Unknown: False
Tagged: True
Media Policy Application Type : streamingvideo
Vlan ID: 20
Priority: 1
DSCP: 2
Unknown: False
Tagged: True
Inventory
Hardware Rev: xxx xxx xxx
Firmware Rev: xxx xxx xxx
Software Rev: xxx xxx xxx
Serial Num: xxx xxx xxx
Mfg Name: xxx xxx xxx
Model Name: xxx xxx xxx
Asset ID: xxx xxx xxx
Location
432
LLDP Commands
Subtype: elin
Info: xxx xxx xxx
Extended POE
Device Type: pseDevice
Extended POE PSE
Available: 0.3 Watts
Source: primary
Priority: critical
Extended POE PD
Required: 0.2 Watts
Source: local
Priority: low
show lldp remote-device
Use the lldp remote-device command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the current LLDP remote data. This command can display summary
information or detail for each interface.
Syntax
show lldp remote-device {detail interface | interface | all}
•
detail — Includes detailed version of remote data.
•
interface — Specifies a valid physical interface on the device, unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
LLDP Commands
433
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
These examples show current LLDP remote data, including a detailed
version.
console#show lldp remote-device
Local Remote
Interface Device
ID Port
ID TTL
--------- -----------------
-----------------
----------
1/g1
01:23:45:67:89:AB
01:23:45:67:89:AC
60 seconds
1/g2
01:23:45:67:89:CD
01:23:45:67:89:CE
120 seconds
1/g3
01:23:45:67:89:EF
01:23:45:67:89:FG
80 seconds
console# show lldp remote-device detail 1/g1
Ethernet1/g1,
Remote ID: 01:23:45:67:89:AB
System Name: system-1
System Description:
System Capabilities: Bridge
Port ID: 01:23:45:67:89:AC
Port Description: 1/g4
Management Address: 192.168.112.1
TTL: 60 seconds
434
LLDP Commands
show lldp statistics
Use the show lldp statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the current LLDP traffic statistics.
Syntax
show lldp statistics {interface | all}
•
interface — Specifies a valid physical interface on the switch or unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples shows an example of the display of current LLDP
traffic statistics.
console#show lldp statistics all
LLDP Device Statistics
Last Update............................... 0 days 22:58:29
Total Inserts............................. 1
Total Deletes............................. 0
Total Drops............................... 0
LLDP Commands
435
Total Ageouts................................ 1
Tx
TLV
Rx
TLV
TLV
TLV
TLV
Interface Total Total Discards Errors Ageout Discards Unknowns MED
802.1 802.3
--------- ----- ----- -------- ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- ----1/g11
4
29395 82562 0
0
1
0
0
0
1
The following table explains the fields in this example.
Parameter
Description
Last Update
The value of system of time the last time a remote
data entry was created, modified, or deleted.
Total Inserts
The number of times a complete set of
information advertised by a remote device has
been inserted into the table.
Total Deletes
The number of times a complete set of
information advertised by a remote device has
been deleted from the table.
Total Drops
Number of times a complete set of information
advertised by a remote device could not be inserted
due to insufficient resources.
Total Ageouts
Number of times any remote data entry has been
deleted due to time-to-live (TTL) expiration.
Transmit Total
Total number of LLDP frames transmitted on the
indicated port.
Receive Total
Total number of valid LLDP frames received on
the indicated port.
Discards
Number of LLDP frames received on the indicated
port and discarded for any reason.
436
LLDP Commands
Parameter
Description
Errors
Number of non-valid LLDP frames received on the
indicated port.
Ageouts
Number of times a remote data entry on the
indicated port has been deleted due to TTL
expiration.
TLV Discards
Number LLDP TLVs (Type, Length, Value sets)
received on the indicated port and discarded for
any reason by the LLDP agent.
TLV Unknowns
Number of LLDP TLVs received on the indicated
port for a type not recognized by the LLDP agent.
TLV MED
Number of OUI specific MED (Media Endpoint
Device) TLVs received.
TLV 802.1
Number of OUI specific 802.1 specific TLVs
received.
TLV 802.3
Number of OUI specific 802.3 specific TLVs
received.
LLDP Commands
437
438
LLDP Commands
Port Channel Commands
21
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
channel-group
•
interface port-channel
•
interface range port-channel
•
hashing-mode
•
no hashing-mode
•
show interfaces port-channel
•
show statistics port-channel
Port Channel Commands
439
channel-group
Use the channel-group command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure a port-to-port channel. To remove the channel-group configuration
from the interface, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
channel-group port-channel-number mode {on|auto}
no channel-group
•
port-channel-number — Number of a valid port-channel for the current
port to join.
•
on — Forces the port to join a channel without LACP.
•
auto — Forces the port to join a channel with LACP.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how port 1/g5 is configured to port-channel
number 1 without LACP.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# channel-group 1 mode on
440
Port Channel Commands
interface port-channel
Use the interface port-channel command in Global Configuration mode to
configure a port-channel type and enter port-channel configuration mode.
Syntax
interface port-channel port-channel-number
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enters the context of port-channel number 1.
console(config)# interface port-channel 1
console(config-if-ch1)#
interface range port-channel
Use the interface range port-channel command in Global Configuration
mode to execute a command on multiple port channels at the same time.
Syntax
interface range port-channel {port-channel-range|all}
•
port-channel-range — List of port-channels to configure. Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen
designates a range of port-channels. (Range: valid port-channel)
•
all — All the channel-ports.
Port Channel Commands
441
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Commands in the interface range context are executed independently on
each interface in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the
interfaces, it stops the execution of the command on subsequent interfaces.
Example
The following example shows how port-channels 1, 2 and 8 are grouped to
receive the same command.
console(config)# interface range port-channel 1-2,8
console(config-if)#
hashing-mode
Use the hashing-mode command to set the hashing algorithm on trunk ports.
Syntax
hashing-mode mode
•
mode — Mode value in the range of 1 to 6.
Range: 1–6:
442
•
1 — Source MAC, VLAN, EtherType, source module, and port ID
•
2 — Destination MAC, VLAN, EtherType, source module, and port ID
•
3 — Source IP and source TCP/UDP port
•
4 — Destination IP and destination TCP/UDP port
•
5 — Source/destination MAC, VLAN, EtherType, and source
MODID/port
•
6 — Source/destination IP and source/destination TCP/UDP port
Port Channel Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (port-channel)
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#interface port-channel l
console(config-if-ch1)#hashing-mode 4
no hashing-mode
Use the no hashing-mode command to set the hashing algorithm on Trunk
ports to the default (3).
Syntax Description
no hashing-mode
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (port-channel)
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#interface port-channel 1
console(config-if-ch1)#no hashing mode
Port Channel Commands
443
show interfaces port-channel
Use the show interfaces port-channel command to show port-channel
information.
Syntax Description
show interfaces port-channel [port-channel number]
•
[port-channel-number] — Number of the port channel to show. This
parameter is optional. If the port channel number is not given, all the
channel groups are displayed. (Range: Valid port-channel number, 1 to 48)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
Console#show interfaces port-channel
Channel
Ports
Hashing-mode
-------
----------------------------------
------------
ch1
Active: 1/e1, 2/e2
1
ch2
Active: 2/e2, 2/e7 Inactive: 3/e1
2
ch3
Active: 3/e3, 3/e8
3 <default>
ch4
No Configured Ports
5
ch5
No Configured Ports
6
ch6
No Configured Ports
4
ch7
No Configured Ports
3 <default>
ch8
No Configured Ports
3 <default>
444
Port Channel Commands
Hash algorithm type
1 - Source MAC, VLAN, EtherType, source module and
port Id
2 - Destination MAC, VLAN, EtherType, source module
and port Id
3 - Source IP and source TCP/UDP port
4 - Destination IP and destination TCP/UDP port
5 - Source/Destination MAC, VLAN, EtherType and source
MODID/port
6 - Source/Destination IP and source/destination
TCP/UDP port
show statistics port-channel
Use the show statistics port-channel command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display statistics about a specific port-channel.
Syntax
show statistics port-channel port-channel-number
•
port-channel-number — Valid port-channel number channel to display.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows statistics about port-channel 1.
console#show statistics port-channel 1
Port Channel Commands
445
Total Packets Received (Octets)................ 0
Packets Received > 1522 Octets................. 0
Packets RX and TX 64 Octets.................... 1064
Packets RX and TX 65-127 Octets................ 140
Packets RX and TX 128-255 Octets............... 201
Packets RX and TX 256-511 Octets............... 418
Packets RX and TX 512-1023 Octets.............. 1
Packets RX and TX 1024-1518 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 1519-1522 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 1523-2047 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 2048-4095 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 4096-9216 Octets............. 0
Total Packets Received Without Errors.......... 0
Unicast Packets Received....................... 0
Multicast Packets Received..................... 0
Broadcast Packets Received..................... 0
Total Packets Received with MAC Errors......... 0
Jabbers Received............................... 0
Fragments/Undersize Received................... 0
Alignment Errors............................... 0
--More-- or (q)uit
FCS Errors..................................... 0
Overruns....................................... 0
Total Received Packets Not Forwarded........... 0
Local Traffic Frames........................... 0
802.3x Pause Frames Received................... 0
446
Port Channel Commands
Unacceptable Frame Type........................ 0
Multicast Tree Viable Discards................. 0
Reserved Address Discards...................... 0
Broadcast Storm Recovery....................... 0
CFI Discards................................... 0
Upstream Threshold............................. 0
Total Packets Transmitted (Octets).............
263567
Max Frame Size................................. 1518
Total Packets Transmitted Successfully......... 1824
Unicast Packets Transmitted.................... 330
Multicast Packets Transmitted.................. 737
Broadcast Packets Transmitted.................. 757
Total Transmit Errors.......................... 0
FCS Errors..................................... 0
--More-- or (q)uit
Tx Oversized................................... 0
Underrun Errors................................ 0
Total Transmit Packets Discarded............... 0
Single Collision Frames........................ 0
Multiple Collision Frames...................... 0
Excessive Collision Frames..................... 0
Port Membership Discards....................... 0
802.3x Pause Frames Transmitted................ 0
GVRP PDUs received............................. 0
GVRP PDUs Transmitted.......................... 0
Port Channel Commands
447
GVRP Failed Registrations...................... 0
Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 0 day
0 hr 17 min 52 sec
console#
448
Port Channel Commands
Port Monitor Commands
22
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
monitor session
•
show monitor session
Port Monitor Commands
449
monitor session
Use the monitor session command in Global Configuration mode to
configure a probe port and a monitored port for monitor session (port
monitoring). Use the src-interface parameter to specify the interface to
monitor. Use rx to monitor only ingress packets, or use tx to monitor only
egress packets. If you do not specify an {rx | tx} option, the destination port
monitors both ingress and egress packets. Use the destination interface to
specify the interface to receive the monitored traffic. Use the mode parameter
to enabled the administrative mode of the session. If enabled, the probe port
monitors all the traffic received and transmitted on the physical monitored
port.
Syntax
monitor session session-id {source interface src-interface [rx | tx] |
destination interface dst-interface | mode}
no monitor session
•
session id — Session identification number.
•
src-interface — Ethernet interface (Range: Any valid Ethernet Port)
•
rx — Monitors received packets only. If no option specified, monitors both
rx and tx
•
tx — Monitors transmitted packets only. If no option is specified, monitors
both rx and tx.
•
dst-interface — Ethernet interface (Range: Any valid Ethernet Port)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
450
Port Monitor Commands
Example
The following examples shows various port monitoring configurations.
console(config)#monitor session 1 source interface
1/g8
console(config)#monitor session 1 destination
interface 1/g10
console(config)#monitor session 1 mode
show monitor session
Use the show monitor session command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
status of port monitoring.
Syntax
show monitor session session-id
•
session id — Session identification number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following examples shows port monitoring status.
console#show monitor session 1
Session ID
Admin Mode
Probe Port
Mirrored Port
Type
----------
----------
----------
-------------
-----
1
Enable
1/g10
1/g8
Rx,Tx
Port Monitor Commands
451
452
Port Monitor Commands
QoS Commands
23
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
assign-queue
•
class
•
class-map
•
class-map rename
•
classofservice dot1p-mapping
•
classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
•
classofservice trust
•
conform-color
•
cos-queue min-bandwidth
•
cos-queue strict
•
diffserv
•
drop
•
mark cos
•
mark ip-dscp
•
mark ip-precedence
•
match class-map
•
match cos
•
match destination-address mac
•
match dstip
•
match dstip6
•
match dstl4port
•
match ethertype
•
match ip6flowlbl
•
match ip dscp
•
match ip precedence
QoS Commands
453
454
•
match ip tos
•
match protocol
•
match source-address mac
•
match srcip
•
match srcip6
•
match srcl4port
•
match vlan
•
mirror
•
police-simple
•
policy-map
•
redirect
•
service-policy
•
show class-map
•
show classofservice dot1p-mapping
•
show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
•
show classofservice trust
•
show diffserv
•
show diffserv service interface ethernet in
•
show diffserv service interface port-channel in
•
show diffserv service brief
•
show interfaces cos-queue
•
show policy-map
•
show policy-map interface
•
show service-policy
•
traffic-shape
QoS Commands
assign-queue
Use the assign-queue command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to
modify the queue ID to which the associated traffic stream is assigned.
Syntax
assign-queue <queueid>
•
queueid — Specifies a valid queue ID. (Range: integer from 0–6.)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to change the queue ID to 4 for the
associated traffic stream.
console(config-policy-classmap)#assign-queue 4
class
Use the class command in Policy-Map Class Configuration mode to create an
instance of a class definition within the specified policy for the purpose of
defining treatment of the traffic class through subsequent policy attribute
statements.
Syntax
class classname
no class
•
classname — Specifies the name of an existing DiffServ class. (Range:
1–31 characters)
QoS Commands
455
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command causes the specified policy to create a reference to the class
definition. The command mode is changed to Policy-Class-Map
Configuration when this command is executed successfully.
Example
The following example shows how to specify the DiffServ class name of
"DELL."
console(config)#policy-map DELL1
console(config-classmap)#class DELL
class-map
Use the class-map command in Global Configuration mode to define a new
DiffServ class of type match-all. To delete the existing class, use the no form
of this command.
Syntax
class-map match-all class-map-name [{ipv4 | ipv6}]
no class-map match-all class-map-name
•
class-map-name — a case-sensitive alphanumeric string from 1 to 31
characters uniquely identifying an existing DiffServ class.
Default Configuration
The class-map defaults to ipv4.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
456
QoS Commands
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example creates a class-map named "DELL" which requires all
ACE’s to be matched.
console(config)#class-map DELL
console(config-cmap)#
class-map rename
Use the class-map rename command in Global Configuration mode to
change the name of a DiffServ class.
Syntax
class-map rename <classname> <newclassname>
•
classname — The name of an existing DiffServ class. (Range: 1–31
characters)
•
newclassname — A case-sensitive alphanumeric string. (Range: 1–31
characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to change the name of a DiffServ class
from "DELL" to "DELL1."
console(config)#class-map rename DELL DELL1
QoS Commands
457
console(config)#
classofservice dot1p-mapping
Use the classofservice dot1p-mapping command in Global Configuration
mode to map an 802.1p priority to an internal traffic class. In Interface
Configuration mode, the mapping is applied only to packets received on that
interface. Use the no form of the command to remove mapping between an
802.1p priority and an internal traffic class.
Syntax
classofservice dot1p-mapping 802.1ppriority trafficclass
no classofservice dot1p-mapping
•
802.1ppriority — Specifies the user priority mapped to the specified traffic
class for this switch. (Range: 0–7)
•
trafficclass — Specifies the traffic class for this switch. (Range: 0–6)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel)
mode
User Guidelines
None
Example
The following example configures mapping for user priority 1 and traffic class
2.
console(config)#classofservice dot1p-mapping 1 2
458
QoS Commands
classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
Use the classofservice ip-dscp-mapping command in Global Configuration
mode to map an IP DSCP value to an internal traffic class.
Syntax
classofservice ip-dscp-mapping ipdscp trafficclass
•
ipdscp — Specifies the IP DSCP value to which you map the specified
traffic class. (Range: 0–63 or an IP DSCP keyword – af11, af12, af13, af21,
af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5,
cs6, cs7, ef)
•
trafficclass — Specifies the traffic class for this value mapping. (Range:
0–6)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays mapping for IP DSCP 1 and traffic class 2.
console(config)#classofservice ip-dscp-mapping 1 2
QoS Commands
459
classofservice trust
Use the classofservice trust command in either Global Configuration mode
or Interface Configuration mode to set the class of service trust mode of an
interface. To set the interface mode to untrusted, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
classofservice trust {dot1p|untrusted|ip-dscp}
no classofservice trust
•
dot1p — Sets the CoS mode to trust dot1p (802.1p) packet markings.
•
untrusted — Sets the CoS Mode for all interfaces to Untrusted.
•
ip-dscp — Specifies that the mode be set to trust IP DSCP packet
markings.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Portchannel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays how you set the class of service trust mode of
an interface to trust dot1p (802.1p) packet markings when in Global
Configuration mode.
console(config)#classofservice trust dot1p
The following example displays how you set the class of service trust mode of
an interface to trust IP Precedence packet mark
console(config)#classofservice trust ip-precedence
460
QoS Commands
conform-color
Use the conform-color command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
to specify second-level matching for traffic flow, the only possible actions are
drop, setdscp-transmit, set-prec-transmit, or transmit. In this two-rate form
of the policy command, the conform action defaults to send, the exceed
action defaults to drop, and the violate action defaults to drop. These actions
can be set with this command.
Syntax
conform-color
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to specify the conform-color command.
console(config-policy-classmap)#conform-color
test_class (test_class is <class-map-name>
cos-queue min-bandwidth
Use the cos-queue min-bandwidth command in either Global Configuration
mode or Interface Configuration mode to specify the minimum transmission
bandwidth for each interface queue. To restore the default for each queue’s
minimum bandwidth value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
cos-queue min-bandwidth bw-0 bw-1 … bw-n
no cos-queue min-bandwidth
QoS Commands
461
•
bw-0 — Specifies the minimum transmission bandwidth for an interface.
You can specify as many bandwidths as there are interfaces (bw-0 through
bw-n). (Range: 0–100 in increments of 5)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Portchannel) mode
User Guidelines
The maximum number of queues supported per interface is seven.
Example
The following example displays how to specify the minimum transmission
bandwidth for seven interfaces.
console(config)#cos-queue min-bandwidth
10
0 0 5 5 10 10
cos-queue strict
Use the cos-queue strict command in either Global Configuration mode or
Interface Configuration mode to activate the strict priority scheduler mode
for each specified queue. To restore the default weighted scheduler mode for
each specified queue, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
cos-queue strict {queue-id-1} [{queue-id-2} … {queue-id-n}]
no cos-queue strict {queue-id-1} [{queue-id-2} … {queue-id-n}]
•
462
queue-id-1 — Specifies the queue ID for which you are activating the
strict priority scheduler. You can specify a queue ID for as many queues as
you have (queue-id 1 through queue-id-n). (Range: 0–6)
QoS Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Portchannel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to activate the strict priority scheduler
mode for two queues.
console(config)#cos-queue strict 1 2
The following example displays how to activate the strict priority scheduler
mode for three queues.
console(config)#cos-queue strict 1 2 4
diffserv
Use the diffserv command in Global Configuration mode to set the DiffServ
operational mode to active. While disabled, the DiffServ configuration is
retained and can be changed, but it is not activated. When enabled, DiffServ
services are activated. To set the DiffServ operational mode to inactive, use
the no form of this command.
Syntax
diffserv
no diffserv
Default Configuration
This command default is enabled.
QoS Commands
463
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to set the DiffServ operational mode to
active.
console(Config)#diffserv
drop
Use the drop command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to specify
that all packets for the associated traffic stream are to be dropped at ingress.
Syntax
drop
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to specify that matching packets are to
be dropped at ingress.
console(config-policy-classmap)#drop
464
QoS Commands
mark cos
Use the mark cos command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to
mark all packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified class of
service value in the priority field of the 802.1p header. If the packet does not
already contain this header, one is inserted.
Syntax
mark cos cos-value
•
cos-value — Specifies the CoS value as an integer. (Range: 0–7)
Default Configuration
The default value for this command is 1.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to mark all packets with a CoS value.
console(config-policy-classmap)#mark cos 7
mark ip-dscp
Use the mark ip-dscp command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to
mark all packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified IP DSCP
value.
Syntax
mark ip-dscp dscpval
QoS Commands
465
•
dscpval — Specifies a DSCP value (10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36,
38, 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 46) or a DSCP keyword (af11, af12, af13,
af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4,
cs5, cs6, cs7, ef).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to mark all packets with an IP DSCP
value of "cs4."
console(config-policy-classmap)#mark ip-dscp cs4
mark ip-precedence
Use the mark ip-precedence command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration
mode to mark all packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified
IP precedence value.
Syntax
mark ip-precedence prec-value
•
prec-value — Specifies the IP precedence value as an integer. (Range: 0–7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
466
QoS Commands
User Guidelines.
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays
console(config)#policy-map p1 in
console(config-policy-map)#class c1
console(config-policy-classmap)#mark ip-precedence 2
console(config-policy-classmap)#
match class-map
Use the match class-map command to add to the specified class definition
the set of match conditions defined for another class. Use the no form of this
command to remove from the specified class definition the set of match
conditions defined for another class.
Syntax
match class-map refclassname
no match class-map refclassname
•
refclassname — The name of an existing DiffServ class whose match
conditions are being referenced by the specified class definition.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
•
The parameters refclassname and class-map-name can not be the same.
•
Only one other class may be referenced by a class.
QoS Commands
467
•
Any attempts to delete the refclassname class while the class is still
referenced by any class-map-name fails.
•
The combined match criteria of class-map-name and refclassname must
be an allowed combination based on the class type.
•
Any subsequent changes to the refclassname class match criteria must
maintain this validity, or the change attempt fails.
•
The total number of class rules formed by the complete reference class
chain (including both predecessor and successor classes) must not exceed
a platform-specific maximum. In some cases, each removal of a refclass
rule reduces the maximum number of available rules in the class definition
by one.
Example
The following example adds match conditions defined for the Dell class to
the class currently being configured.
console(config-classmap)#match class-map Dell
The following example deletes the match conditions defined for the Dell
class from the class currently being configured.
console(config-classmap)#no match class-map Dell
match cos
Use the match cos command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the
specified class definition a match condition for the class of service value (the
only tag in a single-tagged packet or the first or outer 802.1Q tag of a doubleVLAN tagged packet).
Syntax
match cos
•
cos-value — Specifies the CoS value as an integer (Range: 0–7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
468
QoS Commands
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition to the specified
class.
console(config-classmap)#match cos 1
match destination-address mac
Use the match destination-address mac command in Class-Map
Configuration mode to add to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the destination MAC address of a packet.
Syntax
match destination-address mac macaddr macmask
•
macaddr — Specifies any valid layer 2 MAC address formatted as six twodigit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons.
•
macmask — Specifies a valid layer 2 MAC address bit mask formatted as
six two-digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. This address bit
mask does not need to be contiguous.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
QoS Commands
469
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition for the specified
MAC address and bit mask.
console(config-classmap)#match destination-address
mac AA:ED:DB:21:11:06 FF:FF:FF:EF:EE:EE
match dstip
Use the match dstip command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to
the specified class definition a match condition based on the destination IP
address of a packet.
Syntax
match dstip ipaddr ipmask
•
ipaddr — Specifies a valid IP address.
•
ipmask — Specifies a valid IP address bit mask. Note that even though this
parameter is similar to a standard subnet mask, it does not need to be
contiguous.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition using the specified
IP address and bit mask.
console(config-classmap)#match dstip 10.240.1.1
10.240.0.0
470
QoS Commands
match dstip6
The match dstip6 command adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the destination IPv6 address of a packet.
Syntax
match dstip6 destination-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
•
destination-ipv6-prefix — IPv6 prefix in IPv6 global address format.
•
prefix-length —IPv6 prefix length value.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Ipv6-Class-Map Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-classmap)#match dstip6 2001:DB8::/32
match dstl4port
Use the match dstl4port command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add
to the specified class definition a match condition based on the destination
layer 4 port of a packet using a single keyword or a numeric notation.
Syntax
match dstl4port {portkey|port-number}
•
portkey — Specifies one of the supported port name keywords. A match
condition is specified by one layer 4 port number. The currently supported
values are: domain, echo, ftp, ftpdata, http, smtp,snmp, telnet, tftp, and
www.
•
port-number — Specifies a layer 4 port number (Range: 0–65535).
QoS Commands
471
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition based on the
destination layer 4 port of a packet using the "echo" port name keyword.
console(config-classmap)#match dstl4port echo
match ethertype
Use the match ethertype command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add
to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the
ethertype.
Syntax
match ethertype {keyword|<0x0600-0xffff>}
•
keyword — Specifies either a valid keyword or a valid hexadecimal number.
The supported keywords are appletalk, arp, ibmsna, ipv4, ipv6, ipx,
mplsmcast, mplsucast, netbios, novell, pppoe, rarp. (Range:
0x0600–0xFFFF)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
472
QoS Commands
Example
The following example displays how to add a match condition based on
ethertype.
console(config-classmap)#match ethertype arp
match ip6flowlbl
The match ip6flowlbl command adds to the specified class definition a
match condition based on the IPv6 flow label of a packet.
Syntax
match ip6flowlbl label
•
label - The value to match in the Flow Label field of the IPv6 header
(Range 0-1048575).
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Ipv6-Class-Map Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example adds a rule to match packets whose IPv6 Flow Label
equals 32312.
console(config-classmap)#match ip6flowlbl 32312
QoS Commands
473
match ip dscp
Use the match ip dscp command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to
the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the IP
DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field in a packet. This field is defined as the
high-order six bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header. The low-order
two bits are not checked.
Syntax
match ip dscp dscpval
•
dscpval — Specifies an integer value or a keyword value for the DSCP
field. (Integer Range: 0–63) (Keyword Values: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22,
af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6,
cs7, ef)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways
to specify a match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header
but with a slightly different user notation.
To specify a match on all DSCP values, use the match ip tos tosbits tosmask
command with tosbits set to "0" (zero) and tosmask set to hex "03."
Example
The following example displays how to add a match condition based on the
DSCP field.
console(config-classmap)# match ip dscp 3
474
QoS Commands
match ip precedence
Use the match ip precedence command in Class-Map Configuration mode to
add to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of
the IP precedence field.
Syntax
match ip precedence precedence
•
precedence — Specifies the precedence field in a packet. This field is the
high-order three bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header. (Integer
Range: 0–7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways
to specify a match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header
but with a slightly different user notation.
To specify a match on all precedence values, use the match ip tos tosbits
tosmask command with tosbits set to "0" (zero) and tosmask set to hex "1F."
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition based on the value
of the IP precedence field.
console(config-classmap)#match ip precedence 1
match ip tos
Use the match ip tos command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to
the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the IP
TOS field in a packet. This field is defined as all eight bits of the Service Type
octet in the IP header.
QoS Commands
475
Syntax
match ip tos tosbits tosmask
•
tosbits — Specifies a two-digit hexadecimal number. (Range: 00–ff)
•
tosmask — Specifies the bit positions in the tosbits parameter that are
used for comparison against the IP TOS field in a packet. This value of this
parameter is expressed as a two-digit hexadecimal number. (Range: 00–ff)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways
to specify a match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header
but with a slightly different user notation.
This specification is the free form version of the IP DSCP/Precedence/TOS
match specification in that you have complete control of specifying which
bits of the IP Service Type field are checked.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition based on the value
of the IP TOS field in a packet.
console(config-classmap)#match ip tos AA EF
match protocol
Use the match protocol command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add
to the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the
IP Protocol field in a packet using a single keyword notation or a numeric
value notation.
Syntax
match protocol {protocol-name|protocol-number}
476
QoS Commands
•
protocol-name — Specifies one of the supported protocol name keywords.
The supported values are icmp, igmp, ip, tcp, and udp.
•
protocol-number — Specifies the standard value assigned by IANA.
(Range 0–255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition based on the "ip"
protocol name keyword.
console(config-classmap)#match protocol ip
match source-address mac
Use the match source-address mac command in Class-Map Configuration
mode to add to the specified class definition a match condition based on the
source MAC address of the packet.
Syntax
match source-address mac address macmask
•
macaddr — Specifies any valid layer 2 MAC address formatted as six twodigit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons.
•
macmask — Specifies a layer 2 MAC address bit mask formatted as six
two-digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. This bit mask does
not need to be contiguous.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
QoS Commands
477
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the source MAC address of the packet.
console(config-classmap)# match source-address mac
10:10:10:10:10:10 11:11:11:11:11:11
match srcip
Use the match srcip command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to
the specified class definition a match condition based on the source IP
address of a packet.
Syntax
match srcip ipaddr ipmask
•
ipaddr — Specifies a valid IP address.
•
ipmask — Specifies a valid IP address bit mask. Note that although this IP
address bit mask is similar to a subnet mask, it does not need to be
contiguous.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
478
QoS Commands
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition for the specified IP
address and address bit mask.
console(config-classmap)#match srcip 10.240.1.1
10.240.0.0
match srcip6
The match srcip6 command adds to the specified class definition a match
condition based on the source IPv6 address of a packet.
Syntax
match srcip6 source-ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
•
source-ipv6-prefix —IPv6 prefix in IPv6 global address format.
•
prefix-length —IPv6 prefix length value.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Ipv6-Class-Map Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-classmap)#match srcip6 2001:DB8::/32
QoS Commands
479
match srcl4port
Use the match srcl4port command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add
to the specified class definition a match condition based on the source layer 4
port of a packet using a single keyword or a numeric notation.
Syntax
match srcl4port {portkey|port-number}
•
portkey — Specifies one of the supported port name keywords. A match
condition is specified by one layer 4 port number. The currently supported
values are: domain, echo, ftp, ftpdata, http, smtp,snmp, telnet, tftp, and
www.
•
port-number — Specifies a layer 4 port number (Range: 0–65535).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to add a match condition using the
"snmp" port name keyword.
console(config-classmap)#match srcl4port snmp
480
QoS Commands
match vlan
Use the match vlan command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to
the specified class definition a match condition based on the value of the
layer 2 VLAN Identifier field. This field is the only tag in a single tagged
packet or the first or outer tag of a double VLAN packet.
Syntax
match vlan <vlan-id>
•
vlan-id — Specifies a VLAN ID as an integer. (Range: 0–4095)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition for the VLAN ID
"2."
console(config-classmap)#match vlan 2
mirror
Use the mirror command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to mirror
all the data that matches the class defined to the destination port specified.
Syntax
mirror interface
• interface — Specifies the Ethernet port to which data needs to be copied.
QoS Commands
481
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The port identified in this command is identical to the destination port of the
monitor command.
Example
The following example displays how to copy all the data to ethernet port 1/g5.
console(config-policy-classmap)#mirror 1/g5
police-simple
Use the police-simple command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to
establish the traffic policing style for the specified class. The simple form of
the police command uses a single data rate and burst size, resulting in two
outcomes: conform and nonconform.
Syntax
police-simple {<datarate> <burstsize> conform-action {drop | setprectransmit <cos> | set-dscp-transmit <dscpval> | transmit}
[violateaction {drop | set-cos-transmit <cos> | set-prec-transmit <cos> |
set-dscp-transmit <dscpval> | transmit}]}
482
•
datarate — Data rate in kilobits per second (kbps). (Range:
1–4294967295)
•
burstsize — Burst size in Kbps (Range: 1–128)
•
conform action — Indicates what happens when the packet is conforming
to the policing rule: it could be dropped, it could have its COS modified, it
could have its IP precedence modified, or it could have its DSCP
modified. The same actions are available for packets that do not conform
to the policing rule.
•
cos — Class of Service value. (Range: 0–7)
QoS Commands
•
dscpval — DSCP value. (Range: 0–63 or a keyword from this list, af11,
af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1,
cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Only one style of police command (simple) is allowed for a given class
instance in a particular policy.
Example
The following example shows how to establish the traffic policing style for the
specified class.
console(config-policy-classmap)#police-simple 33 34
conform-action transmit violate-action transmit
policy-map
Use the policy-map command in Global Configuration mode to establish a
new DiffServ policy. To remove the policy, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
policy-map policyname [in]
no policy-map policyname
•
policyname — Specifies the DiffServ policy name as a unique casesensitive alphanumeric string of characters. (Range: 1–31 alphanumeric
characters.)
•
in — Inbound direction. Must be specified for new DiffServ policies. Not
specified for existing DiffServ policies. A new policy can be specified with
"in" only. An existing policy can be entered without "in" only.
QoS Commands
483
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The CLI mode is changed to Policy-Class-Map Configuration when this
command is successfully executed.
The policy type dictates which of the individual policy attribute commands
are valid within the policy definition.
Example
The following example shows how to establish a new DiffServ policy named
"DELL."
console(config)#policy-map DELL
console(config-policy-classmap)#
redirect
Use the redirect command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to
specify that all incoming packets for the associated traffic stream are
redirected to a specific egress interface (physical port or port-channel).
Syntax
redirect interface
•
interface — Specifies any valid interface. Interface is Ethernet port or
port-channel (Range: lag1–lag18)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
484
QoS Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to redirect incoming packets to port 1/g1.
console(config-policy-classmap)#redirect 1/g1
service-policy
Use the service-policy command in either Global Configuration mode (for all
system interfaces) or Interface Configuration mode (for a specific interface)
to attach a policy to an interface. To return to the system default, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
service-policy in policymapname
no service-policy in policymapname
•
policymapname — Specifies the DiffServ policy name as a unique casesensitive alphanumeric string. (Range: 1–31 alphanumeric characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode (for all system interfaces)
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode (for a specific
interface)
User Guidelines
This command effectively enables DiffServ on an interface. No separate
interface administrative mode command for DiffServ is available.
QoS Commands
485
Ensure that no attributes within the policy definition exceed the capabilities
of the interface. When a policy is attached to an interface successfully, any
attempt to change the policy definition, such that it would result in a
violation of the interface capabilities, causes the policy change attempt to
fail.
Example
The following example shows how to attach a service policy named "DELL" to
all interfaces.
console(config)#service-policy DELL
show class-map
Use the show class-map command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all
configuration information for the specified class.
Syntax
show class-map [classname]
•
classname — Specifies the valid name of an existing DiffServ class.
(Range: 1–31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
486
QoS Commands
Example
The following example displays all the configuration information for the class
named "Dell".
console#show class-map
Class L3
Class Name
Type
Proto
Reference Class Name
--------------------- ----- ----- ----------------------------ipv4
All
ipv4
ipv6
All
ipv6
stop_http_class
All
ipv6
match_icmp6
All
ipv6
console#show class-map ipv4
Class Name..................................... ipv4
Class Type..................................... All
Class Layer3 Protocol.......................... ipv4
Match Criteria
Values
---------------------------- -----------------------Source IP Address
2.2.2.2 (255.255.255.0)
QoS Commands
487
console#show class-map stop_http_class
Class Name........................... stop_http_class
Class Type........................... All
Class Layer3 Protocol................ ipv6
Match Criteria
Values
---------------------------- ----------------------Source IP Address
2001:DB8::/32
Source Layer 4 Port
80(http/www)
show classofservice dot1p-mapping
Use the show classofservice dot1p-mapping command in Privileged EXEC
mode to display the current Dot1p (802.1p) priority mapping to internal
traffic classes for a specific interface.
Syntax
show classofservice dot1p-mapping [<unit>/<port-type><port>|portchannel port-channel number]
•
<unit>/<port-type><port> — Specifies a valid unit/port combination:
–
<unit> — Physical switch identifier within the stack. Values are 1-12.
–
<port-type> — Values are g for gigabit Ethernet port, or xg for 10
gigabit Ethernet port.
–
<port> — port number. Values are 1-24 or 1-48 for port_type g, and
1-4 for port_type xg.
Example: xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2.
•
488
port-channel number — Specifies a valid port-channel number. Range is 18.
QoS Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If the interface is specified, the 802.1p mapping table of the interface is
displayed. If omitted, the most recent global configuration settings are
displayed.
Example
The following example displays the dot1p traffic class mapping and user
priorities.
console#show classofservice dot1p-mapping
User Priority
Traffic Class
-------------
---------------
0
1
1
1
2
6
3
4
4
3
5
4
6
5
7
6
QoS Commands
489
The following table lists the parameters in the example and gives a
description of each.
Parameter
Description
User Priority
The 802.1p user priority value.
Traffic Class
The traffic class internal queue identifier to which
the user priority value is mapped.
show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
Use the show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping command in Privileged EXEC
mode to display the current IP DSCP mapping to internal traffic classes for a
specific interface.
Syntax
show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
•
Command is supported only globally.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Example
console#show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
490
IP DSCP
Traffic Class
-------------
-------------
0(be/cs0
1
1
1
QoS Commands
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8(cs1)
0
9
0
10(af11)
0
11
0
12(af12)
0
13
0
14(af13)
0
15
0
16(cs2)
0
17
0
18(af21)
0
19
0
--More-- or (q)uit
20(af22)
0
21
0
22(af23)
0
23
0
24(cs3)
1
25
1
26(af31)
1
QoS Commands
491
27
1
28(af32)
1
29
1
30(af33)
1
31
1
32(cs4)
2
33
2
34(af41)
2
35
2
36(af42)
2
37
2
38(af43)
2
39
2
40(cs5)
2
41
2
42
2
--More-- or (q)uit
492
43
2
44
2
45
2
46(ef)
2
47
2
48(cs6)
3
49
3
50
3
51
3
QoS Commands
52
3
53
3
54
3
55
3
56(cs7)
3
57
3
58
3
59
3
60
3
61
3
62
3
63
3
console#
show classofservice trust
Use the show classofservice trust command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the current trust mode setting for a specific interface.
Syntax
show classofservice trust [<unit>/<port-type><port>|port-channel port-
channel number]
•
<unit>/<port-type><port> — Specifies a valid unit/port combination:
–
<unit> — Physical switch identifier within the stack. Values are 1-12.
–
<port-type> — Values are g for gigabit Ethernet port, or xg for 10
gigabit Ethernet port.
–
<port> — port number. Values are 1-24 or 1-48 for port_type g, and
1-4 for port_type xg.
Example: xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2.
QoS Commands
493
•
port-channel number — Specifies a valid port-channel number. Range is 18.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If the interface is specified, the port trust mode of the interface is displayed.
If omitted, the port trust mode for global configuration is shown.
Example
The following example displays the current trust mode settings for the
specified port.
console#show classofservice trust 1/g2
Class of Service Trust Mode: Dot1P
show diffserv
Use the show diffserv command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
DiffServ general information, which includes the current administrative
mode setting as well as the current and maximum number of DiffServ
components.
Syntax
show diffserv
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
494
QoS Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the DiffServ information.
console#show diffserv
DiffServ Admin mode........................ Enable
Class Table Size Current/Max............... 5 / 25
Class Rule Table Size Current/Max.......... 6 / 150
Policy Table Size Current/Max.............. 2 / 64
Policy Instance Table Size Current/Max..... 2 / 640
Policy Attribute Table Size Current/Max.... 2 / 1920
Service Table Size Current/Max............. 26 / 214
show diffserv service interface ethernet in
Use the show diffserv service interface ethernet command in Privileged
EXEC mode to display policy service information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show diffserv service interface ethernet <unit>/<port-type><port> in
•
<unit>/<port-type><port> — A valid <unit>/<port-type><port> in
the system.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
QoS Commands
495
Example
console#show diffserv service interface ethernet 1/g1
in
DiffServ Admin Mode.......................... Enable
Interface..................................... 1/g1
Direction..................................... In
No policy is attached to this interface in this
direction.
show diffserv service interface port-channel in
Syntax Description
show diffserv service interface port-channel channel-group in
•
channel-group: A valid port-channel in the system. (Range: 1–18)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
Not applicable
Example
console#show diffserv service interface port-channel
1 in
DiffServ Admin Mode........................ Enable
Interface.................................. ch1
496
QoS Commands
Direction................................... In
No policy is attached to this interface in this
direction
show diffserv service brief
Use the show diffserv service brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display all interfaces in the system to which a DiffServ policy has been
attached.
Syntax
show diffserv service brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display all interfaces in the system to
which a DiffServ policy has been attached.
console# show diffserv service brief
Interface
Direction
OperStatus
-----------
----------- ------------ -------------
1/g1
in
Down
Policy Name
DELL
QoS Commands
497
show interfaces cos-queue
Use the show interfaces cos-queue command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the class-of-service queue configuration for the specified interface.
Syntax
show interfaces cos-queue [<unit>/<port-type><port>|port-channel
port-channel number]
•
<unit>/<port-type><port> — Specifies a valid unit/port combination:
–
<unit> — Physical switch identifier within the stack. Values are 1-12.
–
<port-type> — Values are g for gigabit Ethernet port, or xg for 10
gigabit Ethernet port.
–
<port> — port number. Values are 1-24 or 1-48 for port_type g, and
1-4 for port_type xg.
Example: xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2.
•
port-channel number — Specifies a valid port-channel number. Range is 18.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If the interface is specified, the class-of-service queue configuration of the
interface is displayed. If omitted, the most recent global configuration
settings are displayed.
Examples
The following example displays the COS configuration with no unit/port or
port-channel parameter.
console#show interfaces cos-queue
498
QoS Commands
Global Configuration
Interface Shaping Rate......................... 0
Queue Id
Min. Bandwidth
Scheduler Type
Queue Management Type
--------
--------------
--------------
---------------------
0
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
1
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
2
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
3
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
4
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
5
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
6
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
This example displays the COS configuration for the specified interface 1/g1.
console#show interfaces cos-queue 1/g1
Interface...................................... 1/g1
Interface Shaping Rate......................... 0
Queue Id
Min. Bandwidth
Scheduler Type
Queue Management Type
--------
--------------
--------------
---------------------
0
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
1
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
2
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
3
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
4
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
5
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
6
0
Weighted
Tail Drop
QoS Commands
499
The following table lists the parameters in the examples and gives a
description of each.
Parameter
Description
Interface
The port of the interface. If displaying the global
configuration, this output line is replaced with a
global configuration indication.
Intf Shaping Rate
The maximum transmission bandwidth limit for
the interface as a whole. It is independent of any
per-queue maximum bandwidth values in effect
for the interface. This value is a configured value.
Queue Mgmt Type
The queue depth management technique used for
all queues on this interface.
Queue
An interface supports n queues numbered 0 to
(n-1).The specific n value is platform-dependent.
Internal egress queue of the interface; queues 0–6
are available.
Minimum Bandwidth
The minimum transmission bandwidth guarantee
for the queue, expressed as a percentage. A value of
0 means bandwidth is not guaranteed and the
queue operates using best-effort. This value is a
configured value.
Scheduler Type
Indicates whether this queue is scheduled for
transmission using a strict priority or a weighted
scheme. This value is a configured value.
show policy-map
Use the show policy-map command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all
configuration information for the specified policy.
Syntax
show policy-map [policyname]
•
500
policyname — Specifies the name of a valid existing DiffServ policy.
(Range: 1-31)
QoS Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the DiffServ information.
console#show policy-map
Policy Name
Policy Type
Class Members
-----------
-----------
-------------
POLY1
xxx
DELL
xxx
DellClass
DellClass
show policy-map interface
Use the show policy-map interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display policy-oriented statistics information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show policy-map interface unit/port in
•
unit/port — Specifies a valid port number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
QoS Commands
501
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the statistics information for port 1/g1.
console#show policy-map interface 1/g1 in
Interface.................................... 1/g1
Operational Status........................... Down
Policy Name.................................. DELL
Interface Summary:
Class Name................................... murali
In Discarded Packets......................... 0
Class Name................................... test
In Discarded Packets......................... 0
Class Name................................... DELL1
In Discarded Packets......................... 0
Class Name.................................. DELL
In Discarded Packets........................ 0
show service-policy
Use the show service-policy command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a
summary of policy-oriented statistics information for all interfaces.
Syntax
show service-policy in
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
502
QoS Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a summary of policy-oriented statistics
information.
console#show service-policy
Intf
Oper
Stat
Policy
Name
------ ----- ------------------------------1/g1
Down
DELL
1/g2
Down
DELL
1/g3
Down
DELL
1/g4
Down
DELL
1/g5
Down
DELL
1/g6
Down
DELL
1/g7
Down
DELL
1/g8
Down
DELL
1/g9
Down
DELL
1/g10
Down
DELL
QoS Commands
503
traffic-shape
Use the traffic-shape command in Global Configuration mode and Interface
Configuration mode to specify the maximum transmission bandwidth limit
for the interface as a whole. This process, also known as rate shaping, has the
effect of smoothing temporary traffic bursts over time so that the transmitted
traffic rate is bounded. To restore the default interface shaping rate value, use
the no form of this command.
Syntax
traffic-shape bw kbps
no traffic-shape
•
bw — Maximum transmission bandwidth value expressed in Kpbs.
(Range: 64 - 4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the setting of traffic-shape to a maximum
bandwidth of 1024 Kpbs.
console(config-if-1/g1)#traffic-shape 1024 kbps
504
QoS Commands
24
RADIUS Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
aaa accounting network default start-stop group radius
•
acct-port
•
auth-port
•
deadtime
•
key
•
msgauth
•
name
•
primary
•
priority
•
radius-server deadtime
•
radius-server host
•
radius-server key
•
radius-server retransmit
•
radius-server source-ip
•
radius-server timeout
•
retransmit
•
show radius-servers
•
show radius-servers statistics
•
source-ip
•
timeout
•
usage
RADIUS Commands
505
aaa accounting network default start-stop group
radius
Use the aaa accounting network default start-stop group radius command to
enable RADIUS accounting on the switch. Use the “no” form of this
command to disable RADIUS accounting.
Syntax
aaa accounting network default start-stop group radius
no aaa accounting network default start-stop group radius
Default Configuration
RADIUS accounting is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#aaa accounting network default startstop group radius
acct-port
Use the acct-port command to set the port that connects to the RADIUS
accounting server. Use the "no" form of this command to reset the port to the
default.
Syntax
acct-port port
no acct-port
•
506
port — The layer 4 port number of the accounting server (Range: 1 65535).
RADIUS Commands
Default Configuration
The default value of the port number is 1813.
Command Mode
Radius (accounting) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets port number 56 for accounting requests.
console(config)#radius-server host acct 3.2.3.2
console(Config-acct-radius)#acct-port 56
auth-port
Use the auth-port command in Radius mode to set the port number for
authentication requests of the designated Radius server.
Syntax
auth-port auth-port-number
•
auth-port-number — Port number for authentication requests. (Range: 1 65535)
Default Configuration
The default value of the port number is 1812.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
The host is not used for authentication if set to 0.
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before
executing this command.
RADIUS Commands
507
Example
The following example sets the port number 2412 for authentication
requests.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#auth-port 2412
deadtime
Use the deadtime command in Radius mode to improve Radius response
times when a server is unavailable by causing the unavailable server to be
skipped.
Syntax
deadtime deadtime
•
deadtime — The amount of time that the unavailable server is skipped
over. (Range: 0-2000 minutes)
Default Configuration
The default deadtime interval is 0 minutes.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before
executing this command.
Example
The following example specifies a deadtime interval of 60 minutes.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#deadtime 60
508
RADIUS Commands
key
Use the key command to specify the encryption key which is shared with the
RADIUS server. Use the "no" form of this command to remove the key.
Syntax
key key-string
• key-string — A string specifying the encryption key (Range: 0 - 128
characters).
Default Configuration
There is no key configured by default.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example specifies an authentication and encryption key of
“lion-king”.
console(config)#radius-server host acct 3.2.3.2
console(Config-acct-radius)#key keyacct
msgauth
Use the msgauth command to enable the message authenticator attribute to
be used for the RADIUS Authenticating server being configured. Use the
“no” form of this command to disable the message authenticator attribute.
Syntax
msgauth
no msgauth
RADIUS Commands
509
Default Configuration
The message authenticator attribute is enabled by default.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(Config-auth-radius)#msgauth
name
Use the name command to assign a name to a RADIUS server. Use the "no"
form of this command to reset the name to the default.
Syntax
name servername
no name
servername — The name for the RADIUS server (Range: 1 - 32 characters).
Default Configuration
The default RADIUS server name is Default-RADIUS-Server.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#radius-server host acct 3.2.3.2
console(Config-acct-radius)#name acct777
510
RADIUS Commands
primary
Use the primary command to specify that a configured server should be the
primary server in the group of authentication servers which have the same
server name. Multiple primary servers can be configured for each group of
servers which have the same name. When the RADIUS client has to perform
transactions with an authenticating RADIUS server of the specified name, it
uses the primary server that has the specified server name by default. If it fails
to communicate with the primary server for any reason, it uses the backup
servers configured with the same server name. These backup servers are
identified as the “Secondary” type.
Syntax
primary
Default Configuration
There is no primary authentication server by default.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(Config-auth-radius)#primary
priority
Use the priority command in Radius mode to specify the order in which the
servers are to be used, with 0 being the highest priority.
Syntax
priority priority
•
priority — Sets server priority level. (Range 0-65535)
RADIUS Commands
511
Default Configuration
The default priority is 0.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before
executing this command.
Example
The following example specifies a priority of 10 for the designated server.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#priority 10
radius-server deadtime
Use the radius-server deadtime command in Global Configuration mode to
improve Radius response times when servers are unavailable. The command
is used to cause the unavailable servers to be skipped. To set the deadtime to
0, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server deadtime deadtime
no radius-server deadtime
•
deadtime — Length of time in minutes, for which a Radius server is
skipped over by transaction requests. (Range: 0–2000 minutes)
Default Configuration
The default dead time is 0 minutes.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
512
RADIUS Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the interval for which any unavailable Radius
servers are skipped over by transaction requests to 10 minutes.
console(config)#radius-server deadtime 10
radius-server host
Use the radius-server host command in Global Configuration mode to specify
a RADIUS server host and enter RADIUS Configuration mode. To delete the
specified Radius host, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server host [acct | auth] {ipaddress | hostname}
•
acct | auth — The type of server (accounting or authentication).
•
ipaddress — The RADIUS server host IP address.
•
hostname — Host name of the Radius server host (Range: 1–255
characters).
Default Configuration
The default server type is authentication. The default server name is “Default
RADIUS Server”. The default port number is 1812 for an authentication
server and 1813 for an accounting server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
RADIUS Commands
513
Example
The following example specifies a Radius server host with the following
characteristics:
Server host IP address — 192.168.10.1
console(config)#radius-server host 192.168.10.1
radius-server key
Use the radius-server key command in Global Configuration mode to set the
authentication and encryption key for all Radius communications between
the switch and the Radius server. To reset to the default, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
radius-server key [key-string]
no radius-server key
•
key-string — Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all Radius
communications between the switch and the Radius server. This key must
match the encryption used on the Radius server. (Range: 1-128 characters)
Default Configuration
The default is an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the authentication and encryption key for all
Radius communications between the device and the Radius server to “dellserver.”
console(config)#radius-server key dell-server
514
RADIUS Commands
radius-server retransmit
Use the radius-server retransmit command in Global Configuration mode to
specify the number of times the Radius client will retransmit requests to the
Radius server. To reset the default configuration, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
radius-server retransmit retries
no radius-server retransmit
•
retries — Specifies the retransmit value. (Range: 1–10)
Default Configuration
The default is 3 attempts.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the number of times the Radius client
attempts to retransmit requests to the Radius server to 5 attempts.
console(config)#radius-server retransmit 5
radius-server source-ip
Use the radius-server source-ip command in Global Configuration mode to
specify the source IP address used for communication with Radius servers. To
return to the default, use the no form of this command. 0.0.0.0 is interpreted
as a request to use the IP address of the outgoing IP interface.
Syntax
radius-server source-ip source
RADIUS Commands
515
no radius-server source-ip
•
source — Specifies the source IP address.
Default Configuration
The default IP address is the outgoing IP interface.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the source IP address used for
communication with Radius servers to 10.1.1.1.
console(config)#radius-server source-ip 10.1.1.1
radius-server timeout
Use the radius-server timeout command in Global Configuration mode to set
the interval for which a switch waits for a server host to reply. To restore the
default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server timeout timeout
no radius-server timeout
•
timeout — Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1–30)
Default Configuration
The default value is 3 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
516
RADIUS Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the interval for which a switch waits for a server
host to reply to 5 seconds.
console(config)#radius-server timeout 5
retransmit
Use the retransmit command in Radius mode to specify the number of times
the Radius client retransmits requests to the Radius server.
Syntax
retransmit retries
•
retries — Specifies the retransmit value. (Range: 1-10 attempts)
Default Configuration
The default number for attempts is 3.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before
executing this command.
Example
The following example of the retransmit command specifies five retries.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#retransmit 5
RADIUS Commands
517
show radius-servers
Use the show radius-servers command to display the list of configured
RADIUS servers and the values configured for the global parameters of the
RADIUS client.
Syntax
show radius-servers [accounting | authentication] [name [servername]]
accounting — This optional parameter will cause accounting servers to be
displayed.
authentication — This optional parameter will cause authentication servers
to be displayed.
name — This optional parameter will cause the server names to be displayed
instead of the server configuration parameters.
servername — Will cause only the server(s) with server-name name to be
displayed. There are no global parameters displayed when this parameter is
specified.
Default Configuration
Authentication servers are displayed by default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed:
Field
Description
Configured
Authentication Servers
The number of RADIUS Authentication servers that have
been configured.
Configured Accounting
Servers
The number of RADIUS Accounting servers that have
been configured.
Named Authentication
Server Groups
The number of configured named RADIUS server groups.
518
RADIUS Commands
Field
Description
Named Accounting
Server Groups
The number of configured named RADIUS server groups.
Timeout
The configured timeout value, in seconds, for request
retransmissions.
Retransmit
The configured value of the maximum number of times a
request packet is retransmitted.
Deadtime
The length of time an unavailable RADIUS server is
skipped.
RADIUS Accounting
Mode
A Global parameter to indicate whether the accounting
mode for all the servers is enabled or not.
RADIUS Attribute 4
Mode
A Global parameter to indicate whether the NAS-IPAddress attribute has been enabled to use in RADIUS
requests.
RADIUS Attribute 4
Value
A Global parameter that specifies the IP address to be
used in NAS-IP-Address attribute to be used in RADIUS
requests.
Example
console#show radius-servers
IP address
Prio. Usage
Type
Port
TimeOut Retran. DeadTime
Source IP
------------- ----- ----- ------- ------- -------- ------------- ---- -----
10.27.5.157
all
Auth 1812 Global Global Global
10.27.65.13
0
Global values
Configured Authentication Servers : 1
Configured Accounting Servers : 0
Named Authentication Server Groups : 1
Named Accounting Server Groups : 0
Timeout : 3
RADIUS Commands
519
Retransmit : 3
Deadtime : 0
Source IP : 0.0.0.0
RADIUS Attribute 4 Mode : Disable
RADIUS Attribute 4 Value : 0.0.0.0
console#show radius-servers accounting name
Server Name
Host Address
Port
Type
-------------------------- -------------------- ------ ---------Default-RADIUS-Server
2.2.2.2
1813
Secondary
console#show radius-servers name Default-RADIUS-Server
RADIUS Server Name........................... Default-RADIUS-Server
Current Server IP Address...................... 1.1.1.1
Retransmits.................................... 4
Timeout........................................ 5
Deadtime....................................... 0
Port........................................... 1812
Source IP...................................... 0.0.0.0
Secret Configured.............................. No
Message Authenticator.......................... Enable
520
RADIUS Commands
show radius-servers statistics
Use the show radius-servers statistics command to show the statistics for an
authentication or accounting server.
Syntax
show radius-servers statistics [accounting | authentication] {ipaddress |
hostname | name servername}
•
accounting | authentication — The type of server (accounting or
authentication).
•
ipaddress — The RADIUS server host IP address.
•
hostname — Host name of the Radius server host (Range: 1–158
characters).
•
servername — The alias used to identify the server.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed for accounting servers:
Field
Description
RADIUS
Name of the accounting server.
Accounting Server
Name
Server Host
Address
IP address of the host.
Round Trip Time
The time interval, in hundredths of a second, between the most
recent Accounting Response and the Accounting Request that
matched it from this RADIUS accounting server.
RADIUS Commands
521
Field
Description
Requests
The number of RADIUS Accounting Request packets sent to this
server not including the retransmissions.
Retransmissions
The number of RADIUS Accounting Request packets
retransmitted to this RADIUS accounting server.
Responses
The number of RADIUS packets received on the accounting port
from this server.
Malformed
Responses
The number of malformed RADIUS Accounting Response
packets received from this server. Malformed packets include
packets with an invalid length. Bad authenticators or signature
attributes or unknown types are not included as malformed
accounting responses.
Bad
Authenticators
The number of RADIUS Accounting Response packets
containing invalid authenticators received from this accounting
server.
Pending Requests The number of RADIUS Accounting Request packets destined
for this server that have not yet timed out or received a response.
Timeouts
The number of accounting timeouts on this server.
Unknown Types
The number of packets unknown type which were received from
this server on accounting port.
Packets Dropped
The number of RADIUS packets received from this server on
accounting port and dropped for some other reason.
The following fields are displayed for authentication servers:
Field
Description
RADIUS Server
Name
Name of the authenticating server.
Server Host
Address
IP address of the host.
Access Requests
The number of RADIUS Access Request packets sent to this
server. This number does not include retransmissions.
Access
Retransmissions
The number of RADIUS Access Request packets retransmitted
to this RADIUS authentication server.
522
RADIUS Commands
Field
Description
Access Accepts
The number of RADIUS Access Accept packets, including both
valid and invalid packets, that were received from this server.
Access Rejects
The number of RADIUS Access Reject packets, including both
valid and invalid packets, that were received from this server.
Access Challenges The number of RADIUS Access Challenge packets, including
both valid and invalid packets, that were received from this
server.
Malformed Access The number of malformed RADIUS Access Response packets
Responses
received from this server. Malformed packets include packets
with an invalid length. Bad authenticators or signature attributes
or unknown types are not included as malformed access
responses.
Bad
Authenticators
The number of RADIUS Access Response packets containing
invalid authenticators or signature attributes received from this
server.
Pending Requests The number of RADIUS Access Request packets destined for
this server that have not yet timed out or received a response.
Timeouts
The number of authentication timeouts to this server.
Unknown Types
The number of packets unknown type which were received from
this server on the authentication port.
Packets Dropped
The number of RADIUS packets received from this server on
authentication port and dropped for some other reason.
Example
console#show radius-server statistics accounting
192.168.37.200
RADIUS Accounting Server Name.................
Default_RADIUS_Server
Host Address..................................
192.168.37.200
Round Trip Time............................... 0.00
Requests...................................... 0
RADIUS Commands
523
Retransmissions............................... 0
Responses..................................... 0
Malformed Responses........................... 0
Bad Authenticators............................ 0
Pending Requests.............................. 0
Timeouts...................................... 0
Unknown Types................................. 0
Packets Dropped............................... 0
console#show radius-server statistics name
Default_RADIUS_Server
RADIUS Server Name................... Default_RADIUS_Server
Server Host Address.................. 192.168.37.200
Access Requests............................... 0.00
Access Retransmissions........................ 0
Access Accepts................................ 0
Access Rejects................................ 0
Access Challenges............................. 0
Malformed Access Responses.................... 0
Bad Authenticators............................ 0
Pending Requests.............................. 0
Timeouts...................................... 0
Unknown Types................................. 0
Packets Dropped............................... 0
524
RADIUS Commands
source-ip
Use the source-ip command in Radius mode to specify the source IP address
to be used for communication with Radius servers. 0.0.0.0 is interpreted as a
request to use the IP address of the outgoing IP interface.
Syntax
source-ip source
•
source — A valid source IP address.
Default Configuration
The IP address is of the outgoing IP interface.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before
executing this command.
Example
The following example specifies 10.240.1.23 as the source IP address.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#source-ip 10.240.1.23
timeout
Use the timeout command in Radius mode to set the timeout value in
seconds for the designated Radius server.
Syntax
timeout timeout
•
timeout — Timeout value in seconds for the specified server. (Range: 1-30
seconds.)
RADIUS Commands
525
Default Configuration
The default value is 3 seconds.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before
executing this command.
Example
The following example specifies the timeout setting for the designated
Radius Server.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#timeout 20
usage
Use the usage command in Radius mode to specify the usage type of the
server.
Syntax
usage type
• type — Variable can be one of the following values: login, 802.1x or all.
Default Configuration
The default variable setting is all.
Command Mode
Radius mode
526
RADIUS Commands
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before
executing this command.
Example
The following example specifies usage type login.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#usage login
RADIUS Commands
527
528
RADIUS Commands
Spanning Tree Commands
25
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
•
exit (mst)
•
instance (mst)
•
name (mst)
•
revision (mst)
•
show spanning-tree
•
show spanning-tree summary
•
spanning-tree
•
spanning-tree auto-portfast
•
spanning-tree bpdu flooding
•
spanning-tree bpdu-protection
•
spanning-tree cost
•
spanning-tree disable
•
spanning-tree forward-time
•
spanning-tree guard
•
spanning-tree loopguard
•
spanning-tree max-age
•
spanning-tree max-hops
•
spanning-tree mode
•
spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost
•
spanning-tree mst configuration
•
spanning-tree mst cost
•
spanning-tree mst port-priority
•
spanning-tree mst priority
•
spanning-tree portfast
Spanning Tree Commands
529
530
•
spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
•
spanning-tree portfast default
•
spanning-tree port-priority
•
spanning-tree priority
•
spanning-tree tcnguard
•
spanning-tree transmit hold-count
Spanning Tree Commands
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Use the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols command in Privileged
EXEC mode to restart the protocol migration process (force the renegotiation
with neighboring switches) on all interfaces or on the specified interface.
Syntax
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [ethernet interface| port-channel
port-channel-number]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is: unit/port.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port channel.
Default Configuration
This command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This feature is used only when working in RSTP or MSTP mode.
Example
The following example restarts the protocol migration process (forces the
renegotiation with neighboring switches) on 1/g1.
console#clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
ethernet 1/g1
exit (mst)
Use the exit command in MST mode to exit the MST configuration mode
and apply all configuration changes.
Syntax
exit
Spanning Tree Commands
531
Default Configuration
MST configuration.
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to exit the MST configuration mode and
save changes.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#exit
instance (mst)
Use the instance command in MST mode to map VLANS to an MST
instance.
Syntax
instance instance-id {add | remove} vlan vlan-range
•
instance-ID — ID of the MST instance. (Range: 1-15)
•
vlan-range — VLANs to be added to the existing MST instance. To specify
a range of VLANs, use a hyphen. To specify a series of VLANs, use a
comma. (Range: 1-4093)
Default Configuration
VLANs are mapped to the common and internal spanning tree (CIST)
instance (instance 0).
Command Mode
MST mode
532
Spanning Tree Commands
User Guidelines
Before mapping VLANs to an instance use the spanning-tree mst enable
command to enable the instance.
All VLANs that are not explicitly mapped to an MST instance are mapped to
the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0) and
cannot be unmapped from the CIST.
For two or more switches to be in the same MST region, they must have the
same VLAN mapping, the same configuration revision number, and the same
name.
Example
The following example maps VLANs 10-20 to MST instance 1.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#instance 1 add vlan 10-20
name (mst)
Use the name command in MST mode to define the configuration name. To
return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
name string
• string — Case sensitive MST configuration name. (Range: 1-32
characters)
Default Configuration
Bridge address.
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Spanning Tree Commands
533
Example
The following example sets the configuration name to “region1”.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#name region1
revision (mst)
Use the revision command in MST mode to identify the configuration
revision number. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
revision value
no revision
•
value — Configuration revision number. (Range: 0-65535)
Default Configuration
Revision number is 0.
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the configuration revision to 1.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#revision 1
show spanning-tree
Use the show spanning-tree command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the spanning-tree configuration.
534
Spanning Tree Commands
Syntax
show spanning-tree [ethernet interface-number | port-channel port-channelnumber] [instance instance-id]
show spanning-tree [detail] [active | blockedports] | [instance instance-id]
show spanning-tree mst-configuration
•
detail — Displays detailed information.
•
active — Displays active ports only.
•
blockedports — Displays blocked ports only.
•
mst-configuration — Displays the MST configuration identifier.
•
interface-number — A valid Ethernet port number.
•
port-channel-number — A valid port-channel index.
•
instance -id — ID of the spanning -tree instance.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display spanning-tree information.
console#show spanning-tree
Spanning tree Disabled BPDU Flooding disabled Portfast
BPDU filtering Disabled
mode rstp
CST Regional Root:
80:00:00:FC:E3:90:00:5D
Regional Root Path Cost:
0
ROOT ID
Spanning Tree Commands
535
Address
80:00:00:FC:E3:90:00:5D
This Switch is the Root.
Hello Time 2 Sec Max Age 20 sec Forward
Delay 15 sec TxHoldCount 6
sec
Interfaces
Name
------
State
Prio.Nbr
Cost
Sts
-------- --------- ----------
Role PortFast Restricted
---- ----- --------
-------
1/g1
Enabled
128.1
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g2
Enabled
128.2
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g3
Enabled
128.3
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
--More-- or (q)uit
Name
------
536
State
Prio.Nbr
Cost
Sts
-------- --------- ----------
Role PortFast Restricted
---- ----- --------
-------
1/g5
Enabled
128.5
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g6
Enabled
128.6
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g7
Enabled
128.7
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g8
Enabled
128.8
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g9
Enabled
128.9
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g10
Enabled
128.10
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g11
Enabled
128.11
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g12
Enabled
128.12
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g13
Enabled
128.13
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g14
Enabled
128.14
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g15
Enabled
128.15
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g16
Enabled
128.16
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g17
Enabled
128.17
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g18
Enabled
128.18
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
Spanning Tree Commands
1/g19
Enabled
128.19
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g20
Enabled
128.20
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
--More-- or (q)uit
Name
------
State
Prio.Nbr
Cost
Sts
-------- --------- ----------
Role PortFast Restricted
---- ----- --------
-------
1/g21
Enabled
128.21
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g22
Enabled
128.22
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g23
Enabled
128.23
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g24
Enabled
128.24
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/xg1
Enabled
128.25
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/xg2
Enabled
128.26
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/xg3
Enabled
128.27
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/xg4
Enabled
128.28
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch1
Enabled
128.626
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch2
Enabled
128.627
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch3
Enabled
128.628
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch4
Enabled
128.629
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch5
Enabled
128.630
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch6
Enabled
128.631
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch7
Enabled
128.632
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
--More-- or (q)uit
/****************************************************
*******************************/
console(config)#
console#show spanning-tree
Spanning tree Enabled BPDU Flooding disabled Portfast BPDU
filtering Disabled mode rstp
CST Regional Root:
80:00:00:FC:E3:90:00:5D
Spanning Tree Commands
537
Regional Root Path Cost:
0
ROOT ID
Address
Path Cost
Root Port
40:00:00:FC:E3:90:06:0F
20000
1/g1
Hello Time 2 Sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
TxHoldCount 6
sec
Bridge ID
Priority
32768
Address
80:00:00:FC:E3:90:00:5D
Hello Time 2 Sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
State
Restricted
------
Prio.Nbr
Cost
Sts
-------- --------- ----------
Role PortFast
---- ----- --------
-------
--More-- or (q)uit
Name
State
Restricted
------
538
Prio.Nbr
Cost
Sts
-------- --------- ----------
Role PortFast
---- ----- --------
-------
1/g1
Enabled
128.1
20000
FWD
Root
No
No
1/g2
Enabled
128.2
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g3
Enabled
128.3
200000
DSC
Desg
No
No
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
20000
DSC
Altn
No
No
1/g5
Enabled
128.5
20000
DSC
Altn
No
No
1/g6
Enabled
128.6
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g7
Enabled
128.7
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g8
Enabled
128.8
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g9
Enabled
128.9
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g10
Enabled
128.10
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g11
Enabled
128.11
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
Spanning Tree Commands
1/g12
Enabled
128.12
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g13
Enabled
128.13
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g14
Enabled
128.14
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g15
Enabled
128.15
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g16
Enabled
128.16
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
Sts
Role PortFast
--More-- or (q)uit
Name
State
Restricted
------
Prio.Nbr
Cost
-------- --------- ----------
---- ----- --------
-------
1/g17
Enabled
128.17
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g18
Enabled
128.18
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g19
Enabled
128.19
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g20
Enabled
128.20
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g21
Enabled
128.21
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g22
Enabled
128.22
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g23
Enabled
128.23
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/g24
Enabled
128.24
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/xg1
Enabled
128.25
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/xg2
Enabled
128.26
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/xg3
Enabled
128.27
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
1/xg4
Enabled
128.28
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch1
Enabled
128.626
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch2
Enabled
128.627
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch3
Enabled
128.628
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
Sts
Role PortFast
--More-- or (q)uit
Name
State
Restricted
------
Prio.Nbr
Cost
-------- --------- ----------
---- ----- --------
-------
ch4
Enabled
128.629
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch5
Enabled
128.630
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
Spanning Tree Commands
539
ch6
Enabled
128.631
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch7
Enabled
128.632
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch8
Enabled
128.633
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch9
Enabled
128.634
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch10
Enabled
128.635
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch11
Enabled
128.636
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch12
Enabled
128.637
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch13
Enabled
128.638
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch14
Enabled
128.639
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch15
Enabled
128.640
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch16
Enabled
128.641
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch17
Enabled
128.642
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch18
Enabled
128.643
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
ch19
Enabled
128.644
0
DIS
Disb
No
No
--More-- or (q)uit
/*****************************************************************
******************/
console#show spanning-tree active
Spanning tree Enabled (BPDU flooding : Disabled) Portfast BPDU
filtering Disabl
ed mode rstp
CST Regional Root:
80:00:00:FC:E3:90:00:5D
Regional Root Path Cost:
0
###### MST 0 Vlan Mapped:
1, 3001
ROOT ID
Address
40:00:00:FC:E3:90:06:0F
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
1/g1
Hello Time 2 Sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID
540
Spanning Tree Commands
Priority
32768
Address
80:00:00:FC:E3:90:00:5D
Hello Time 2 Sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
State
RestrictedPort
------
Prio.Nbr
Cost
-------- --------- ----------
Sts
Role PortFast
---- ----- --------
-------
--More-- or (q)uit
Name
State
RestrictedPort
------
Prio.Nbr
Cost
-------- --------- ----------
Sts
Role PortFast
---- ----- --------
-------
1/g1
Enabled
128.1
20000
FWD
Root
No
No
1/g3
Enabled
128.3
200000
FWD
Desg
No
No
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
20000
DSC
Altn
No
No
1/g5
Enabled
128.5
20000
DSC
Altn
No
No
console#
/*****************************************************************
******************/
console#show spanning-tree blockedports
Spanning tree Enabled (BPDU flooding : Disabled) mode rstp
CST Regional Root:
80:00:00:FC:E3:90:00:5D
Regional Root Path Cost:
0
###### MST 0 Vlan Mapped:
1, 3001
ROOT ID
Address
40:00:00:FC:E3:90:06:0F
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
1/g1
Spanning Tree Commands
541
Hello Time 2 Sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID
Priority
32768
Address
80:00:00:FC:E3:90:00:5D
Hello Time 2 Sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
State
RestrictedPort
------
Prio.Nbr
Cost
-------- --------- ----------
Sts
Role PortFast
---- ----- --------
-------
--More-- or (q)uit
Name
State
RestrictedPort
------
Prio.Nbr
Cost
-------- --------- ----------
Sts
Role PortFast
---- ----- --------
-------
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
20000
DSC
Altn
No
No
1/g5
Enabled
128.5
20000
DSC
Altn
No
No
show spanning-tree summary
Use the show spanning-tree summary command to display spanning tree
settings and parameters for the switch.
Syntax
show spanning-tree summary
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
542
Spanning Tree Commands
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed:
Spanning Tree Admin
Mode
Enabled or disabled
Spanning Tree Version
Version of 802.1 currently supported (IEEE 802.1s,
IEEE 802.1w, or IEEE 802.1d) based upon the mode
parameter.
BPDU Protection Mode
Enabled or disabled.
BPDU Filter Mode
Enabled or disabled.
BPDU Flooding Mode
Enabled or disabled.
Configuration Name
Identifier used to identify the configuration currently
being used.
Configuration Revision
Level
Identifier used to identify the configuration currently
being used.
Configuration Digest Key
A generated Key used in the exchange of the BPDUs.
Configuration Format
Selector
Specifies the version of the configuration format being
used in the exchange of BPDUs. The default value is
zero.
MST Instances
List of all multiple spanning tree instances configured
on the switch.
Example
console#show spanning-tree summary
Spanning Tree Admin Mode.......... Disabled
Spanning Tree Version............. IEEE 802.1s
BPDU Protection Mode.............. Disabled
BPDU Filter Mode.................. Disabled
BPDU Flooding Mode................ Disabled
Configuration Name................ 00-11-88-2B-40-91
Spanning Tree Commands
543
Configuration Revision Level...... 0
Configuration Digest Key..........
0xac36177f50283cd4b83821d8ab26de62
Configuration Format Selector..... 0
No MST instances to display.
spanning-tree
Use the spanning-tree command in Global Configuration mode to enable
spanning-tree functionality. To disable spanning-tree functionality, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Default Configuration
Spanning-tree is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables spanning-tree functionality.
console(config)#spanning-tree
544
Spanning Tree Commands
spanning-tree auto-portfast
Use the spanning-tree auto-portfast command to set the port to auto portfast
mode. This enables the port to become a portfast port if it does not see any
BPDUs for 3 seconds. Use the “no” form of this command to disable auto
portfast mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree auto-portfast
no spanning-tree auto-portfast
Default Configuration
Auto portfast mode is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port Channel) mode
Usage Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables spanning-tree functionality on ethernet
interface 4/g1.
console#config
console(config)#interface ethernet 4/g1
console(config-if-4/g1)#spanning-tree auto-portfast
spanning-tree bpdu flooding
The spanning-tree bpdu flooding command allows flooding of BPDUs
received on non-spanning-tree ports to all other non-spanning-tree ports. Use
the “no” form of the command to disable flooding.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdu flooding
Spanning Tree Commands
545
no spanning-tree bpdu flooding
Default Configuration
This feature is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
There are no usage guidelines for this command.
Example
console#spanning-tree bpdu flooding
spanning-tree bpdu-protection
Use the spanning-tree bpdu-protection command in Global Configuration
mode to enable BPDU protection on a switch. Use the no form of this
command to resume the default status of BPDU protection function.
For an access layer device, the access port is generally connected to the user
terminal (such as a desktop computer) or file server directly and configured as
an edge port to implement the fast transition. When the port receives a
BPDU packet, the system sets it to non-edge port and recalculates the
spanning tree, which causes network topology flapping. In normal cases, these
ports do not receive any BPDU packets. However, someone may forge BPDU
to maliciously attack the switch and cause network flapping.
RSTP provides BPDU protection function against such attack. After BPDU
protection function is enabled on a switch, the system disables an edge port
that has received BPDU and notifies the network manager about it. The
disabled port can only be enabled by the no version of the command.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdu-protection
no spanning-tree bpdu-protection
546
Spanning Tree Commands
Default Configuration
BPDU protection is not enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables BPDU protection.
console(config)#spanning-tree bpdu-protection
spanning-tree cost
Use the spanning-tree cost command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the spanning-tree path cost for a port. To return to the default port
path cost, use the no form of this command.
The command "spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost" on page 553 is used to set path
cost for rstp.
Syntax
spanning-tree cost cost
no spanning-tree cost
•
cost — The port path cost. (Range: 0–200,000,000)
Default Configuration
The default cost is 0, which signifies that the cost is automatically calculated
based on port speed.
•
10G Port path cost — 2000
•
Port Channel — 20,000
•
1000 mbps (giga) — 20,000
•
100 mbps — 200,000
•
10 mbps — 2,000,000
Spanning Tree Commands
547
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree cost on 1/g5 to 35000.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree cost 35000
spanning-tree disable
Use the spanning-tree disable command in Interface Configuration mode to
disable spanning-tree on a specific port. To enable spanning-tree on a port,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree disable
no spanning-tree disable
Default Configuration
By default, all ports are enabled for spanning-tree.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example disables spanning-tree on 1/g5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
548
Spanning Tree Commands
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree disable
spanning-tree forward-time
Use the spanning-tree forward-time command in Global Configuration
mode to configure the spanning-tree bridge forward time, which is the
amount of time a port remains in the listening and learning states before
entering the forwarding state.
To reset the default forward time, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree forward-time seconds
no spanning-tree forward-time
•
seconds — Time in seconds. (Range: 4–30)
Default Configuration
The default forwarding-time for IEEE Spanning-tree Protocol (STP) is 15
seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
When configuring the Forward-Time the following relationship should be
satisfied:
2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age.
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree bridge forward time to 25
seconds.
console(config)#spanning-tree forward-time 25
Spanning Tree Commands
549
spanning-tree guard
The spanning-tree guard command selects whether loop guard or root guard
is enabled on an interface. If neither is enabled, the port operates in
accordance with the multiple spanning tree protocol. Use the “no” form of
this command to disable loop guard or root guard on the interface.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard {root | loop | none}
•
root — Enables root guard.
•
loop — Enables loop guard
•
none — Disables root and loop guard.
Default Configuration
Neither root nor loop guard is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port Channel) mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example disables spanning-tree guard functionality on ethernet
interface 4/g1.
console#config
console(config)#interface ethernet 4/g1
console(config-if-4/g1)#spanning-tree guard none
spanning-tree loopguard
Use the spanning-tree loopguard command to enable loop guard on all ports.
Use the “no” form of this command to disable loop guard on all ports.
550
Spanning Tree Commands
Syntax
spanning-tree loopguard default
no spanning-tree loopguard default
Default Configuration
Loop guard is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
There are no usage guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables spanning-tree loopguard functionality on all
ports.
console(config)#spanning-tree loopguard default
spanning-tree max-age
Use the spanning-tree max-age command in Global Configuration mode to
configure the spanning-tree bridge maximum age. To reset the default
maximum age, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-age seconds
no spanning-tree max-age
•
seconds -Time in seconds. (Range: 6–40)
Default Configuration
The default max-age for IEEE STP is 20 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Spanning Tree Commands
551
User Guidelines
When configuring the Max-Age the following relationships should be
satisfied:
2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age
Max-Age >= 2*(Hello-Time + 1)
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree bridge maximum-age to
10 seconds.
console(config)#spanning-tree max-age 10
spanning-tree max-hops
Use the spanning-tree max-hops command to set the MSTP Max Hops
parameter to a new value for the common and internal spanning tree. Use the
“no” form of this command to reset the Max Hops to the default.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-hops hops
no spanning-tree max-hops
•
hops — The maximum number of hops to use (Range: 1–127).
Default Configuration
The Maximum number of hops is 20 by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#spanning-tree max-hops 32
552
Spanning Tree Commands
spanning-tree mode
Use the spanning-tree mode command in Global Configuration mode to
configure the spanning-tree protocol. To return to the default configuration,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mode {stp | rstp |mstp}
no spanning-tree mode
•
stp — Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled.
•
rstp — Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is enabled.
•
mstp — Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) is enabled.
Default Configuration
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is supported.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
In RSTP mode the switch would use STP when the neighbor switch is using
STP. In MSTP mode the switch would use RSTP when the neighbor switch is
using RSTP and would use STP when the neighbor switch is using STP.
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree protocol to MSTP.
console(config)#spanning-tree mode mstp
spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost
Use the spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost command to set the external cost
for the common spanning tree. The external cost is used by the switch when
negotiating spanning tree topology outside the region.
Since by default each switch is in its own region, the external cost is considered in
determining the spanning tree in the network.
Spanning Tree Commands
553
This command is used to configure rstp path cost.
Use the “no” form of this command to reset the external cost to the default.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost cost
no spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost
•
cost — The external cost of the common spanning tree (Range:
0–200000000).
Default Configuration
The default cost is 0, which signifies that the cost is automatically calculated
based on port speed.
Port Channel — 20,000
10 Gbps — 2000
1 Gbps — 20,000
100 Mbps — 200,000
10 Mbps — 2,000,000
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port Channel) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost at
20000.
console(config-if-4/g1)#spanning-tree mst 0 external-cost 20000
spanning-tree mst configuration
Use the spanning-tree mst configuration command in Global Configuration
mode to enable configuring an MST region by entering the multiple
spanning-tree (MST) mode.
554
Spanning Tree Commands
Syntax
spanning-tree mst configuration
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
For two or more switches to be in the same MST region, they must have the
same VLAN mapping, the same configuration revision number and the same
name.
Example
The following example configures an MST region.
console (config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console (config-mst)#instance 1 add vlan 10-20
console (config-mst)#name region1
console (config-mst)#revision 1
spanning-tree mst cost
Use the spanning-tree mst cost command in Interface Configuration mode
to configure the path cost for multiple spanning tree (MST) calculations. If a
loop occurs, the spanning tree considers path cost when selecting an interface
to put in the forwarding state. To return to the default port path cost, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id cost cost
no spanning-tree mst instance-id cost
•
instance-ID — ID of the spanning -tree instance. (Range: 1-15)
Spanning Tree Commands
555
•
cost — The port path cost. (Range: 0–200,000,000)
Default Configuration
The default value is 0, which signifies that the cost will be automatically
calculated based on port speed.
The default configuration is:
•
Ethernet (10 Mbps) — 2,000,000
•
Fast Ethernet (100 Mbps) — 200,000
•
Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbps) — 20,000
•
Port-Channel — 20,000
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the MSTP instance 1 path cost for
interface 1/g9 to 4.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g9
console(config-if-1/g9)#spanning-tree mst 1 cost 4
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Use the spanning-tree mst port-priority command in Interface Configuration
mode to configure port priority. To return to the default port priority, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority
•
556
instance-ID — ID of the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 1-15)
Spanning Tree Commands
•
priority — The port priority. (Range: 0–240 in multiples of 16)
Default Configuration
The default port-priority for IEEE MSTP is 128.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the port priority of port 1/g1 to 144.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#spanning-tree mst 1 portpriority 144
spanning-tree mst priority
Use the spanning-tree mst priority command in Global Configuration mode
to set the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. To return to
the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id priority
•
instance-id — ID of the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 1-15)
•
priority — Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance.
This setting affects the likelihood that the switch is selected as the root
switch. A lower value increases the probability that the switch is selected as
the root switch. (Range: 0-61440)
Default Configuration
The default bridge priority for IEEE STP is 32768.
Spanning Tree Commands
557
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 4096.
The switch with the lowest priority is selected as the root of the spanning tree.
Example
The following example configures the spanning tree priority of instance 1 to
4096.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst 1 priority 4096
spanning-tree portfast
Use the spanning-tree portfast command in Interface Configuration mode to
enable PortFast mode. In PortFast mode, the interface is immediately put
into the forwarding state upon linkup, without waiting for the timer to expire.
To disable PortFast mode, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree portfast
no spanning-tree portfast
Default Configuration
PortFast mode is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command only applies to all ports. The command is to be used only with
interfaces connected to end stations. Otherwise, an accidental topology loop
could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network operations.
558
Spanning Tree Commands
An interface with PortFast mode enabled is moved directly to the spanning
tree forwarding state when linkup occurs without waiting the standard
forward-time delay.
Example
The following example enables PortFast on 1/g5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree portfast
spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
The spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default command discards BPDUs
received on spanning-tree ports in portfast mode. Use the “no” form of the
command to disable discarding.
Syntax
spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
no spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
Default Configuration
This feature is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
There are no usage guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example discards BPDUs received on spanning-tree ports in
portfast mode.
console#spanning-tree portfast bpdufilter default
Spanning Tree Commands
559
spanning-tree portfast default
Use the spanning-tree portfast default command to enable Portfast mode
only on access ports. Use the “no” form of this command to disable Portfast
mode on all ports.
Syntax
spanning-tree portfast default
no spanning-tree portfast default
Default Configuration
Portfast mode is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
There are no usage guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables Portfast mode on all ports.
console(config)#spanning-tree portfast default
spanning-tree port-priority
Use the spanning-tree port-priority command in Interface Configuration
mode to configure port priority. To reset the default port priority, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree port-priority priority
no spanning-tree port-priority
•
560
priority — The port priority. (Range: 0–240)
Spanning Tree Commands
Default Configuration
The default port-priority for IEEE STP is 128.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 16.
Example
The following example configures the spanning priority on 1/g5 to 96.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree port-priority
96
spanning-tree priority
Use the spanning-tree priority command in Global Configuration mode to
configure the spanning-tree priority. The priority value is used to determine
which bridge is elected as the root bridge. To reset the default spanning-tree
priority use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree priority priority
no spanning-tree priority
•
priority — Priority of the bridge. (Range: 0–61440)
Default Configuration
The default bridge priority for IEEE STP is 32768.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Spanning Tree Commands
561
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 4096.
The switch with the lowest priority is the root of the spanning tree.
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree priority to 12288.
console(config)#spanning-tree priority 12288
spanning-tree tcnguard
Use the spanning-tree tcnguard command to prevent a port from propagating
topology change notifications. Use the “no” form of the command to enable
TCN propagation.
Syntax
spanning-tree tcnguard
no spanning-tree tcnguard
Default Configuration
TCN propagation is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port Channel) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree tcnguard on 4/g1.
console(config-if-4/g1)#spanning-tree tcnguard
562
Spanning Tree Commands
spanning-tree transmit hold-count
Use the spanning-tree transmit hold-count command to set the maximum
number of BPDUs that a bridge is allowed to send within a hello time window
(2 seconds). Use the “no” form of this command to reset the hold count to
the default value.
Syntax
spanning-tree transmit hold-count [value]
no spanning-tree transmit hold-count
•
value — The maximum number of BPDUs to send (Range: 1–10).
Default Configuration
The default hold count is 6 BPDUs.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets the maximum number of BPDUs
sent to 6.
console(config)#spanning-tree transmit hold-count 6
Spanning Tree Commands
563
564
Spanning Tree Commands
Switchport Voice Commands
26
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
show switchport voice
•
switchport voice detect auto
Switchport Voice Commands
565
show switchport voice
Use the show switchport voice command to show the status of auto-voip on
an interface or all interfaces.
Syntax
show switchport voice [interface {ethernet interface | port-channel index}]
•
ethernet interface —Specifies a valid interface. The full syntax is unit/port.
•
port-channel index — Specifies the port-channel number.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show switchport voice
Interface
Auto VoIP Mode Traffic Class
---------
-------------- -------------
1/g1
Enabled
6
1/g2
Enabled
6
1/g3
Enabled
6
1/g4
Enabled
6
1/g5
Enabled
6
1/g6
Enabled
6
1/g7
Enabled
6
566
Switchport Voice Commands
1/g8
Enabled
6
1/g9
Enabled
6
1/g10
Enabled
6
1/g11
Enabled
6
1/g12
Enabled
6
1/g13
Enabled
6
1/g14
Enabled
6
1/g15
Enabled
6
1/g16
Enabled
6
1/g17
Enabled
6
1/g18
Enabled
6
1/g19
Enabled
6
1/g20
Enabled
6
--More-- or (q)uit
console#show switchport voice ethernet 1/g1
Interface Auto VoIP Mode Traffic Class
--------- -------------- ------------1/g1
Disabled
6
console#show switchport voice port-channel 1
Interface Auto VoIP Mode Traffic Class
--------- -------------- ------------ch1
Disabled
6
Switchport Voice Commands
567
The command output provides the following information:
•
AutoVoIP Mode—The Auto VoIP mode on the interface.
•
Traffic Class—The Cos Queue or Traffic Class to which all VoIP traffic is
mapped. This is not configurable and defaults to the highest COS queue
available in the system for data traffic.
switchport voice detect auto
The switchport voice detect auto command is used to enable the VoIP Profile
on all the interfaces of the switch (global configuration mode) or for a specific
interface (interface configuration mode). Use the “no” form of the command
to disable the VoIP Profile.
Syntax
switchport voice detect auto
no switchport voice detect auto
Default Configuration
This feature is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration.
Interface (Ethernet, Port-channel) Configuration.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines
Example
console(config)#switchport voice detect auto
console(config-if-1/g1)#switchport voice detect auto
568
Switchport Voice Commands
TACACS+ Commands
27
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
key
•
port
•
priority
•
show tacacs
•
tacacs-server host
•
tacacs-server key
•
tacacs-server timeout
•
timeout
TACACS+ Commands
569
key
Use the key command in TACACS Configuration mode to specify the
authentication and encryption key for all TACACS communications between
the device and the TACACS server. This key must match the key used on the
TACACS daemon.
Syntax
key [key-string]
•
key-string — To specify the key name. (Range: 1–128 characters)
Default Configuration
If left unspecified, the key-string parameter defaults to the global value.
Command Mode
TACACS Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies an encryption and authentication key of 12.
console(config-tacacs)#key 12
port
Use the port command in TACACS Configuration mode to specify a server
port number.
Syntax
port [port-number]
•
570
port-number — The server port number. If left unspecified, the default
port number is 49. (Range: 0–65535)
TACACS+ Commands
Default Configuration
The default port number is 49.
Command Mode
TACACS Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to specify server port number 1200.
console(tacacs)#port 1200
priority
Use the priority command in TACACS Configuration mode to specify the
order in which servers are used, where 0 (zero) is the highest priority.
Syntax
priority [priority]
•
priority — Specifies the priority for servers. 0 (zero) is the highest priority.
(Range: 0–65535)
Default Configuration
If left unspecified, this parameter defaults to 0 (zero).
Command Mode
TACACS Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to specify a server priority of 10000.
TACACS+ Commands
571
console(config-tacacs)#priority 10000
show tacacs
Use the show tacacs command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
configuration and statistics of a TACACS+ server.
Syntax
show tacacs [ip-address]
•
ip-address — The name or IP address of the host.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays TACACS+ server settings.
console#show tacacs
Global Timeout: 5
IP address
Port
Timeout
Priority
---------------
-----
-------
--------
10.254.24.162
49
Global
0
572
TACACS+ Commands
tacacs-server host
Use the tacacs-server host command in Global Configuration mode to
configure a TACACS+ server. This command enters into the TACACS+
configuration mode. To delete the specified hostname or IP address, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
tacacs-server host {ip-address | hostname}
no tacacs-server host {ip-address | hostname}
•
ip-address — The IP address of the TACACS+ server.
•
hostname — The hostname of the TACACS+ server. (Range: 1-255
characters).
Default Configuration
No TACACS+ host is specified.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To specify multiple hosts, multiple tacacs-server host commands can be used.
Example
The following example specifies a TACACS+ host.
console(config)#tacacs-server host 172.16.1.1
console(tacacs)#
tacacs-server key
Use the tacacs-server key command in Global Configuration mode to set the
authentication and encryption key for all TACACS+ communications
between the switch and the TACACS+ daemon. To disable the key, use the
no form of this command.
TACACS+ Commands
573
Syntax
tacacs-server key [key-string]
no tacacs-server key
•
key-string — Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all
TACACS communications between the switch and the TACACS+ server.
This key must match the key used on the TACACS+ daemon. (Range:
0–128 characters)
Default Configuration
The default is an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the authentication encryption key.
console(config)#tacacs-server key dell-s
tacacs-server timeout
Use the tacacs-server timeout command in Global Configuration mode to set
the interval during which a switch waits for a server host to reply. To restore
the default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
tacacs-server timeout [timeout]
no tacacs-server timeout
•
timeout — The timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1–30)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5 seconds.
574
TACACS+ Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the timeout value as 30.
console(config)#tacacs-server timeout 30
timeout
Use the timeout command in TACACS Configuration mode to specify the
timeout value in seconds. If no timeout value is specified, the global value is
used.
Syntax
timeout [timeout]
•
timeout — The timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1–30)
Default Configuration
If left unspecified, the timeout defaults to the global value.
Command Mode
TACACS Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
This example shows how to specify the timeout value.
console(config-tacacs)#timeout 23
TACACS+ Commands
575
576
TACACS+ Commands
28
VLAN Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
dvlan-tunnel ethertype
•
interface vlan
•
interface range vlan
•
mode dvlan-tunnel
•
name
•
protocol group
•
protocol vlan group
•
protocol vlan group all
•
show dvlan-tunnel
•
show dvlan-tunnel interface
•
show interfaces switchport
•
show port protocol
•
show port protocol
•
show vlan
•
show vlan association mac
•
show vlan association subnet
•
switchport access vlan
•
switchport forbidden vlan
•
switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
•
switchport general allowed vlan
•
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
•
switchport general pvid
•
switchport mode
•
switchport protected
•
switchport protected name
VLAN Commands
577
578
•
switchport trunk allowed vlan
•
vlan
•
vlan association mac
•
vlan association subnet
•
vlan database
•
vlan makestatic
•
vlan protocol group
•
vlan protocol group add protocol
•
vlan protocol group name
•
vlan protocol group remove
•
groupid — The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically
generated when you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan
protocol group command. To see the group ID associated with the name of
a protocol group, use the show port protocol all command.
VLAN Commands
dvlan-tunnel ethertype
Use the dvlan-tunnel ethertype command in Global Configuration mode to
configure the ethertype for the specified interface.
To configure the EtherType on the specified interface to its default value, use
the no form of this command.
Syntax
dvlan-tunnel ethertype {802.1Q | vman | custom <0-65535>}
no dvlan-tunnel ethertype
•
802.1Q — Configures the EtherType as 0x8100.
•
vman — Configures the EtherType as 0x88A8.
•
custom — Custom configures the EtherType for the DVLAN tunnel. The
value must be 0-65535.
Default Configuration
The default for this command is 802.1Q.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays configuring Double VLAN tunnel for vman
EtherType.
console(config)#dvlan-tunnel ethertype vman
interface vlan
Use the interface vlan command in Global Configuration mode to configure
a VLAN type and to enter Interface Configuration mode.
VLAN Commands
579
Syntax
interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — The ID of a valid VLAN (Range: 1–4093).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the VLAN 1 IP address of 131.108.1.27 and
subnet mask 255.255.255.0.
console(config)#interface vlan 1
console(config-vlan)#ip address 131.108.1.27
255.255.255.0
interface range vlan
Use the interface range vlan command in Global Configuration mode to
execute a command on multiple VLANs at the same time.
Syntax
interface range vlan {vlan-range | all}
•
vlan-range — A list of valid VLAN IDs to add. Separate nonconsecutive
VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range
of IDs. (Range: 2–4093)
•
all — All existing static VLANs.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
580
VLAN Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Commands used in the interface range context are executed independently
on each interface in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the
interfaces, an error message is displayed and execution continues on other
interfaces.
Example
The following example groups VLAN 221 till 228 and VLAN 889 to receive
the same command.
console(config)#interface range vlan 221-228,889
console(config-if)#
mode dvlan-tunnel
Use the mode dvlan-tunnel command in Interface Configuration mode to
enable Double VLAN Tunneling on the specified interface. To disable Double
VLAN Tunneling on the specified interface, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
mode dvlan-tunnel
no mode dvlan-tunnel
Default Configuration
By default, Double VLAN Tunneling is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
VLAN Commands
581
Example
The following example displays how to enable Double VLAN Tunneling at
ethernet port 1/g1.
console(config-if-1/g1)#mode dvlan-tunnel
name
Use the name command in Interface Configuration mode to add a name to a
VLAN. To remove the VLAN name, use the no form of this command.
NOTE: This command cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range
context).
Syntax
name string
no name
•
string — Comment or description to help identify a specific VLAN
(Range: 1–32 characters).
Default Configuration
No name is defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
The VLAN name must be unique.
Example
The following example names VLAN number 19 with the name "Marketing."
console(config)#interface vlan 19
console(config-if-vlan19)#name Marketing
582
VLAN Commands
protocol group
Use the protocol group command in VLAN Database mode to attach a
VLAN ID to the protocol-based group identified by groupid. A group may
only be associated with one VLAN at a time. However, the VLAN association
can be changed. The referenced VLAN should be created prior to the creation
of the protocol-based group except when GVRP is expected to create the
VLAN.
To detach the VLAN from this protocol-based group identified by this
groupid, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
protocol group groupid vlanid
no protocol group groupid vlanid
•
groupid — The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically
generated when you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan
protocol group command. To see the group ID associated with the name
of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all command.
•
vlanid — A valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to attach the VLAN ID "100" to the
protocol-based VLAN group "3."
console#vlan database
console(config-vlan)#protocol group 3 100
VLAN Commands
583
protocol vlan group
Use the protocol vlan group command in Interface Configuration mode to
add the physical unit/port interface to the protocol-based group identified by
groupid. A group may have more than one interface associated with it. Each
interface and protocol combination can be associated with one group only. If
adding an interface to a group causes any conflicts with protocols currently
associated with the group, this command fails and the interface(s) are not
added to the group. Ensure that the referenced VLAN is created prior to the
creation of the protocol-based group except when GVRP is expected to create
the VLAN.
To remove the interface from this protocol-based VLAN group that is
identified by this groupid, use the no form of this command.
If you select all, all ports are removed from this protocol group.
Syntax
protocol vlan group groupid
no protocol vlan group groupid
•
groupid — The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically
generated when you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan
protocol group command. To see the group ID associated with the name
of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all command.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to add a physical port interface to the
group ID of "2."
584
VLAN Commands
console(config-if-1/g1)#protocol vlan group 2
protocol vlan group all
Use the protocol vlan group all command in Global Configuration mode to
add all physical interfaces to the protocol-based group identified by groupid.
A group may have more than one interface associated with it. Each interface
and protocol combination can be associated with one group only. If adding an
interface to a group causes any conflicts with protocols currently associated
with the group, this command fails and the interface(s) are not added to the
group. Ensure that the referenced VLAN is created prior to the creation of the
protocol-based group except when GVRP is expected to create the VLAN.
To remove all interfaces from this protocol-based group that is identified by
this groupid, use the no form of the command
Syntax
protocol vlan group all groupid
no protocol vlan group all groupid
•
groupid — The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically
generated when you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan
protocol group command. To see the group ID associated with the name
of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all command.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to add all physical interfaces to the
protocol-based group identified by group ID "2."
VLAN Commands
585
console(config)#protocol vlan group all 2
show dvlan-tunnel
Use the show dvlan-tunnel command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all
interfaces enabled for Double VLAN Tunneling.
Syntax
show dvlan-tunnel
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display all interfaces for Double VLAN
Tunneling.
console#show dvlan-tunnel
Interfaces Enabled for DVLAN Tunneling......... 1/g1
show dvlan-tunnel interface
Use the show dvlan-tunnel interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display detailed information about Double VLAN Tunneling for the specified
interface or all interfaces.
Syntax
show dvlan-tunnel interface {unit/port | all}
586
•
unit/port — A valid unit and port number separated by forward slashes (/).
•
all — Displays information for all interfaces.
VLAN Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays detailed information for unit/port "1/g1."
console#show dvlan-tunnel interface 1/g1
Interface
Mode
EtherType
---------
------- --------------
1/g1
Enable
vMAN
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the example.
Field
Description
Mode
This field specifies the administrative mode through which
Double VLAN Tunneling can be enabled or disabled. The default
value for this field is disabled.
Interface
Interface Number.
EtherType
This field represents a 2-byte hex EtherType to be used as the first
16 bits of the DVLAN tunnel. The three different EtherType tags
are: (1) 802.1Q, which represents the commonly used value of
0x8100. (2) vMAN, which represents the commonly used value of
0x88A8. (3) If EtherType is not one of these two values, it is a
custom tunnel value, representing any value in the range of 0 to
65535.
show interfaces switchport
Use the show interfaces switchport command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display switchport configuration.
VLAN Commands
587
Syntax
show interfaces switchport {ethernet interface|port-channel port-channelnumber}
•
Interface — Specific interface, such as ethernet 1/g8.
•
port-channel-number — Valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays switchport configuration individually for g1.
console#show interface switchport ethernet 1/g1
Port 1/g1:
VLAN Membership mode: General
Operating parameters:
PVID: 1 (default)
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
GVRP status: Enabled
Protected: Enabled
Port 1/g1 is member in:
VLAN
Name
Egress rule
Type
----
---------
-----------
-----
1
default
untagged
Default
588
VLAN Commands
8
VLAN008
tagged
Dynamic
11
VLAN0011
tagged
Static
19
IPv6 VLAN
untagged
Static
72
VLAN0072
untagged
Static
Static configuration:
PVID: 1 (default)
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
Port 1/g1 is statically configured to:
VLAN
Name
Egress rule
----
---------
-----------
11
VLAN0011
tagged
19
IPv6 VLAN
untagged
72
VLAN0072
untagged
Forbidden VLANS:
VLAN
Name
----
---------
73
Out
The following example displays switchport configuration individually for 1/g2.
console#show interface switchport ethernet 1/g2
Port 1/g2:
VLAN Membership mode: General
Operating parameters:
PVID: 4095 (discard vlan)
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
VLAN Commands
589
Port 1/g1 is member in:
VLAN
Name
Egress rule
Type
----
---------
-----------
-----
91
IP Telephony
tagged
Static
Static configuration:
PVID: 8
Ingress Filtering: Disabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
Port 1/g2 is statically configured to:
VLAN
Name
Egress rule
----
---------
-----------
8
VLAN0072
untagged
91
IP Telephony
tagged
Forbidden VLANS:
VLAN
Name
----
---------
73
Out
The following example displays switchport configuration individually for
2/g19.
console#show interfaces switchport ethernet 2/g19
Port 2/g19:
Operating parameters:
PVID: 2922
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: Untagged
GVRP status: Disabled
590
VLAN Commands
Port 2/g19 is member in:
VLAN
Name
Egress rule
Type
----
---------
-----------
-----
2921
Primary A
untagged
Static
2922
Community A1
untagged
Static
Static configuration:
PVID: 2922
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: Untagged
GVRP status: Disabled
Port 2/g19 is member in:
VLAN
Name
Egress rule
Type
----
---------
-----------
-----
2921
Primary A
untagged
Static
2922
Community A1
untagged
Static
show port protocol
Use the show port protocol command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the Protocol-Based VLAN information for either the entire system or for the
indicated group.
Syntax
show port protocol {groupid | all}
•
groupid — The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically
generated when you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan
protocol group command.
•
all — Enter all to show all interfaces.
VLAN Commands
591
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the Protocol-Based VLAN information for
either the entire system.
console#show port protocol all
Group
Name
ID
Protocol(s
VLAN
Interface(s)
---------------
-----
----------
----
-----------
test
1
IP
1
1/g1
show switchport protected
Use the show switchport protected command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the status of all the interfaces, including protected and unprotected
interfaces.
Syntax
show switchport protected groupid
•
groupid — Identifies which group the port is to be protected in. (Range: 0-
2)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
592
VLAN Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example identifies test as the protected group.
console#show switchport protected 0
Name......................................... test
show vlan
Use the show vlan command in Privileged EXEC mode to display VLAN
information.
Syntax
show vlan [id vlan-id | name vlan-name]
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID.
•
vlan-name — A valid VLAN name string. (Range: 1–32 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays all VLAN information.
console#show vlan
VLAN
Name
Ports
Type
Authorization
--------
---------------
------
-----
--------------
1
default
1/g1-1/g2
Other
Required
VLAN Commands
593
2/g1-1/g4
10
VLAN0010
1/g3-1/g4
dynamic
Required
11
VLAN0011
1/g1-1/g2
static
Required
20
VLAN0020
1/g3-1/g4
static
Required
21
VLAN0021
static
Required
30
VLAN0030
static
Required
31
VLAN0031
static
Required
91
VLAN0011
1/g1-1/g2
static
Not Required
3964
Guest VLAN
1/g17
Guest
-
show vlan association mac
Use the show vlan association mac command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the VLAN associated with a specific configured MAC address. If no
MAC address is specified, the VLAN associations of all the configured MAC
addresses are displayed.
Syntax
show vlan association mac [mac-address]
•
mac-address — Specifies the MAC address to be entered in the list.
(Range: Any valid MAC address)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows no entry in MAC address to VLAN crossreference.
console#show vlan association mac
594
VLAN Commands
MAC Address
VLAN ID
-----------------------
-------
0001.0001.0001.0001
1
show vlan association subnet
Use the show vlan association subnet command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the VLAN associated with a specific configured IP-Address and
netmask. If no IP Address and net mask are specified, the VLAN associations
of all the configured IP-subnets are displayed.
Syntax
show vlan association subnet [ip-address ip-mask]
•
ip-address — Specifies IP address to be shown
•
ip-mask — Specifies IP mask to be shown
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows the case if no IP Subnet to VLAN association
exists.
console#show vlan association subnet
IP Address
IP Mask
VLAN ID
---------------- ---------------- ------The IP Subnet to VLAN association does not exist.
VLAN Commands
595
switchport access vlan
Use the switchport access vlan command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the VLAN ID when the interface is in access mode. To reconfigure
the default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
switchport access vlan vlan-id
no switchport access vlan
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID of the VLAN to which the port is configured.
Default Configuration
The default value for the vlan-id parameter is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The command automatically removes the port from the previous VLAN and
adds it to the new VLAN.
Example
The following example configures a VLAN ID of interface 1/g8 to become an
access member of VLAN ID 23.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport access vlan 23
switchport forbidden vlan
Use the switchport forbidden vlan command in Interface Configuration
mode to forbid adding specific VLANs to a port. To revert to allowing the
addition of specific VLANs to the port, use the remove parameter of this
command.
596
VLAN Commands
Syntax
switchport forbidden vlan {add vlan-list | remove vlan-list}
•
add vlan-list — List of valid VLAN IDs to add to the forbidden list.
Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a
hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
•
remove vlan-list — List of valid VLAN IDs to remove from the forbidden
list. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use
a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
Default Configuration
All VLANs allowed.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example forbids adding VLAN numbers 234 through 256 to
port 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport forbidden vlan add
234-256
switchport general acceptable-frame-type
tagged-only
Use the switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only command in
Interface Configuration mode to discard untagged frames at ingress. To
enable untagged frames at ingress, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
VLAN Commands
597
no switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
Default Configuration
All frame types are accepted at ingress.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures 1/g8 to discard untagged frames at ingress.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport general
acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
switchport general allowed vlan
Use the switchport general allowed vlan command in Interface
Configuration mode to add VLANs to or remove VLANs from a general port.
Syntax
switchport general allowed vlan add vlan-list [tagged | untagged]
switchport general allowed vlan remove vlan-list
598
•
add vlan-list — List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN
IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of
IDs.
•
remove vlan-list — List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate nonconsecutive
VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range
of IDs.
•
tagged — Sets the port to transmit tagged packets for the VLANs. If the
port is added to a VLAN without specifying tagged or untagged, the
default is untagged.
VLAN Commands
•
untagged — Sets the port to transmit untagged packets for the VLANs.
Default Configuration
Untagged.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
You can use this command to change the egress rule (for example, from
tagged to untagged) without first removing the VLAN from the list.
Example
The following example shows how to add VLANs 1, 2, 5, and 8 to the allowed
list.
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport general allowed
vlan add 1,2,5,8 tagged
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
Use the switchport general ingress-filtering disable command in Interface
Configuration mode to disable port ingress filtering. To enable ingress
filtering on a port, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
no switchport general ingress-filtering disable
Default Configuration
Ingress filtering is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
VLAN Commands
599
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to enables port ingress filtering on 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport general ingressfiltering disable
switchport general pvid
Use the switchport general pvid command in Interface Configuration mode
to configure the Port VLAN ID (PVID) when the interface is in general mode.
Use the switchport mode general command to set the VLAN membership
mode of a port to "general." To configure the default value, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
switchport general pvid vlan-id
no switchport general pvid
•
vlan-id — PVID. The VLAN ID may belong to a non-existent VLAN.
Default Configuration
The default value for the vlan-id parameter is 1 when the VLAN is enabled.
Otherwise, the value is 4093.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
600
VLAN Commands
Example
The following example shows how to configure the PVID for 1/g8, when the
interface is in general mode.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport general pvid 234
switchport mode
Use the switchport mode command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the VLAN membership mode of a port. To reset the mode to the
appropriate default for the switch, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
switchport mode {access | trunk | general}
no switchport mode
•
access — An access port connects to a single end station belonging to a
single VLAN. An access port is configured with ingress filtering enabled
and will accept either an untagged frame or a packet tagged with the access
port VLAN. An access port only egresses untagged packets.
•
trunk — Trunk port connects two switches. A trunk port may belong to
multiple VLANs. A trunk port accepts only packets tagged with the VLAN
IDs of the VLANs to which the trunk is a member. A trunk only egresses
tagged packets.
•
general — Full 802.1q support VLAN interface. A general mode port may
be a combination of both trunk and access ports. It is possible to fully
configure all VLAN features on a general mode port.
Default Configuration
The default for this command is access.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
VLAN Commands
601
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures 1/g8 to access mode.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport mode access
switchport protected
Use the switchport protected command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure a protected port. The groupid parameter identifies the set of
protected ports to which this interface is assigned. You can only configure an
interface as protected in one group. You are required to remove an interface
from one group before adding it to another group.
Port protection occurs within a single switch. Protected port configuration
does not affect traffic between ports on two different switches. No traffic
forwarding is possible between two protected ports.
Syntax
switchport protected groupid
no switchport protected
•
groupid--Identifies which group this port will be protected in. (Range: 0-2)
Default Configuration
No protected switchports are defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
602
VLAN Commands
Example
The following example configures Ethernet port 1/g1 as a member of
protected group 1.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#switchport protected 1
switchport protected name
Use the switchport protected name command in Global Configuration mode
to adds the port to the protected group 1 and also sets the group name to
"protected".
Syntax
switchport protected groupid name name
no switchport protected groupid name
•
•
groupid — Identifies which group the port is to be protected in. (Range: 0-
2)
name — Name of the group. (Range: 0-32 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example assigns the name "protected" to group 1.
console(config-if-1/g1)#switchport protected 1 name
protected
VLAN Commands
603
switchport trunk allowed vlan
Use the switchport trunk allowed vlan command in Interface Configuration
mode to add VLANs to or remove VLANs from a trunk port.
Syntax
switchport trunk allowed vlan {add vlan-list | remove vlan-list}
•
add vlan-list — List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate non-consecutive VLAN
IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of
IDs.
•
remove vlan-list — List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate non-consecutive
VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range
of IDs.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to add VLANs 1, 2, and 5 to 8 to the
allowed list.
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport trunk allowed vlan
add 1,2,5-8
vlan
Use the vlan command in VLAN Database mode to configure a VLAN. To
delete a VLAN, use the no form of this command.
604
VLAN Commands
Syntax
vlan vlan-range
no vlan vlan-range
• vlan-range — A list of valid VLAN IDs to be added. List separate, nonconsecutive VLAN IDs separated by commas (without spaces); use a
hyphen to designate a range of IDs. (Range: 2–4093)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
Deleting the VLAN for an access port will cause that port to become unusable
until it is assigned a VLAN that exists.
Example
The following example shows how to create (add) VLAN of IDs 22, 23, and
56.
console(config-vlan)#vlan 22,23,56
console(config-vlan)#
vlan association mac
Use the vlan association mac command in VLAN Database mode to associate
a MAC address to a VLAN. The maximum number of MAC-based VLANs is
256.
Syntax
vlan association mac mac-address vlanid
no vlan association mac mac-address
mac-address — MAC address to associate. (Range: Any MAC address in the
format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx)
VLAN Commands
605
vlanid — VLAN to associate with subnet. (Range: 1-4093)
Default Configuration
No assigned MAC address.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example associates MAC address with VLAN ID 1.
console(config-vlan)#vlan association mac
0001.0001.0001 1
vlan association subnet
Use the vlan association subnet command in VLAN Database mode to
associate a VLAN to a specific IP-subnet.
Syntax
vlan association subnet ip-address subnet-mask vlanid
no vlan association subnet ip-address subnet-mask
•
ip-address — Source IP address. (Range: Any valid IP address)
•
subnet-mask — Subnet mask. (Range: Any valid subnet mask)
•
vlanid — VLAN to associated with subnet. (Range: 1-4093)
Default Configuration
No assigned ip-subnet.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
606
VLAN Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example associates IP address with VLAN ID 100.
console(config-vlan)#vlan association subnet
192.245.23.45 255.255.255.0 100
vlan database
Use the vlan database command in Global Configuration mode to enter the
VLAN database configuration mode.
Syntax
vlan database
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enters the VLAN database mode.
console(config)#vlan database
console(config-vlan)#
VLAN Commands
607
vlan makestatic
This command changes a dynamically created VLAN (one that is created by
GVRP registration) to a static VLAN (one that is permanently configured and
defined). The ID is a valid VLAN identification number. VLAN range is 24093.
Syntax
vlan makestatic vlan-id
•
vlan-id — Valid vlan ID. Range is 2–4093.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Database Mode
User Guidelines
The dynamic VLAN (created via GRVP) should exist prior to executing this
command. See the Type column in output from the show vlan command to
determine that the VLAN is dynamic.
Example
The following changes vlan 3 to a static VLAN.
console(config-vlan)#vlan makestatic 3
vlan protocol group
Use the vlan protocol group command in Global Configuration mode to add
protocol-based groups to the system. When a protocol group is created, it is
assigned a unique group ID number. The group ID is used to identify the
group in subsequent commands. Use the no form of the command to remove
the specified VLAN protocol group name from the system.
If multiple vlan protocol groups are created, this command deletes one of the
groups, and then saves the configuration. The older implementation of this
command resulted in incorrectly applying the group IDs on reload. So, the
608
VLAN Commands
existing command vlan protocol group <groupname> is updated to vlan
protocol group <groupid> so that groupid is used for both configuration
and script generation.
NOTE: If an attempt is made to migrate to the latest implementation with any of the
groupnames deleted prior to saving configuration on the pre 3.0.0.x code
(applicable only for platforms PC62xx, PCM622x, PCM8024), the problem on the
latest code will remain.
Syntax
vlan protocol group <groupid>
no vlan protocol group <groupid>
•
groupid — The protocol-based VLAN group ID, to create a protocol-based
VLAN group. To see the created protocol groups, use the show port
protocol all command.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config)# vlan protocol group 1
vlan protocol group add protocol
Use the vlan protocol group add protocol command in Global Configuration
mode to add a protocol to the protocol-based VLAN groups identified by
groupid. A group may have more than one protocol associated with it. Each
interface and protocol combination can be associated with one group only. If
adding a protocol to a group causes any conflicts with interfaces currently
associated with the group, this command fails and the protocol is not added
to the group.
VLAN Commands
609
To remove the protocol from the protocol-based VLAN group identified by
groupid, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
vlan protocol group add protocol <groupid> ethertype <value>
no vlan protocol group add protocol <groupid> ethertype <value>
•
groupid — The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically
generated when you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan
protocol group command. To see the group ID associated with the name
of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all command.
•
ethertype — The protocol you want to add. The ethertype can be any valid
hexadecimal number in the range 1536 to 65535.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to add the "ip" protocol to the protocol
based VLAN group identified as "2."
console(config)#vlan protocol group add protocol 2
ethertype 0xXXXX
610
VLAN Commands
vlan protocol group name
This is a new command for assigning a group name to vlan protocol group id.
Syntax
vlan protocol group name <groupid> <groupName>
no vlan protocol group name <groupid>
•
groupid—The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically
generated when you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan
protocol group command. To see the group ID associated with the name
of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all command
•
groupName—The group name you want to add. The group name can be
up to 16 characters length. It can be any valid alpha numeric characters.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config)# vlan protocol group name 1 usergroup
VLAN Commands
611
vlan protocol group remove
Use the vlan protocol group remove command in Global Configuration
mode to remove the protocol-based VLAN group identified by groupid.
Syntax
vlan protocol group remove groupid
•
groupid — The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically
generated when you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan
protocol group command. To see the group ID associated with the name
of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all command.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the removal of the protocol-based VLAN
group identified as "2."
console(config)#vlan protocol group remove 2
612
VLAN Commands
vlan routing
Use the vlan routing command to enable routing on a VLAN. Use the “no”
form of this command to disable routing on a VLAN.
Syntax
vlan routing vlanid [index]
•
vlanid— Valid VLAN ID (Range 1–4093).
•
index — Internal interface ID. This optional parameter is listed in the
configuration file for all VLAN routing interfaces. When a nonstop
forwarding failover occurs, this information enables the system to correlate
checkpointed state information with the proper interfaces and their
configuration.
Default Configuration
Routing is not enabled on any VLANs by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
The user is not required to use this command. Routing can still be enabled
using the routing command in VLAN Interface Configuration mode.
Examples
console(config-vlan)# vlan routing 10 1
VLAN Commands
613
614
VLAN Commands
Voice VLAN Commands
29
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
voice vlan
•
voice vlan (Interface)
•
voice vlan data priority
•
show voice vlan
Voice VLAN Commands
615
voice vlan
This command is used to enable the voice vlan capability on the switch.
Syntax
voice vlan
no voice vlan
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Usage Guidelines
Not applicable
Default Value
This feature is disabled by default.
Example
console(config)#voice vlan
console(config)#no voice vlan
voice vlan (Interface)
This command is used to enable the voice vlan capability on the interface.
Syntax
voice vlan {vlanid | dot1p priority | none | untagged | data priority {trust |
untrust} | auth {enable | disable} | dscp dscp}
no voice vlan
616
•
vlanid —The voice VLAN ID.
•
priority —The Dot1p priority for the voice VLAN on the port.
Voice VLAN Commands
•
trust —Trust the dot1p priority or DSCP values contained in packets
arriving on the voice vlan port.
•
untrust —Do not trust the dot1p priority or DSCP values contained in
packets arriving on the voice vlan port.
•
dscp —The DSCP value (Range: 0–64).
Default Configuration
The default DSCP value is 46.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#voice vlan 1
console(config-if-1/g1)#voice vlan dot1p 1
console(config-if-1/g1)#voice vlan none
console(config-if-1/g1)#voice vlan untagged
voice vlan data priority
This command is to either trust or not trust (untrust) the data traffic arriving
on the voice VLAN port.
Syntax
voice vlan data priority {trust | untrust}
•
trust —Trust the dot1p priority or DSCP values contained in packets
arriving on the voice vlan port.
•
untrust —Do not trust the dot1p priority or DSCP values contained in
packets arriving on the voice vlan port.
Voice VLAN Commands
617
Command Mode
Interface Configuration
Default Value
trust
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#voice vlan data priority untrust
console(config-if-1/g1)#voice vlan data priority trust
show voice vlan
show voice vlan [interface {<unit/port> |all}]
Syntax
When the interface parameter is not specified, only the global mode of the
voice VLAN is displayed.
When the interface parameter is specified:
Voice VLAN ModeThe admin mode of the voice VLAN on the interface.
Voice VLAN IdThe voice VLAN ID.
Voice VLAN PriorityThe Dot1p priority for the voice VLAN on the port.
Voice VLAN Untagged The tagging option foe the voice VLAN traffic.
Voice VLAN COS Override The Override option for the voice traffic
arriving on the port.
Voice VLAN Status The operational status of voice VLAN on the port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
618
Voice VLAN Commands
Example
(console) #show voice vlan interface 1/g1
Interface...............................1/g1
Voice VLAN Interface Mode...............Enabled
Voice VLAN ID...........................1
Voice VLAN COS Override.................False
Voice VLAN Port Status..................Disabled
Voice VLAN Commands
619
620
Voice VLAN Commands
802.1x Commands
30
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
•
dot1x max-req
•
dot1x max-users
•
dot1x port-control
•
dot1x re-authenticate
•
dot1x re-authentication
•
dot1x system-auth-control
•
dot1x timeout guest-vlan-period
•
dot1x timeout quiet-period
•
dot1x timeout re-authperiod
•
dot1x timeout server-timeout
•
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
•
dot1x timeout tx-period
•
show dot1x
•
show dot1x clients
•
show dot1x ethernet
•
show dot1x statistics
•
show dot1x users
802.1x Advanced Features
•
dot1x guest-vlan
•
dot1x unauth-vlan
•
show dot1x advanced
802.1x Option 81
•
radius-server attribute 4
802.1x Commands
621
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
Use the dot1x mab-enable command to enable MAB on an interface. Use the
“no” form of this command to disable MAB on an interface.
Syntax
dot1x mac-auth-bypass
no dot1x mac-auth-bypass
Default Configuration
MAC Authentication Bypass is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets MAC Authentication Bypass on interface 1/2:
console(config-if-1/g2)#dot1x mac-auth-bypass
dot1x max-req
Use the dot1x max-req command in Interface Configuration mode to set the
maximum number of times that the switch sends an Extensible
Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame (assuming that no response is
received) to the client before restarting the authentication process. To return
to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x max-req count
no dot1x max-req
•
622
count — Number of times that the switch sends an EAP-request/identity
frame before restarting the authentication process. (Range: 1–10)
802.1x Commands
Default Configuration
The default value for the count parameter is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual
circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with
certain clients and authentication servers.
Example
The following example sets the number of times that the switch sends an
EAP-request/identity frame to 6.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x max-req 6
dot1x max-users
Use the dot1x max-users command in Interface Configuration mode to set
the maximum number of clients supported on the port when MAC-based
802.1X authentication is enabled on the port. Use the no version of the
command to reset the maximum number of clients supported on the port
when MAC-based 802.1X authentication is enabled on the port. The value
would be reset to 8.
Syntax
dot1x max-users users
no dot1x max-users
•
users — The number of users the port supports for MAC-based 802.1X
authentication (Range: 1–16)
Default Configuration
The default number of clients supported on a port with MAC-based 802.1X
authentication is 8.
802.1x Commands
623
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following command limits the number of devices that can authenticate
on port 1/g2 to 3.
console(config-if-1/g2)#dot1x max-users 3
dot1x port-control
Use the dot1x port-control command in Interface Configuration mode to
enable the IEEE 802.1X operation on the port.
Syntax
dot1x port-control {force-authorized | force-unauthorized | auto | macbased}
no dot1x port-control
624
•
auto — Enables 802.1x authentication on the interface and causes the
port to transition to the authorized or unauthorized state based on the
802.1x authentication exchange between the switch and the client.
•
force-authorized — Disables 802.1x authentication on the interface and
causes the port to transition to the authorized state without any
authentication exchange required. The port sends and receives normal
traffic without 802.1x-based authentication of the client.
•
force-unauthorized — Denies all access through this interface by forcing
the port to transition to the unauthorized state, ignoring all attempts by
the client to authenticate. The switch cannot provide authentication
services to the client through the interface.
•
mac-based — Enables 802.1x authentication on the interface and allows
multiple hosts to authenticate on a single port. The hosts are distinguished
by their MAC addresses.
802.1x Commands
Default Configuration
The default configuration is auto.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
It is recommended that you disable the spanning tree or enable spanning-tree
PortFast mode on 802.1x edge ports (ports in auto state that are connected to
end stations), in order to go immediately to the forwarding state after
successful authentication.
When configuring a port to use MAC-based authentication, the port must be
in switchport general mode.
Example
The following command enables MAC-based authentication on port 1/g2
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g2
console(config-if-1/g2)# dot1x port-control mac-based
dot1x re-authenticate
Use the dot1x re-authenticate command in Privileged EXEC mode to enable
manually initiating a re-authentication of all 802.1x-enabled ports or the
specified 802.1x-enabled port.
Syntax
dot1x re-authenticate [ethernet interface]
•
interface — Specifies a valid interface number. The full syntax is unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
802.1x Commands
625
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following command manually initiates a re-authentication of the 802.1xenabled port.
console# dot1x re-authenticate ethernet 1/g16
dot1x re-authentication
Use the dot1x re-authentication command in Interface Configuration mode
to enable periodic re-authentication of the client. To return to the default
setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x re-authentication
no dot1x re-authentication
Default Configuration
Periodic re-authentication is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables periodic re-authentication of the client.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x re-authentication
626
802.1x Commands
dot1x system-auth-control
Use the dot1x system-auth-control command in Global Configuration mode
to enable 802.1x globally. To disable 802.1x globally, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
dot1x system-auth-control
no dot1x system-auth-control
Default Configuration
The default for this command is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables 802.1x globally.
console(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
dot1x timeout guest-vlan-period
Use the dot1x timeout guest-vlan-period command in Interface
Configuration mode to set the number of seconds that the switch waits
before authorizing the client if the client is a dot1x unaware client.
Syntax
dot1x timeout guest-vlan-period seconds
seconds — Time in seconds that the switch waits before authorizing the
client if the client is a dot1x unaware client.
802.1x Commands
627
Default Configuration
The switch remains in the quiet state for 90 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
It is recommended that the user set the dot1x timeout guest-vlan-period to at
least three times the while timer, so that at least three EAP Requests are sent,
before assuming that the client is a dot1x unaware client.
Example
The following example sets the dot1x timeout guest vlan period to 100
seconds.
console(config)# dot1x timeout guest-vlan-period 100
dot1x timeout quiet-period
Use the dot1x timeout quiet-period command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state
following a failed authentication exchange (for example, the client provided
an invalid password). To return to the default setting, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout quiet-period seconds
no dot1x timeout quiet-period
•
seconds — Time in seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state
following a failed authentication exchange with the client. (Range:
0–65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
The switch remains in the quiet state for 60 seconds.
628
802.1x Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
During the quiet period, the switch does not accept or initiate any
authentication requests.
Change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual
circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with
certain clients and authentication servers.
To provide a faster response time to the user, enter a smaller number than the
default.
Example
The following example sets the number of seconds that the switch remains in
the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange to 3600.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x timeout quiet-period
3600
dot1x timeout re-authperiod
Use the dot1x timeout re-authperiod command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. To
return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout re-authperiod seconds
no dot1x timeout re-authperiod
•
seconds — Number of seconds between re-authentication attempts.
(Range: 300–4294967295)
Default Configuration
Re-authentication period is 3600 seconds.
802.1x Commands
629
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the number of seconds between re-authentication
attempts to 300.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x timeout re-authperiod
300
dot1x timeout server-timeout
Use the dot1x timeout server-timeout command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the time that the switch waits for a response from the
authentication server. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout server-timeout seconds
no dot1x timeout server-timeout
•
seconds — Time in seconds that the switch waits for a response from the
authentication server. (Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
The period of time is set to 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
630
802.1x Commands
User Guidelines
The actual timeout is this parameter or the product of the Radius
transmission times the Radius timeout, whichever is smaller
Example
The following example sets the time for the retransmission to the
authentication server to 3600 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)# dot1x timeout server-timeout
3600
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
Use the dot1x timeout supp-timeout command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the time that the switch waits for a response before
retransmitting an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame to
the client. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout supp-timeout seconds
no dot1x timeout supp-timeout
•
seconds — Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response to
an EAP-request frame from the client before resending the request.
(Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
The period of time is set to 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual
circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with
certain clients and authentication servers.
802.1x Commands
631
Example
The following example sets the time for the retransmission of an EAP-request
frame to the client to 3600 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout
3600
dot1x timeout tx-period
Use the dot1x timeout tx-period command in Interface Configuration mode
to set the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity frame from the
client before resending the request. To return to the default setting, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout tx-period seconds
no dot1x timeout tx-period
•
seconds — Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response to
an EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the
request.
(Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
The period of time is set to 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual
circumstances, such as unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with
certain clients and authentication servers.
632
802.1x Commands
Example
The following command sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for
a response to an EAP-request/identity frame to 3600 seconds.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x timeout tx-period
3600
show dot1x
Use the show dot1x command in Privileged EXEC mode to display 802.1X
status for the switch or for the specified interface. This feature is an extension
of Dot1x Option 81 feature added in Power Connect Release 2.1. The feature
accepts a VLAN name as an alternative to a number when RADIUS indicates
the Tunnel-Private-Group-ID for a supplicant.
Syntax
show dot1x [ethernet interface]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays 802.1X port 1/g8 status.
console#show dot1x ethernet 1/g8
Administrative Mode............... Disabled
802.1x Commands
633
Port
Admin
Oper
Reauth
Mode
Mode
Control
-------
------------------
------------
--------
1/g8
auto
Authorized
FALSE
Reauth
Period
---------3600
User Name...................................... Clark
Quiet Period................................... 60
Transmit Period................................ 30
Maximum Requests............................... 2
Max Users...................................... 16
VLAN Assigned..................................
Supplicant Timeout............................. 30
Server Timeout (secs).......................... 30
Authenticator PAE State........................
Initialize
Backend Authentication State...................
Initialize
Authentication Success......................... 9
Authentication Fails........................... 1
The show dot1x output for a specified interface varies depending on the
802.1X Admin Mode of the port and whether any supplicants are
authenticated on the port. The following table describes the significant fields
shown in the display:
Field
Description
Port
The port number.
Admin mode
The port admin mode. Possible values are: Force-auth,
Force-unauth, Auto, and mac-based.
Oper mode
The control mode under which this port is operating.
Possible values are: Authorized or Unauthorized.
634
802.1x Commands
Field
Description
Reauth Control
Indicates whether re-authentication is enabled on this
port.
Reauth Period
The timer used by the authenticator state machine on this
port to determine when reauthentication of the supplicant
takes place. The value is expressed in seconds and will be
in the range of 1 and 65535.
Username
The username representing the identity of the Supplicant.
This field shows the username when the port control is
auto or mac-based. If the port is Authorized, it shows the
username of the current user. If the port is unauthorized it
shows the last user that was authenticated successfully.
Quiet period
The number of seconds that the switch remains in the
quiet state following a failed authentication exchange (for
example, the client provided an invalid password).
Transmit period
The number of seconds that the switch waits for a
response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP)-request/identity frame from the client before
resending the request.
Maximum Requests
The maximum number of times that the switch sends an
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame
(assuming that no response is received) to the client
before restarting the authentication process.
Max Users
The maximum number of clients that can get
authenticated on the port in the MAC-based dot1x
authentication mode.
VLAN Assigned
The VLAN assigned to the client by the radius server.
When VLAN assignments are disabled, RADIUS server
does not assign any VLAN to the port, and this field is
blank.
Supplicant Timeout
The timer used by the authenticator state machine on this
port to timeout the supplicant. The value is expressed in
seconds and will be in the range of 1 and 65535.
Server timeout
Time in seconds the switch waits for a response from the
authentication server before resending the request.
802.1x Commands
635
Field
Description
Authenticator PAE State Current state of the authenticator PAE state machine.
Possible values are Initialize, Disconnected, Connecting,
Authenticating, Authenticated, Aborting, Held,
ForceAuthorized, and ForceUnauthorized.
Backend Authentication Current state of the backend authentication state
State
machine. Possible values are Request, Response, Success,
Fail, Timeout, Idle, and Initialize.
Authentication success
Counts the number of times the state machine has
received a Success message from the Authentication
Server.
Authentication fails
Counts the number of times the state machine has
received a Failure message from the Authentication Server.
Supplicant MAC Address The MAC-address of the supplicant
Filter-ID
The Filter Id assigned to the client by the RADIUS server.
This field is not applicable when the Filter-Id feature is
disabled on the RADIUS server and client.
show dot1x clients
Use the show dot1x clients command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
detailed information about the users who have successfully authenticated on
the system or on a specified port.
Syntax
show dot1x clients {all |ethernet interface}
•
all — All 802.1X clients authenticated on the system
•
interface — A valid Ethernet interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
636
802.1x Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the 802.1x clients
authenticated on port 1/g9.
console#show dot1x clients ethernet 1/g9
Interface............................ 1/g9
User Name............................ guest1
Supp MAC Address..................... 0012.1756.76EA
Session Time......................... 118
Filter Id............................
VLAN Assigned........................ 1
Interface............................ 1/g9
User Name............................ guest1
Supp MAC Address..................... 0012.1756.796B
Session Time......................... 80
Filter Id............................
VLAN Assigned........................ 1
802.1x Commands
637
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Interface
The port number.
Username
The username representing the identity of the Supplicant.
This field shows the username when the port control is
auto or mac-based. If the port is Authorized, it shows the
username of the current user. If the port is unauthorized it
shows the last user that was authenticated successfully.
Supp MAC Address
The MAC-address of the supplicant
Session Time
The amount of time, in seconds, since the client was
authenticated on the port.
Filter-ID
The Filter Id assigned to the client by the RADIUS server.
This field is not applicable when the Filter-Id feature is
disabled on the RADIUS server and client.
VLAN Assigned
The VLAN assigned to the client by the radius server.
When VLAN assignments are disabled, RADIUS server
does not assign any VLAN to the port, and this field is set
to 0.
show dot1x ethernet
The show dot1x ethernet command has been modified to show the status of
MAC Authentication Bypass. This feature is an extension of Dot1x Option 81
feature added in Power Connect Release 2.1. to accept a VLAN name as an
alternative to a number when RADIUS indicates the Tunnel-Private-GroupID for a supplicant.
Syntax
show dot1x ethernet interface
•
interface — Specifies a valid interface number. The full syntax is unit/port
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
638
802.1x Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show dot1x ethernet 1/g1
Administrative Mode............... Disabled
Port
Admin
Oper
Reauth
Reauth
Mode
Mode
Control
-------
------------------
------------
--------
----------
Period
1/g1
auto
Authorized
FALSE
3600
Quiet Period................................... 60
Transmit Period................................ 30
Maximum Requests............................... 2
Max Users...................................... 16
VLAN Assigned.................................. 10
(exampleVlanName)
Supplicant Timeout............................. 30
Server Timeout (secs).......................... 30
MAB mode (configured).......................... Disabled
MAB mode (operational)......................... Disabled
Authenticator PAE State........................ Initialize
Backend Authentication State................... Initialize
802.1x Commands
639
show dot1x statistics
Use the show dot1x statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
802.1x statistics for the specified interface.
Syntax
show dot1x statistics ethernet interface
•
interface — Ethernet port name. The full syntax is unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays 802.1x statistics for the specified interface.
console#show dot1x statistics ethernet 1/g2
Port........................................... 1/g2
EAPOL Frames Received.......................... 0
EAPOL Frames Transmitted....................... 0
EAPOL Start Frames Received.................... 0
EAPOL Logoff Frames Received................... 0
Last EAPOL Frame Version....................... 0
Last EAPOL Frame Source............... 0000.0000.0000
EAP Response/Id Frames Received................ 0
EAP Response Frames Received................... 0
640
802.1x Commands
EAP Request/Id Frames Transmitted.............. 0
EAP Request Frames Transmitted................. 0
Invalid EAPOL Frames Received.................. 0
EAPOL Length Error Frames Received............. 0
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Field
Description
EapolFramesRx
The number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that
have been received by this Authenticator.
EapolFramesTx
The number of EAPOL frames of any type that have
been transmitted by this Authenticator.
EapolStartFramesRx
The number of EAPOL Start frames that have been
received by this Authenticator.
EapolLogoffFramesRx
The number of EAPOL Logoff frames that have been
received by this Authenticator.
EapolRespIdFramesRx
The number of EAP Resp/Id frames that have been
received by this Authenticator.
EapolRespFramesRx
The number of valid EAP Response frames (other than
Resp/Id frames) that have been received by this
Authenticator.
EapolReqIdFramesTx
The number of EAP Req/Id frames that have been
transmitted by this Authenticator.
EapolReqFramesTx
The number of EAP Request frames (other than Rq/Id
frames) that have been transmitted by this
Authenticator.
InvalidEapolFramesRx
The number of EAPOL frames that have been received
by this Authenticator in which the frame type is not
recognized.
802.1x Commands
641
Field
Description
EapLengthErrorFramesRx The number of EAPOL frames that have been received
by this Authenticator in which the Packet Body Length
field is invalid.
LastEapolFrameVersion
The protocol version number carried in the most recently
received EAPOL frame.
LastEapolFrameSource
The source MAC address carried in the most recently
received EAPOL frame.
show dot1x users
Use the show dot1x users command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
802.1x authenticated users for the switch.
Syntax
show dot1x users [username username]
•
username — Supplicant username (Range: 1–160 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
642
802.1x Commands
Example
The following example displays 802.1x users.
console#show dot1x users
Port
Username
--------- --------1/g1
Bob
1/g2
John
Switch# show dot1x users username Bob
Port
Username
--------- --------1/g1
Bob
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Username
The username representing the identity of the Supplicant.
Port
The port that the user is using.
802.1x Advanced Features
dot1x guest-vlan
Use the dot1x guest-vlan command in Interface Configuration mode to set
the guest VLAN on a port. The VLAN must already have been defined. The
no form of this command sets the guest VLAN id to zero, which disables the
guest VLAN on a port.
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id
no dot1x guest-vlan
•
vlan-id — The ID of a valid VLAN to use as the guest VLAN (Range: 04093).
802.1x Commands
643
Default Configuration
The guest VLAN is disabled on the interface by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Configure the guest VLAN before using this command.
Example
The following example sets the guest VLAN on port 1/g2 to VLAN 10.
console(config-if-1/g2)#dot1x guest-vlan 10
dot1x unauth-vlan
Use the dot1x unauth-vlan command in Interface Configuration mode to
specify the unauthenticated VLAN on a port. The unauthenticated VLAN is
the VLAN to which supplicants that fail 802.1X authentication are assigned.
Syntax
dot1x unauth-vlan vlan-id
no dot1x unauth-vlan
•
vlan-id — The ID of a valid VLAN to use for unauthenticated clients
(Range: 0-4093).
Default Configuration
The unauthenticated VLAN is disabled on the interface by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Configure the unauthenticated VLAN before using this command.
644
802.1x Commands
Example
The following example set the unauthenticated VLAN on port 1/g2 to VLAN
20.
console(config-if-1/g2)#dot1x unauth-vlan 20
show dot1x advanced
Use the show dot1x advanced command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
802.1x advanced features for the switch or for the specified interface. The
output of this command has been updated in release 2.1 to remove the
Multiple Hosts column and add an Unauthenticated VLAN column, which
indicates whether an unauthenticated VLAN is configured on a port. The
command has also been updated to show the Guest VLAN ID (instead of the
status) since it is now configurable per port.
Syntax
show dot1x advanced [ethernet interface]
•
interface — Specifies a valid ethernet interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
802.1x Commands
645
Example
The following example displays 802.1x advanced features for the switch.
console#show dot1x advanced
Port
Guest
Unauthenticated
VLAN
Vlan
---------
---------
---------------
1/g1
Disabled
Disabled
1/g2
10
20
1/g3
Disabled
Disabled
1/g4
Disabled
Disabled
1/g5
Disabled
Disabled
1/g6
Disabled
Disabled
console#show dot1x advanced ethernet 1/g2
Port
Guest
VLAN
Unauthenticated
Vlan
---------
---------
---------------
1/g2
10
20
646
802.1x Commands
802.1x Option 81
radius-server attribute 4
Use the radius-server attribute 4 command in Global Configuration mode to
set the network access server (NAS) IP address for the RADIUS server. Use
the no version of the command to set the value to the default.
Syntax
radius-server attribute 4 ip-address
no dot1x guest-vlan
•
ip-address — Specifies the IP address to be used as the RADIUS attribute
4, the NAS IP address.
Default Configuration
If a RADIUS server has been configured on the switch, the default attribute 4
value is the RADIUS server IP address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the NAS IP address in RADIUS attribute 4 to
192.168.10.22.
console(config)#radius-server attribute 4
192.168.10.22
802.1x Commands
647
648
802.1x Commands
ARP Commands
31
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
arp
•
arp cachesize
•
arp dynamicrenew
•
arp purge
•
arp resptime
•
arp retries
•
arp timeout
•
clear arp-cache
•
clear arp-cache management
•
ip proxy-arp
•
show arp
ARP Commands
649
arp
Use the arp command in Global Configuration mode to create an Address
Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry. Use the no form of the command to remove
the entry.
Syntax
arp ip-address mac-address
no arp ip-address
• ip-address — IP address of a device on a subnet attached to an existing
routing interface.
•
mac-address — A unicast MAC address for that device.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates an ARP entry consisting of an IP address and a
MAC address.
console(config)#arp 192.168.1.2 00A2.64B3.A245
arp cachesize
Use the arp cachesize command in Global Configuration mode to configure
the maximum number of entries in the ARP cache. To return the maximum
number ARP cache entries to the default value, use the no form of this
command.
650
ARP Commands
Syntax
arp cachesize integer
no arp cachesize
•
integer — Maximum number of ARP entries in the cache. (Range:
256–1024)
Default Configuration
The default integer value is 896.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines an arp cachesize of 500.
console(config)#arp cachesize 500
arp dynamicrenew
Use the arp dynamicrenew command in Global Configuration mode to
enable the ARP component to automatically renew dynamic ARP entries
when they age out. To disable the automatic renewal of dynamic ARP entries
when they age out, use the no form of the command.
Syntax
arp dynamicrenew
no arp dynamicrenew
Default Configuration
The default state is enabled.
ARP Commands
651
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When an ARP entry reaches its maximum age, the system must decide
whether to retain or delete the entry. If the entry has recently been used to
forward data packets, the system will renew the entry by sending an ARP
request to the neighbor. If the neighbor responds, the age of the ARP cache
entry is reset to 0 without removing the entry from the hardware. Traffic to
the host continues to be forwarded in hardware without interruption. If the
entry is not being used to forward data packets, then the entry is deleted from
the ARP cache, unless the dynamic renew option is enabled. If the dynamic
renew option is enabled, the system sends an ARP request to renew the entry.
When an entry is not renewed, it is removed from the hardware and
subsequent data packets to the host trigger an ARP request. Traffic to the
host is lost until the router receives an ARP reply from the host. Gateway
entries, entries for a neighbor router, are always renewed. The dynamic renew
option only applies to host entries.
The disadvantage of enabling dynamic renew is that once an ARP cache entry
is created, that cache entry continues to take space in the ARP cache as long
as the neighbor continues to respond to ARP requests, even if no traffic is
being forwarded to the neighbor. In a network where the number of potential
neighbors is greater than the ARP cache capacity, enabling dynamic renew
could prevent some neighbors from communicating because the ARP cache is
full.
Example
console#configure
console(config)#arp dynamicrenew
console(config)#no arp dynamicrenew
arp purge
Use the arp purge command in Privileged EXEC mode to cause the specified
IP address to be removed from the ARP cache. Only entries of type dynamic
or gateway are affected by this command.
652
ARP Commands
Syntax
arp purge ip-address
•
ip-address — The IP address to be removed from ARP cache.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example removes the specified IP address from arp cache.
console#arp purge 192.168.1.10
arp resptime
Use the arp resptime command in Global Configuration mode to configure
the ARP request response timeout. To return the response timeout to the
default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
arp resptime integer
no arp resptime
•
integer — IP ARP entry response time out. (Range: 1-10 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default value is 1 second.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
ARP Commands
653
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a response timeout of 5 seconds.
console(config)#arp resptime 5
arp retries
Use the arp retries command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
ARP count of maximum requests for retries. To return to the default value,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
arp retries integer
no arp retries
•
integer — The maximum number of requests for retries. (Range: 0-10)
Default Configuration
The default value is 4 retries.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines 6 as the maximum number of retries.
console(config)#arp retries 6
654
ARP Commands
arp timeout
Use the arp timeout command in Global Configuration mode to configure
the ARP entry ageout time. Use the no form of the command to set the
ageout time to the default.
Syntax
arp timeout integer
no arp timeout
•
integer — The IP ARP entry ageout time. (Range: 15-21600 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default value is 1200 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines 900 seconds as the timeout.
console(config)#arp timeout 900
clear arp-cache
Use the clear arp-cache command in Privileged EXEC mode to remove all
ARP entries of type dynamic from the ARP cache.
Syntax
clear arp-cache [gateway]
•
gateway — Removes the dynamic entries of type gateway, as well.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
ARP Commands
655
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears all entries ARP of type dynamic, including
gateway, from ARP cache.
console#clear arp-cache gateway
clear arp-cache management
Use the clear arp-cache management command to clear all entries from the
ARP cache learned from the management port.
Syntax
clear arp-cache management
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#clear arp-cache management
656
ARP Commands
ip proxy-arp
Use the ip proxy-arp command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
proxy ARP on a router interface. Without proxy ARP, a device only responds
to an ARP request if the target IP address is an address configured on the
interface where the ARP request arrived. With proxy ARP, the device may also
respond if the target IP address is reachable. The device only responds if all
next hops in its route to the destination are through interfaces other than the
interface that received the ARP request. Use the no form of the command to
disable proxy ARP on a router interface.
Syntax
ip proxy-arp
no ip proxy-arp
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables proxy arp for VLAN 15.
(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip proxy-arp
show arp
Use the show arp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the Address
Resolution Protocol (ARP) cache entries statically added or dynamically
learned on the routing ports. The displayed results are not the total ARP
entries. To view the total ARP entries, the operator should view the show ARP
results in conjunction with the show ARP switch results.
ARP Commands
657
Syntax
show arp [brief] [switch]
•
brief — Display ARP parameters and cache.
•
switch — Display ARP cache for the switch.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows show arp command output.
console#show arp
Age Time (seconds)............................. 1200
Response Time (seconds)........................ 1
Retries........................................ 4
Cache Size..................................... 896
Dynamic Renew Mode............................ Enable
Total Entry Count Current / Peak.............. 1 / 1
Static Entry Count Configured / Active / Max.. 0 / 0 / 64
console#show arp switch
IP Address
MAC Address
Interface
Type
Age
----------
----------------
-------------
-------
-----------
658
ARP Commands
32
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
•
bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount
•
bootpdhcprelay minwaittime
•
show bootpdhcprelay
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
659
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
Use the bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode command in Global Configuration
mode to enable the circuit ID option and remote agent ID mode for
BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. Use the no form of the command to
disable the circuit ID option and remote agent ID mode for BootP/DHCP
Relay.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode arpshow arpw arpoptshshow arposhow
arpwshow arp arpshoshow arpw arpshow arpmshow arpode
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the circuit ID and remote agent ID options.
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay ?
cidridoptmode........... Enable/Disable Circuit Id Option and
Remote Agent Id
Mode.
maxhopcount............. Configure the maximum hop count.
minwaittime............. Configure the minimum wait time.
The range of valid values for maxhopcount is 1–16.
valid values for minwaittime is 0–100 seconds.
660
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
The range of
bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount
Use the bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount command in Global Configuration
mode to configure the maximum allowable relay agent hops for BootP/DHCP
Relay on the system. Use the no form of the command to set the maximum
hop count to the default value.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount integer
no bootpdhcprelay maxhshoshow arpshow arpw arpopcshow arpsshshow
show arprpow arphshow arpow show arparpount
•
integer — Maximum allowable relay agent hops for BootP/DHCP Relay on
the system. (Range: 1-16)
Default Configuration
The default integer configuration is 4.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a maximum hopcount of 6.
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount 6
bootpdhcprelay minwaittime
Use the bootpdhcprelay minwaittime command in Global Configuration
mode to configure the minimum wait time in seconds for BootP/DHCP Relay
on the system. When the BOOTP relay agent receives a BOOTREQUEST
message, it might use the seconds-sinceclient- began-booting field of the
request as a factor in deciding whether to relay the request or not. Use the no
form of the command to set the minimum wait time to the default value.
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
661
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay minwaittiime integer
no bootpdhcprelay minshoshow arpshow arpwshshow arposhow
arpwshoshow arpwshow arp arp arp ashow arprpwaittime
•
integer — Minimum wait time for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
(Range: 0-100 seconds)
Default Configuration
0 is the default integer configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a minimum wait time of 10 seconds.
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay minwaittime 10
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
Use the bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode command in Global Configuration
mode to enable the circuit ID option and remote agent ID mode for
BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. Use the "no" form of the command to
disable the circuit ID option and remote agent ID mode for BootP/DHCP
Relay.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode arpshow arpw arpoptshshow arposhow
arpwshow arp arpshoshow arpw arpshow arpmshow arpode
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
662
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the circuit ID and remote agent ID options.
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
Circuit Id and Remote Agent Id Mode set Successfully.
show bootpdhcprelay
Use the show bootpdhcprelay command in User EXEC mode to display the
BootP/DHCP Relay information.
Syntax
show bootpdhcprelay
Default Configuration
The command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
663
Example
The following example defines the Boot/DHCP Relay information.
console#show bootpdhcprelay
Maximum Hop Count.............................. 4
Minimum Wait Time(Seconds)..................... 0
Circuit Id Option Mode.........................
Disable
664
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
DHCPv6 Commands
33
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear ipv6 dhcp
•
dns-server
•
domain-name
•
ipv6 dhcp pool
•
ipv6 dhcp relay
•
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt
•
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt
•
ipv6 dhcp server
•
prefix-delegation
•
service dhcpv6
•
show ipv6 dhcp
•
show ipv6 dhcp binding
•
show ipv6 dhcp interface
•
show ipv6 dhcp pool
•
show ipv6 dhcp statistics
DHCPv6 Commands
665
clear ipv6 dhcp
Use the clear ipv6 dhcp command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear
DHCPv6 statistics for all interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
clear ipv6 dhcp {statistics | interface vlan vlan-id statistics}
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
•
statistics — Indicates statistics display if VLAN is specified.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples clears DHCPv6 statistics for VLAN 11.
console#clear ipv6 dhcp interface vlan 11 statistics
dns-server
Use the dns-server command in IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode to set
the ipv6 DNS server address which is provided to a DHCPv6 client by the
DHCPv6 server. DNS server address is configured for stateless server support.
Syntax
dns-server dns-server-address
no dns-server dns-server-address
•
666
dns-server-address — Valid IPv6 address.
DHCPv6 Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DHCPv6 pool can have multiple number of domain names with maximum of
8.
Example
The following example sets the ipv6 DNS server address of 2020:1::1, which is
provided to a DHCPv6 client by the DHCPv6 server.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp pool addrpool
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#dns-server 2020:1::1
domain-name
Use the domain-name command in IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode to
set the DNS domain name which is provided to a DHCPv6 client by the
DHCPv6 server. DNS domain name is configured for stateless server support.
Syntax
domain-name dns-domain-name
no domain-name dns-domain-name
•
dns-domain-name — DHCPv6 domain name. (Range: 1–255 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode
DHCPv6 Commands
667
User Guidelines
DHCPv6 pool can have multiple number of domain names with maximum of
8.
Example
The following example sets the DNS domain name "test", which is provided
to a DHCPv6 client by the DHCPv6 server.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp pool addrpool
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#domain-name test
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#no domain-name test
ipv6 dhcp pool
Use the ipv6 dhcp pool command in Global Configuration mode to enter
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode. DHCPv6 pools are used to specify
information for DHCPv6 server to distribute to DHCPv6 clients. These pools
are shared between multiple interfaces over which DHCPv6 server
capabilities are configured.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp pool pool-name
no ipv6 dhcp pool pool-name
•
pool-name — DHCPv6 pool name. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
668
DHCPv6 Commands
Example
The following example enters IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp pool addrpool
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#
ipv6 dhcp relay
Use the ipv6 dhcp relay command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure an interface for DHCPv6 relay functionality.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay {destination relay-address [interface vlan vlan-id] | interface
vlan vlan-id} [remote-id {duid-ifid | user-defined-string}]
•
destination — Keyword that sets the relay server IPv6 address.
•
relay-address — An IPv6 address of a DHCPv6 relay server.
•
interface — Sets the relay server interface.
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID.
•
[remote-id {duid-ifid | user-defined-string}] — The Relay Agent
Information Option “remote ID” sub-option to be added to relayed
messages. This can either be the special keyword duid-ifid, which causes
the “remote ID” to be derived from the DHCPv6 server DUID and the
relay interface number, or it can be specified as a user-defined string.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel) mode
DHCPv6 Commands
669
User Guidelines
If relay-address is an IPv6 global address, then relay-interface is not required.
If relay-address is a link-local or multicast address, then relay-interface is
required. Finally, a value for relay-address is not specified, then a value for
relay-interface must be specified and the DHCPV6-ALLAGENTS multicast
address (i.e. FF02::1:2) is used to relay DHCPv6 messages to the relay server.
Example
The following example configures VLAN 15 for DHCPv6 relay functionality.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 dhcp relay destination
2020:1::1
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt
Use ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt command in Global Configuration mode
to configure a number to represent the DHCPv6 Relay Agent Information
Option. The DHCPv6 Relay Agent Information Option allows for various
sub-options to be attached to messages that are being relayed by the local
router to a relay server. The relay server may in turn use this information in
determining an address to assign to a DHCPv6 client.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt option
•
option — Agent information option. (Range: 54-65535)
Default Configuration
The default value for option is 54.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
670
DHCPv6 Commands
Example
The following example configures the number 100 to represent the DHCPv6
Relay Agent Information Option.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt 100
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt
Use the ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt command in Global
Configuration mode to configure a number to represent the DHCPv6 the
“remote-id” sub-option.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt suboption
•
suboption — Remote ID suboption. (Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
The default value for suboption is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the number 100 to represent the DHCPv6
the “remote-id” sub-option.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-idsubopt 100
ipv6 dhcp server
Use the ipv6 dhcp server command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure DHCPv6 server functionality on an interface. For a particular
interface DHCPv6 server and DHCPv6 relay functions are mutually exclusive.
DHCPv6 Commands
671
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp server pool-name [rapid-commit] [preference pref-value]
•
pool-name — The name of the DHCPv6 pool containing stateless and/or
prefix delegation parameters
•
rapid-commit — Is an option that allows for an abbreviated exchange
between the client and server.
•
pref-value — Preference value —used by clients to determine preference
between multiple DHCPv6 servers. (Range: 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures DHCPv6 server functionality.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 dhcp server pool
prefix-delegation
Use the prefix-delegation command in IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode
to define Multiple IPv6 prefixes within a pool for distributing to specific
DHCPv6 Prefix delegation clients.
Syntax
prefix-delegation prefix/prefixlength DUID [name hostname] [preferredlifetime {infinite | preferred-lifetime}]
no prefix-delegation prefix/prefixlength
•
672
prefix/prefixlength — Delegated IPv6 prefix.
DHCPv6 Commands
•
DUID — Client DUID (e.g. 00:01:00:09:f8:79:4e:00:04:76:73:43:76').
•
hostname — Client hostname used for logging and tracing. (Range: 0-31
characters.)
•
valid-lifetime — Valid lifetime for delegated prefix. (Range: 0-4294967295
seconds)
•
preferred-lifetime — Preferred lifetime for delegated prefix. (Range: 04294967295 seconds)
Default Configuration
2592000 seconds is the default value for preferred-lifetime. 604800 seconds is
the default value for valid-lifetime.
Command Mode
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a Multiple IPv6 prefix and client DUID within
a pool for distributing to specific DHCPv6 Prefix delegation clients.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp pool addrpool
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#prefix-delegation
2020:1::1/64 00:01:00:09:f8:79:4e:00:04:76:73:43:76
service dhcpv6
Use the service dhcpv6 command in Global Configuration mode to enable
DHCPv6 configuration on the router.
Syntax
service dhcpv6
no service dhcpv6
DHCPv6 Commands
673
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables DHCPv6 globally.
console#configure
console(config)#service dhcpv6
console(config)#no service dhcpv6
show ipv6 dhcp
Use the show ipv6 dhcp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
DHCPv6 server name and status.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
674
DHCPv6 Commands
Example
The following example displays the DHCPv6 server name and status.
console#show ipv6 dhcp
DHCPv6 is disabled
Server DUID:
show ipv6 dhcp binding
Use the show ipv6 dhcp binding command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the configured DHCP pool.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp binding [ipv6-addr]
•
ipv6-addr — Valid IPv6 address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the configured DHCP pool based on the
entered IPv6 address.
console#show ipv6 dhcp binding 2020:1::
DHCPv6 Commands
675
show ipv6 dhcp interface
Use the show ipv6 dhcp interface command in User EXEC mode to display
DHCPv6 information for all relevant interfaces or a specified interface. If an
interface is specified, the optional statistics parameter is available to view
statistics for the specified interface.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp interface {tunnel tunnel-id | vlan vlan-id} [statistics]
•
tunnel-id — Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0–7)
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
•
statistics — Enables statistics display if interface is specified.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display DHCPv6 information for VLAN 11.
console> show ipv6 dhcp interface vlan 11
IPv6 Interface.................................
vlan11
Mode........................................... Relay
Relay Address..................................
2020:1::1
Relay Interface Number......................... Relay
Relay Remote ID................................
676
DHCPv6 Commands
Option Flags...................................
console> show ipv6 dhcp interface vlan 11 statistics
DHCPv6 Interface vlan11 Statistics
-----------------------------------DHCPv6 Solicit Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Request Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Confirm Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Renew Packets Received.................. 0
DHCPv6 Rebind Packets Received................. 0
DHCPv6 Release Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Decline Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Inform Packets Received................. 0
DHCPv6 Relay-forward Packets Received.......... 0
DHCPv6 Relay-reply Packets Received............ 0
DHCPv6 Malformed Packets Received.............. 0
Received DHCPv6 Packets Discarded.............. 0
Total DHCPv6 Packets Received.................. 0
DHCPv6 Advertisement Packets Transmitted....... 0
DHCPv6 Reply Packets Transmitted............... 0
DHCPv6 Reconfig Packets Transmitted............ 0
DHCPv6 Relay-reply Packets Transmitted......... 0
DHCPv6 Relay-forward Packets Transmitted....... 0
Total DHCPv6 Packets Transmitted............... 0
DHCPv6 Commands
677
show ipv6 dhcp pool
Use the show ipv6 dhcp pool command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the configured DHCP pool.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp pool pool-name
•
pool-name — Name of the pool. (Range: 1-32 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the configured DHCP pool.
console#show ipv6 dhcp pool test
DHCPv6 Pool: test
show ipv6 dhcp statistics
Use the show ipv6 dhcp statistics command in User EXEC mode to display
the DHCPv6 server name and status.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp statistics
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
678
DHCPv6 Commands
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the DHCPv6 server name and status.
console> show ipv6 dhcp statistics
DHCPv6 Interface Global Statistics
-----------------------------------DHCPv6 Solicit Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Request Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Confirm Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Renew Packets Received.................. 0
DHCPv6 Rebind Packets Received................. 0
DHCPv6 Release Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Decline Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Inform Packets Received................. 0
DHCPv6 Relay-forward Packets Received.......... 0
DHCPv6 Relay-reply Packets Received............ 0
DHCPv6 Malformed Packets Received.............. 0
Received DHCPv6 Packets Discarded.............. 0
Total DHCPv6 Packets Received.................. 0
DHCPv6 Advertisement Packets Transmitted....... 0
DHCPv6 Reply Packets Transmitted............... 0
DHCPv6 Reconfig Packets Transmitted............ 0
DHCPv6 Relay-reply Packets Transmitted......... 0
DHCPv6 Commands
679
DHCPv6 Relay-forward Packets Transmitted....... 0
Total DHCPv6 Packets Transmitted............... 0
680
DHCPv6 Commands
DVMRP Commands
34
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip dvmrp
•
ip dvmrp metric
•
ip dvmrp trapflags
•
show ip dvmrp
•
show ip dvmrp interface
•
show ip dvmrp neighbor
•
show ip dvmrp nexthop
•
show ip dvmrp prune
•
show ip dvmrp route
DVMRP Commands
681
ip dvmrp
Use the ip dvmrp command to set the administrative mode of DVMRP in the
router to active. IGMP must be enabled before DVMRP can be enabled.
Syntax
ip dvmrp
no ip dvmrp
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets VLAN 15’s administrative mode of DVMRP to
active.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip dvmrp
ip dvmrp metric
Use the ip dvmrp metric command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the metric for an interface. This value is used in the DVMRP
messages as the cost to reach this network.
Syntax
ip dvmrp metric metric
no ip dvmrp metric
•
682
metric — Cost to reach the network. (Range: 1-31)
DVMRP Commands
Default Configuration
1 the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a metric of 5 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip dvmrp metric 5
ip dvmrp trapflags
Use the ip dvmrp trapflags command in Global Configuration mode to
enable the DVMRP trap mode.
Syntax
ip dvmrp trapflags
no ip dvmrp trapflags
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following command enables DVMRP trap mode.
console#configure
DVMRP Commands
683
console(config)#ip dvmrp trapflags
console(config)#no ip dvmrp trapflags
show ip dvmrp
Use the show ip dvmrp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
system-wide information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays system-wide information for DVMRP.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp
Admin Mode.................................. Disable
Version........................................ 3
Total Number of Routes......................... 0
Reachable Routes............................... 0
DVMRP INTERFACE STATUS
Interface
Interface Mode
Protocol State
---------
--------------
--------------
684
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp interface
Use the show ip dvmrp interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the interface information for DVMRP on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays interface information for VLAN 11 DVMRP.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp interface vlan 11
Interface Mode........................... Disable
show ip dvmrp neighbor
Use the show ip dvmrp neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the neighbor information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp neighbor
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
DVMRP Commands
685
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the neighbor information for DVMRP.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp neighbor
No neighbors available.
show ip dvmrp nexthop
Use the show ip dvmrp nexthop command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the next hop information on outgoing interfaces for routing multicast
datagrams.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp nexthop
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
686
DVMRP Commands
Example
The following example displays the next hop information on outgoing
interfaces for routing multicast datagrams.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp nexthop
Next Hop
Source IP
Source Mask
Interface
Type
--------------
--------------
---------
------
show ip dvmrp prune
Use the show ip dvmrp prune command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the table that lists the router’s upstream prune information.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp prune
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the table that lists the router’s upstream
prune information.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp prune
Group
IP Source
IP Source Mask
Expiry
Time(secs)
--------------
--------------
--------------
--------------
DVMRP Commands
687
show ip dvmrp route
Use the show ip dvmrp route command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the multicast routing information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp route
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the multicast routing information for
DVMRP.
console#show ip dvmrp route
Upstream
Expiry
Up Time
Source Address Neighbor Interface Metric Time(secs) (secs)
-------------- -------- ---------------- ----------
688
DVMRP Commands
------
IGMP Commands
35
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip igmp
•
ip igmp last-member-query-count
•
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
•
ip igmp query-interval
•
ip igmp query-max-response-time
•
ip igmp robustness
•
ip igmp startup-query-count
•
ip igmp startup-query-interval
•
ip igmp version
•
show ip igmp
•
show ip igmp groups
•
show ip igmp interface
•
show ip igmp interface membership
•
show ip igmp interface stats
IGMP Commands
689
ip igmp
Use the ip igmp command in Global Configuration mode to set the
administrative mode of IGMP in the system to active.
Syntax
ip igmp
no ip igmp
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example globally enables IGMP.
console(config)#ip igmp
ip igmp last-member-query-count
Use the ip igmp last-member-query-count command in Interface
Configuration mode to set the number of Group-Specific Queries sent before
the router assumes that there are no local members on the interface.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-count count
no ip igmp last-member-query-count
•
count — Query count. (Range: 1-20)
Default Configuration
The default last member query count is 2.
690
IGMP Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets 10 as the number of VLAN 2 Group-Specific
Queries.
console#configure
console(config)#interface vlan 2
console(config-if-vlan2)#ip igmp last-member-querycount 10
console(config-if-vlan2)#no ip igmp last-memberquery-count
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Use the ip igmp last-member-query-interval command in Interface
Configuration mode to configure the Maximum Response Time inserted in
Group-Specific Queries which are sent in response to Leave Group messages.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-interval tenthsofseconds
no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
•
tenthsofseconds — Maximum Response Time in tenths of a second
(Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
The default Maximum Response Time value is ten (in tenths of a second).
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
IGMP Commands
691
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures 2 seconds as the Maximum Response Time
inserted in VLAN 15’s Group-Specific Queries.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp last-member-queryinterval 20
ip igmp query-interval
Use the ip igmp query-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the query interval for the specified interface. The query interval
determines how fast IGMP Host-Query packets are transmitted on this
interface.
Syntax
ip igmp query-interval seconds
no ip igmp query-interval
•
seconds — Query interval. (Range: 1-3600)
Default Configuration
The default query interval value is 125 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 10-second query interval for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
692
IGMP Commands
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp query-interval 10
ip igmp query-max-response-time
Use the ip igmp query-max-response-time command in Internet
Configuration mode to configure the maximum response time interval for
the specified interface. It is the maximum query response time advertised in
IGMPv2 queries on this interface. The time interval is specified in tenths of a
second.
Syntax
ip igmp query-max-response-time tenthsofseconds
no ip igmp query-max-response-time
•
tenthsofseconds — Maximum response time. (Range: 1-25 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default maximum response time value is 100 tenths of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a maximum response time interval of one
second for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp query-max-responsetime 10
IGMP Commands
693
ip igmp robustness
Use the ip igmp robustness command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the robustness that allows tuning of the interface, that is, tuning for
the expected packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet is expected to have
significant loss, the robustness variable may be increased for the interface.
Syntax
ip igmp robustnest robustness
no ip igmp robustnest
•
robustness — Robustness variable. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
The default robustness value is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a robustness value of 10 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp robustness 10
ip igmp startup-query-count
Use the ip igmp startup-query-count command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the number of queries sent out on startup —at intervals equal to
the startup query interval for the interface.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-count count
694
IGMP Commands
no ip igmp startup-query-count
•
count — The number of startup queries. (Range: 1-20)
Default Configuration
The default count value is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets for VLAN 15 the number of queries sent out on
startup at 10.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp startup-query-count
10
ip igmp startup-query-interval
Use the ip igmp startup-query-interval command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the interval between general queries sent at startup on the
interface.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-interval seconds
no ip igmp startup-query-interval
•
seconds — Startup query interval. (Range: 1-300 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default interval value is 31 seconds.
IGMP Commands
695
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets at 10 seconds the interval between general queries
sent at startup for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp startup-queryinterval 10
ip igmp version
Use the ip igmp version command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the version of IGMP for an interface.
Syntax
ip igmp version version
•
version — IGMP version. (Range: 1-3)
Default Configuration
The default version is 3.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures version 2 of IGMP for VLAN 15.
console#interface vlan 15
696
IGMP Commands
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp version 2
show ip igmp
Use the show ip igmp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display systemwide IGMP information.
Syntax
show ip igmp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays system-wide IGMP information.
console#show ip igmp
IGMP Admin Mode............................ Enabled
IGMP Router-Alert check.................... Disabled
IGMP INTERFACE STATUS
Interface Interface-Mode Operational-Status
--------- -------------- ---------------vlan 3
Enabled
Non-Operational
IGMP Commands
697
show ip igmp groups
Use the show ip igmp groups command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the registered multicast groups on the interface. If detail is specified, this
command displays the registered multicast groups on the interface in detail.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups interface vlan vlanid [detail]
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the registered multicast groups for VLAN 1.
console#show ip igmp groups interface vlan 3 detail
REGISTERED MULTICAST GROUP DETAILS
Version1
Version2
Group
Multicast
Last Up Expiry
Host
IP Address
Reporter Time
------------------ ------
------------ ----------
225.0.0.5
00:04:15 v2
1.1.1.5
698
IGMP Commands
Time
00:00:05
Host
Compat
Timer Timer
--------00:04:15
------------
Mode
----
show ip igmp interface
Use the show ip igmp interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the IGMP information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IGMP information for VLAN 11.
console#show ip igmp vlan 11
Interface...................................... 11
IGMP Admin Mode................................ Enable
Interface Mode..................................Enable
IGMP Version................................... 3
Query Interval (secs).......................... 125
Query Max Response Time (1/10 of a second)..... 100
Robustness..................................... 2
Startup Query Interval (secs).................. 31
Startup Query Count............................ 2
Last Member Query Interval (1/10 of a second)...10
Last Member Query Count........................ 2
IGMP Commands
699
show ip igmp interface membership
Use the show ip igmp interface membership command in Privileged EXEC
mode to display the list of interfaces that have registered in the multicast
group. If detail is specified, this command displays detailed information
about the listed interfaces.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface membership groupaddr [detail]
•
groupaddr — Group IP address
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display the list of interfaces that have registered in
the multicast group at IP address 224.5.5.5, the latter in detail mode.
console#show ip igmp interface membership 224.5.5.5
IGMP INTERFACE MEMBERSHIP INFO
Interface
Interface IP
State
Group Compat Source Filter
Mode
---------
Mode
--------------- ------------ ------------ -------------
console(config)#show ip igmp interface membership 224.5.5.5 detail
IGMP INTERFACE DETAILED MEMBERSHIP INFO
Interface
Group Compat
Source Filter
Mode
Mode
Source Hosts
Expiry Time
---------- ------------- -------------- -------------- -----------
700
IGMP Commands
show ip igmp interface stats
Use the show ip igmp interface stats command in User EXEC mode to
display the IGMP statistical information for the interface. The statistics are
only displayed when the interface is enabled for IGMP.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface stats vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays the IGMP statistical information for VLAN 7.
console#show ip igmp interface stats vlan 7
Querier Status.................................
Querier
Querier IP Address.............................
7.7.7.7
Querier Up Time (secs)......................... 55372
Querier Expiry Time (secs)..................... 0
Wrong Version Queries.......................... 0
Number of Joins................................ 7
Number of Groups............................... 1
IGMP Commands
701
702
IGMP Commands
IGMP Proxy Commands
36
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip igmp-proxy
•
ip igmp-proxy reset-status
•
ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-report-interval
•
show ip igmp-proxy
•
show ip igmp-proxy interface
•
show ip igmp-proxy groups
•
show ip igmp-proxy groups detail
IGMP Proxy Commands
703
ip igmp-proxy
Use the ip igmp-proxy command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
the IGMP Proxy on the router. To enable the IGMP Proxy on the router,
multicast forwarding must be enabled and there must be no multicast routing
protocols enabled on the router.
Syntax
ip igmp-proxy
no ip igmp-proxy
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the IGMP Proxy on the VLAN 15 router.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp-proxy
ip igmp-proxy reset-status
Use the ip igmp-proxy reset-status command in Interface Configuration
mode to reset the host interface status parameters of the IGMP Proxy router.
This command is valid only when IGMP Proxy is enabled on the interface.
Syntax
ip igmp-proxy reset-status
704
IGMP Proxy Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example resets the host interface status parameters of the
IGMP Proxy router.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp-proxy reset-status
ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-report-interval
Use the ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-report-interval command in Interface
Configuration mode to set the unsolicited report interval for the IGMP Proxy
router. This command is valid only if IGMP Proxy on the interface is enabled.
Syntax
ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-report-interval seconds
•
seconds — Unsolicited report interval. (Range: 1-260 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default configuration is 1 second.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IGMP Proxy Commands
705
Example
The following example sets 10 seconds as the unsolicited report interval for
the IGMP Proxy router.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp-proxy unsolicitedreport-interval 10
show ip igmp-proxy
Use the show ip igmp-proxy command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a
summary of the host interface status parameters. It displays status parameters
only when IGMP Proxy is enabled.
Syntax
show ip igmp-proxy
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a summary of the host interface status
parameters.
console#show ip igmp-proxy
Interface Index................................
vlan13
Admin Mode.....................................
Enable
706
IGMP Proxy Commands
Operational Mode............................. Enable
Version...................................... 3
Number of Multicast Groups................... 0
Unsolicited Report Interval.................. 1
Querier IP Address on Proxy Interface........ 0.0.0.0
Older Version 1 Querier Timeout.............. 0
Older Version 2 Querier Timeout.............. 0
Proxy Start Frequency........................ 1
show ip igmp-proxy interface
Use the show ip igmp-proxy interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display a detailed list of the host interface status parameters. It displays status
parameters only when IGMP Proxy is enabled.
Syntax
show ip igmp-proxy interface
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example fails to display status parameters because IGMP Proxy
is not enabled.
console#show ip igmp-proxy interface
Interface Index................................ vlan13
Ver
Query Rcvd
Report Rcvd
Report Sent
Leave Rcvd
Leave Sent
IGMP Proxy Commands
707
----------------------------------------------------------------1
0
0
0
-----
-----
2
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
-----
-----
show ip igmp-proxy groups
Use the show ip igmp-proxy groups command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display a table of information about multicast groups that IGMP Proxy
reported. It displays status parameters only when IGMP Proxy is enabled.
Syntax
show ip igmp-proxy groups
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example attempts to display a table of information about
multicast groups that IGMP Proxy reported.
console#show ip igmp-proxy groups
Interface Index................................ vlan13
Group Address
Mode Sources
Last Reporter
Up Time
Member State Filter
------------------
---------------
-------
------------ -----------
225.0.1.1
MEMBER Exclude
13.13.13.1
0
7
DELAY-
225.0.1.2
MEMBER Exclude
13.13.13.1
0
48
DELAY-
708
IGMP Proxy Commands
show ip igmp-proxy groups detail
Use the show ip igmp-proxy groups detail command in Privileged EXEC
mode to display complete information about multicast groups that IGMP
Proxy has reported.
Syntax
show ip igmp-proxy groups detail
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays complete information about multicast groups
that IGMP Proxy has reported.
console#show ip igmp-proxy groups detail
Interface Index................................ vlan13
Group Address
Mode Sources
Last Reporter
Up Time
Member State Filter
-------------------
---------------
-------
------------ -----------
225.0.1.1
MEMBER Exclude
13.13.13.1
0
26
DELAY-
225.0.1.2
MEMBER Exclude
13.13.13.1
0
67
DELAY-
IGMP Proxy Commands
709
710
IGMP Proxy Commands
IP Helper Commands
37
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear ip helper statistics
•
ip helper-address (global configuration)
•
ip helper-address (interface configuration)
•
ip helper enable
•
show ip helper-address
•
show ip helper statistics
IP Helper Commands
711
clear ip helper statistics
Use the clear ip helper statistics command to reset to 0 the statistics
displayed in show ip helper statistics.
Syntax
clear ip helper statistics
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#clear ip helper statistics
ip helper-address (global configuration)
Use the ip helper-address (global configuration) command to configure the
relay of certain UDP broadcast packets received on any interface. To delete an
IP helper entry, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip helper-address server-address [dest-udp-port | dhcp | domain | isakmp |
mobile-ip | nameserver | netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip
| tacacs | tftp | time]
no ip helper-address [server-address] [dest-udp-port | dhcp | domain |
isakmp | mobile-ip | nameserver | netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp | pimauto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time]
•
712
server-address — The IPv4 unicast or directed broadcast address to which
relayed UDP broadcast packets are sent. The server address cannot be an
IP address configured on any interface of the local router.
IP Helper Commands
•
dest-udp-port — A destination UDP port number from 0 to 65535.
•
port-name — The destination UDP port may be optionally specified by its
name. Whether a port is specified by its number or its name has no effect
on behavior. The names recognized are as follows: dhcp (port 67), domain
(port 53), isakmp (port 500), mobile-ip (port 434), nameserver (port 42),
netbios-dgm (port 138), netbios-ns (port 137), ntp (port 123), pim-autorp (port 496), rip (port 520), tacacs (port 49), tftp (port 69), and time
(port 37). Other ports must be specified by number.
Default Configuration
No helper addresses are configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command can be invoked multiple times, either to specify multiple
server addresses for a given port number or to specify multiple port numbers
handled by a specific server.
The command no ip helper-address with no arguments clears all global IP
helper addresses.
Example
To relay DHCP packets received on any interface to two
DHCP servers, 10.1.1.1 and 10.1.2.1, use the following
commands:
console#config
console(config)#ip helper-address 10.1.1.1 dhcp
console(config)#ip helper-address 10.1.2.1 dhcp
IP Helper Commands
713
To relay UDP packets received on any interface for all
default ports (Table 4) to the server at 20.1.1.1, use
the following commands:
console#config
console(config)#ip helper-address 20.1.1.1
ip helper-address (interface configuration)
Use the ip helper-address (interface configuration) command to configure
the relay of certain UDP broadcast packets received on a specific interface. To
delete a relay entry on an interface, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip helper-address {server-address | discard} [dest-udp-port | dhcp | domain
| isakmp | mobile ip | nameserver | netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp | pimauto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time]
no ip helper-address [server-address | discard] [dest-udp-port | dhcp |
domain | isakmp | mobile-ip | nameserver | netbios-dgm | netbios-ns | ntp
| pim-auto-rp | rip | tacacs | tftp | time]
714
•
server-address — The IPv4 unicast or directed broadcast address to which
relayed UDP broadcast packets are sent. The server address cannot be an
IP address configured on any interface of the local router.
•
discard — Matching packets should be discarded rather than relayed, even
if a global ip helper-address configuration matches the packet.
•
dest-udp-port — A destination UDP port number from 0 to 65535.
•
port-name — The destination UDP port may be optionally specified by its
name. Whether a port is specified by its number or its name has no effect
on behavior. The names recognized are as follows: dhcp (port 67), domain
(port 53), isakmp (port 500), mobile-ip (port 434), nameserver (port 42),
netbios-dgm (port 138), netbios-ns (port 137), ntp (port 123), pim-autorp (port 496), rip (port 520), tacacs (port 49), tftp (port 69), and time
(port 37). Other ports must be specified by number.
IP Helper Commands
Default Configuration
No helper addresses are configured.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command can be invoked multiple times on routing interface, either to
specify multiple server addresses for a given port number or to specify
multiple port numbers handled by a specific server.
The command no ip helper-address with no arguments clears all helper
addresses on the interface.
Example
To relay DHCP packets received on vlan 5 to two DHCP
servers, 192.168.10.1 and 192.168.20.1, use the
following commands:
console#config
console(config)#interface vlan 5
console(config-if-vlan5)#ip helper-address
192.168.10.1 dhcp
console(config-if-vlan5)#ip helper-address
192.168.20.1 dhcp
To relay both DHCP and DNS packets to 192.168.30.1,
use the following commands:
console#config
console(config)#interface vlan 5
console(config-if-vlan5)#ip helper-address
192.168.30.1 dhcp
console(config-if-vlan5)#ip helper-address
192.168.30.1 dns
IP Helper Commands
715
This command takes precedence over an ip helperaddress command given in global configuration mode.
With the following configuration, the relay agent
relays DHCP packets received on any interface other
than vlan 5 and vlan 6 to 192.168.40.1, relays DHCP
and DNS packets received on vlan 5 to 192.168.40.2,
relays SNMP traps (port 162) received on interface
vlan 6 to 192.168.23.1, and drops DHCP packets
received on vlan 6:
console#config
console(config)#ip helper-address 192.168.40.1 dhcp
console(config)#interface vlan 5
console(config-if-vlan5)#ip helper-address
192.168.40.2 dhcp
console(config-if-vlan5)#ip helper-address
192.168.40.2 domain
console(config-if-vlan5)#exit
console(config)#interface 2/6
console(config-if-vlan6)#ip helper-address
192.168.23.1 162
console(config-if-vlan6)#ip helper-address discard
dhcp
ip helper enable
Use the ip helper enable command to enable relay of UDP packets. To
disable relay of all UDP packets, use the “no” form of this command.
Syntax
ip helper enable
no ip helper enable
716
IP Helper Commands
Default Configuration
IP helper is enabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command can be used to temporarily disable IP helper without deleting
all IP helper addresses.
This command replaces the bootpdhcprelay enable command, but affects not
only relay of DHCP packets, but also relay of any other protocols for which an
IP helper address has been configured.
Example
console(config)#ip helper enable
show ip helper-address
Use the show ip helper-address command to display the IP helper address
configuration.
Syntax
show ip helper-address [interface]
•
interface — Optionally specify an interface to limit the output to the
configuration of a single interface. The interface is identified as vlan vlanid.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Field Descriptions:
IP Helper Commands
717
Interface
The relay configuration is applied to packets that arrive on this
interface. This field is set to “any” for global IP helper entries.
UDP Port
The relay configuration is applied to packets whose destination
UDP port is this port. Entries whose UDP port is identified as
“any” are applied to packets with the destination UDP ports listed
in Table 4.
Discard
If “Yes”, packets arriving on the given interface with the given
destination UDP port are discarded rather than relayed. Discard
entries are used to override global IP helper address entries which
otherwise might apply to a packet.
Hit Count
The number of times the IP helper entry has been used to relay or
discard a packet.
Server Address
The IPv4 address of the server to which packets are relayed.
Example
show ip helper-address
IP helper is enabled
Interface
UDP Port
----------------------
Discard
-----------
vlan 100
10.100.1.254
Hit Count
--------
Server Address
----------
-------
dhcp
No
10
101
any
Yes
2
any
dhcp
No
0
10.100.2.254
vlan
10.200.1.254
show ip helper statistics
Use the show ip helper statistics command to display the number of DHCP
and other UDP packets processed and relayed by the UDP relay agent.
718
IP Helper Commands
Syntax
show ip helper statistics
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Field descriptions:
DHCP client
messages received
The number of valid messages received from a DHCP client.
The count is only incremented if IP helper is enabled globally,
the ingress routing interface is up, and the packet passes a
number of validity checks, such as having a TTL > 1 and having
valid source and destination IP addresses.
DHCP client
messages relayed
The number of DHCP client messages relayed to a server. If a
message is relayed to multiple servers, the count is incremented
once for each server.
DHCP server
messages received
The number of DHCP responses received from the DHCP
server. This count only includes messages that the DHCP server
unicasts to the relay agent for relay to the client.
DHCP server
messages relayed
The number of DHCP server messages relayed to a client.
UDP client
messages received
The number of valid UDP packets received. This count includes
DHCP messages and all other protocols relayed. Conditions are
similar to those for the first statistic in this table.
UDP client
messages relayed
The number of UDP packets relayed. This count includes
DHCP messages relayed as well as all other protocols. The count
is incremented for each server to which a packet is sent.
DHCP message
hop count
exceeded max
The number of DHCP client messages received whose hop
count is larger than the maximum allowed. The maximum hop
count is a configurable value listed in show bootpdhcprelay. A
log message is written for each such failure. The DHCP relay
agent does not relay these packets.
IP Helper Commands
719
DHCP message
with secs field
below min
The number of DHCP client messages received with secs fields
that are less than the minimum value. The minimum secs value
is a configurable value and is displayed in show bootpdhcprelay.
A log message is written for each such failure. The DHCP relay
agent does not relay these packets.
DHCP message
with giaddr set to
local address
The number of DHCP client messages received whose gateway
address, giaddr, is already set to an IP address configured on one
of the relay agent's own IP addresses. In this case, another device
is attempting to spoof the relay agent's address. The relay agent
does not relay such packets. A log message gives details for each
occurrence.
Packets with
expired TTL
The number of packets received with TTL of 0 or 1 that might
otherwise have been relayed.
Packets that
The number of packets ignored by the relay agent because they
matched a discard match a discard relay entry.
entry
Example
console#show ip helper statistics
DHCP client messages received.................. 8
DHCP client messages relayed................... 2
DHCP server messages received.................. 2
DHCP server messages relayed................... 2
UDP client messages received................... 8
UDP client messages relayed.................... 2
DHCP message hop count exceeded max............ 0
DHCP message with secs field below min......... 0
DHCP message with giaddr set to local address.. 0
Packets with expired TTL....................... 0
Packets that matched a discard entry........... 0
720
IP Helper Commands
IP Routing Commands
38
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
encapsulation
•
ip address
•
ip mtu
•
ip netdirbcast
•
ip route
•
ip route default
•
ip route distance
•
ip routing
•
routing
•
show ip brief
•
show ip interface
•
show ip protocols
•
show ip route
•
show ip route preferences
•
show ip route summary
•
show ip stats
•
vlan routing
IP Routing Commands
721
encapsulation
Use the encapsulation command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the link layer encapsulation type for the packet. Routed frames are
always ethernet encapsulated when a frame is routed to a VLAN.
Syntax
encapsulation {ethernet | snap}
•
ethernet — Specifies Ethernet encapsulation.
•
snap — Specifies SNAP encapsulation.
Default Configuration
Ethernet encapsulation is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example applies SNAP encapsulation for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#encapsulation snap
ip address
Use the ip address command in Interface Configuration mode to configure
an IP address on an interface. Also use this command to configure one or
more secondary IP addresses on the interface. This command changes the
label IP address in the show IP interface.
Syntax
ip address ip-address {subnet-mask | prefix-length} [secondary]
722
IP Routing Commands
no ip address ip-address {subnet-mask | prefix-length} [secondary]
•
ip-address — IP address of the interface.
•
subnet-mask — Subnet mask of the interface
•
prefix-length — Length of the prefix. Must be preceded by a forward slash
(/). (Range: 1-30 bits)
•
secondary — Indicates the IP address is a secondary address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command also implicitly enables the interface for routing (i.e. as if the
user had issued the ‘routing’ interface command).
Example
The following example defines the IP address and subnet mask for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip address 192.168.10.10
255.255.255.0
ip mtu
Use the ip mtu command in Interface Configuration mode to set the IP
Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) on a routing interface. The IP MTU is
the size of the largest IP packet that can be transmitted on the interface
without fragmentation. Use the no form of the command to return the MTU
size to the default value.
Software currently does not fragment IP packets. Packets forwarded in
hardware ignore the IP MTU. Packets forwarded in software are dropped if
they exceed the IP MTU of the outgoing interface. Packets originated on the
router, such as OSPF packets, may be fragmented by the IP stack. The IP
IP Routing Commands
723
stack uses its default IP MTU and ignores the value set using the ip mtu
command. OSPF advertises the IP MTU in the Database Description packets
it sends to its neighbors during database exchange. If two OSPF neighbors
advertise different IP MTUs, they will not form an adjacency (unless OSPF
has been instructed to ignore differences in IP MTU with the ip ospf
mtuignore command).
Syntax
ip mtu integer
•
integer — Specifies the distance (preference) of an individual static route.
(Range: 68-9198)
Default Configuration
1500 bytes is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines 1480 as the MTU for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip mtu 1480
ip netdirbcast
Use the ip netdirbcast command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
the forwarding of network-directed broadcasts. When enabled, network
directed broadcasts are forwarded. When disabled they are dropped. Use the
no form of the command to disable the broadcasts.
Syntax
ip netdirbcast
724
IP Routing Commands
no ip netdirbcast
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines the IP address and subnet mask for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip netdirbcast
ip route
Use the ip route command in Global Configuration mode to configure a
static route. Use the no form of the command to delete the static route. The
IP route command sets a value for the route preference. Among routes to the
same destination, the route with the lowest preference value is the route
entered into the forwarding database. Specifying the preference of a static
route controls whether a static route is more or less preferred than routes from
dynamic routing protocols. The preference also controls whether a static
route is more or less preferred than other static routes to the same
destination.
Syntax
ip route ip addr {subnetmask | prefix length} nextHopRtr [preference]
no ip route ip addr {subnetmask | prefix length} nextHopRtr [preference]
•
ip-address — IP address of destination interface.
•
subnet-mask — Subnet mask of destination interface.
IP Routing Commands
725
•
prefix-length — Length of prefix. Must be preceded with a forward slash
(/). (Range: 0-32 bits)
•
nextHopRtr — IP address of the next hop router.
•
preference — Specifies the preference value, a.k.a. administrative distance,
of an individual static route. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
Default value of preference is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
For the static routes to be visible, you must:
•
Enable ip routing globally.
•
Enable ip routing for the interface.
•
Confirm that the associated link is also up.
Example
The following example identifies the ip-address subnet-mask, next-hop-ip
and a preference value of 200.
console(config)#ip route 192.168.10.10 255.255.255.0
192.168.20.1 metric 200
ip route default
Use the ip route default command in Global Configuration mode to
configure the default route. Use the no form of the command to delete the
default route.
Syntax
ip route default next-hop-ip [preference]
no ip route default next-hop-ip [preference]
•
726
next-hop-ip — IP address of the next hop router.
IP Routing Commands
•
preference — Specifies the preference value, a.k.a administrative distance,
of an individual static route. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
Default value of preference is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
For routed management traffic:
1 Router entries are checked for applicable destinations.
2 The globally assigned default-gateway is consulted.
Router entries take precedence over an assigned default-gateway.
Example
The following example identifies the next-hop-ip and a preference value of
200.
console(config)#ip route 192.168.10.10 255.255.255.0
192.168.20.1 200
ip route distance
Use the ip route distance command in Global Configuration mode to set the
default distance (preference) for static routes. Lower route preference values
are preferred when determining the best route. The ip route and ip route
default commands allow optional setting of the distance of an individual
static route. The default distance is used when no distance is specified in
these commands. Changing the default distance does not update the
distance of existing static routes, even if they were assigned the original
default distance. The new default distance are applied to static routes created
after invoking the ip route distance command.
Syntax
ip route distance integer
IP Routing Commands
727
no ip route distance integer
•
integer — Specifies the distance (preference) of an individual static route.
(Range 1-255)
Default Configuration
Default value of distance is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Lower route distance values are preferred when determining the best route.
Example
The following example sets the default route metric to 80.
console(config)#ip route distance 80
ip routing
To globally enable IPv4 routing on the router, use the "ip routing" command
in Global Configuration mode. To disable IPv4 routing globally, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip routing
no ip routing
Default Configuration
The ip routing default configuration is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
728
IP Routing Commands
User Guidelines
Use this command to globally enable IPv4 routing.
Example
console(config)#ip routing
routing
Use the routing command in Interface Configuration mode to enable IPv4
and IPv6 routing for an interface. View the current value for this function
with the show ip brief command. The value is labeled Routing Mode in the
output display. Use the no form of the command to disable routing for an
interface.
Syntax
routing
no routing
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IPv4 and IPv6 routing for VLAN 15
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#routing
IP Routing Commands
729
show ip brief
Use the show ip brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all the
summary information of the IP.
Syntax
show ip brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IP summary information.
console#show ip brief
Default Time to Live........................... 30
Routing Mode...................................
Disabled
IP Forwarding Mode.............................
Enabled
Maximum Next Hops.............................. 2
show ip interface
Use the show ip interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all
pertinent information about one or more IP interfaces.
Syntax
show ip interface [vlan vlan-id | loopback loopback -id]
730
IP Routing Commands
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID
•
loopback-id — Valid loopback ID. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display all IP information and information specific to
VLAN 15.
console#show ip interface
Management Interface:
IP Address................................... 10.240.4.125
Subnet Mask.................................. 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway.............................. 10.240.4.1
Burned In MAC Address.................... 00:10:18:82:04:35
Network Configuration Protocol Current....... None
Management VLAN ID............................. 1
Routing Interfaces:
Netdir Multi
Interface
IP Address
IP Mask
Bcast
CastFwd
---------- --------------- --------------- -------- ------vlan1
192.168.10.10
255.255.255.0
Disable
Disable
vlan2
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Enable
Disable
loopback2
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Disable
Disable
IP Routing Commands
731
console#show ip interface vlan 15
Primary IP Address............. 192.168.10.10/255.255.255.0
Secondary IP Address(es)....... 192.168.20.20/255.255.255.0
Routing Mode................................... Disable
Administrative Mode............................ Disable
Forward Net Directed Broadcasts................ Disable
Proxy ARP...................................... Enable
Local Proxy ARP................................ Disable
Active State................................... Inactive
Link Speed Data Rate........................... Inactive
MAC Address............................. 00:00:00:01:00:02
Encapsulation Type............................. Ethernet
IP MTU......................................... 1500
show ip protocols
Use the show ip protocols command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
parameters and current state of the active routing protocols.
Syntax
show ip protocols
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
732
IP Routing Commands
Example
The following example displays parameters and current state of active routing
protocols.
console#show ip protocols
Routing Protocol is "rip"
Sending updates every 30 seconds
Invalid after 180 seconds, hold down 120, flushed
after 300
Redistributing: RIP, Static, OSPF
Default version control: send version 1, receive
version 1
Interfaces:
Interface Send Receive Key-chain
-------- --------- ----------- ---------176.1.1.1 1 1 flowers
176.2.1.1 passive 2
Routing Information Sources:
Gateway Last Update
176.1.1.2 0:00:17
Preference: 60
Routing Protocol is "ospf"
Redistributing: OSPF, External direct, Static, RIP
Interfaces:
Interface Metric Key-chain
-------- --------- ----------- ---------176.1.1.1 10 flowers
176.2.1.1 1
IP Routing Commands
733
Routing Information Sources:
Gateway State
176.1.1.2 Full
External Preference: 60
Internal Preference: 20
show ip route
Use the show ip route command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
routing table.
Syntax
show ip route [protocol |address ip-address [subnet-mask | prefix-length]
[longer-prefixes]]
•
protocol — Specifies the protocol that installed the routes. (Range:
connected, ospf, rip static)
•
ip-address — Specifies the network for which the route is to be displayed
and displays the best matching best-route for the address.
•
subnet-mask — Subnet mask of the IP address.
•
prefix-length — Length of prefix, in bits. Must be preceded with a forward
slash (‘/’). (Range: 0-32 bits)
•
longer-prefixes — Indicates that the ip-address and subnet-mask pair
becomes the prefix, and the command displays the routes to the addresses
that match that prefix.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
734
IP Routing Commands
Example
The following example displays the routing table.
console#show ip route
Route Codes: R - RIP Derived, O - OSPF Derived, C Connected, S - Static
B - BGP Derived, IA - OSPF Inter Area
E1 - OSPF External Type 1, E2 - OSPF External Type 2
N1 - OSPF NSSA External Type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type
2
show ip route preferences
Use the show ip route preferences command in Privileged EXEC mode
displays detailed information about the route preferences. Route preferences
are used in determining the best route. Lower router preference values are
preferred over higher router preference values.
Syntax
show ip route preferences
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IP route preferences.
console#show ip route preferences
IP Routing Commands
735
Local.......................................... 0
Static......................................... 1
OSPF Intra-area routes......................... 110
OSPF Inter-area routes......................... 110
OSPF External routes........................... 110
RIP............................................ 120
show ip route summary
Use the show ip route summary command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the routing table summary.
Syntax
show ip route summary [all]
•
all — Shows the number of all routes, including best and non-best routes.
To include only the number of best routes, do not use this optional
parameter.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the IP route summary.
console#show ip route summary
Connected Routes............................... 0
Static Routes.................................. 0
736
IP Routing Commands
RIP Routes..................................... 0
OSPF Routes.................................... 0
Intra Area Routes.............................. 0
Inter Area Routes.............................. 0
External Type-1 Routes......................... 0
External Type-2 Routes......................... 0
Total routes................................... 0
show ip stats
Use the show ip stats command in User EXEC mode to display IP statistical
information. Refer to RFC 1213 for more information about the fields that
are displayed.
Syntax
show ip stats
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IP route preferences.
console>show ip stats
IpInReceives................................... 24002
IpInHdrErrors.................................. 1
IpInAddrErrors................................. 925
IP Routing Commands
737
IpForwDatagrams................................ 0
IpInUnknownProtos.............................. 0
IpInDiscards................................... 0
IpInDelivers................................... 18467
IpOutRequests.................................. 295
IpOutDiscards.................................. 0
IpOutNoRoutes.................................. 0
IpReasmTimeout................................. 0
IpReasmReqds................................... 0
IpReasmOKs..................................... 0
IpReasmFails................................... 0
IpFragOKs...................................... 0
IpFragFails.................................... 0
IpFragCreates.................................. 0
IpRoutingDiscards.............................. 0
IcmpInMsgs..................................... 3
IcmpInErrors................................... 0
IcmpInDestUnreachs............................. 0
IcmpInTimeExcds................................ 0
IcmpInParmProbs................................ 0
IcmpInSrcQuenchs............................... 0
IcmpInRedirects................................ 0
IcmpInEchos.................................... 3
IcmpInEchoReps................................. 0
IcmpInTimestamps............................... 0
IcmpInTimestampReps............................ 0
738
IP Routing Commands
IcmpInAddrMasks................................ 0
IcmpInAddrMaskReps............................. 0
IcmpOutMsgs.................................... 3
IcmpOutErrors.................................. 0
IcmpOutDestUnreachs............................ 0
IcmpOutTimeExcds............................... 0
IcmpOutParmProbs............................... 0
IcmpOutSrcQuenchs.............................. 0
IcmpOutRedirects............................... 0
IcmpOutEchoReps................................ 3
IcmpOutTimestamps.............................. 0
IcmpOutTimestampReps........................... 0
IcmpOutAddrMasks............................... 0
vlan routing
Use this command to enable routing on a VLAN. Use the “no” form of this
command to disable routing on a VLAN.
Syntax
vlan routing vlanid [index]
no vlan routing vlanid
vlanid — Valid VLAN ID (Range 1 – 4093).
index — Internal interface ID. This parameter is for NSF use only.
Default Configuration
Routing is not enabled on any VLANs by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
IP Routing Commands
739
User Guidelines
The user is not required to use this command. Routing can still be enabled
using the routing command in VLAN Interface Configuration mode.
Example
console(config-vlan)# vlan routing 10 1
740
IP Routing Commands
39
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ipv6 mld snooping immediate-leave
•
ipv6 mld snooping groupmembership-interval
•
ipv6 mld snooping maxresponse
•
ipv6 mld snooping mcrtexpiretime
•
ipv6 mld snooping (Global)
•
ipv6 mld snooping (Interface)
•
ipv6 mld snooping (VLAN)
•
show ipv6 mld snooping
•
show ipv6 mld snooping groups
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
741
ipv6 mld snooping immediate-leave
The ipv6 mld snooping immediate-leave command enables or disables MLD
Snooping snooping immediate-leave admin mode on a selected interface or
VLAN. Enabling fast-leave allows the switch to immediately remove the layer
2 LAN interface from its forwarding table entry upon receiving an MLD done
message for that multicast group without first sending out MAC-based
general queries to the interface. You should enable fast-leave admin mode
only on VLANs where only one host is connected to each layer 2 LAN port.
This prevents the inadvertent dropping of the other hosts that were
connected to the same layer 2 LAN port but were still interested in receiving
multicast traffic directed to that group. Also, fast-leave processing is
supported only with MLD version 1 hosts.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping immediate-leave [vlan-id]
no ipv6 mld snooping immediate-leave [vlan-id]
•
vlan_id — Specifies a VLAN ID value in VLAN Database mode.
Default Configuration
MLD Snooping fast-leave mode is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) Mode.
VLAN Database Mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-vlan)#ipv6 mld snooping immediateleave 4
742
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
ipv6 mld snooping groupmembership-interval
The ipv6 mld snooping groupmembership-interval command sets the MLD
Group Membership Interval time on a VLAN or interface. The Group
Membership Interval time is the amount of time in seconds that a switch
waits for a report from a particular group on a particular interface before
deleting the interface from the entry. This value must be greater than the
MLDv2 Maximum Response time value. The range is 2 to 3600 seconds.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping groupmembership-interval [vlan-id] [seconds]
no ipv6 mld snooping groupmembership-interval [vlan-id]
•
vlan_id — Specifies a VLAN ID value in VLAN Database mode.
•
seconds — MLD group membership interval time in seconds. (Range: 23600)
Default Configuration
The default group membership interval time is 260 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode.
VLAN Database mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-4/g1)#ipv6 mld snooping
groupmembership-interval 300
ipv6 mld snooping maxresponse
The ipv6 mld snooping maxresponse command sets the MLD Maximum
Response time for an interface or VLAN. The Maximum Response time is the
amount of time in seconds that a switch will wait after sending a query on an
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
743
interface because it did not receive a report for a particular group in that
interface. This value must be less than the MLD Query Interval time value.
The range is 1 to 3599 seconds.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping maxresponse [vlan-id] [seconds]
no ipv6 mld snooping maxresponse [vlan-id]
•
vlan_id — Specifies a VLAN ID value in VLAN Database mode.
•
seconds — MLD maximum response time in seconds. (Range: 1–3599)
Default Configuration
The default maximum response time is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode.
VLAN Database mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-4/g1)#ipv6 mld snooping maxresponse
33
ipv6 mld snooping mcrtexpiretime
The ipv6 mld snooping mcrtexpiretime command sets the Multicast Router
Present Expiration time. The time is set for a particular interface or VLAN.
This is the amount of time in seconds that a switch waits for a query to be
received on an interface before the interface is removed from the list of
interfaces with multicast routers attached. The range is 1 to 3600 seconds.
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping mcrtexpiretime [vlan-id] [seconds]
744
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
no ipv6 mld snooping mcrtexpiretime [vlan-id]
•
•
vlan_id — Specifies a VLAN ID value in VLAN Database mode.
seconds — multicast router present expiration time in seconds. (Range:
1–3600)
Default Configuration
The default multicast router present expiration time is 300 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode.
VLAN Database mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines
Example
console(config-if-4/g1)#ipv6 mld snooping
mcrtrexpiretime 60
ipv6 mld snooping (Global)
The ipv6 mld snooping (Global) command enables MLD Snooping on the
system (Global Config Mode).
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping
no ipv6 mld snooping
Default Configuration
MLD Snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
745
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 mld snooping
ipv6 mld snooping (Interface)
The ipv6 mld snooping (Interface) command enables MLD Snooping on an
interface. If an interface has MLD Snooping enabled and it becomes a
member of a port-channel (LAG), MLD Snooping functionality is disabled
on that interface. MLD Snooping functionality is re-enabled if the interface is
removed from a port-channel (LAG).
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping
no ipv6 mld snooping
Default Configuration
MLD Snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-4/g1)#ipv6 mld snooping
ipv6 mld snooping (VLAN)
The ipv6 mld snooping (VLAN) command enables MLD Snooping on a
particular VLAN and enables MLD snooping on all interfaces participating in
a VLAN.
746
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
Syntax
ipv6 mld snooping vlan-id
no ipv6 mld snooping vlan-id
•
vlan-id — Specifies a VLAN ID value.
Default Configuration
MLD Snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-vlan)#ipv6 mld snooping 1
show ipv6 mld snooping
The show ipv6 mld snooping command displays MLD Snooping
information. Configured information is displayed whether or not MLD
Snooping is enabled.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping [interface {ethernet interface | port-channel port-
channel-number} | vlan vlan-id]
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
747
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
With no optional arguments, the command displays the following
information:
•
Admin Mode — Indicates whether or not MLD Snooping is active on the
switch.
•
Interfaces Enabled for MLD Snooping — Interfaces on which MLD
Snooping is enabled.
•
MLD Control Frame Count — This displays the number of MLD control
frames that are processed by the CPU.
•
VLANs Enabled for MLD Snooping — VLANs on which MLD Snooping is
enabled.
When you specify an interface or VLAN, the following information displays:
748
•
MLD Snooping Admin Mode — Indicates whether MLD Snooping is
active on the interface or VLAN.
•
Fast Leave Mode — Indicates whether MLD Snooping Fast-leave is active
on the VLAN.
•
Group Membership Interval — Shows the amount of time in seconds that
a switch will wait for a report from a particular group on a particular
interface, which is participating in the VLAN, before deleting the interface
from the entry. This value may be configured.
•
Max Response Time — Displays the amount of time the switch waits after
it sends a query on an interface, participating in the VLAN, because it did
not receive a report for a particular group on that interface. This value may
be configured.
•
Multicast Router Present Expiration Time — Displays the amount of time
to wait before removing an interface that is participating in the VLAN
from the list of interfaces with multicast routers attached. The interface is
removed if a query is not received. This value may be configured.
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
show ipv6 mld snooping groups
The show ipv6 mld snooping groups command displays the MLD Snooping
entries in the MFDB table.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld snooping groups [{vlan vlan-id | address ipv6-multicast-
address}]
•
vlan_id — Specifies a VLAN ID value.
•
ipv6-multicast-address — Specifies an IPv6 Multicast address.
Default configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
To see the full Multicast address table (including static addresses) use the
show bridge address-table command.
Example
console#show ipv6 mld snooping groups
Vlan
Ipv6 Address
Type
Ports
---- -------------------------------------
-------
-------------------
1
3333.0000.0003
Dynamic
1/g1,1/g3
2
3333.0000.0004
Dynamic
1/g1,1/g3
2
3333.0000.0005
Dynamic
1/g1,1/g3
MLD Reporters that are forbidden statically:
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
749
---------------------------------------------
Vlan
Ipv6 Address
---- ----------------------------------
Ports
----------------------------
console#show ipv6 mld snooping groups vlan 2
Vlan
Ipv6 Address
Type
Ports
---- -----------------------------------
-------
-------------------
2
3333.0000.0004
Dynamic
1/g1,1/g3
2
3333.0000.0005
Dynamic
1/g1,1/g3
MLD Reporters that are forbidden statically:
---------------------------------------------
Vlan
Ipv6 Address
---- ----------------------------------
750
IPv6 MLD Snooping Commands
Ports
----------------------------
IPv6 Multicast Commands
40
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ipv6 pimsm (Global config)
•
ipv6 pimsm (VLAN Interface config)
•
ipv6 pimsm bsr-border
•
ipv6 pimsm bsr-candidate
•
ipv6 pimsm dr-priority
•
ipv6 pimsm hello-interval
•
ipv6 pimsm join-prune-interval
•
ipv6 pimsm register-threshold
•
ipv6 pimsm rp-address
•
ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate
•
ipv6 pimsm spt-threshold
•
ipv6 pimsm ssm
•
show ipv6 pimsm
•
show ipv6 pimsm bsr
•
show ipv6 pimsm interface
•
show ipv6 pimsm neighbor
•
show ipv6 pimsm rphash
•
show ipv6 pimsm rp mapping
IPv6 Multicast Commands
751
ipv6 pimsm (Global config)
Use the ipv6 pimsm command to administratively enable of PIMSM for IPv6
multicast routing. Use the "no" form of this command to disable PIMSM for
IPv6.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm
no ipv6 pimsm
Default Configuration
IPv6 PIMSM is disabled on the router by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 pimsm
ipv6 pimsm (VLAN Interface config)
Use the ipv6 pimsm command in VLAN Interface configuration mode to
administratively enable PIM-SM multicast routing mode on a particular IPv6
router interface. Use the "no" form of this command to disable PIM SM on an
interface.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm
no ipv6 pimsm
Default Configuration
PIM-SM is disabled by default.
752
IPv6 Multicast Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 pimsm
ipv6 pimsm bsr-border
Use the ipv6 pimsm bsr-border command to prevent bootstrap router (BSR)
messages from being sent or received through an interface. Use the "no" form
of this command to disable the interface from being the BSR border.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm bsr-border
no ipv6 pimsm bsr-border
Default Configuration
BSR-border is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 pimsm bsr-border
IPv6 Multicast Commands
753
ipv6 pimsm bsr-candidate
Use the ipv6 pimsm bsr-candidate command to configure the router to
announce its candidacy as a bootstrap router (BSR). Use the "no" form of this
command to stop the router from announcing its candidacy as a bootstrap
router.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm bsr-candidate vlan vlan-id hash-mask-len [priority]
no ipv6 pimsm bsr-candidate vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID value.
•
hash-mask-len —The length of a mask that is to be ANDed with the group
address before the hash function is called. All groups with the same seed
hash correspond to the same RP. For example, if this value is 24, only the
first 24 bits of the group addresses matter. This allows you to get one RP
for multiple groups. (Range 0–128 bits).
•
priority —The priority of the candidate BSR. The BSR with the higher
priority is preferred. If the priority values are the same, the router with the
higher IP address is the BSR. (Range: 0–255).
Default Configuration
The router will not announce its candidacy by default.
The default hash mask length is 126 bits.
The default priority is 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 pimsm bsr-candidate vlan 9 10 34
754
IPv6 Multicast Commands
ipv6 pimsm dr-priority
Use the ipv6 pimsm dr-priority command to set the priority value for which a
router is elected as the designated router (DR). Use the "no" form of this
command to set the priority to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm dr-priority priority
no ipv6 pimsm dr-priority
•
priority — The election priority (Range: 0–2147483647).
Default Configuration
The default election priority is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 pimsm dr-priority
10
ipv6 pimsm hello-interval
Use the ipv6 pimsm hello-interval command to configure the PIM-SM Hello
Interval for the specified interface. Use the "no" form of this command to set
the hello interval to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm hello-interval interval
no ipv6 pimsm hello-interval
•
interval— The hello interval (Range: 0–65535 seconds).
IPv6 Multicast Commands
755
Default Configuration
The default hello interval is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 pimsm hello-interval 45
ipv6 pimsm join-prune-interval
Use the ipv6 pimsm join-prune-interval command to configure the interface
join/prune interval for the PIM-SM router. Use the "no" form of this
command to set the join/prune interval to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm join-prune-interval interval
no ipv6 pimsm join-prune-interval
•
interval— The join/prune interval (Range: 0–18000 seconds).
Default Configuration
The default join/prune interval is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
756
IPv6 Multicast Commands
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 pimsm join-pruneinterval 90
ipv6 pimsm register-threshold
Use the ipv6 pimsm register-threshold command to configure the Register
Threshold rate for the RP router to switch to the shortest path. Use the "no"
form of this command to set the register threshold rate to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm register-threshold threshold
no ipv6 pimsm register-threshold
•
threshold—The threshold rate (Range: 0–2000 Kbps).
Default Configuration
The default threshold rate is 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 pimsm register-threshold 250
ipv6 pimsm rp-address
Use the ipv6 pimsm rp-address command to statically configure the RP
address for one or more multicast groups. The optional keyword override
indicates that if there is a conflict, the RP configured with this command
prevails over the RP learned by BSR. Use the "no" form of this command to
remove the RP address for one or more multicast groups.
IPv6 Multicast Commands
757
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm rp-address rp-address group-address/prefixlength [override]
no ipv6 pimsm rp-address
•
rp-address — An RP address.
•
group-address —The group address to display.
•
prefixlength —This parameter specifies the prefix length of the IP address
for the media gateway. (Range: 1–32)
Default Configuration
There are no static RP addresses configured by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 pimsm rp-address 2001::1
ff1e::/64
ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate
Use the ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate command to configure the router to
advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point (RP) to the bootstrap
router (BSR). Use the "no" form of this command to disable the router from
advertising itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point (RP) to the bootstrap
router (BSR).
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate vlan vlan-id group-address/prefixlength
no ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate vlan vlan-id
758
•
vlan-id— A valid VLAN ID value.
•
group-address—The group address to display.
IPv6 Multicast Commands
•
prefixlength—This parameter specifies the prefix length of the IP address
for the media gateway. (Range: 1–32)
Default Configuration
The router does not advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point by
default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 pimsm rp-candidate vlan 6
ff1e::/64
ipv6 pimsm spt-threshold
Use the ipv6 pimsm spt-threshold command to configure the Data
Threshold rate for the last-hop router to switch to the shortest path. Use the
"no" form of this command to set the data threshold to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm spt-threshold threshold
no ipv6 pimsm spt-threshold
•
threshold —The threshold rate (Range: 0–2000 Kbps).
Default Configuration
The default threshold rate is 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
IPv6 Multicast Commands
759
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 pimsm spt-threshold 1000
ipv6 pimsm ssm
Use the ipv6 pimsm ssm command to define the Source Specific Multicast
(SSM) range of multicast addresses.
Syntax
ipv6 pimsm ssm {default | group-address/prefixlength}
•
default—Defines the SSM range access list to 232/8.
•
group-address—Group IP address supported by RP.
•
prefixlength—This parameter specifies the prefix length of the IP address
for the media gateway. (Range: 1–32)
Default Configuration
There is no SSM range defined by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 pimsm ssm ff1e::/64
show ipv6 pimsm
Use the show ipv6 pimsm command to display global status of IPv6 PIMSM
and its IPv6 routing interfaces.
760
IPv6 Multicast Commands
Syntax
show ipv6 pimsm
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimsm
Admin Mode.....................................
Enabled
Data Threshold Rate (Kbps)..................... 1000
Register Threshold Rate (Kbps)................. 250
SSM RANGE TABLE
Group Address/Prefix Length
---------------------------------------
FF1E::/64
PIM-SM INTERFACE STATUS
Interface
Interface-Mode
Operational-Status
---------
--------------
----------------
vlan 3
Enabled
Operational
IPv6 Multicast Commands
761
vlan 6
Enabled
Operational
vlan 9
Enabled
Operational
show ipv6 pimsm bsr
Use the show ipv6 pimsm bsr command to display the bootstrap router (BSR)
information. The output includes elected BSR information and information
about the locally configured candidate rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
Syntax
show ipv6 pimsm bsr
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimsm bsr
BSR Address....................................
3001::1
BSR Priority................................... 23
BSR Hash Mask Length...........................
Next bootstrap message(hh:mm:ss)...............
00:00:11
Next Candidate RP advertisement(hh:mm:ss)......
00:00:12
762
IPv6 Multicast Commands
10
show ipv6 pimsm interface
Use the show ipv6 pimsm interface command to display interface config
parameters. If no interface is specified, all interfaces are displayed.
Syntax
show ipv6 pimsm interface [vlan vlan-id]
•
vlan-id— A valid VLAN ID value.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimsm interface vlan 6
Slot/Port...................................... vlan
6
IP Address.....................................
FE80::2FF:EDFF:FED0:2/128
Hello Interval (secs).......................... 30
Join Prune Interval (secs)..................... 60
Neighbor Count................................. 0
Designated Router..............................
FE80::2FF:EDFF:FED0:2
DR Priority.................................... 1
IPv6 Multicast Commands
763
BSR Border.....................................
Disabled
show ipv6 pimsm neighbor
Use the show ipv6 pimsm neighbor command to display IPv6 PIMSM
neighbors learned on the routing interfaces.
Syntax
show ipv6 pimsm neighbor [all | interface vlan vlan-id]
•
vlan-id —A valid VLAN ID value.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimsm neighbor all
Slot/Port...................................... vlan
6
Neighbor Address...............................
FE80::200:FF:FE00:33
Up Time (hh:mm:ss).............................
00:00:12
Expiry Time (hh:mm:ss).........................
00:01:34
DR Priority.................................... 0
764
IPv6 Multicast Commands
show ipv6 pimsm rphash
Use the show ipv6 pimsm rphash command to display which rendezvous
point (RP) is being selected for a specified group.
Syntax
show ipv6 pimsm rphash group-address
group-address —Group IP address supported by RP.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimsm rphash ff1e::/64
RP
Type
Address
------------------------ ----3001::1
BSR
show ipv6 pimsm rp mapping
Use the show ipv6 pimsm rp mapping command to display all group-to-RP
mappings of which the router is aware (either configured or learned from the
bootstrap router (BSR)). If no RP is specified, all active RPs are displayed
IPv6 Multicast Commands
765
Syntax
show ipv6 pimsm rp mapping [rp-address]
•
rp-address — IP address of RP.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimsm rp mapping
Group Address..................................
FF1E::/64
RP Address.....................................
2001::1
origin.........................................
Static
Group Address..................................
FF1E::/64
RP Address.....................................
3001::1
origin......................................... BSR
766
IPv6 Multicast Commands
IPv6 Routing Commands
41
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
clear ipv6 neighbors
•
clear ipv6 statistics
•
ipv6 address
•
ipv6 enable
•
ipv6 forwarding
•
ipv6 host
•
ipv6 mld last-member-query-count
•
ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval
•
ipv6 mld-proxy
•
ipv6 mld-proxy reset-status
•
ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicit-rprt-interval
•
ipv6 mld query-interval
•
ipv6 mld query-max-response-time
•
ipv6 mld router
•
ipv6 mtu
•
ipv6 nd dad attempts
•
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
•
ipv6 nd ns-interval
•
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
•
ipv6 nd prefix
•
ipv6 nd ra-interval
•
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
•
ipv6 nd reachable-time
•
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
•
ipv6 pimdm
IPv6 Routing Commands
767
768
•
ipv6 route
•
ipv6 route distance
•
ipv6 unicast-routing
•
ping ipv6
•
ping ipv6 interface
•
show ipv6 brief
•
show ipv6 interface
•
show ipv6 mld groups
•
show ipv6 mld interface
•
show ipv6 mld-proxy
•
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups
•
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups detail
•
show ipv6 mld-proxy interface
•
show ipv6 mld traffic
•
show ipv6 neighbors
•
show ipv6 pimdm
•
show ipv6 pimdm interface
•
show ipv6 pimdm neighbor
•
show ipv6 route
•
show ipv6 route preferences
•
show ipv6 route summary
•
show ipv6 traffic
•
show ipv6 vlan
•
traceroute ipv6
IPv6 Routing Commands
clear ipv6 neighbors
Use the clear ipv6 neighbors command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear all
entries in the IPv6 neighbor table or an entry on a specific interface.
Syntax
clear ipv6 neighbors [vlan vlan-id]
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears all entries in the IPv6 neighbor table.
console(config)#clear ipv6 neighbors
clear ipv6 statistics
Use the clear ipv6 statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear IPv6
statistics for all interfaces or for a specific interface, including loopback and
tunnel interfaces. IPv6 statistics display in the output of the show ipv6 traffic
command.
Syntax
clear ipv6 statistics [vlan vlan-id| tunnel tunnel-id | loopback loopback-id]
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
•
tunnel-id — Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
loopback-id — Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
IPv6 Routing Commands
769
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears IPv6 statistics for VLAN 11.
console(config)#clear ipv6 statistics vlan 11
ipv6 address
Use the ipv6 address command in Interface Configuration mode to configure
an IPv6 address on an interface (including tunnel and loopback interfaces)
and to enable IPv6 processing on this interface. Multiple globally reachable
addresses can be assigned to an interface by using this command. There is no
need to assign a link-local address by using this command since one is
automatically created. IPv6 addresses can be expressed in eight blocks. Also
of note is that instead of a period, a colon separates each block. For
simplification, leading zeros of each 16-bit block can be omitted. One
sequence of 16-bit blocks containing only zeros can be replaced with a double
colon “::”, but not more than one at a time (otherwise it is no longer a unique
representation).
Dropping zeros: 3ffe:ffff:100:f101:0:0:0:1 becomes 3ffe:ffff:100:f101::1
Local host: 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001 becomes ::1
Any host: 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 becomes ::
The hexadecimal letters in the IPv6 addresses are not case-sensitive. An
example of an IPv6 prefix and prefix length is 3ffe:1::1234/64.
Syntax
ipv6 address prefix/prefix-length [eui64]
no ipv6 address [prefix/prefix-length] [eui64]
770
IPv6 Routing Commands
•
prefix — Consists of the bits of the address to be configured.
•
prefix-length — Designates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of
the address make up the prefix.
•
eui64 — The optional eui-64 field designates that IPv6 processing on the
interfaces is enabled using an EUI-64 interface ID in the low order 64 bits
of the address. If this option is used, the value of prefix_length must be 64
bits.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures an IPv6 address and enables IPv6
processing.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 address 2020:1::1/64
ipv6 enable
Use the ipv6 enable command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
IPv6 routing on an interface (including tunnel and loopback interfaces) that
has not been configured with an explicit IPv6 address. Command execution
automatically configures the interface with a link-local address. The
command is not required if an IPv6 global address is configured on the
interface.
Syntax
ipv6 enable
no ipv6 enable
IPv6 Routing Commands
771
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IPv6 routing, which has not been configured
with an explicit IPv6 address.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 enable
ipv6 forwarding
Use the ipv6 forwarding command in Global Configuration mode to enable
IPv6 forwarding on a router.
Syntax
ipv6 forwarding
no ipv6 forwarding
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
772
IPv6 Routing Commands
Example
The following example globally enables IPv6 forwarding.
console#configure
console(config)#ipv6 forwarding
console(config)#no ipv6 forwarding
ipv6 host
The ipv6 host command is used to define static host name-to- ipv6 address
mapping in the host cache.
Syntax
ipv6 host name ipv6-address
no ipv6 host name
•
name — Host name.
•
ipv6-address — IPv6 address of the host.
Default Configuration
No IPv6 hosts are defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config)#ipv6 host Dell 2001:DB8::/32
IPv6 Routing Commands
773
ipv6 mld last-member-query-count
The ipv6 mld last-member-query-count command sets the number of
listener-specific queries sent before the router assumes that there are no local
members on the interface. Use the “no” form of this command to set the last
member query count to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 mld last-member-query-count last-member-query-count
no ipv6 mld last-member-query-count
•
last-member-query-count — Query count (Range: 1–20).
Default Configuration
The default last member query count is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mld last-member-querycount 5
ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval
The ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval command sets the last member
query interval for the MLD interface, which is the value of the maximum
response time parameter in the group-specific queries sent out of this
interface. Use the “no” form of this command to set the last member query
interval to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval last-member-query-interval
774
IPv6 Routing Commands
no ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval
•
last-member-query-interval — The last member query interval (Range:
0–65535 milliseconds).
Default Configuration
The default last member query interval is 1 second.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mld last-member-queryinterval 5000
ipv6 mld-proxy
Use the ipv6 mld-proxy command to enable MLD Proxy on the router. To
enable MLD Proxy on the router, you must also enable multicast forwarding.
Also, ensure that there are no other multicast routing protocols enabled on
the router. Use the “no” form of this command to disable MLD Proxy.
Syntax
ipv6 mld-proxy
no ipv6 mld-proxy
Default Configuration
MLD Proxy is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
IPv6 Routing Commands
775
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mld-proxy
ipv6 mld-proxy reset-status
Use the ipv6 mld-proxy reset-status command to reset the host interface
status parameters of the MLD Proxy router. This command is only valid when
MLD Proxy is enabled on the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 mld-proxy reset-status
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mld-proxy reset-status
ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicit-rprt-interval
Use the ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicit-rprt-interval command to set the
unsolicited report interval for the MLD Proxy router. This command is only
valid when MLD Proxy is enabled on the interface. Use the “no” form of this
command to reset the MLD Proxy router's unsolicited report interval to the
default value.
776
IPv6 Routing Commands
Syntax
ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicited-report-interval interval
no ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicited-report-interval
•
interval — The interval between unsolicited reports (Range: 1–260
seconds).
Default Configuration
The unsolicited report interval is 1 second by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mld-proxy unsolicitrprt-interval 10
ipv6 mld query-interval
The ipv6 mld query-interval command sets the MLD router's query interval
for the interface. The query-interval is the amount of time between the
general queries sent when the router is querying on that interface. Use the
“no” form of this command to set the query interval to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 mld query-interval query-interval
no ipv6 mld query-interval
•
query-interval — Query interval (Range: 1–3600).
Default Configuration
The default query interval is 125 seconds.
IPv6 Routing Commands
777
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mld query-interval 130
ipv6 mld query-max-response-time
The ipv6 mld query-max-response-time command sets MLD query
maximum response time for the interface. This value is used in assigning the
maximum response time in the query messages that are sent on that
interface. Use the “no” form of this command to set the maximum query
response time to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 mld query-max-response-time query-max-response-time
no ipv6 mld query-max-response-time
•
query-max-response-time — Maximum query response time (Range:
1–65535 milliseconds).
Default Configuration
The default query maximum response time is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mld query-max-responsetime 4500
778
IPv6 Routing Commands
ipv6 mld router
The ipv6 mld router command is used to enable MLD in the router in global
configuration mode and for a specific interface in interface configuration
mode. Use the “no” form of this command to disable MLD.
Syntax
ipv6 mld router
no ipv6 mld router
Default Configuration
MLD is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mld router
ipv6 mtu
Use the ipv6 mtu command in Interface Configuration mode to set the
maximum transmission unit (MTU) size, in bytes, of IPv6 packets on an
interface.
When the ipv6 mtu is at its default value (1500) and has not been configured,
a subsequent decrease change to the link mtu results in a reduction of the
ipv6 mtu.
Syntax
ipv6 mtu mtu
no ipv6 mtu
IPv6 Routing Commands
779
•
mtu — Is the maximum transmission unit. (Range: 1280-1500)
Default Configuration
The default MTU is 1500.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU) size, in
bytes, of IPv6 packets.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 mtu 1300
ipv6 nd dad attempts
Use the ipv6 nd dad attempts command in Interface Configuration mode to
set the number of duplicate address detection probes transmitted while doing
neighbor discovery. Duplicate address detection verifies that an IPv6 address
on an interface is unique.
Syntax
ipv6 nd dad attempts attempts
no ipv6 nd dad attempts
•
attempts — Probes transmitted. (Range: 0-600)
Default Configuration
The default value for attempts is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
780
IPv6 Routing Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets at 10 the number of duplicate address detection
probes transmitted while doing neighbor discovery.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd dad attempts 10
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
Use the ipv6 nd managed-config-flag command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the “managed address configuration” flag in router
advertisements. When the value is true,
end nodes use DHCPv6. When the value is false, end nodes automatically
configure addresses.
Syntax
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
no ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
Default Configuration
False is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IPv6 Routing Commands
781
Example
In the following example, the end node uses DHCPv6.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
ipv6 nd ns-interval
Use the ipv6 nd ns-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to set
the interval between router advertisements for advertised neighbor
solicitations. An advertised value of 0 means the interval is unspecified.
Syntax
ipv6 nd ns-interval milliseconds
no ipv6 nd ns-interval
•
milliseconds — Interval duration. (Range: 0, 1000–4294967295)
Default Configuration
0 is the default value for milliseconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the interval between router advertisements for
advertised neighbor solicitations at 5000 ms.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd ns-interval 5000
782
IPv6 Routing Commands
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Use the ipv6 nd other-config-flag command in Interface Configuration mode
to set the “other stateful configuration” flag in router advertisements sent
from the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
no ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Default Configuration
False is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets to true the “other stateful configuration” flag in
router advertisements
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd other-config-flag
IPv6 Routing Commands
783
ipv6 nd prefix
Use the ipv6 nd prefix command to configure parameters associated with
prefixes that the router advertises in its router advertisements.
Syntax
ipv6 nd prefix prefix/prefix-length [{valid-lifetime| infinite} {preferredlifetime| infinite}] [no-autoconfig] [off-link]
no ipv6 nd prefix prefix/prefix-length
•
prefix — IPv6 prefix.
•
prefix-length — IPv6 prefix length.
•
valid-lifetime — Valid lifetime of the router in seconds. (Range:
0–4294967295 seconds)
•
infinite — Indicates lifetime value is infinite.
•
preferred-lifetime — Preferred-lifetime of the router in seconds. (Range:
0–4294967295 seconds)
•
no-autocoding — Do not use Prefix for autoconfiguration.
•
off-link — Do not use Prefix for onlink determination.
Default Configuration
604800 seconds is the default value for valid-lifetime, 2592000 seconds for
preferred lifetime.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
The router advertises its global IPv6 prefixes in its router advertisements
(RAs). An RA only includes the prefixes of the IPv6 addresses configured on
the interface where the RA is transmitted. Addresses are configured using the
ipv6 address interface configuration command. Each prefix advertisement
includes information about the prefix, such as its lifetime values and whether
hosts should use the prefix for on-link determination or address autoconfiguration. Use the ipv6 nd prefix command to configure these values.
784
IPv6 Routing Commands
The ipv6 nd prefix command will allow you to preconfigure RA prefix values
before you configure the associated interface address. In order for the prefix
to be included in RAs, you must configure an address that matches the prefix
using the ipv6 address command. Prefixes specified using ipv6 nd prefix
without an associated interface address will not be included in RAs and will
not be committed to the device configuration.
Example
The following example sets the IPv6 prefixes to include in the router
advertisement.
console(config)#interface vlan 11
console(config-if-vlan11)#ipv6 nd prefix 2020:1::1/64
ipv6 nd ra-interval
Use the ipv6 nd ra-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to set
the transmission interval between router advertisements.
Syntax
ipv6 nd ra-interval maximum minimum
no ipv6 nd ra-interval
•
maximum — The maximum interval duration (Range: 4–1800 seconds).
•
minimum — The minimum interval duration (Range: 3 – (0.75 *
maximum) seconds).
Default Configuration
600 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
The minimum interval cannot be larger than 75% of the maximum interval.
IPv6 Routing Commands
785
Example
The following example sets the transmission interval between router
advertisements at 1000 seconds.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd ra-interval 1000
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
Use the ipv6 nd ra-lifetime command in Interface Configuration mode to set
the value that is placed in the Router Lifetime field of the router
advertisements sent from the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime seconds
no ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
•
seconds — Lifetime duration. The value must be zero, or it must be an
integer between the value of the router advertisement transmission
interval and 9000 seconds. A value of zero means this router is not to be
used as the default router. (Range: 0-9000)
Default Configuration
1800 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets at 1000 seconds the value that is placed in the
Router Lifetime field of the router advertisements.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd ra-lifetime 1000
786
IPv6 Routing Commands
ipv6 nd reachable-time
Use the ipv6 nd reachable-time command in Interface Configuration mode
to set the router advertisement time to consider a neighbor reachable after
neighbor discovery confirmation.
Syntax
ipv6 nd reachable-time milliseconds
no ipv6 nd reachable-time
•
milliseconds — Reachable-time duration. A value of zero means the time
is unspecified by the router. (Range: 0-3600000 milliseconds)
Default Configuration
The default value for neighbor discovery reachable times is 0 milliseconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the router advertisement time at 5000
milliseconds to consider a neighbor reachable after neighbor discovery
confirmation.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd reachable-time 5000
IPv6 Routing Commands
787
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Use the ipv6 nd suppress-ra command in Interface Configuration mode to
suppress router advertisement transmission on an interface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
no ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example suppresses router advertisement transmission.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd suppress-ra
ipv6 pimdm
Use the ipv6 pimdm command to enable PIM-DM Multicast Routing Mode
across the router in global configuration mode or on a specific routing
interface in interface mode. Use the “no” form of this command to disable
PIM-DM.
Syntax
ipv6 pimdm
no ipv6 pimdm
788
IPv6 Routing Commands
Default Configuration
IPv6 PIM-DM is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 pimdm
ipv6 pimdm hello-interval
The ipv6 pimdm hello-interval command is used to configure the PIM-DM
Hello Interval for the specified router interface. The Hello-interval is to be
specified in seconds. Use the "no" form of this command to reset the hello
interval to the default.
Syntax
ipv6 pimdm hello-interval interval
no ipv6 pimdm hello-interval
•
interval - The hello interval time in seconds (Range: 0–65535).
Default Configuration
The default hello interval is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
IPv6 Routing Commands
789
Example
console(config-if-vlan5)#ipv6 pimdm hello-interval
500
ipv6 route
Use the ipv6 route command in Global Configuration mode to configure an
IPv6 static route.
Syntax
ipv6 route ipv6-prefix /prefix-length [Null | interface {tunnel tunnel-id |
vlan vlan-id}] next-hop-address [preference]
no ipv6 route ipv6-prefix /prefix-length [Null | interface {tunnel tunnel-id |
vlan vlan-id}] next-hop-address
•
ipv6-prefix — Is the IPv6 network that is the destination of the static
route.
•
prefix-length — Is the length of the IPv6 prefix — a decimal value (usually
0-64) that shows how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the
address comprise the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash
mark must precede it.
•
interface — Identifies direct static routes from point-to-point and
broadcast interfaces, and must be specified when using a link-local address
as the next hop.
•
tunnel or vlan — Is the tunnel or vlan interface to associate with the route.
•
next-hop-address — Is the IPv6 address of the next hop that can be used to
reach the specified network.
•
preference — Is a value the router uses to compare this route with routes
from other route sources that have the same destination. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
1 is the default value for preference.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
790
IPv6 Routing Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configure an IPv6 static route.
console(config)#ipv6 route 2020:1::1/64 2030:1::2
ipv6 route distance
Use the ipv6 route distance command in Global Configuration mode to set
the default distance (preference) for static routes. Lower route preference
values are preferred when determining the best route. The ipv6 route and
ipv6 route default commands allow optional setting of the distance of an
individual static route. The default distance is used when no distance is
specified in these commands. Changing the default distance does not update
the distance of existing static routes, even if they were assigned the original
default distance. The new default distance is applied to static routes created
after invoking the ipv6 route distance command.
Syntax
ipv6 route distance integer
no ipv6 route distance integer
•
integer — Specifies the distance (preference) of an individual static route.
(Range 1-255)
Default Configuration
Default value of integer is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Lower route distance values are preferred when determining the best route.
IPv6 Routing Commands
791
Example
The following example sets the default distance to 80.
console(config)#ipv6 route distance 80
ipv6 unicast-routing
Use the ipv6 unicast-routing command in Global Configuration mode to
enable forwarding of IPv6 unicast datagrams.
Syntax
ipv6 unicast-routing
no ipv6 unicast-routing
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example globally enables Ipv6 unicast datagram forwarding.
console(config)#ipv6 unicast-routing
console(config)#no ipv6 unicast-routing
ping ipv6
Use ping ipv6 command in Privileged EXEC mode to determine whether
another computer is on the network. To use the command, configure the
switch for network (in-band) connection. The source and target devices must
have the ping utility enabled and running on top of TCP/IP. The switch can
be pinged from any IP workstation with which the switch is connected
792
IPv6 Routing Commands
through the default VLAN (VLAN 1), as long as there is a physical path
between the switch and the workstation. The terminal interface sends three
pings to the target station.
Syntax
ping ipv6 {ip-address | hostname} [size size]
•
ipv6-address — Target IPv6 address to ping.
•
hostname — Hostname to ping (contact). (Range: 1–158 characters)
•
size — Size of the datagram. (Range: 48–2048 bytes)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example determines whether another computer is on the
network at the IPv6 address specified.
console(config)#ping ipv6 2030:1::1/64
Send count=3, Receive count=0 from 2030:1::1/64
Average round trip time = 0.00 ms
ping ipv6 interface
Use ping ipv6 interface command in the Privileged EXEC mode to
determine whether another computer is on the network. To use the
command, configure the switch for network (in-band) connection. The
source and target devices must have the ping utility enabled and running on
top of TCP/IP. The switch can be pinged from any IP workstation with which
the switch is connected through the default VLAN (VLAN 1), as long as there
IPv6 Routing Commands
793
is a physical path between the switch and the workstation. The terminal
interface sends three pings to the target station. Use the interface keyword to
ping an interface by using the link-local address or the global IPv6 address of
the interface. The source can be a loopback, tunnel, or logical interface.
Syntax
ping ipv6 interface {vlan vlan-id| tunnel tunnel-id} | loopback loopback-id}
link-local-address [size datagram-size]
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
•
tunnel-id — Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
loopback-id — Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
link-local-address — IPv6 address to ping.
•
datagram-size — Size of the datagram. (Range: 48-2048 bytes)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example determines whether another computer is on the
network at the IPv6 address specified.
console(config)#ping ipv6 interface loopback 1
FE80::202:BCFF:FE00:3068/128
Send count=3, Receive count=0 from
FE80::202:BCFF:FE00:3068/128
Average round trip time = 0.00 ms
794
IPv6 Routing Commands
show ipv6 brief
Use the show ipv6 brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
IPv6 status of forwarding mode and IPv6 unicast routing mode.
Syntax
show ipv6 brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the IPv6 status of forwarding mode and IPv6
unicast routing mode.
console#show ipv6 brief
IPv6 Forwarding Mode........................ Enable
IPv6 Unicast Routing Mode................... Disable
IPv6 Hop Limit...............................1
show ipv6 interface
Use the show ipv6 interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to show the
usability status of IPv6 interfaces.
Syntax
show ipv6 interface {brief | loopback loopback-id | tunnel tunnel-id |vlan
vlan-id [prefix]}
•
loopback-id — Valid loopback interface ID
IPv6 Routing Commands
795
•
tunnel-id — Valid tunnel interface ID
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples show the usability status of a IPv6 VLAN interface
individually and all IPv6 interfaces collectively in an abbreviated format.
console#show ipv6 interface vlan 3
IPv6 is enabled
IPv6 Prefix is.......................
FE80::2FC:E3FF:FE90:147/128
3FF0:1236:C261::1/64
Routing Mode................................... Enabled
Administrative Mode............................ Enabled
IPv6 Routing Operational Mode.................. Enabled
Interface Maximum Transmit Unit................ 1500
Router Duplicate Address Detection Transmits... 1
Router Advertisement NS Interval............... 0
Router Lifetime Interval....................... 1800
Router Advertisement Reachable Time............ 0
Router Advertisement Interval.................. 600
Router Advertisement Managed Config Flag....... Disabled
Router Advertisement Other Config Flag......... Disabled
796
IPv6 Routing Commands
Router Advertisement Suppress Flag............. Disabled
Prefix 3FF0:1236:C261::1/64
Preferred Lifetime............................. 10000
Valid Lifetime................................. 100000
Onlink Flag.................................... Enabled
Autonomous Flag................................ Enabled
console#show ipv6 interface brief
Oper.
Interface Mode
IPv6 Address/Length
---------- -------- --------------------------------vlan3
Enabled
FE80::2FC:E3FF:FE90:147/128
3FF0:1236:C261::1/64
loopback 1 Enabled
FE80::2FC:E3FF:FE90:145/128
3FF0:C221:1234::1/64
loopback 2 Disabled
tunnel 1
Disabled 3FFE:1234::1/64
[TENT]
show ipv6 mld groups
The show ipv6 mld groups command is used to display information about
multicast groups that MLD reported. The information is displayed only when
MLD is enabled on at least one interface. If MLD was not enabled on any
interfaces, there is no group information to be displayed.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld groups {group-address | vlan vlan-id}
•
group-address — The group address to display.
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN id.
IPv6 Routing Commands
797
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed as a table when vlan vlan-id is specified:
Number of (*, G)
entries
Displays the number of groups present in the MLD Table.
Number of (S, G)
entries
Displays the number of include and exclude mode sources
present in the MLD Table.
Group Address
The address of the multicast group.
Interface
Interface through which the multicast group is reachable.
Uptime
Time elapsed in seconds since the multicast group has been
known.
Expiry Time
Time left in seconds before the entry is removed from the
MLD membership table.
If vlan vlan-id is not specified, the following fields are displayed for each
multicast group and each interface:
Group Address
The address of the multicast group.
Interface
Interface through which the multicast group is reachable.
Uptime
Time elapsed in seconds since the multicast group has been
known.
Expiry Time
Time left in seconds before the entry is removed from the MLD
membership table of this interface.
Last Reporter
The IP Address of the source of the last membership report
received for this multicast group address on that interface.
Filter Mode
The filter mode of the multicast group on this interface. The
values it can take are INCLUDE and EXCLUDE.
798
IPv6 Routing Commands
Compatibility
Mode
The compatibility mode of the multicast group on this interface.
The values it can take are MLDv1 and MLDv2.
Version 1 Host
Timer
The time remaining until the router assumes there are no longer
any MLD version-1 Hosts on the specified interface.
The following table is displayed to indicate all the sources associated with this
group:
Source Address
The IP address of the source.
Uptime
Time elapsed in seconds since the source has been known.
Expiry Time
Time left in seconds before the entry is removed.
Example
console#show ipv6 mld groups ff1e::5
Interface...................................... vlan 6
Group Address.................................. FF1E::5
Last Reporter..................................
FE80::200:FF:FE00:22
Up Time (hh:mm:ss)............................. 00:03:43
Expiry Time (hh:mm:ss)......................... -----Filter Mode.................................... Include
Version1 Host Timer............................ -----Group compat mode.............................. v2
Source Address
-----------------
ExpiryTime
-----------
4001::6
00:03:15
4001::7
00:03:15
4001::8
00:03:15
console#show ipv6 mld groups vlan 6
IPv6 Routing Commands
799
Group Address.................................. FF1E::1
Interface...................................... vlan 6
Up Time (hh:mm:ss)............................. 00:04:23
Expiry Time (hh:mm:ss)......................... ------
Group Address.................................. FF1E::2
Interface...................................... vlan 6
Up Time (hh:mm:ss)............................. 00:04:23
Expiry Time (hh:mm:ss)......................... ------
Group Address.................................. FF1E::3
Interface...................................... vlan 6
Up Time (hh:mm:ss)............................. 00:04:23
Expiry Time (hh:mm:ss)......................... ------
Group Address.................................. FF1E::4
Interface...................................... vlan 6
Up Time (hh:mm:ss)............................. 00:04:23
Expiry Time (hh:mm:ss)......................... ------
show ipv6 mld interface
The show ipv6 mld interface command is used to display MLD related
information for an interface.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld interface {vlan vlan-id | all}
•
800
vlan-id — A valid VLAN id.
IPv6 Routing Commands
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following information is displayed for the specified interface:
Interface
The interface number in unit/slot/port format.
MLD Global
Admin Mode
This field displays the configured global administrative status of
MLD.
MLD Interface
Admin Mode
This field displays the configured interface administrative status
of MLD.
MLD Operational The operational status of MLD on the interface.
Mode
MLD Version
This field indicates the version of MLD configured on the
interface.
Query Interval
This field indicates the configured query interval for the
interface.
Query Max
Response Time
This field indicates the configured maximum query response
time (in seconds) advertised in MLD queries on this interface.
Robustness
This field displays the configured value for the tuning for the
expected packet loss on a subnet attached to the interface.
Startup Query
Interval
This value indicates the configured interval between General
Queries sent by a Querier on startup.
Startup Query
Count
This value indicates the configured number of Queries sent out
on startup, separated by the Startup Query Interval.
Last Member
Query Interval
This value indicates the configured Maximum Response Time
inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave
Group messages.
Last Member
Query Count
This value indicates the configured number of Group-Specific
Queries sent before the router assumes that there are no local
members.
IPv6 Routing Commands
801
The following information is displayed if the operational mode of the MLD
interface is enabled:
Querier Status
This value indicates whether the interface is a MLD querier or
non-querier on the subnet with which it is associated.
Querier Address
The IP address of the MLD querier on the subnet the interface
with which it is associated.
Querier Up Time
Time elapsed in seconds since the querier state has been
updated.
Querier Expiry
Time
Time left in seconds before the Querier losses its title as querier.
Wrong Version
Queries
Indicates the number of queries received whose MLD version
does not match the MLD version of the interface.
Number of Joins
The number of times a group membership has been added on
this interface.
Number of Leaves
The number of times a group membership has been removed on
this interface.
Number of Groups The current number of membership entries for this interface.
Example
console#show ipv6 mld interface vlan 2
Interface...................................... vlan 2
MLD Global Admin Mode.......................... Enabled
MLD Interface Admin Mode....................... Disabled
MLD Operational Mode........................... Disabled
MLD Version.................................... 2
Query Interval (secs).......................... 100
Query Max Response Time(milli-secs)............ 1111
Robustness..................................... 2
Startup Query Interval (secs).................. 31
Startup Query Count............................ 2
802
IPv6 Routing Commands
Last Member Query Interval (milli-secs)........ 1111
Last Member Query Count........................ 2
show ipv6 mld-proxy
Use the show ipv6 mld-proxy command to display a summary of the host
interface status parameters.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld-proxy
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
User Guidelines
The command displays the following parameters only when you enable MLD
Proxy:
Interface Index
The interface number of the MLD Proxy interface.
Admin Mode
Indicates whether MLD Proxy is enabled or disabled. This is a
configured value.
Operational Mode Indicates whether MLD Proxy is operationally enabled or
disabled. This is a status parameter.
Version
The present MLD host version that is operational on the proxy
interface.
Number of
Multicast Groups
The number of multicast groups that are associated with the
MLD-Proxy interface.
Unsolicited Report The time interval at which the MLD-Proxy interface sends
Interval
unsolicited group membership reports.
Querier IP Address The IP address of the Querier, if any, in the network attached to
on Proxy Interface the upstream interface (MLD-Proxy interface).
IPv6 Routing Commands
803
Older Version 1
Querier Timeout
The interval used to timeout the older version 1 queriers.
Proxy Start
Frequency
The number of times the MLD-Proxy has been stopped and
started.
Example
console#show ipv6 mld-proxy
Interface Index................................ vlan 10
Admin Mode..................................... Enabled
Operational Mode............................... Enabled
Version........................................ 3
Num of Multicast Groups........................ 0
Unsolicited Report Interval.................... 1
Querier IP Address on Proxy Interface.......... fe80::1:2:5
Older Version 1 Querier Timeout................ 00:00:00
Proxy Start Frequency...........................1
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups
Use the show ipv6 mld-proxy groups command to display information about
multicast groups that the MLD Proxy reported.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
The following parameters are displayed by this command:
804
IPv6 Routing Commands
Interface
The MLD Proxy interface.
Group Address The IP address of the multicast group.
Last Reporter
The IP address of the host that last sent a membership report for the
current group on the network attached to the MLD-Proxy interface
(upstream interface).
Up Time (in
secs)
The time elapsed in seconds since last created.
Member State Possible values are:
• Idle_Member—The interface has responded to the latest group
membership query for this group.
• Delay_Member—The interface is going to send a group
membership report to respond to a group membership query for
this group.
Filter Mode
Possible values are Include or Exclude.
Sources
The number of sources attached to the multicast group.
Example
console#show ipv6 mld-proxy groups
Interface................................ vlan 10
Group Address Last Reporter
Sources
Up Time Member State Filter Mode
------------- -------------- ---------- ------------- ------------FF1E::1 FE80::100:2.3
00:01:40
DELAY_MEMBER
Exclude
2
FF1E::2 FE80::100:2.3
00:02:40
DELAY_MEMBER
Include
1
FF1E::3 FE80::100:2.3
00:01:40
DELAY_MEMBER
Exclude
0
FF1E::4 FE80::100:2.3
00:02:44
DELAY_MEMBER
Include
4
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups detail
Use the show ipv6 mld-proxy groups detail command to display information
about multicast groups that MLD Proxy reported.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld-proxy groups detail
IPv6 Routing Commands
805
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
The following parameters are displayed by this command:
Interface
The interface number of the MLD-Proxy.
Group Address
The IP address of the multicast group.
Last Reporter
The IP address of the host that last sent a membership report for
the current group on the network attached to the MLD Proxy
interface (upstream interface).
Up Time (in
secs)
The time elapsed in seconds since last created.
Member State
Possible values are:
• Idle_Member—The interface has responded to the latest group
membership query for this group.
• Delay_Member—The interface is going to send a group
membership report to respond to a group membership query for
this group.
Filter Mode
Possible values are Include or Exclude.
Sources
The number of sources attached to the multicast group.
Group Source
List
The list of IP addresses of the sources attached to the multicast
group.
Expiry Time
The time left for a source to get deleted.
Example
console#show ipv6 igmp-proxy groups
Interface................................ vlan 10
Group Address Last Reporter
Mode
Sources
806
IPv6 Routing Commands
Up Time
Member State
Filter
------------- ---------------- --------- ----------------- ------------ ------FF1E::1
2
FE80::100:2.3
244
DELAY_MEMBER
Group Source List
Expiry Time
------------------
---------------
2001::1
00:02:40
2001::2
--------
FF1E::2
1
FE80::100:2.3
243
DELAY_MEMBER
Group Source List
Expiry Time
------------------
---------------
3001::1
00:03:32
3002::2
00:03:32
Exclude
Include
FF1E::3
0
FE80::100:2.3
328
DELAY_MEMBER
Exclude
FF1E::4
4
FE80::100:2.3
255
DELAY_MEMBER
Include
Group Source List
Expiry Time
------------------
---------------
4001::1
00:03:40
5002::2
00:03:40
4001::2
00:03:40
5002::2
00:03:40
IPv6 Routing Commands
807
show ipv6 mld-proxy interface
Use the show ipv6 mld-proxy interface command to display a detailed list of
the host interface status parameters.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld-proxy interface
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
The following parameters are displayed only when MLD Proxy is enabled:
Interface
The MLD Proxy interface.
The column headings of the table associated with the interface are as follows:
Ver
The MLD version.
Query Rcvd Number of MLD queries received.
Report Rcvd Number of MLD reports received.
Report Sent Number of MLD reports sent.
Leaves Rcvd Number of MLD leaves received. Valid for version 2 only.
Leaves Sent Number of MLD leaves sent on the Proxy interface. Valid for version 2
only.
Example
console#show ipv6 mld-proxy interface
Interface................................ vlan 10
808
IPv6 Routing Commands
Ver Query Rcvd Report Rcvd Report Sent Leave Rcvd Leave Sent
-----------------------------------------------------------------1
2
0
0
0
2
2
3
0
4
-----
-----
show ipv6 mld traffic
The show ipv6 mld traffic command is used to display MLD statistical
information for the router.
Syntax
show ipv6 mld traffic
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed:
Valid MLD Packets
Received
The number of valid MLD packets received by the
router.
Valid MLD Packets Sent
The number of valid MLD packets sent by the router.
Queries Received
The number of valid MLD queries received by the
router.
Queries Sent
The number of valid MLD queries sent by the router.
Reports Received
The number of valid MLD reports received by the
router.
Reports Sent
The number of valid MLD reports sent by the router.
Leaves Received
The number of valid MLD leaves received by the router.
Leaves Sent
The number of valid MLD leaves sent by the router.
IPv6 Routing Commands
809
Bad Checksum MLD
Packets
The number of bad checksum MLD packets received by
the router.
Malformed MLD Packets
The number of malformed MLD packets received by the
router.
Example
console#show ipv6 mld traffic
Valid MLD Packets Received..................... 52
Valid MLD Packets Sent......................... 7
Queries Received............................... 0
Queries Sent................................... 7
Reports Received............................... 52
Reports Sent................................... 0
Leaves Received................................ 0
Leaves Sent.................................... 0
show ipv6 neighbors
Use the show ipv6 neighbors command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information about the IPv6 neighbors.
Syntax
show ipv6 neighbors
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
810
IPv6 Routing Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the IPv6 neighbors.
console(config)#show ipv6 neighbors
Neighbor Last
IPv6 Address
Address
isRtr
MAC
State
Updated
Interface
-------------------- ----------------- -------------
-------
show ipv6 pimdm
The show ipv6 pimdm command is used to display PIM-DM Global
Configuration parameters and PIM DM interface status.
Syntax
show ipv6 pimdm
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimdm
IPv6 Routing Commands
811
Admin Mode.....................................
Enable
PIM-DM INTERFACE STATUS
Interface
Interface Mode
Protocol State
---------
--------------
----------------
vlan 10
Enable
Non-Operational
vlan 20
Enable
Non-Operational
show ipv6 pimdm interface
The show ipv6 pimdm interface command is used to display PIM-DM
Configuration information for all interfaces or for the specified interface. If
no interface is specified, Configuration of all interfaces is displayed.
Syntax
show ipv6 pimdm interface [vlan vlan-id | all]
•
vlan vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID.
•
all — To show configuration information for all valid interfaces.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimdm interface vlan 10
812
IPv6 Routing Commands
Slot/Port...................................... vlan
10
IP Address.....................................
FE80::221:9BFF:FEC3:1216/128
Neighbor Count................................. 0
Hello Interval (secs).......................... 30
Designated Router.............................. Not
Supported
console#show ipv6 pimdm interface all
Address
--------------
Interface Neighbor Hello
Count
Interval
--------- -------- -------
192.168.37.6
vlan 10
2
30
192.168.36.129
vlan 20
2
30
10.1.37.2
vlan 24
1
30
show ipv6 pimdm neighbor
The show ipv6 pimdm neighbor command is used to display PIM-DM
Neighbor information including Neighbor Address, Uptime and Expiry time
for all interfaces or for the specified interface.
Syntax
show ipv6 pimdm neighbor [interface vlan vlan-id | all]
•
vlan vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID.
•
all — To show neighbor information for all valid interfaces.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
IPv6 Routing Commands
813
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ipv6 pimdm neighbor interface vlan 10
Neighbor Addr
Interface
Up Time
Expiry Time
hh:mm:ss
hh:mm:ss
--------------- ---------- --------- -----------
show ipv6 route
Use the show ipv6 route command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
IPv6 routing table.
Syntax
show ipv6 route [{ipv6-address [protocol] | {{ipv6-prefix/ ipv6-prefix-length
| interface} [protocol] | protocol [all] | all}]
814
•
ipv6-address — Specifies an IPv6 address for which the best-matching
route would be displayed.
•
protocol — Specifies the protocol that installed the routes. Is one of the
following keywords: connected, ospf, static.
•
ipv6-prefix/ipv6 prefix-length — Specifies a IPv6 network for which the
matching route would be displayed.
•
interface — Valid IPv6 interface. Specifies that the routes with next-hops
on the selected interface be displayed.
•
all — Specifies that all routes including best and non-best routes are
displayed. Otherwise, only the best routes are displayed. If the connected
keyword is selected for protocol, the all option is not available because
there are no best or non-best connected routes.
IPv6 Routing Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the IPv6 routing table.
console(config)#show ipv6 route
IPv6 Routing Table - 0 entries
Codes: C - connected, S - static
O - OSPF Intra, OI - OSPF Inter, OE1 - OSPF Ext 1, OE2
- OSPF Ext 2
ON1 - OSPF NSSA Ext Type 1, ON2 - OSPF NSSA Ext Type 2
show ipv6 route preferences
Use the show ipv6 route preferences command in Privileged EXEC mode to
show the preference value associated with the type of route. Lower numbers
have a greater preference.
Syntax
show ipv6 route preferences
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
IPv6 Routing Commands
815
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows the preference value associated with the type of
route.
console#show ipv6 route preferences
Local.......................................... 0
Static......................................... 1
OSPF Intra-area routes......................... 110
OSPF Inter-area routes......................... 110
OSPF External routes........................... 110
show ipv6 route summary
Use the show ipv6 route summary command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display a summary of the routing table. Use all to display the count summary
for all routes, including best and non-best routes. Use the command without
parameters to display the count summary for only the best routes.
Syntax
show ipv6 route summary [all]
•
all — Displays the count summary for all routes.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
816
IPv6 Routing Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a summary of the routing table.
console#show ipv6 route summary
IPv6 Routing Table Summary - 0 entries
Connected Routes............................... 0
Static Routes.................................. 0
OSPF Routes.................................... 0
Intra Area Routes............................ 0
Inter Area Routes............................ 0
External Type-1 Routes....................... 0
External Type-2 Routes....................... 0
Total routes................................... 0
Number of Prefixes:
show ipv6 traffic
Use the show ipv6 traffic command in User EXEC mode to show traffic and
statistics for IPv6 and ICMPv6.
Syntax
show ipv6 traffic [vlan vlan-id | tunnel tunnel-id | loopback loopback-id]
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID, shows information about traffic on a specific
interface or, without the optional parameter, shows information about
traffic on all interfaces.
•
tunnel — Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
loopback — Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
IPv6 Routing Commands
817
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples show traffic and statistics for IPv6 and ICMPv6, first
for all interfaces and an individual VLAN.
console> show ipv6 traffic
IPv6 STATISTICS
Total Datagrams Received.................................. 0
Received Datagrams Locally Delivered...................... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Header Errors......... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To MTU................... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To No Route.............. 0
Received Datagrams With Unknown Protocol.................. 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Invalid Address....... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Truncated Data........ 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Other........................ 0
Received Datagrams Reassembly Required.................... 0
Datagrams Successfully Reassembled........................ 0
Datagrams Failed To Reassemble............................ 0
Datagrams Forwarded....................................... 0
Datagrams Locally Transmitted............................. 0
Datagrams Transmit Failed................................. 0
Datagrams Successfully Fragmented......................... 0
Datagrams Failed To Fragment.............................. 0
Fragments Created......................................... 0
Multicast Datagrams Received.............................. 0
818
IPv6 Routing Commands
Multicast Datagrams Transmitted........................... 0
console> show ipv6 traffic vlan 11
Interface...................................... 11
IPv6 STATISTICS
Total Datagrams Received.................................. 0
Received Datagrams Locally Delivered...................... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Header Errors......... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To MTU................... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To No Route.............. 0
Received Datagrams With Unknown Protocol.................. 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Invalid Address....... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Truncated Data........ 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Other........................ 0
Received Datagrams Reassembly Required.................... 0
Datagrams Successfully Reassembled........................ 0
Datagrams Failed To Reassemble............................ 0
Datagrams Forwarded....................................... 0
Datagrams Locally Transmitted............................. 0
Datagrams Transmit Failed................................. 0
Datagrams Successfully Fragmented......................... 0
Datagrams Failed To Fragment.............................. 0
Fragments Created......................................... 0
Multicast Datagrams Received.............................. 0
Multicast Datagrams Transmitted........................... 0
show ipv6 vlan
Use the show ipv6 vlan command in Privileged EXEC mode to display IPv6
VLAN routing interface addresses.
Syntax
show ipv6 vlan
IPv6 Routing Commands
819
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IPv6 VLAN routing interface addresses.
console#show ipv6 vlan
MAC Address used by Routing VLANs: 00:02:BC:00:30:68
VLAN ID
IPv6 Address/Prefix Length
-------
---------------------------------------
1
traceroute ipv6
Use the traceroute ipv6 command in Privileged EXEC mode to discover the
routes that packets actually take when traveling to their destination through
the network on a hop-by-hop basis.
Syntax
traceroute ipv6 {ip-address | hostname} [port]
•
ipv6-address — Destination IPv6 address.
•
hostname — Hostname to ping (contact). (Range: 1–158 characters)
•
port — UDP port used as the destination of packets sent as part of the
traceroute. This port should be an unused port on the destination system.
(Range: 0–65535)
Default Configuration
33434 is the default port value.
820
IPv6 Routing Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example discovers the packet routes on a hop-by-hop basis.
console#traceroute ipv6 2020:1::1
Tracing route over a maximum of 20 hops
1 * N * N * N
IPv6 Routing Commands
821
822
IPv6 Routing Commands
42
Loopback Interface Commands
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
interface loopback
•
show interfaces loopback
Loopback Interface Commands
823
interface loopback
Use the interface loopback command in Global Configuration mode to enter
the Interface Loopback configuration mode.
Syntax
interface loopback loopback-id
no interface loopback loopback-id
•
loopback-id — Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enters the Interface Loopback 1 configuration mode.
console(config)# interface loopback 1
console(config-if-loopback1)#
show interfaces loopback
Use the show interfaces loopback command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display information about one or all configured loopback interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces loopback [loopback-id]
•
824
loopback-id — Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Loopback Interface Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display information about configured loopback
interfaces.
console# show interfaces loopback
Loopback Id
Interface
IP Address
Received
Packets
Sent
Packets
-----------
---------
----------
--------- -----------
1
loopback
1 0.0.0.0
0
0
console# show interfaces loopback 1
Interface Link Status..................... Up
IP Address................................. 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
MTU size................................... 1500 bytes
Loopback Interface Commands
825
826
Loopback Interface Commands
Multicast Commands
43
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip mcast boundary
•
ip mroute
•
ip multicast
•
ip multicast ttl-threshold
•
ip pimsm
•
ip pimsm bsr-border
•
ip pimsm bsr-candidate
•
ip pimsm dr-priority
•
ip pimsm hello-interval
•
ip pimsm join-prune-interval
•
ip pimsm register-threshold
•
ip pimsm rp-address
•
ip pimsm rp-candidate
•
ip pimsm spt-threshold
•
ip pimsm ssm
•
show bridge multicast address-table count
•
show ip mcast
•
show ip mcast boundary
•
show ip mcast interface
•
show ip mcast mroute
•
show ip mcast mroute group
•
show ip mcast mroute source
•
show ip mcast mroute static
•
show ip pimsm bsr
•
show ip pimsm interface
Multicast Commands
827
828
•
show ip pimsm rphash
•
show ip pimsm rp mapping
Multicast Commands
ip mcast boundary
Use the ip mcast boundary command in Interface Configuration mode to
add an administrative scope multicast boundary specified by groupipaddr and
mask for which this multicast administrative boundary is applicable.
groupipaddr is a group IP address and mask is a group IP mask.
Syntax
ip mcast boundary groupipaddr mask
no ip mcast boundary groupipaddr mask
•
groupipaddr — IP address of multicast group. Valid range is 239.0.0.0 to
239.255.255.255.
•
mask — IP mask of multicast group.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example adds an administrative scope multicast boundary.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip mcast boundary 239.5.5.5
255.255.255.255
ip mroute
Use the ip mroute command to create a static multicast route for a source
range. Use the "no" form of this command to delete a static multicast route.
Multicast Commands
829
Syntax
ip mroute source-address source-mask rpf-address preference
no ip mroute source-address source
•
source-address — The IP address of the multicast data source.
•
source-mask — The IP subnet mask of the multicast data source.
•
rpf-address — The IP address of the next hop towards the source.
•
preference — The cost of the route (Range: 1 - 255).
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#
console(config)#ip mroute 1.1.1.1 255.255.0.0
192.168.20.1 34
ip multicast
Use the ip multicast command in Global Configuration mode to set the
administrative mode of the IP multicast forwarder in the router to active. For
multicast routing to become operational, IGMP must be currently enabled.
An error message is displayed on the CLI if multicast routing is enabled while
IGMP is disabled. However, the IP multicast mode configuration is stored in
the multicast configuration file and is automatically enabled once IGMP is
enabled.
Syntax
ip multicast
830
Multicast Commands
no ip multicast
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IP multicast on the router.
console#configure
console(config)#ip multicast
console(config)#no ip multicast
ip multicast ttl-threshold
Use the ip multicast ttl-threshold command in Interface Configuration
mode to apply a ttlvalue to a routing interface. ttlvalue is the TTL threshold
which is applied to the multicast Data packets forwarded through the
interface.
Syntax
ip multicast ttl-threshold ttlvalue
no ip multicast ttl-threshold
•
ttlvalue — Specifies TTL threshold. (Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
Multicast Commands
831
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example applies a ttlvalue of 5 to the VLAN 15 routing
interface.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip multicast ttl-threshold
5
ip pimsm
The ip pimsm command is used to administratively enable PIM-SM
multicast routing mode on a particular router interface. Use the “no” form of
this command to disable PIM SM on an interface. This command deprecates
the ip pimsm mode command.
Syntax
ip pimsm
no ip pimsm
Default Configuration
PIM-SM is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ip pimsm
832
Multicast Commands
ip pimsm bsr-border
The ip pimsm bsr-border command is used to prevent bootstrap router (BSR)
messages from being sent or received through an interface. Use the “no” form
of this command to disable the interface from being the BSR border.
Syntax
ip pimsm bsr-border
no ip pimsm bsr-border
Default Configuration
The interface is not enabled to send BSR messages by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ip pimsm bsr-border
ip pimsm bsr-candidate
The ip pimsm bsr-candidate command is used to configure the router to
announce its candidacy as a bootstrap router (BSR). Use the “no” form of this
command to stop the router from announcing its candidacy as a bootstrap
router. This command deprecates the ip pimsm cbsrhaskmasklength and ip
pimsm cbsrpreference commands.
Syntax
ip pimsm bsr-candidate vlan vlanid [hash-mask-length [priority]]
no ip pimsm bsr-candidate vlan vlanid
•
vlanid — A valid VLAN ID.
Multicast Commands
833
•
hash-mask-length — The length of a mask that is to be ANDed with the
group address before the hash function is called. All groups with the same
seed hash correspond to the same RP. For example, if this value is 24, only
the first 24 bits of the group addresses matter. This allows you to get one
RP for multiple groups. (Range 0–32 bits).
•
priority — The priority of the candidate BSR. The BSR with the higher
priority is preferred. If the priority values are the same, the router with the
higher IP address is the BSR. (Range 0–255).
Default Configuration
The router will not announce its candidacy by default
The default hash mask length is 32 bits.
The default priority is 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip pimsm bsr-candidate interface vlan
3 12 255
ip pimsm dr-priority
The ip pimsm dr-priority command is used to set the priority value for which
a router is elected as the designated router (DR). Use the “no” form of this
command to set the priority to the default.
Syntax
ip pimsm dr-priority priority
no ip pimsm dr-priority
•
834
priority — The election priority (Range: 0–2147483647).
Multicast Commands
Default Configuration
The default election priority is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ip pimsm dr-priority 12
ip pimsm hello-interval
The ip pimsm hello-interval command is used to configure the PIM-SM
Hello Interval for the specified interface. Use the “no” form of this command
to set the hello interval to the default. This command deprecates the ip
pimsm query-interval command.
Syntax
ip pimsm hello-interval interval
no ip pimsm hello-interval
•
interval — The hello interval (Range: 0–65535 seconds).
Default Configuration
The default hello interval is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Multicast Commands
835
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ip pimsm hello-interval 60
ip pimsm join-prune-interval
The ip pimsm join-prune-interval command is used to configure the
interface join/prune interval for the PIM-SM router. Use the “no” form of this
command to set the join/prune interval to the default. This command
deprecates the ip pimsm message-interval command.
Syntax
ip pimsm join-prune-interval interval
no ip pimsm join-prune-interval
•
interval — The join/prune interval (Range: 0–18000 seconds).
Default Configuration
The default join/prune interval is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-if-vlan3)#ip pimsm join-prune-interval
125
ip pimsm register-threshold
The ip pimsm register-threshold command is used to configure the Register
Threshold rate for the RP router to switch to the shortest path. Use the “no”
form of this command to set the register threshold rate to the default. This
command deprecates the ip pimsm register rate limit command.
836
Multicast Commands
Syntax
ip pimsm register-threshold threshold
no ip pimsm register-threshold
•
threshold — The threshold rate (Range: 0–2000 Kbps).
Default Configuration
The default threshold rate is 0. Previously, the default was 50.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip pimsm register-threshold 1000
ip pimsm rp-address
The ip pimsm rp-address command is used to statically configure the RP
address for one or more multicast groups. The optional keyword override
indicates that if there is a conflict, the RP configured with this command
prevails over the RP learned by BSR. Use the “no” form of this command to
remove the RP address for one or more multicast groups. This command
deprecates the ip pimsm staticrp command.
Syntax
ip pimsm rp-address rp-address group-address group-mask [override]
no ip pimsm rp-address rp-address group-address group-mask
•
rp-address — IP address of RP.
•
group-address — Group IP address supported by RP.
•
group-mask — Group subnet mask for group address.
•
override — Override a conflicting address learned by BSR.
Multicast Commands
837
Default Configuration
There are no static RP addresses configured by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip pimsm rp-address 192.168.20.1 225.1.0.0
255.255.255.0
ip pimsm rp-candidate
The ip pimsm rp-candidate command is used to configure the router to
advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point (RP) to the bootstrap
router (BSR). Use the “no” form of this command to disable the router to
advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point (RP) to the bootstrap
router (BSR). This command deprecates the ip pimsm crppreference
command.
Syntax
ip pimsm rp-candidate vlan vlanid group-address group-mask
ip pimsm rp-candidate vlan vlanid
•
vlanid — A valid VLAN ID.
•
group-address — Group IP address supported by RP.
•
group-mask — Group subnet mask for group address.
Default Configuration
The router does not advertise itself as a PIM candidate rendezvous point by
default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
838
Multicast Commands
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip pimsm rp-candidate interface vlan
3 225.2.0.0 255.255.0.0
ip pimsm spt-threshold
The ip pimsm spt-threshold command is used to configure the Data
Threshold rate for the last-hop router to switch to the shortest path. Use the
“no” form of this command to set the data threshold to the default.
Syntax
ip pimsm spt-threshold threshold
no ip pimsm spt-threshold
•
threshold — The threshold rate (Range: 0–2000 Kbps).
Default Configuration
The default data threshold is 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip pimsm spt-threshold 1000
ip pimsm ssm
The ip pimsm ssm command is used to define the Source Specific Multicast
(SSM) range of IP multicast addresses. Use the “no” form of this command to
disable the SSM range.
Multicast Commands
839
Syntax
ip pimsm ssm {default | group-address group-mask}
no ip pimsm ssm
•
default — Defines the SSM range access list to 232/8.
•
group-address group-mask — defines the SSM range.
Default Configuration
There is no SSM range defined by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config)#ip pimsm ssm default
console(config)#ip pimsm ssm 224.1.0.0 255.255.0.0
show bridge multicast address-table count
Use the show bridge multicast address-table count command to view
statistical information about the entries in the multicast address table.
Syntax
show bridge multicast address-table count
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
840
Multicast Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following command shows information about the entries in the multicast
address table.
console#show bridge multicast address-table count
Capacity: 1024
Used: 4
Static addresses: 2
Dynamic addresses: 1
Forbidden addresses: 1
The following table shows the information the command displays:
Field
Description
Capacity
The maximum number of addresses that can be stored in the
multicast address table.
Used
The total number of addresses in the multicast address table.
Static addresses The number of addresses in the multicast address table that are
static IP addresses.
Dynamic
addresses
The number of addresses in the multicast address table that were
learned dynamically.
Forbidden
addresses
The number of addresses in the multicast address table that are
forbidden IP addresses.
show ip mcast
Use the show ip mcast command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
system-wide multicast information.
Multicast Commands
841
Syntax
show ip mcast
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays system-wide multicast information.
console#show ip mcast
Admin Mode..................................... Enabled
Protocol State................................. Non-Operational
Table Max Size................................. 256
Protocol....................................... PIMDM
Multicast Forwarding Cache Entry Count......... 0
show ip mcast boundary
Use the show ip mcast boundary command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display all the configured administrative scoped multicast boundaries.
Syntax
show ip mcast boundary {vlan vlan-id | all}
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
842
Multicast Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays all the configured administrative scoped
multicast boundaries.
console#show ip mcast boundary all
MULTICAST BOUNDARY
Interface
--------
Group
------
Ip Mask
---------------
show ip mcast interface
Use the show ip mcast interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the multicast information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip mcast interface {vlan vlan-id | all}
•
vlan-id — Valid Ethernet port
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Multicast Commands
843
Example
The following example displays the multicast information for VLAN 15.
console#show ip mcast interface vlan 15
Interface
TTL
---------
-----
show ip mcast mroute
Use the show ip mcast mroute command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
a summary or all the details of the multicast table.
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute {detail | summary}
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a summary or all the details of the multicast
table.
console#show ip mcast mroute summary
Multicast Route Table Summary
Source IP
---------
Group IP
--------
Protocol
--------
console#show ip mcast mroute detail
Multicast Route Table
844
Multicast Commands
Incoming Outgoing
Interface Interface List
------- ---------------
Expiry
Up Time
Source Ip Group Ip
Time(secs) (secs)
RPF Neighbor
Flags
--------- ----------- ---------- ----------- --------------- -----
show ip mcast mroute group
Use the show ip mcast mroute group command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the multicast configuration settings such as flags, timer settings,
incoming and outgoing interfaces, RPF neighboring routers, and expiration
times of all the entries in the multicast mroute table containing the
groupipaddr value.
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute group groupipaddr {detail | summary}
•
groupipaddr — IP address of the multicast group.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the multicast configuration settings such as
flags, timer settings, incoming and outgoing interfaces.
console#show ip mcast mroute group 224.5.5.5 summary
Multicast Route Table Summary
Incoming Outgoing
Source IP Group IP
Protocol Interface Interface List
--------- --------------- --------- --------- ----------------
Multicast Commands
845
console#show ip mcast mroute group 224.5.5.5 detail
Multicast Route Table
Expiry
Up Time
Source Ip Group Ip Time(secs) (secs)
RPF Neighbor
Flags
--------- --------- ----------- --------- --------------- -----
show ip mcast mroute source
Use the show ip mcast mroute source command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the multicast configuration settings such as flags, timer settings,
incoming and outgoing interfaces, RPF neighboring routers, and expiration
times of all the entries in the multicast mroute table containing the
sourceipaddr or sourceipaddr | groupipaddr pair value(s).
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute source sourceipaddr {summary | groupipaddr}
•
sourceipaddr — IP address of source.
•
groupipaddr — IP address of multicast group.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays multicast configuration settings.
console#show ip mcast mroute source 10.1.1.1 summary
Multicast Route Table Summary
Incoming
Source IP
Group IP
Protocol
Outgoing
Interface Interface List
---------- --------------- --------- --------- ----------------
846
Multicast Commands
console#show ip mcast mroute source 10.1.1.1 224.5.5.5
Multicast Route Table
Expiry
Up Time
Source IP Group IP Time(secs) (secs)
RPF Neighbor Flags
--------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------ -----
show ip mcast mroute static
Use the show ip mcast mroute static command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display all the static routes configured in the static mcast table if it is
specified or display the static route associated with the particular
sourceipaddr.
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute static [sourceipaddr]
•
sourceipaddr — IP address of source.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the static routes configured in the static
mcast table.
console#show ip mcast mroute static
MULTICAST STATIC ROUTES
Source IP
Source Mask
RPF Address
Preference
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------1.1.1.1
255.255.255.0
2.2.2.2
23
Multicast Commands
847
show ip pimsm bsr
The show ip pimsm bsr command displays the bootstrap router (BSR)
information. The output includes elected BSR information and information
about the locally configured candidate rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
This command deprecates the show ip pimsm componenttable command.
Syntax
show ip pimsm bsr
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following information is displayed:
BSR address
IP address of the BSR.
Uptime
Length of time that this router has been up (in hours,
minutes, and seconds).
BSR Priority
Priority as configured in the ip pimsm bsr-candidate
command.
Hash mask length
Length of a mask (32 bits maximum) that is to be ANDed
with the group address before the hash function is called.
This value is configured in the ip pimsm bsr-candidate
command.
Next bootstrap message Time (in hours, minutes, and seconds) in which the next
in
bootstrap message is due from this BSR.
Next Candidate RP
advertisement in
Time (in hours, minutes, and seconds) in which the next
candidate RP advertisement will be sent.
RP
List of IP addresses of RPs.
848
Multicast Commands
Example
console#show ip pimsm bsr
BSR Address.................................... 1.1.1.1
BSR Priority................................... 20
BSR Hash Mask Length...........................
10
Next bootstrap message(hh:mm:ss)............... 00:00:11
Next Candidate RP advertisement(hh:mm:ss)...... 00:00:00
show ip pimsm interface
The show ip pimsm interface command displays interface config parameters.
If no interface is specified, all interfaces are displayed. This command
deprecates the show ip pimsm interface stats command.
Syntax
show ip pimsm interface [vlan vlan-id]
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Multicast Commands
849
Example
console#show ip pimsm interface vlan 3
Slot/Port...................................... vlan 3
IP Address..................................... 1.1.1.1
Subnet Mask.................................. 255.255.255.0
Hello Interval (secs).......................... 30
Join Prune Interval (secs)..................... 60
Neighbor Count................................. 0
Designated Router.............................. 1.1.1.1
DR Priority.................................... 1
BSR Border..................................... Disabled
show ip pimsm rphash
The show ip pimsm rphash command displays which rendezvous point (RP)
is being selected for a specified group.
Syntax
show ip pimsm rphash group-address
•
group-address — Group IP address supported by RP.
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed:
RPAddress of the RP for the group specified
OriginIndicate by which mechanism (BSR or static) the RP was selected.
850
Multicast Commands
Example
console#show ip pimsm rphash 225.1.0.5
RP
Type
Address
---------------- ----1.1.1.1
Static
show ip pimsm rp mapping
The show ip pimsm rp mapping command is used to display all group-to-RP
mappings of which the router is aware (either configured or learned from the
bootstrap router (BSR)). If no RP is specified, all active RPs are displayed.
This command deprecates the show ip pimsm rp candidate, show ip pimsm
staticrp and show ip pimsm rp commands.
Syntax
show ip pimsm rp mapping [rp-address]
rp-address — An RP address.
Default configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Multicast Commands
851
Example
console#show ip pimsm
rp mapping
Group Address.......................... 225.1.0.0
Group Mask............................. 255.255.255.0
RP Address............................. 1.1.1.1
origin................................. Static
Group Address.......................... 225.2.0.0
Group Mask............................. 255.255.255.0
RP Address............................. 2.2.2.2
origin................................. BSR
852
Multicast Commands
OSPF Commands
44
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
area default-cost
•
area nssa
•
area nssa default-info-originate
•
area nssa no-redistribute
•
area nssa no-summary
•
area nssa translator-role
•
area nssa translator-stab-intv
•
area range
•
area stub
•
area stub no-summary
•
area virtual-link
•
area virtual-link authentication
•
area virtual-link dead-interval
•
area virtual-link hello-interval
•
area virtual-link retransmit-interval
•
area virtual-link transmit-delay
•
auto-cost
•
bandwidth
•
capability opaque
•
clear ip ospf
•
default-information originate
•
default-metric
•
distance ospf
•
distribute-list out
•
enable
OSPF Commands
853
854
•
exit-overflow-interval
•
external-lsdb-limit
•
ip ospf area
•
ip ospf authentication
•
ip ospf cost
•
ip ospf dead-interval
•
ip ospf hello-interval
•
ip ospf mtu-ignore
•
ip ospf network
•
ip ospf priority
•
ip ospf retransmit-interval
•
ip ospf transmit-delay
•
maximum-paths
•
passive-interface default
•
nsf
•
nsf helper
•
nsf helper strict-lsa-checking
•
nsf restart-interval
•
passive-interface default
•
passive-interface
•
redistribute
•
router-id
•
router ospf
•
show ip ospf
•
show ip ospf abr
•
show ip ospf area
•
show ip ospf asbr
•
show ip ospf database
•
show ip ospf database database-summary
OSPF Commands
•
show ip ospf interface
•
show ip ospf interface brief
•
show ip ospf interface stats
•
show ip ospf neighbor
•
show ip ospf range
•
show ip ospf statistics
•
show ip ospf stub table
•
show ip ospf virtual-link
•
show ip ospf virtual-link brief
•
timers spf
•
1583compatibility
OSPF Commands
855
area default-cost
Use the area default-cost command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the monetary default cost for the stub area. Use the no form of the
command to return the cost to the default value.
Syntax
area area-id default-cost integer
no area area-id default-cost
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF stub area to configure. (Range: IP address
or decimal from 0-4294967295)
•
integer — The default cost for the stub area. (Range: 1–16777215)
Default Configuration
10 is the default configuration for integer.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example identifies a stub area of 10 and default cost of 100.
console(config)#router ospf
console(config-router)#area 10 default-cost 100
area nssa
Use the area nssa command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the specified area ID to function as an NSSA. Use the no form of
the command to disable NSSA from the specified area ID.
856
OSPF Commands
Syntax
area area-id nssa
no area area-id nssa
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF not-so-stubby-area. (Range: 0–4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures not-so-stubby-area 10 as an NSSA.
console(config)#router ospf
console(config-router)#area 10 nssa
area nssa default-info-originate
Use the area nssa default-info-originate command in Router OSPF
Configuration mode to configure the metric value and type for the default
route advertised into the NSSA. The metric type can be comparable (nssaexternal 1) or non-comparable (nssa-external 2). Use the no form of the
command to return the metric value and type to the default value.
Syntax
area area-id nssa default-info-originate [integer] [ comparable | noncomparable ]
no area area-id nssa default-info-originate
•
area-id — Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
OSPF Commands
857
•
integer — Specifies the metric of the default route advertised to the
NSSA. (Range: 1–16777214)
•
comparable — A metric type of nssa-external 1
•
non-comparable — A metric type of nssa-external 2
Default Configuration
If no metric is defined, 10 is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the metric value and type for the default
route advertised into the NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa default-infooriginate 250 non-comparable
area nssa no-redistribute
Use the area nssa no-redistribute command in Router OSPF Configuration
mode to configure the NSSA Area Border router (ABR) so that learned
external routes are not redistributed to the NSSA.
Syntax
area area-id nssa no-redistribute
no area area-id nssa no-redistribute
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
858
OSPF Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the NSSA ABR.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa no-redistribute
area nssa no-summary
Use the area nssa no-summary command in Router OSPF Configuration
mode to configure the NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into
the NSSA.
Syntax
area area-id nssa no-summary
no area area-id nssa no-summary
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: 0–4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the NSSA so that summary LSAs are not
advertised into the NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa no-summary
OSPF Commands
859
area nssa translator-role
Use the area nssa translator-role command in Router OSPF Configuration
mode to configure the translator role of the NSSA.
Syntax
area area-id nssa translator-role {always | candidate}
no area area-id nssa translator-role
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
always — The router assumes the role of the translator when it becomes a
border router.
•
candidate — The router to participate in the translator election process
when it attains border router status.
Default Configuration
The default role is candidate.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the translator role of the NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa translator-role
always
area nssa translator-stab-intv
Use the area nssa translator-stab-intv command in Router OSPF
Configuration mode to configure the translator stability interval of the NSSA.
860
OSPF Commands
Syntax
area area-id nssa translator-stab-intv integer
no area area-id nssa translator-stab-intv
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
integer — The period of time that an elected translator continues to
perform its duties after it determines that its translator status has been
deposed by another router. (Range: 0–3600)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the translator stability interval of the area
20 NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa translator-stabintv 2000
area range
Use the area range command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure a summary prefix for routes learned in a given area. There are two
types of area ranges. An area range can be configured to summarize intra-area
routes. An ABR advertises the range rather than the specific intra-area route
as a type 3 summary LSA. Also, an area range can be configured at the edge of
an NSSA to summarize external routes reachable within the NSSA. The range
is advertised as a type 5 external LSA.
OSPF Commands
861
Syntax
area area-id range ip-address subnet-mask {summarylink | nssaexternallink}
[advertise |not-advertise]
no area area-id range ip-address subnet-mask {summarylink |
nssaexternallink}
•
area-id — Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
ip-address — IP address.
•
subnet-mask — Subnet mask associated with IP address.
•
summarylink — Specifies a summary link LSDB type.
•
nssaexternallink — Specifies an NSSA external link LSDB type.
•
advertise — Advertisement of the area range.
•
not-advertise — Suppresses advertisement of the area range.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
Use this command with Area Border Routers (ABRs).
Example
The following example defines an area range for the area 20.
console(config-router)#area 20 range 192.168.6.0
255.255.255.0 summarylink advertise
area stub
Use the area stub command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to create a
stub area for the specified area ID. A stub area is characterized by the fact
that AS External LSAs are not propagated into the area. Removing AS
862
OSPF Commands
External LSAs and Summary LSAs can significantly reduce the link state
database of routers within the stub area. Use the no form of the command to
remove the stub area.
Syntax
area area-id stub
no area area-id stub
• area-id — Identifies the area identifier of the OSPF stub. (Range: IP
address or decimal from 0–4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples define area 3 for the stub and then removes the stub
area.
console(config-router)#area 3 stub
console(config-router)#no area 3 stub
area stub no-summary
Use the area stub no-summary command in Router OSPF Configuration
mode to prevent Summary LSAs from being advertised into the NSSA. Use
the no form of the command to return the Summary LSA mode to the
default value.
Syntax
area area-id stub no-summary
OSPF Commands
863
no area area-id stub no-summary
•
area-id — Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example prevents the Summary LSA from being advertised
into the area 3 NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 3 stub no-summary
area virtual-link
Use the area virtual-link command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
create the OSPF virtual interface for the specified area-id and neighbor
router. To remove the link, use the no form of the command.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–65535)
•
neighbor-id — Valid IP address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
864
OSPF Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates an OSPF virtual interface for area 10 and
neighbor router.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link
192.168.2.2
area virtual-link authentication
Use the area virtual-link authentication command in Router OSPF
Configuration mode to configure the authentication type and key for the
OSPF virtual interface identified by the area ID and neighbor ID. Use the no
form of the command to return the authentication type to the default value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id authentication {none | simple key
|encrypt key key-id}
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id authentication
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
neighbor-id — Identifies the Router identifier of the neighbor.
•
encrypt — Use MD5 Encryption for an OSPF Virtual Link.
•
key — Authentication key for the specified interface. (Range: 8 bytes or
less if the authentication type is simple and 16 bytes or less if the type is
encrypt.)
•
key-id — Authentication key identifier for the authentication type
encrypt. (Range: 0–255)
OSPF Commands
865
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
Unauthenticated interfaces do not need an authentication key.
Example
The following example configures the authentication type and key for the
area 10 OSPF virtual interface and neighbor ID.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link
192.168.2.2 authentication encrypt test123 100
area virtual-link dead-interval
Use the area virtual-link dead-interval command in Router OSPF
Configuration mode to configure the dead interval for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by area-id and neighbor router.
Use the no form of the command to return the dead interval to the default
value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id dead-interval seconds
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id dead-interval
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
neighbor-id — Identifies the Router ID of the neighbor.
•
seconds — Number of seconds to wait before the OSPF virtual interface
on the virtual interface is assumed to be dead. (Range: 1–2147483647)
Default Configuration
40 seconds is the default configuration.
866
OSPF Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the dead interval for the area 10 OSPF
virtual interface on the virtual interface and neighbor router.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link
192.168.2.2 dead-interval 655555
area virtual-link hello-interval
Use the area virtual-link hello-interval command in Router OSPF
Configuration mode to configure the hello interval for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by the area ID and neighbor ID.
Use the no form of the command to return the hello interval to the default
value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id hello-interval seconds
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id hello-interval
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
neighbor-id — Identifies the Router ID of the neighbor.
•
seconds — Number of seconds to wait before sending hello packets to the
OSPF virtual interface. (Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
10 seconds is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
OSPF Commands
867
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 50-second wait interval.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link
192.168.2.2 hello-interval 50
area virtual-link retransmit-interval
Use the area virtual-link retransmit-interval command in Router OSPF
Configuration mode to configure the retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by the area ID and neighbor ID.
Use the no form of the command to return the retransmit interval to the
default value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id retransmit-interval seconds
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id retransmit-interval
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
neighbor-id — Identifies the Router ID of the neighbor.
•
seconds — The number of seconds to wait between retransmitting LSAs if
no acknowledgement is received. (Range: 0–3600)
Default Configuration
The default configuration is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
868
OSPF Commands
Example
The following example configures a 500-second retransmit wait interval.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link
192.168.2.2 retransmit-interval 500
area virtual-link transmit-delay
Use the area virtual-link transmit-delay command in Router OSPF
Configuration mode to configure the transmit delay for the OSPF virtual
interface identified by the area ID and neighbor ID. Use the no form of the
command to return the transmit delay to the default value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id transmit-delay seconds
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id transmit-delay
• area-id — Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or
decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
neighbor-id — Identifies the Router ID of the neighbor.
•
seconds — Number of seconds to increment the age of the LSA before
sending, based on the estimated time it takes to transmit from the
interface. (Range: 0–3600)
Default Configuration
1 second is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 40-second transmit-delay interval.
OSPF Commands
869
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link
192.168.2.2 transmit-delay 40
auto-cost
By default, OSPF computes the link cost of each interface from the interface
bandwidth. The link cost is computed as the ratio of a “reference bandwidth”
to the interface bandwidth (ref_bw / interface bandwidth), where interface
bandwidth is defined by the “bandwidth” command. Because the default
reference bandwidth is 100 Mbps, OSPF uses the same default link cost for all
interfaces whose bandwidth is 100 Mbps or greater. To change the reference
bandwidth, use the auto-cost command, specifying the reference bandwidth
in megabits per second. The different reference bandwidth can be
independently configured for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
Syntax
auto-cost reference-bandwidth ref_bw
•
ref_bw — The reference bandwidth in Mbps (Range: 1–4294967).
Default Configuration
The default reference bandwidth is 100 Mbps.
Command Mode
OSPFv2 or OSPFv3 Router Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures a reference bandwidth of 500 Mbps.
console(config-router)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 500
870
OSPF Commands
bandwidth
By default, OSPF computes the link cost of an interface as the ratio of the
reference bandwidth to the interface bandwidth. Reference bandwidth is
specified with the auto-cost command. For the purpose of the OSPF link cost
calculation, the bandwidth command specifies the interface bandwidth. The
bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second. If no bandwidth is configured,
the bandwidth defaults to the actual interface bandwidth for port-based
routing interfaces and to 10 Mbps for VLAN routing interfaces. This
command does not affect the actual speed of an interface.
Syntax
bandwidth bw
•
bw — Interface bandwidth in Kbps (Range: 1–10000000).
Default Configuration
The default reference bandwidth is 10 Mbps
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example configures the interface bandwidth to 500000 Kbps.
console(config-if-vlan1)#bandwidth 500000
capability opaque
Use the capability opaque command to enable Opaque Capability on the
router. Use the “no” form of this command to disable Opaque Capability.
Syntax
capability opaque
OSPF Commands
871
no capability opaque
Default Configuration
Opaque Capability is enabled by default.
Command Mode
Router Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-router)#capability opaque
clear ip ospf
Use the clear ip ospf command to reset specific OSPF states. If no
parameters are specified, OSPF is disabled and then re-enabled.
Syntax
clear ip ospf [ { configuration | redistribution | counters | neighbor [
interface vlan vlan id [ neighbor id ] ] } ]
872
•
configuration — Reset the OSPF configuration to factory defaults.
•
redistribution — Flush all self-originated external LSAs. Reapply the
redistribution configuration and re originate prefixes as necessary.
•
counters — Reset global and interface statistics.
•
neighbor — Drop the adjacency with all OSPF neighbors. On each
neighbor's interface, send a one-way hello. Adjacencies may then be
reestablished.
•
interface vlan vlan-id — Drop adjacency with all neighbors on a specific
interface.
•
neighbor-id — Drop adjacency with a specific router ID on a specific
interface.
OSPF Commands
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows the options for the clear ip ospf command.
console#clear ip ospf ?
<cr>
Press enter to execute the command.
configuration
Restore OSPF configuration to defaults
counters
Clear OSPF counters
neighbor
Bounce all OSPF neighbors
redistribution
Flush and reoriginate external LSAs
default-information originate
Use the default-information originate command in Router OSPF
Configuration mode to control the advertisement of default routes. Use the
no form of the command to return the default route advertisement settings
to the default value.
Syntax
default-information originate [always] [metric integer] [metric-type {1|2}]
no default-information originate [metric] [metric-type]
•
always — Always advertise default routes.
•
integer — The metric (or preference) value of the default route. (Range:
1–16777214)
•
1 — External type-1 route.
•
2 — External type-2 route.
OSPF Commands
873
Default Configuration
The default metric is none and the default type is 2.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example always advertises default routes.
console(config-router)#default-information originate
always metric 100 metric-type 1
default-metric
Use the default-metric command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to set
a default for the metric of distributed routes. Use the no form of the
command to remove the metric from the distributed routes.
Syntax
default-metric integer
no default-metric
•
integer — The metric (or preference) value of the default route. (Range:
1–16777214)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
874
OSPF Commands
Example
The following example sets a value of 50 for the default metric.
console(config-router)#default-metric 50
distance ospf
The distance ospf command sets the preference values of OSPF route types
in the router. Lower route preference values are preferred when determining
the best route. The type of OSPF route can be intra, inter, external. All the
external type routes are given the same preference value. Use the “no” form of
this command to reset the preference values to the default.
Syntax
distance ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area } distance
no distance ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area } distance
•
distance — Used to select the best path when there are two or more routes
to the same destination from two different routing protocols (Range:
1–255).
Default Configuration
The default preference value is 110.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following examples set route preference values of OSPF in the router.
console(config-router)#distance ospf intra 4
console(config-router)#distance ospf type1 19
OSPF Commands
875
distribute-list out
Use the distribute-list out command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
specify the access list to filter routes received from the source protocol. Use
the no form of the command to remove the specified source protocol from
the access list.
Syntax
distribute-list accesslistname out {rip|static \ connected}
no distribute-list accesslistname out {rip|static \ connected}
•
accesslistname — The name used to identify an existing ACL. The range is
1–31 characters.
•
rip — Apply the specified access list when RIP is the source protocol.
•
static — Apply the specified access list when packets come through the
static route.
•
connected — Apply the specified access list when packets come from a
directly connected route.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the access list to filter routes received from
the RIP source protocol.
console(config-router)#distribute-list ACL40 out rip
876
OSPF Commands
enable
Use the enable command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to reset the
default administrative mode of OSPF in the router (active). Use the no form
of the command to disable the administrative mode for OSPF.
Syntax
enable
no enable
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables OSPF router mode.
console(config-router)#enable
exit-overflow-interval
Use the exit-overflow-interval command in Router OSPF Configuration
mode to configure the exit overflow interval for OSPF. When a router leaves
the overflow state it can originate non-default AS-external-LSAs. When set to
0, the router will not leave Overflow State until restarted. Use the no form of
the command to return the interval to the default value.
Syntax
exit-overflow-interval seconds
no exit-overflow-interval
OSPF Commands
877
•
seconds — Number of seconds after entering overflow state that a router
will wait before attempting to leave the overflow state. (Range:
0–2147483647)
Default Configuration
0 seconds is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the exit overflow interval for OSPF at 10 seconds.
console(config-router)#exit-overflow-interval 10
external-lsdb-limit
Use the external-lsdb-limit command in Router OSPF Configuration mode
to configure the external LSDB limit for OSPF. If the value is -1, then there is
no limit. When the number of non-default AS-external-LSAs in a router's
link-state database reaches the external LSDB limit, the router enters
overflow state. The router never holds more than the external LSDB limit
non-default AS-external-LSAs in it database. Use the no form of the
command to return the limit to the default value.
Syntax
external-lsdb-limit integer
no external-lsdb-limit
•
integer — Maximum number of non-default ASexternal-LSAs allowed in
the router's link-state database. (Range: –1 to 2147483647)
Default Configuration
-1 is the default configuration.
878
OSPF Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
The external LSDB limit MUST be set identically in all routers attached to
the OSPF backbone and/or any regular OSPF area.
Example
The following example configures the external LSDB limit for OSPF with the
number of non-default ASexternal-LSAs set at 20.
console(config-router)#external-lsdb-limit 20
ip ospf area
The ip ospf area command enables OSPFv2 and sets the area ID of an
interface. This command supersedes the effects of network area command. It
can also configure the advertisability of the secondary addresses on this
interface into OSPFv2 domain. Use the “no” form of this command to
disable OSPFv2 on an interface.
Syntax
ip ospf area area-id [secondaries none]
no ip ospf area [secondaries none]
•
area-id — The ID of the area (Range: IP address or decimal from 0
–4294967295).
Default Configuration
OSPFv2 is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
OSPF Commands
879
Example
console(config-if-vlan1)#ip ospf area 192.168.1.10
ip ospf authentication
Use the ip ospf authentication command in the Interface Configuration
mode to set the OSPF Authentication Type and Key for the specified
interface. Use the no form of the command to return the authentication type
to the default value.
Syntax
ip ospf authentication {none | {simple key} | {encrypt key key-id}}
no ip ospf authentication
•
encrypt — MD5 encrypted authentication key.
•
key — Authentication key for the specified interface. (Range: 8 bytes or
less if the authentication type is simple and 16 bytes or less if the type is
encrypt.)
•
key-id — Authentication key identifier for the authentication type
encrypt. (Range: 0–25)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
Unauthenticated interfaces do not need an authentication key or
authentication key ID.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF Authentication Type and Key for VLAN
15.
880
OSPF Commands
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip ospf authentication
encrypt test123 100
ip ospf cost
Use the ip ospf cost command in Interface Configuration mode to configure
the cost on an OSPF interface. Use the no form of the command to return
the cost to the default value.
Syntax
ip ospf cost integer
no ip ospf cost
•
integer — Specifies the cost (link-state metric) of the OSPF interface.
(Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
10 is the default link-state metric configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the cost on the OSPF interface at 5.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip ospf cost 5
ip ospf dead-interval
Use the ip ospf dead-interval command in Interface Configuration to set the
OSPF dead interval for the specified interface. Use the no form of the
command to return the interval to the default value.
OSPF Commands
881
Syntax
ip ospf dead-interval seconds
no ip ospf dead-interval
•
seconds — Number of seconds that a router's Hello packets have not been
seen before its neighbor routers declare that the router is down. (Range:
1–65535)
Default Configuration
40 is the default number of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
The value for the length of time must be the same for all routers attached to a
common network. This value should be some multiple of the Hello Interval
(i.e. 4).
Example
The following example sets the dead interval at 30 seconds.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip ospf dead-interval 30
ip ospf hello-interval
Use the ip ospf hello-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to
set the OSPF hello interval for the specified interface. Use the no form of the
command to return the interval to the default value.
Syntax
ip ospf hello-interval seconds
no ip ospf hello-interval
•
882
seconds — Number of seconds to wait before sending Hello packets from
the interface. (Range: 1–65535)
OSPF Commands
Default Configuration
10 is the default number of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
The value for the length of time must be the same for all routers attached to a
network.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF hello interval at 30 seconds.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip ospf hello-interval 30
ip ospf mtu-ignore
Use the ip ospf mtu-ignore command in Interface Configuration mode to
disable OSPF maximum transmission unit (MTU) mismatch detection.
OSPF Database Description packets specify the size of the largest IP packet
that can be sent without fragmentation on the interface. When a router
receives a Database Description packet, it examines the MTU advertised by
the neighbor. By default, if the MTU is larger than the router can accept, the
Database Description packet is rejected and the OSPF adjacency is not
established. Use the no form of the command to enable OSPF maximum
transmission unit (MTU) mismatch detection.
Syntax
ip ospf mtu-ignore
no ip ospf mtu-ignore
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
OSPF Commands
883
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example disables OSPF MTU mismatch detection on VLAN
interface 15.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip ospf mtu-ignore
ip ospf network
Use the ip ospf network command to configure OSPF to treat an interface as
a point-to-point rather than broadcast interface. To return to the default
value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip ospf network { broadcast | point-to-point }
no ip ospf network
•
broadcast — Set the network type to broadcast.
•
point-to-point — Set the network type to point-to-point
Default Configuration
Interfaces operate in broadcast mode by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
Usage Guidelines
OSPF treats interfaces as broadcast interfaces by default. Loopback interfaces
have a special loopback network type, which cannot be changed. When there
are only two routers on the network, OSPF can operate more efficiently by
treating the network as a point-to-point network. For point-to-point
networks, OSPF does not elect a designated router or generate a network link
state advertisement (LSA). Both endpoints of the link must be configured to
operate in point-to-point mode.
884
OSPF Commands
Example
The following example shows the options for the ip ospf network command.
console(config-if-vlan1)#ip ospf network ?
broadcast
point-to-point
Set the OSPF network type to Broadcast
Set the OSPF network type to Point-to-Point
ip ospf priority
Use the ip ospf priority command in Interface Configuration mode to set the
OSPF priority for the specified router interface. Use the no form of the
command to return the priority to the default value.
Syntax
ip ospf priority integer
no ip ospf priority
•
integer — Specifies the OSPF priority for the specified router interface.
(Range: 0–255)
Default Configuration
1 is the default integer value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
A value of 1 is the highest router priority. A value of 0 indicates that the
interface is not eligible to become the designated router on this network.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF priority for the VLAN 15 router at 100.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip ospf priority 100
OSPF Commands
885
ip ospf retransmit-interval
Use the ip ospf retransmit-interval command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the OSPF retransmit Interval for the specified interface. Use the
no form of the command to return the interval to the default value.
Syntax
ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds
no ip ospf retransmit-interval
•
seconds — Number of seconds between link-state advertisement
retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this router interface. This
value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state
request packets. (Range: 0–3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
5 is the default number of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
A value of 1 is the highest router priority. A value of 0 indicates that the
interface is not eligible to become the designated router on this network.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF retransmit Interval for VLAN 15 at 50
seconds.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip ospf retransmit-interval
50
ip ospf transmit-delay
Use the ip ospf transmit-delay command in Interface Configuration mode to
set the OSPF Transit Delay for the specified interface. Use the no form of the
command to return the delay to the default value.
886
OSPF Commands
Syntax
ip ospf transmit-delay seconds
no ip ospf transmit-delay
•
seconds — Sets the estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link
state update packet over this interface. (Range: 1–3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
1 is the default number of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF Transit Delay for VLAN 15 at 20
seconds.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip ospf transmit-delay 20
maximum-paths
Use the maximum-paths command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
set the number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination. Use the
no form of the command to reset the number to the default value.
Syntax
maximum-paths integer
no maximum-paths
•
integer — Number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination.
(Range: 1–4.)
Default Configuration
4 is the integer default value.
OSPF Commands
887
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
OSPF is only enabled on an interface if the primary IPv4 address on the
interface matches a network area range. Any individual interface can only be
attached to a single area. If an interface address matches multiple network
area ranges, the interface is assigned to the area for the first matching range.
If the ip ospf area command is given for an interface, it overrides any
matching network area command.
OSPF only advertises IP subnets for secondary IP addresses if the secondary
address is within the range of a network area command for the same area as
the primary address on the same interface.
When a network area command is deleted, matching interfaces are
reevaluated against all remaining network area commands.
Example
The following example sets the number of paths at 2 that OSPF can report
for a given destination.
console(config-router)#maximum-paths 2
network area
The network area command enables OSPFv2 on an interface and sets its area
ID if the ip-address of an interface is covered by this network command. Use
the “no” form of this command to disable OSPFv2 on an interface.
Syntax
network ip-address wildcard-mask area area-id
no network ip-address wildcard-mask area area-id
888
•
ip-address — Base IPv4 address of the network area.
•
wildcard-mask — The network mask indicating the subnet.
•
area-id — The ID of the area (Range: IP address or decimal from
0–4294967295).
OSPF Commands
Default Configuration
OSPFv2 is disabled
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
OSPF is only enabled on an interface if the primary IPv4 address on the
interface matches a network area range. Any individual interface can only be
attached to a single area. If an interface address matches multiple network
area ranges, the interface is assigned to the area for the first matching range.
If the ip ospf area command is given for an interface, it overrides any
matching network area command.
OSPF only advertises IP subnets for secondary IP addresses if the secondary
address is within the range of a network area command for the same area as
the primary address on the same interface.
When a network area command is deleted, matching interfaces are
reevaluated against all remaining network area commands.
Example
console(config-router)#network 10.50.50.0 0.0.0.255
area 4
nsf
Use this command to enable OSPF graceful restart. Use the “no” form of this
command to disable graceful restart.
Syntax
nsf [ ietf ] [ planned-only ]
no nsf [ietf]
ietf — This keyword is used to distinguish the IETF standard
implementation of graceful restart from other implementations. Since the
IETF implementation is the only one supported, this keyword is optional.
OSPF Commands
889
planned-only — This keyword indicates that OSPF should only perform a
graceful restart when the restart is planned (i.e., when the restart is a result of
the initiate failover command).
Default Configuration
Graceful restart is disabled by default
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Graceful restart works in concert with nonstop forwarding to enable the
hardware to continue forwarding IPv4 packets using OSPFv2 routes while a
backup unit takes over management unit responsibility. When OSPF
executes a graceful restart, it informs its neighbors that the OSPF control
plane is restarting, but that it will be back shortly. Helpful neighbors continue
to advertise to the rest of the network that they have full adjacencies with the
restarting router, avoiding announcement of a topology change and
everything that goes with that (i.e., flooding of LSAs, SPF runs). Helpful
neighbors continue to forward packets through the restarting router. The
restarting router relearns the network topology from its helpful neighbors.
This implementation of graceful restart restarting router behavior is only
useful with a router stack. Graceful restart does not work on a standalone,
single-unit router.
Example
–
nsf helper
Use the nsf-helper to allow OSPF to act as a helpful neighbor for a restarting
router. Use the “no” form of this command to prevent OSPF from acting as a
helpful neighbor.
Syntax
nsf helper[ planned-only ]
890
OSPF Commands
no nsf helper
•
planned-only — This keyword indicates that OSPF should only help a
restarting router performing a planned restart.
Default Configuration
OSPF may act as a helpful neighbor for both planned and unplanned restarts
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The grace LSA announcing the graceful restart includes a restart reason.
Reasons 1 (software restart) and 2 (software reload/upgrade) are considered
planned restarts. Reasons 0 (unknown) and 3 (switch to redundant control
processor) are considered unplanned restarts.
nsf ietf helper disable is functionally equivalent to no nsf helper and is
supported solely for IS CLI compatibility.
Example
–
nsf helper strict-lsa-checking
Use the nsf-helper strict-lsa-checking command to require that an OSPF
helpful neighbor exit helper mode whenever a topology change occurs. Use
the “no” form of this command to allow OSPF to continue as a helpful
neighbor in spite of topology changes.
Syntax
nsf [ietf ] helper strict-lsa-checking
no nsf [ietf ] helper strict-lsa-checking
•
ietf —This keyword is used to distinguish the IETF standard
implementation of graceful restart from other implementations. Since the
IETF implementation is the only one supported, this keyword is optional.
OSPF Commands
891
Default Configuration
A helpful neighbor exits helper mode when a topology change occurs.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The restarting router is unable to react to topology changes. In particular, the
restarting router will not immediately update its forwarding table; therefore, a
topology change may introduce forwarding loops or black holes that persist
until the graceful restart completes. By exiting the graceful restart on a
topology change, a router tries to eliminate the loops or black holes as quickly
as possible by routing around the restarting router.
A helpful neighbor considers a link down with the restarting router to be a
topology change, regardless of the strict LSA checking configuration.
Example
–
nsf restart-interval
Use the nsf restart-interval command to configure the length of the grace
period on the restarting router. Use the “no” form of this command to revert
the grace period to its default.
Syntax
nsf [ietf ] restart-interval seconds
no nsf [ietf] restart-interval
892
•
ietf — This keyword is used to distinguish the IETF standard
implementation of graceful restart from other implementations. Since the
IETF implementation is the only one supported, this keyword is optional.
•
seconds — The number of seconds that the restarting router asks its
neighbors to wait before exiting helper mode. The restarting router
includes the restart interval in its grace LSAs (range 1–1800 seconds).
OSPF Commands
Default Configuration
The default restart interval is 120 seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPF
User Guidelines
The grace period must be set long enough to allow the restarting router to
reestablish all of its adjacencies and complete a full database exchange with
each of those neighbors.
Example
–
passive-interface default
The passive-interface default command enables the global passive mode by
default for all interfaces. It overrides any interface level passive mode. Use the
“no” form of this command to disable the global passive mode by default for
all interfaces. Any interface previously configured to be passive reverts to nonpassive mode.
Syntax
passive-interface default
no passive-interface default
Default Configuration
Global passive mode is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
OSPF Commands
893
Example
console(config-router)#passive-interface
passive-interface
Use the passive-interface command to set the interface as passive. It
overrides the global passive mode that is currently effective on the interface.
Use the “no” form of this command to set the interface as non-passive.
Syntax
passive-interface vlan vlan-id
no passive-interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — The vlan number
Default Configuration
Passive interface mode is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-router)#passive-interface vlan 1
redistribute
Use the redistribute command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure OSPF protocol to allow redistribution of routes from the specified
source protocol/routers. Use the no version of the command to disable
redistribution from the selected source or to reset options to their default
values.
894
OSPF Commands
Syntax
redistribute {rip | static | connected} [metric integer] [metric-type {1 | 2}]
[tag integer] [subnets]
no redistribute {rip | static | connected} [metric integer] [metric-type {1 |
2}] [tag integer] [subnets]
•
rip — Specifies RIP as the source protocol.
•
static — Specifies that the source is a static route.
•
connected — Specifies that the source is a directly connected route.
•
metric — Specifies the metric to use when redistributing the route.
(Range: 0–16777214)
•
metric-type 1 — Type 1 external route.
•
metric-type 2 — Type 2 external route.
•
tag — Value attached to each external route, which might be used to
communicate information between ASBRs. (Range: 0–4294967295)
•
subnets — Specifies whether to redistribute the routes to subnets.
Default Configuration
0 is the tag integer default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures OSPF protocol to allow redistribution of
routes from the specified source protocol/routers.
console(config-router)#redistribute rip metric 90
metric-type 1 tag 555 subnets
OSPF Commands
895
router-id
Use the router-id command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to set a 4digit dotted-decimal number uniquely identifying the router OSPF ID.
Syntax
router-id ip-address
•
ip-address — IP address that uniquely identifies the router OSPF ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines the router OSPF ID as 5.5.5.5.
console(config)#router ospf
console(config-router)#router-id 5.5.5.5
router ospf
Use the router ospf command in Global Configuration mode to enter Router
OSPF mode.
Syntax
router ospf
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
896
OSPF Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
The command prompt changes when the router ospf command executes.
Example
The following example enters into router OSPF mode.
console(config)#router ospf
console(config-router)#
show ip ospf
Use the show ip ospf command to display information relevant to the OSPF
router. This command has been modified to show additional fields.
Syntax
show ip ospf
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
Some of the information below displays only if you enable OSPF and
configure certain features. The following fields may be displayed:
Router ID
A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router
about which information is displayed. This is a configured value.
OSPF Admin
Mode
Shows whether OSPF is administratively enabled or disabled.
OSPF Commands
897
RFC 1583
Compatibility
This configuration option controls the preference rules used
when choosing among multiple external LSAs advertising the
same destination. When enabled, the preference rules remain
those specified by RFC 1583. When disabled, the preference
rules are those stated in Section 16.4.1 of RFC 2328. These rules
prevent routing loops when external LSAs for the same
destination have been originated from different areas.
External LSDB
Limit
Shows the maximum number of non-default external LSAs
entries that can be stored in the link-state database.
Exit Overflow
Interval
Shows the number of seconds that, after entering
OverflowState, as defined by RFC 1765, a router will attempt to
leave OverflowState.
Spf Delay Time
The number of seconds to wait before running a routing table
calculation after a topology change.
Spf Hold Time
The minimum number of seconds between routing table
calculations.
Opaque Capability Shows whether router is capable of sending Opaque LSAs.
AutoCost Ref BW The configured autocost reference bandwidth. This value is used
to determine the OSPF metric on its interfaces. The reference
bandwidth is divided by the interface speed to compute the
metric.
Default Passive
Setting
When enabled, OSPF interfaces are passive by default.
Maximum Paths
Shows the maximum number of paths that OSPF can report for
a given destination.
Default Metric
Default metric for redistributed routes.
Default Route
Advertise
When enabled, OSPF originates a type 5 LSA advertising a
default route.
Always
When this option is configured, OSPF only originates a default
route when the router has learned a default route from another
source.
Metric
Shows the metric for the advertised default routes. If the metric
is not configured, this field is not configured.
Metric Type
Shows whether the metric for the default route is advertised as
External Type 1 or External Type 2.
898
OSPF Commands
Number of Active
Areas
The number of OSPF areas to which the router is attached on
interfaces that are up.
ABR Status
Shows whether the router is an OSPF Area Border Router.
ASBR Status
Indicates whether the router is an autonomous system border
router. Router automatically becomes an ASBR when it is
configured to redistribute routes learned from another protocol.
The possible values for the ASBR status is enabled (if the router
is configured to re-distribute routes learned by other protocols)
or disabled (if the router is not configured for the same).
Stub Router
OSPF enters stub router mode, as described in RFC 3137, when
it encounters a resource limitation that prevents it from
computing a complete routing table. In this state, OSPF sets the
link metrics of non-stub links in its own router LSAs to the
largest possible value, discouraging other routers from
computing paths through the stub router, but allowing other
routers to compute routes to destinations attached to the stub
router. To restore OSPF to normal operation, resolve the
condition that caused the resource overload, then disable and reenable OSPF globally.
External LSDB
Overflow
OSPF enters this state when the number of external LSAs
exceeds a configured limit, as described in RFC 1765.
External LSA
Count
Shows the number of external (LS type 5) link-state
advertisements in the link-state database.
External LSA
Checksum
Shows the sum of the LS checksums of external link-state
advertisements contained in the link-state database.
AS_OPAQUE LSA Shows the number of AS Opaque LSAs received.
Count
AS_OPAQUE LSA Sum of the checksums of all AS Opaque LSAs in the link state
Checksum
database.
New LSAs
Originated
Shows the number of link-state advertisements that have been
originated.
LSAs Received
Shows the number of link-state advertisements received
determined to be new instantiations.
LSA Count
The number of LSAs in the link state database.
Maximum Number The limit on the number of LSAs that the router can store in its
of LSAs
link state database.
OSPF Commands
899
LSA High Water
Mark
The maximum number of LSAs that have been in the link state
database since OSPF began operation.
Retransmit List
Entries
The current number of entries on all neighbors’ retransmit lists.
Maximum Number The maximum number of entries that can be on neighbors’
of Retransmit
retransmit lists at any given time. This is the sum for all
Entries
neighbors. When OSPF receives an LSA and cannot allocate a
new retransmit list entry, the router does not acknowledge the
LSA, expecting the sender to retransmit.
Retransmit Entries The maximum number of retransmit list entries that have been
High Water Mark on all neighbors’ retransmit lists at one time.
NSF Support
Whether graceful restart is administratively enabled. Possible
values are Support Always, Disabled, or Planned.
NSF Restart
Interval
The number of seconds a helpful neighbor allows a restarting
router to complete its graceful restart.
NSF Restart Status Whether the router is currently performing a graceful restart.
NSF Restart Age
The number of seconds until a graceful restart expires. Only
non-zero when the router is in graceful restart.
NSF Restart Exit
Reason
The reason the previous graceful restart ended. Possible values
are Not attempted, In progress, Completed, Timed out,
Topology change, and Manual clear.
NSF Helper
Support
Whether this router is configured to act as a graceful restart
helpful neighbor. Possible values are: Helper Support Always,
Disabled, or Planned.
NSF Helper Strict As a graceful restart helpful neighbor, whether to terminate the
LSA Checking
helper relationship if a topology change occurs during a
neighbor's graceful restart.
Redistributing
This field is a heading and appears only if you configure the
system to take routes learned from a non-OSPF source and
advertise them to its peers.
Source
Shows source protocol/routes that are being redistributed.
Possible values are static, connected, or RIP.
Tag
Shows the decimal value attached to each external route.
Subnets
When this option is not configured, OSPF will only redistribute
classful prefixes.
900
OSPF Commands
Distribute-List
Shows the access list used to filter redistributed routes.
Example
The following example displays OSPF router information.
console#show ip ospf
Router ID...................................... 1.1.1.1
OSPF Admin Mode................................ Enable
RFC 1583 Compatibility......................... Enable
External LSDB Limit............................ No Limit
Exit Overflow Interval......................... 0
Spf Delay Time................................. 5
Spf Hold Time.................................. 10
Opaque Capability.............................. Disable
AutoCost Ref BW................................ 100 Mbps
Default Passive Setting........................ Disabled
Maximum Paths.................................. 4
Default Metric................................. Not
configured
Default Route Advertise........................ Disabled
Always......................................... FALSE
Metric......................................... Not
configured
Metric Type.................................... External
Type 2
Number of Active Areas......................... 1 (1 normal,
0 stub, 0 nssa)
ABR Status..................................... Disable
OSPF Commands
901
ASBR Status.................................... Disable
Stub Router.................................... FALSE
External LSDB Overflow......................... FALSE
External LSA Count............................. 0
External LSA Checksum.......................... 0
AS_OPAQUE LSA Count............................ 0
AS_OPAQUE LSA Checksum......................... 0
New LSAs Originated............................ 25
LSAs Received.................................. 7
LSA Count...................................... 4
Maximum Number of LSAs......................... 18200
LSA High Water Mark............................ 4
Retransmit List Entries........................ 0
Maximum Number of Retransmit Entries........... 72800
Retransmit Entries High Water Mark............. 2
NSF Support.................................... Disabled
NSF Restart Interval........................... 120
NSF Restart Status............................. Not
Restarting
NSF Restart Age................................ 0 seconds
NSF Restart Exit Reason........................ Not
Attempted
NSF Helper Support............................. Always
NSF Helper Strict LSA Checking................. Enabled
902
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf abr
The show ip ospf abr command displays the internal OSPF routing table
entries to Area Border Routers (ABR). This command takes no options.
Syntax
show ip ospf abr
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console#show ip ospf abr
Type
Router Id
Cost
Area ID
Next Hop
----- ---------
----- --------------- ---------
NextHop
Intf
-------
INTRA 3.3.3.3
1
0.0.0.1
10.1.23.3
vlan11
INTRA 4.4.4.4
10
0.0.0.1
10.1.24.4
vlan12
show ip ospf area
Use the show ip ospf area command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information about the identified OSPF area.
Syntax
show ip ospf area area-id
•
area-id — Identifies the OSPF area whose ranges are being displayed.
(Range: 0–4294967295)
OSPF Commands
903
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays OSPF router information.
console#show ip ospf area 10
AreaID......................................... 0.0.0.10
External Routing............................... Import
External LSAs
Spf Runs....................................... 0
Area Border Router Count....................... 0
Area LSA Count................................. 0
Area LSA Checksum.............................. 0
Import Summary LSAs............................ Enable
console#show ip ospf area 20
AreaID......................................... 0.0.0.20
External Routing.............................. Import NSSAs
Spf Runs....................................... 0
Area Border Router Count....................... 0
Area LSA Count................................. 0
Area LSA Checksum.............................. 0
OSPF NSSA Specific Information.
Import Summary LSAs............................ Enable
Redistribute into NSSA......................... Enable
Default Information Originate.................. TRUE
904
OSPF Commands
Default Metric................................. 250
Default Metric Type......................... Non-Comparable
Translator Role................................ Candidate
Translator Stability Interval.................. 2000
Translator State............................... Disabled
show ip ospf asbr
The show ip ospf asbr command displays the internal OSPF routing table
entries to Autonomous System Boundary Routes (ASBR). This command
takes no options.
Syntax
show ip ospf asbr
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#show ip ospf asbr
Type
Router Id
Cost
Area ID
Next Hop
Next Hop
Intf
-----
----------
----
--------
-----------
-----------
INTRA
1.1.1.1
1
0.0.0.1
10.1.12.1
vlan10
INTRA
4.4.4.4
10
0.0.0.1
10.1.24.4
vlan12
OSPF Commands
905
show ip ospf database
Use the show ip ospf database command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information about the link state database when OSPF is enabled. If
parameters are entered, the command displays the LSA headers. Use the
optional parameters to specify the type of link state advertisements to display.
Syntax
show ip ospf [<area-id>] database [{asbr-summary | external | network |
nssa-external | router | summary}][ls-id] [adv-router [ip-address] | selforiginate]
•
area-id — Identifies a specific OSPF area for which link state database
information will be displayed.
•
asbr-summary — Display the autonomous system boundary router (ASBR)
summary LSAs.
•
external — Display the external LSAs.
•
network — Display the network LSAs.
•
nssa-external — Display NSSA external LSAs.
•
router — Display router LSAs.
•
summary — Display the LSA database summary information.
•
ls-id — Specifies the link state ID (LSID). (Range: IP address or an integer
in the range of 0–4294967295)
•
adv-router — Display the LSAs that are restricted by the advertising
router. To specify a router, enter the IP address of the router.
•
self-originate — Display the LSAs in that are self-originated.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
Information is only displayed if OSPF is enabled.
906
OSPF Commands
Example
The following example displays information about the link state database
when OSPF is enabled.
console#show ip ospf database
Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link Id
Adv Router
Age
Sequence Chksm
Options Rtr Opt
--------------- --------------- ----- -------- ------ ------- ----5.2.0.0
0.0.0.0
1360
80000006 3a1f
------
-----
5.2.0.0
5.2.0.0
1360
80000009 a47e
------
---E-
20.20.20.20
20.20.20.20
1165
8000000b 0f80
-E----
-----
Network Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link Id
Adv Router
Age
Sequence Chksm
Options Rtr Opt
--------------- --------------- ----- -------- ------ ------- ----2.2.2.2
20.20.20.20
1165
80000005 f86d
-E--O-
Network Summary States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link Id
Adv Router
Age
Sequence Chksm
Options Rtr Opt
--------------- --------------- ----- -------- ------ ------- ----5.2.0.0
0.0.0.0
1360
80000007 242e
------
Summary ASBR States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link Id
Adv Router
Age
Sequence Chksm
Options Rtr Opt
--------------- --------------- ----- -------- ------ ------- ----5.2.0.0
0.0.0.0
1361
80000006 183a
------
OSPF Commands
907
Link Opaque States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link Id
Adv Router
Age
Sequence Chksm
Options Rtr Opt
--------------- --------------- ----- -------- ------ ------- ----5.2.0.0
0.0.0.0
1361
80000005 ef59
------
Area Opaque States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link Id
Adv Router
Age
Sequence Chksm
Options Rtr Opt
--------------- --------------- ----- -------- ------ ------- ----5.2.0.0
0.0.0.0
1362
80000005 e166
------
AS External States
Link Id
Adv Router
Age
Sequence Chksm
Options Rtr Opt
--------------- --------------- ----- -------- ------ ------- ----6.0.0.0
5.2.0.0
1364
80000008 e35d
AS Opaque States
Link Id
Adv Router
Age
Sequence Chksm
Options Rtr Opt
--------------- --------------- ----- -------- ------ ------- ----5.2.0.0
908
0.0.0.0
OSPF Commands
1364
80000005 d373
show ip ospf database database-summary
Use the show ip ospf database database-summary command to display the
number of each type of LSA in the database for each area and for the router.
The command also displays the total number of LSAs in the database. This
command has been modified.
Syntax
show ip ospf database database-summary
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
The following fields are displayed:
Router
Shows Total number of router LSAs in the OSPF link state database.
Network
Shows Total number of network LSAs in the OSPF link state
database.
Summary Net Shows Total number of summary network LSAs in the database.
Summary
ASBR
Shows Number of summary ASBR LSAs in the database.
Type-7 Ext
Shows Total number of Type-7 external LSAs in the database.
SelfOriginated
Type-7
Shows Total number of self originated AS external LSAs in the
OSPFv3 link state database.
Opaque Link
Shows Number of opaque link LSAs in the database.
Opaque Area
Shows Number of opaque area LSAs in the database.
Subtotal
Shows Number of entries for the identified area.
Opaque AS
Shows Number of opaque AS LSAs in the database.
Total
Shows Number of entries for all areas.
OSPF Commands
909
Example
The following example displays the number of each type of LSA in the
database for each area and for the router.
console#show ip ospf database database-summary
OSPF Router with ID (5.5.5.5)
Area 0.0.0.0 database summary
Router......................................... 0
Network........................................ 0
Summary Net.................................... 0
Summary ASBR................................... 0
Type-7 Ext..................................... 0
Self Originated Type-7......................... 0
Opaque Link.................................... 0
Opaque Area.................................... 0
Subtotal....................................... 0
Area 0.0.0.10 database summary
Router......................................... 0
Network........................................ 0
Summary Net.................................... 0
Summary ASBR................................... 0
Type-7 Ext..................................... 0
Self Originated Type-7......................... 0
Opaque Link.................................... 0
Opaque Area.................................... 0
Subtotal....................................... 0
Router database summary
910
OSPF Commands
Router......................................... 0
Network........................................ 0
Summary Net.................................... 0
Summary ASBR................................... 0
Type-7 Ext..................................... 0
Opaque Link.................................... 0
Opaque Area.................................... 0
Type-5 Ext..................................... 0
Self-Originated Type-5 Ext..................... 0
Opaque AS...................................... 0
Total.......................................... 0
show ip ospf interface
Use the show ip ospf interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the information for the VLAN or loopback interface.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface {vlan vlan-id | loopback loopback-id}
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
•
loopback-id — Shows information the specified loopback interface.
(Range: 0–7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPF Commands
911
Example
The following example displays the information for the IFO object or virtual
interface tables associated with VLAN 3.
console#show ip ospf interface vlan 10
IP Address.......................... 1.1.1.1
Subnet Mask......................... 255.255.255.0
Secondary IP Address(es).............
OSPF Admin Mode...................... Enable
OSPF Area ID......................... 0.0.0.0
OSPF Network Type.................... Broadcast
Router Priority...................... 1
Retransmit Interval.................. 5
Hello Interval....................... 10
Dead Interval........................ 40
LSA Ack Interval..................... 1
Iftransit Delay Interval............. 1
Authentication Type...................None
Metric Cost...........................10
(computed)
Passive Status....................... Non-passive interface
OSPF Mtu-ignore...................... Disable
State........................... .... designated-router
Designated Router.................... 1.1.1.1
Backup Designated Router............. 0.0.0.0
Number of Link Events................ 2
912
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf interface brief
Use the show ip ospf interface brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display brief information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays brief information for the IFO object or virtual
interface tables.
console#show ip ospf interface brief
Router Hello Dead Retrax Retrax LSAAck
Interface AdminMode AreaID Priority Intval Intval
Delay
Intval
--------- --------- ------- -------- ------ ------ ------ ----- -vlan1
Enable
0.0.0.10 1
10
40
5
1
1
vlan2
Disable
0.0.0.0
1
10
40
5
1
1
vlan3
Disable
0.0.0.0
1
10
40
5
1
1
loopback2 Disable
0.0.0.0
1
10
40
5
1
1
show ip ospf interface stats
Use the show ip ospf interface stats command in User EXEC mode to display
the statistics for a specific interface. The information is only displayed if
OSPF is enabled.
OSPF Commands
913
Syntax
show ip ospf interface stats vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the ospf statistics for VLAN 15.
console>show ip ospf interface stats vlan15
OSPF Area ID........................................... 0.0.0.0
Area Border Router Count............................... 0
AS Border Router Count.......................... .......0
Area LSA Count........................................ .1
IP Address..............................................2.2.2.2
OSPF Interface Events...................................1
Virtual Events......................................... 0
Neighbor Events........................................ 0
External LSA Count..................................... 0
show ip ospf neighbor
Use the show ip ospf neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information about OSPF neighbors. The information below only displays if
OSPF is enabled and the interface has a neighbor.
Syntax
show ip ospf neighbor [interface vlan vlan-id] [ip-address]
914
OSPF Commands
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
•
ip-address — Valid IP address of the neighbor.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following examples display information about OSPF neighbors on the
specified Ethernet and IP interfaces.
console #show ip ospf neighbor 10.1.23.50
Interface................................. vlan 20
Neighbor IP Address....................... 10.1.13.50
Interface Index........................... 65
Area Id................................... 0.0.0.1
Options................................... 0x42
Router Priority........................... 1
Dead timer due in (secs).................. 33
Up Time................................... 4 days 12 hrs 56 mins 6
secs
State..................................... Full/DR
Events.................................... 13
Retransmission Queue Length............... 0
Restart Helper Status..................... Helping
Restart Reason............................ Software Restart (1)
Remaining Grace Time...................... 10 sec
Restart Helper Exit Reason................ In Progress
OSPF Commands
915
Field Descriptions
Interface — The name of the interface on which the adjacency is formed.
Neighbor IP Address — The IPv4 address on the neighbor's interface used to
form the adjacency.
Interface Index — The SNMP interface index.
Area Id — The OSPF area in which the adjacency is formed
Options — The options advertised by the neighbor
Router Priority: The router priority advertised by the neighbor
Dead timer — The number of seconds until the dead timer expires
Up Time — How long this adjacency has been in FULL state
State — The current state of the adjacency
Events: Incremented for the following events:
A DD is received from the neighbor with an MTU mismatch
The neighbor sent an ACK for an LSA not on the neighbor's retransmit list
The state of the adjacency changed.
Retransmission Queue Length — The number of LSAs on the neighbor's
retransmit queue waiting for the neighbor to acknowledge.
Restart Helper Status: One of two values:
•
Helping — This router is acting as a helpful neighbor to this neighbor. A
helpful neighbor does not report an adjacency change during graceful
restart, but continues to advertise the restarting router as a FULL
adjacency. A helpful neighbor continues to forward data packets to the
restarting router, trusting that the restarting router's forwarding table is
maintained during the restart.
•
Not Helping — This router is not a helpful neighbor at this time.
Restart Helper Exit Reason is one of the following values:
•
Restart Reason — When the router is in helpful neighbor mode, the
output includes the restart reason the restarting router sent in its grace
LSA. The Restart Reason is the value in the Graceful Restart Reason TLV
in the grace LSA sent by the restarting router. Possible values for the
Restart Reason are defined in RFC 3623 as follows:
–
916
Unknown (0)
OSPF Commands
–
Software restart (1)
–
Software reload/upgrade (2)
–
Switch to redundant control processor (3)
–
Unrecognized - a value not defined in RFC 3623
When FASTPATH sends a grace LSA, it sets the Restart Reason to
Software Restart on a planned warm restart (when the "initiate failover"
command is invoked), and to Unknown on an unplanned warm restart.
•
Remaining Grace Time — The number of seconds remaining in the
current graceful restart interval. This row is only included if the router is
currently acting as a restart helper for the neighbor.
•
Restart Exit Reason — One of the following:
–
None — graceful restart has not been attempted
–
In Progress — restart is in progress
–
Completed — the previous graceful restart completed successfully
–
Timed Out — the previous graceful restart timed out
–
Topology Changed — The previous graceful restart terminated
prematurely because of a topology change. A helpful neighbor declares
a topology change when it forwards a changed LSA to the restarting
router. An LSA is considered changed if its contents are changed, not
if it is simply a periodic refresh.
OSPF Commands
917
show ip ospf range
Use the show ip ospf range command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information about the area ranges for the specified area-id.
Syntax
show ip ospf range area-id
•
area-id — Identifies the OSPF area whose ranges are being displayed.
(Range: IP address or decimal from 0–4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the area ranges for the
specified area-id.
console#show ip ospf range 20
Area ID
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Lsdb Type
Advertisement
-------
----------
---------
---------
-------------
0.0.0.20 192.168.6.0 255.255.255.0 Summary Link Enabled
show ip ospf statistics
This command displays information about recent Shortest Path First (SPF)
calculations. The SPF is the OSPF routing table calculation. The output lists
the number of times the SPF has run for each OSPF area. A table follows this
information. For each of the 15 most recent SPF runs, the table lists how long
ago the SPF ran, how long the SPF took, and the reasons why the SPF was
scheduled.
918
OSPF Commands
Syntax
show ip ospf statistics
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console>show ip ospf statistics
Area 0.0.0.0: SPF algorithm executed 0 times
Delta T
SPF Duration (msec)
Reason
--------
-------------------
26:01:45
0
23:15:05
0
R
23:14:22
0
R, N
23:14:12
0
R
23:10:04
0
---------------
show ip ospf stub table
Use the show ip ospf stub table command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the OSPF stub table. The information below will only be displayed if
OSPF is initialized on the switch.
Syntax
show ip ospf stub table
OSPF Commands
919
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF stub table.
console(config)#show ip ospf stub table
AreaId
TypeofService
Metric Val Import SummaryLSA
------------- -------------
---------- -----------------
0.0.0.1
Normal
1
Enable
show ip ospf virtual-link
Use the show ip ospf virtual-link command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the OSPF Virtual Interface information for a specific area and
neighbor.
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-link area-id neighbor-id
•
area-id — Identifies the OSPF area whose ranges are being displayed.
(Range: IP address or decimal from 0–4294967295)
•
neighbor-id — Identifies the neighbor’s router ID. (Range: Valid IP
address)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
920
OSPF Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information for
area 10 and its neighbor.
console#show ip ospf virtual-link 10 192.168.2.2
Area ID........................................ 10
Neighbor Router ID............................. 192.168.2.2
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 655555
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
State.......................................... down
Metric......................................... 0
Neighbor State................................. down
Authentication Type............................ MD5
Authentication Key............................. "test123"
Authentication Key ID.......................... 100
show ip ospf virtual-link brief
Use the show ip ospf virtual-link brief command in Privileged EXEC mode
to display the OSPF Virtual Interface information for all areas in the system.
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-link brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
OSPF Commands
921
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information in
the system.
console#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Hello
Dead
Retransmit
Transit
Area ID
Neighbor
Interval Interval Interval
Delay
-------
--------
-------- -------- ----------
--------
0.0.0.2
5.5.5.5
10
40
5
1
timers spf
Use the timers spf command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the SPF delay and hold time. Use the no form of the command to
reset the numbers to the default value.
Syntax
timers spf delay-time hold-time
no timers spf
•
delay-time — SPF delay time. (Range: 0–65535 seconds)
•
hold-time — SPF hold time. (Range: 0–65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default value for delay-time is 5. The default value for hold-time is 10.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
922
OSPF Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the SPF delay and hold time.
console(config-router)#timers spf 20 30
1583compatibility
Use the 1583compatibility command in Router OSPF Configuration mode
to enable OSPF 1583 compatibility. Use the no form of the command to
disable it.
Syntax
1583compatibility
no 1583compatibility
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
If all OSPF routers in the routing domain are capable of operating according
to RFC 2328, OSPF 1583 compatibility mode should be disabled.
Example
The following example enables 1583 compatibility.
console(config-router)#1583compatibility
OSPF Commands
923
924
OSPF Commands
OSPFv3 Commands
45
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
area default-cost
•
area nssa
•
area nssa default-info-originate
•
area nssa no-redistribute
•
area nssa no-summary
•
area nssa translator-role
•
area nssa translator-stab-intv
•
area range
•
area stub
•
area stub no-summary
•
area virtual-link
•
area virtual-link dead-interval
•
area virtual-link hello-interval
•
area virtual-link retransmit-interval
•
area virtual-link transmit-delay
•
default-information originate
•
default-metric
•
distance ospf
•
enable
•
exit-overflow-interval
•
external-lsdb-limit
•
ipv6 ospf
•
ipv6 ospf areaid
•
ipv6 ospf cost
•
ipv6 ospf dead-interval
OSPFv3 Commands
925
926
•
ipv6 ospf hello-interval
•
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
•
ipv6 ospf network
•
ipv6 ospf priority
•
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
•
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
•
ipv6 router ospf
•
maximum-paths
•
nsf
•
nsf helper
•
nsf helper strict-lsa-checking
•
nsf restart-interval
•
passive-interface
•
passive-interface default
•
redistribute
•
router-id
•
show ipv6 ospf
•
show ipv6 ospf abr
•
show ipv6 ospf area
•
show ipv6 ospf asbr
•
show ipv6 ospf database
•
show ipv6 ospf database database-summary
•
show ipv6 ospf interface
•
show ipv6 ospf interface brief
•
show ipv6 ospf interface stats
•
show ipv6 ospf interface vlan
•
show ipv6 ospf neighbor
•
show ipv6 ospf range
•
show ipv6 ospf stub table
OSPFv3 Commands
•
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link
•
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
OSPFv3 Commands
927
area default-cost
Use the area default-cost command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
to configure the monetary default cost for the stub area. The operator must
specify the area id and an integer value between 1-16777215. Use the no form
of the command to return the cost to the default value.
Syntax
area areaid default-cost cost
no area areaid default-cost
• areaid — Valid area identifier.
• cost — Default cost. (Range: 1-16777215)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the monetary default cost at 100 for stub
area 1.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 default-cost 100
area nssa
Use the area nssa command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
configure the specified areaid to function as an NSSA.
928
OSPFv3 Commands
Syntax
area areaid nssa
no area areaid nssa
• areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures area 1 to function as an NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa
area nssa default-info-originate
Use the area nssa default-info-originate command in Router OSPFv3
Configuration mode to configure the metric value and type for the default
route advertised into the NSSA. The optional metric parameter specifies the
metric of the default route. The metric type can be comparable (nssa-external
1) or noncomparable (nssa-external 2). Use the no form of the command to
return the metric value and type to the default value
Syntax
area areaid nssa default-info-originate [metric [comparable | noncomparable]]
no area areaid nssa default-info-originate
•
areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
•
metric — Metric value for default route. (Range: 1-16777214)
OSPFv3 Commands
929
•
comparable — Metric Type (nssa-external 1).
•
non-comparable — Metric Type (nssa-external 2).
Default Configuration
If no metric is defined, 10 is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the default metric value for the default
route advertised into the NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa default-infooriginate
area nssa no-redistribute
Use the area nssa no-redistribute command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration
mode to configure the NSSA ABR so that learned external routes will not be
redistributed to the NSSA. Use the no form of the command to remove the
configuration.
Syntax
area areaid nssa no-redistribute
no area areaid nssa no-redistribute
• areaid — Valid OSPF area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
930
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the area 1 NSSA ABR so that learned
external routes will not be redistributed to the NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa no-redistribute
area nssa no-summary
Use the area nssa no-summary command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration
mode to configure the NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into
the NSSA. Use the no form of the command to remove the configuration.
Syntax
area areaid nssa no-summary
no area area-id nssa no-summary
• areaid — Valid OSPF area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPFv3 Commands
931
Example
The following example configures the area 1 NSSA so that summary LSAs are
not advertised into the NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa no-summary
area nssa translator-role
Use the area nssa translator-role command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration
mode to configure the translator role of the NSSA. Use the no form of the
command to remove the configuration.
Syntax
area areaid nssa translator-role {always | candidate}
no area areaid nssa translator-role
• areaid — Valid OSPF area identifier.
•
always — Causes the router to assume the role of the translator the instant
it becomes a border router.
•
candidate — Causes the router to participate in the translator election
process when it attains border router status.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the always translator role of the area 1
NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
932
OSPFv3 Commands
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa translator-role
always
area nssa translator-stab-intv
Use the area nssa translator-stab-intv command in Router OSPFv3
Configuration mode to configure the translator stability interval of the NSSA.
The stability interval is the period of time that an elected translator continues
to perform its duties after it determines that its translator status has been
deposed by another router.
Syntax
area areaid nssa translator-stab-intv seconds
no area areaid nssa translator-stab-intv
• areaid — Valid OSPF area identifier.
• seconds — Translator stability interval of the NSSA. (Range: 0-3600
seconds)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a translator stability interval of 100 seconds
for the area 1 NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa translator-stab-intv
100
OSPFv3 Commands
933
area range
Use the area range command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure a summary prefix for routes learned in a given area. There are two
types of area ranges. An area range can be configured to summarize intra-area
routes. An ABR advertises the range rather than the specific intra-area route
as a type 3 summary LSA. Also, an area range can be configured at the edge of
an NSSA to summarize external routes reachable within the NSSA. The
range is advertised as a type 5 external LSA. Use the no form of the command
to remove the summary prefix configuration for routes learned in the
specified area.
Syntax
area areaid range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length {summarylink | nssaexternallink}
[advertise | not-advertise]
no area areaid range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length {summarylink |
nssaexternallink}
•
areaid — Valid OSPF area identifier.
•
ipv6-prefix/prefix-length — Valid route prefix.
•
summarylink — LSDB type
•
nssaexternallink — LSDB type.
•
advertise — Allows area range to be advertised.
•
not-advertise — Suppresses area range from being advertised.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
The LSDB type must be specified by either summarylink or nssaexternallink,
and the advertising of the area range can be allowed or suppressed.
934
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
The following example creates an area range for the area 1 NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 range 2020:1::1/64
summarylink
area stub
Use the area stub command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to create
a stub area for the specified area ID. A stub area is characterized by the fact
that AS External LSAs are not propagated into the area. Removing AS
External LSAs and Summary LSAs can significantly reduce the link state
database of routers within the stub area.
Syntax
area areaid stub
no area areaid stub
• areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates a stub area for area 1.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 stub
OSPFv3 Commands
935
area stub no-summary
Use the area stub no-summary command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration
mode to disable the import of Summary LSAs for the stub area identified by
areaid.
Syntax
area areaid stub no-summary
no area areaid stub no-summary
• areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example prevents Summary LSAs from being advertised into
the area 1 NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 stub no-summary
area virtual-link
Use the area virtual-link command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
to create the OSPF virtual interface for the specified areaid and neighbor. Use
the no area virtual-link command to delete an OSPF virtual interface in an
area.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor-id
936
OSPFv3 Commands
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor-id
•
areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier (or decimal value in the range of 04294967295).
•
neighbor-id — Identifies the Router ID or IP address of the neighbor.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates the OSPF virtual interface for area 1 and its
neighbor router.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2
area virtual-link dead-interval
Use the area virtual-link dead-interval command in Router OSPFv3
Configuration mode to configure the dead interval for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by areaid and neighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor dead-interval seconds
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor dead-interval
• areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
• neighbor — Router ID of neighbor.
• seconds — Dead interval. (Range: 1-65535)
OSPFv3 Commands
937
Default Configuration
40 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 20-second dead interval for the OSPF
virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by area 1 and its neighbor.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2 deadinterval 20
area virtual-link hello-interval
Use the area virtual-link hello-interval command in Router OSPFv3
Configuration mode to configure the hello interval for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by areaid and neighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor hello-interval seconds
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor hello-interval
• areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
• neighbor — Router ID of neighbor.
• seconds — Hello interval. (Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
10 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
938
OSPFv3 Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a hello interval of 20 seconds for the OSPF
virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by area 1 and its neighbor.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2 hellointerval 20
area virtual-link retransmit-interval
Use the area virtual-link retransmit-interval command in Router OSPFv3
Configuration mode to configure the retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by areaid and neighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor retransmit-interval seconds
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor retransmit-interval
• areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
• neighbor — Router ID of neighbor.
• seconds — Retransmit interval. (Range: 0-3600)
Default Configuration
5 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPFv3 Commands
939
Example
The following example configures the retransmit interval of 20 seconds for
the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by area 1 and its
neighbor.
(config)#ipv6 router ospf
(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2 retransmitinterval 20
area virtual-link transmit-delay
Use the area virtual-link transmit-delay command in Router OSPFv3
Configuration mode to configure the transmit delay for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by areaid and neighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor transmit-delay seconds
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor transmit-delay
• areaid — Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
• neighbor — Router ID of neighbor.
• seconds — Transmit delay interval. (Range: 0-3600)
Default Configuration
1 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 20-second transmit delay for the OSPF
virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by area 1 and its neighbor.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
940
OSPFv3 Commands
console(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2 transmitdelay 20
default-information originate
Use the default-information originate command in Router OSPFv3
Configuration mode to control the advertisement of default routes. Use the
no form of the command to return the default route advertisement settings
to the default value.
Syntax
default-information originate [always] [metric integer] [metric-type {1 | 2}]
no default-information originate [metric] [metric-type]
•
always — Always advertise default routes.
•
integer — The metric (or preference) value of the default route. (Range:
1–16777214)
•
1—External type-1 route.
•
2—External type-2 route.
•
metric — Specify the metric of the default route.
•
metric-type — Specify metric-type of the default route.
Default Configuration
2 is the default value for metric-type.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example controls the advertisement of default routes by
defining a metric value of 100 and metric type 2.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
OSPFv3 Commands
941
console(config-rtr)#default-information originate
metric 100 metric-type 2
default-metric
Use the default-metric command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
set a default for the metric of distributed routes.
Syntax
default-metric metric
no default-metric
•
metric — Metric value used for distribution (Range: 1-16777214)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets a default of 100 for the metric of distributed
routes.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#default-metric 100
distance ospf
The distance ospf command sets the preference values of OSPF route types
in the router. Lower route preference values are preferred when determining
the best route. The type of OSPF route can be intra, inter, external. All the
external type routes are given the same preference value. Use the “no” form of
this command to reset the preference values to the default.
942
OSPFv3 Commands
Syntax
distance ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area } distance
no distance ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area } distance
•
distance— Used to select the best path when there are two or more routes
to the same destination from two different routing protocols (Range:
1–255).
Default Configuration
The default preference value is 110.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode.
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example sets a route preference value of 100 for intra OSPF in
the router.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#distance ospf intra 100
enable
Use the enable command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to enable
administrative mode of OSPF in the router (active).
Syntax
enable
no enable
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default state.
OSPFv3 Commands
943
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables administrative mode of OSPF in the router
(active).
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#enable
exit-overflow-interval
Use the exit-overflow-interval command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration
mode to configure the exit overflow interval for OSPF. It describes the
number of seconds after entering Overflow state that a router will wait before
attempting to leave the Overflow State. This allows the router to originate
non-default AS-external-LSAs again. When set to 0, the router will not leave
Overflow State until restarted.
Syntax
exit-overflow-interval seconds
no exit-overflow-interval
•
seconds — Exit overflow interval for OSPF (Range: 0-2147483647)
Default Configuration
0 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
944
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
The following example configures the exit overflow interval for OSPF at 100
seconds.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#exit-overflow-interval 100
external-lsdb-limit
Use the external-lsdb-limit command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration
mode to configure the external LSDB limit for OSPF. If the value is -1, then
there is no limit. When the number of non-default AS-external-LSAs in a
router's link-state database reaches the external LSDB limit, the router enters
overflow state. The router never holds more than the external LSDB limit
non-default ASexternal- LSAs in it database. The external LSDB limit MUST
be set identically in all routers attached to the OSPF backbone and/or any
regular OSPF area.
Syntax
external-lsdb-limit limit
no external-lsdb-limit
•
limit — External LSDB limit for OSPF (Range: -1-2147483647)
Default Configuration
-1 is the default value for limit.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPFv3 Commands
945
Example
The following example sets the external LSDB limit at 100 for OSPF.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#external-lsdb-limit 100
ipv6 ospf
Use the ipv6 ospf command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
OSPF on a router interface or loopback interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf
no ipv6 ospf
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables OSPF on VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf
ipv6 ospf areaid
Use the ipv6 ospf areaid command in Interface Configuration mode to set
the OSPF area to which the specified router interface belongs.
946
OSPFv3 Commands
Syntax
ipv6 ospf areaid areaid
no ipv6 ospf areaid areaid
•
areaid — Is a 32-bit integer, formatted as a 4-digit dotted-decimal number
or a decimal value. It uniquely identifies the area to which the interface
connects. Assigning an area id which does not exist on an interface causes
the area to be created with default values. (Range: 0-4294967295).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines the OSPF area to which VLAN 15 belongs.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf areaid 100
ipv6 ospf cost
Use the ipv6 ospf cost command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the cost on an OSPF interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf cost cost
no ipv6 ospf cost
•
cost — Cost for OSPF interface. (Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
10 is the default value of cost.
OSPFv3 Commands
947
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a cost of 100.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf cost 100
ipv6 ospf dead-interval
Use the ipv6 ospf dead-interval command in Interface Configuration mode
to set the OSPF dead interval for the specified interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds
no ipv6 ospf dead-interval
•
seconds — A valid positive integer, which represents the length of time in
seconds that a router's Hello packets have not been seen before its
neighbor routers declare that the router is down. The value for the length
of time must be the same for all routers attached to a common network.
This value should be some multiple of the Hello Interval (i.e. 4). (Range:
1-65535)
Default Configuration
40 seconds is the default value of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
948
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
The following example sets the OSPF dead interval at 100 seconds.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf dead-interval 100
ipv6 ospf hello-interval
Use the ipv6 ospf hello-interval command in Interface Configuration mode
to set the OSPF hello interval for the specified interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf hello-interval seconds
no ipv6 ospf hello-interval
•
seconds — A valid positive integer which represents the length of time of
the OSPF hello interval. The value must be the same for all routers
attached to a network. (Range: 1-65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
10 seconds is the default value of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF hello interval at 15 seconds.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf hello-interval 15
OSPFv3 Commands
949
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Use the ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore command in Interface Configuration mode to
disable OSPF maximum transmission unit (MTU) mismatch detection.
OSPF Database Description packets specify the size of the largest IP packet
that can be sent without fragmentation on the interface. When a router
receives a Database Description packet, it examines the MTU advertised by
the neighbor. By default, if the MTU is larger than the router can accept, the
Database Description packet is rejected and the OSPF adjacency is not
established.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
no ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example disables OSPF maximum transmission unit (MTU)
mismatch detection.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
ipv6 ospf network
Use the ipv6 ospf network command in Interface Configuration mode to
change the default OSPF network type for the interface. Normally, the
network type is determined from the physical IP network type. By default all
Ethernet networks are OSPF-type broadcast. Similarly, tunnel interfaces
950
OSPFv3 Commands
default to point-to-point. When an Ethernet port is used as a single large
bandwidth IP network between two routers, the network type can be point-topoint since there are only two routers. Using point-to-point as the network
type eliminates the overhead of the OSPF designated router election. It is
normally not useful to set a tunnel to OSPF network type broadcast.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf network { broadcast | point-to-point }
no ipv6 ospf network
•
broadcast — The network type is broadcast.
•
point-to-point — The network type is point-to-point.
Default Configuration
Broadcast is the default state.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example changes the default OSPF network type to point-topoint.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf network point-topoint
ipv6 ospf priority
Use the ipv6 ospf priority command in Interface Configuration mode to set
the OSPF priority for the specified router interface.
OSPFv3 Commands
951
Syntax
ipv6 ospf priority priority
no ipv6 ospf priority
•
priority — OSPF priority for specified interface. (Range: 0-255. A value of
0 indicates that the router is not eligible to become the designated router
on this network)
Default Configuration
1, the highest router priority, is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF priority at 50 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf priority 50
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
Use the ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval command in Interface Configuration
mode to set the OSPF retransmit interval for the specified interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval seconds
no ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
•
952
seconds — The number of seconds between link-state advertisement
retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to this router interface. This
value is also used when retransmitting database description and link-state
request packets. (Range: 0 to 3600 seconds)
OSPFv3 Commands
Default Configuration
5 seconds is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF retransmit interval at 100 seconds.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf retransmitinterval 100
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
Use the ipv6 ospf transmit-delay command in Interface Configuration mode
to set the OSPF Transmit Delay for the specified interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay seconds
no ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
•
seconds — OSPF transmit delay for the specified interface. In addition, it
sets the estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state
update packet over this interface. (Range: 1 to 3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
No default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode.
OSPFv3 Commands
953
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF Transmit Delay at 100 seconds for
VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
100
ipv6 router ospf
Use the ipv6 router ospf command in Global Configuration mode to enter
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
Syntax
ipv6 router ospf
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
Use the following command to enable OSPFv3.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
maximum-paths
Use the maximum-paths command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
to set the number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination.
954
OSPFv3 Commands
Syntax
maximum-paths maxpaths
no maximum-paths
•
maxpaths — Number of paths that can be reported. (Range: 1-2)
Default Configuration
2 is the default value for maxpaths.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the number of paths that OSPF can report for a
destination to 1.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#maximum-paths 1
nsf
Use this command to enable OSPF graceful restart. Use the “no” form of this
command to disable graceful restart.
Syntax
nsf [ ietf ] [ planned-only ]
no nsf [ietf]
ietf — This keyword is used to distinguish the IETF standard
implementation of graceful restart from other implementations. Since the
IETF implementation is the only one supported, this keyword is optional.
planned-only — This keyword indicates that OSPF should only perform a
graceful restart when the restart is planned (i.e., when the restart is a result of
the initiate failover command).
OSPFv3 Commands
955
Default Configuration
Graceful restart is disabled by default
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Graceful restart works in concert with nonstop forwarding to enable the
hardware to continue forwarding IPv6 packets using OSPFv3 routes while a
backup unit takes over management unit responsibility. When OSPF
executes a graceful restart, it informs its neighbors that the OSPF control
plane is restarting, but that it will be back shortly. Helpful neighbors continue
to advertise to the rest of the network that they have full adjacencies with the
restarting router, avoiding announcement of a topology change and
everything that goes with that (i.e., flooding of LSAs, SPF runs). Helpful
neighbors continue to forward packets through the restarting router. The
restarting router relearns the network topology from its helpful neighbors.
This implementation of graceful restart restarting router behavior is only
useful with a router stack. Graceful restart does not work on a standalone,
single-unit router.
Example
–
nsf helper
Use the nsf-helper to allow OSPF to act as a helpful neighbor for a restarting
router. Use the “no” form of this command to prevent OSPF from acting as a
helpful neighbor.
Syntax
nsf helper[ planned-only ]
no nsf helper
•
956
planned-only — This keyword indicates that OSPF should only help a
restarting router performing a planned restart.
OSPFv3 Commands
Default Configuration
OSPF may act as a helpful neighbor for both planned and unplanned restarts
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The grace LSA announcing the graceful restart includes a restart reason.
Reasons 1 (software restart) and 2 (software reload/upgrade) are considered
planned restarts. Reasons 0 (unknown) and 3 (switch to redundant control
processor) are considered unplanned restarts.
nsf ietf helper disable is functionally equivalent to no nsf helper and is
supported solely for IS CLI compatibility.
Example
–
nsf helper strict-lsa-checking
Use the nsf-helper strict-lsa-checking command to require that an OSPF
helpful neighbor exit helper mode whenever a topology change occurs. Use
the “no” form of this command to allow OSPF to continue as a helpful
neighbor in spite of topology changes.
Syntax
nsf [ietf ] helper strict-lsa-checking
no nsf [ietf ] helper strict-lsa-checking
•
ietf —This keyword is used to distinguish the IETF standard
implementation of graceful restart from other implementations. Since the
IETF implementation is the only one supported, this keyword is optional.
Default Configuration
A helpful neighbor exits helper mode when a topology change occurs.
OSPFv3 Commands
957
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The restarting router is unable to react to topology changes. In particular, the
restarting router will not immediately update its forwarding table; therefore, a
topology change may introduce forwarding loops or black holes that persist
until the graceful restart completes. By exiting the graceful restart on a
topology change, a router tries to eliminate the loops or black holes as quickly
as possible by routing around the restarting router.
A helpful neighbor considers a link down with the restarting router to be a
topology change, regardless of the strict LSA checking configuration.
Example
–
nsf restart-interval
Use the nsf restart-interval command to configure the length of the grace
period on the restarting router. Use the “no” form of this command to revert
the grace period to its default.
Syntax
nsf [ietf ] restart-interval seconds
no nsf [ietf] restart-interval
•
ietf — This keyword is used to distinguish the IETF standard
implementation of graceful restart from other implementations. Since the
IETF implementation is the only one supported, this keyword is optional.
•
seconds — The number of seconds that the restarting router asks its
neighbors to wait before exiting helper mode. The restarting router
includes the restart interval in its grace LSAs (range 1–1800 seconds).
Default Configuration
The default restart interval is 120 seconds.
958
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The grace period must be set long enough to allow the restarting router to
reestablish all of its adjacencies and complete a full database exchange with
each of those neighbors.
Example
–
passive-interface
Use the passive-interface command to set the interface or tunnel as passive.
It overrides the global passive mode that is currently effective on the interface
or tunnel. Use the “no” form of this command to set the interface or tunnel
as non-passive.
Syntax
passive-interface {vlan vlan-id | tunnel tunnel-id }
no passive-interface {vlan vlan-id | tunnel tunnel-id }
•
vlan-id — The vlan number
•
tunnel-id — Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0–7)
Default Configuration
Passive interface mode is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
OSPFv3 Commands
959
Example
console(config-router)#passive-interface vlan 1
passive-interface default
The passive-interface default command enables the global passive mode by
default for all interfaces. It overrides any interface level passive mode. Use the
“no” form of this command to disable the global passive mode by default for
all interfaces. Any interface previously configured to be passive reverts to nonpassive mode.
Syntax
passive-interface default
no passive-interface default
Default Configuration
Global passive mode is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
console(config-rtr)#passive-interface default
redistribute
Use the redistribute command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
configure the OSPFv3 protocol to allow redistribution of routes from the
specified source protocol/routers.
960
OSPFv3 Commands
Syntax
redistribute {static | connected} [metric metric] [metric-type {1 | 2}] [tag
tag ]
no redistribute {static | connected} [metric] [metric-type] [tag]
•
metric — Metric value used for default routes. (Range: 0-16777214)
•
tag — Tag. (Range: 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
2 is the default value for metric-type, 0 for tag.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the OSPFv3 protocol to allow
redistribution of routes from the specified source protocol/routers.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#redistribute connected
router-id
Use the router-id command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to set a
4-digit dotted-decimal number uniquely identifying the Router OSPF ID.
Syntax
router-id router-id
•
router-id — Router OSPF identifier. (Range: 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
OSPFv3 Commands
961
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets a 4-digit dotted-decimal number identifying the
Router OSPF ID as 2.3.4.5.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#router-id 2.3.4.5
show ipv6 ospf
Use the show ipv6 ospf command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information relevant to the OSPF router.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
Some of the information below displays only if you enable OSPF and
configure certain features. The following fields may be displayed:
Router ID
A 32-bit integer in dotted decimal format identifying the router
about which information is displayed. This is a configured value.
OSPF Admin
Mode
Shows whether OSPF is administratively enabled or disabled.
962
OSPFv3 Commands
External LSDB
Limit
Shows the maximum number of non-default external LSAs
entries that can be stored in the link-state database.
Exit Overflow
Interval
Shows the number of seconds that, after entering
OverflowState, as defined by RFC 1765, a router will attempt to
leave OverflowState.
AutoCost Ref BW The configured autocost reference bandwidth. This value is used
to determine the OSPF metric on its interfaces. The reference
bandwidth is divided by the interface speed to compute the
metric.
Default Passive
Setting
When enabled, OSPF interfaces are passive by default.
Maximum Paths
Shows the maximum number of paths that OSPF can report for
a given destination.
Default Metric
Default metric for redistributed routes.
Default Route
Advertise
When enabled, OSPF originates a type 5 LSA advertising a
default route.
Always
When this option is configured, OSPF only originates a default
route when the router has learned a default route from another
source.
Metric
Shows the metric for the advertised default routes. If the metric
is not configured, this field is not configured.
Metric Type
Shows whether the metric for the default route is advertised as
External Type 1 or External Type 2.
Number of Active
Areas
The number of OSPF areas to which the router is attached on
interfaces that are up.
ABR Status
Shows whether the router is an OSPF Area Border Router.
ASBR Status
Indicates whether the router is an autonomous system border
router. Router automatically becomes an ASBR when it is
configured to redistribute routes learned from another protocol.
The possible values for the ASBR status is enabled (if the router
is configured to re-distribute routes learned by other protocols)
or disabled (if the router is not configured for the same).
OSPFv3 Commands
963
Stub Router
OSPF enters stub router mode, as described in RFC 3137, when
it encounters a resource limitation that prevents it from
computing a complete routing table. In this state, OSPF sets the
link metrics of non-stub links in its own router LSAs to the
largest possible value, discouraging other routers from
computing paths through the stub router, but allowing other
routers to compute routes to destinations attached to the stub
router. To restore OSPF to normal operation, resolve the
condition that caused the resource overload, then disable and reenable OSPF globally.
External LSDB
Overflow
OSPF enters this state when the number of external LSAs
exceeds a configured limit, as described in RFC 1765.
External LSA
Count
Shows the number of external (LS type 5) link-state
advertisements in the link-state database.
External LSA
Checksum
Shows the sum of the LS checksums of external link-state
advertisements contained in the link-state database.
New LSAs
Originated
Shows the number of link-state advertisements that have been
originated.
LSAs Received
Shows the number of link-state advertisements received
determined to be new instantiations.
LSA Count
The number of LSAs in the link state database.
Maximum Number The limit on the number of LSAs that the router can store in its
of LSAs
link state database.
LSA High Water
Mark
The maximum number of LSAs that have been in the link state
database since OSPF began operation.
Retransmit List
Entries
The current number of entries on all neighbors’ retransmit lists.
Maximum Number The maximum number of entries that can be on neighbors’
of Retransmit
retransmit lists at any given time. This is the sum for all
Entries
neighbors. When OSPF receives an LSA and cannot allocate a
new retransmit list entry, the router does not acknowledge the
LSA, expecting the sender to retransmit.
Retransmit Entries The maximum number of retransmit list entries that have been
High Water Mark on all neighbors’ retransmit lists at one time.
NSF Support
964
Whether graceful restart is administratively enabled. Possible
values are Support Always, Disabled, or Planned.
OSPFv3 Commands
NSF Restart
Interval
The number of seconds a helpful neighbor allows a restarting
router to complete its graceful restart.
NSF Restart Status Whether the router is currently performing a graceful restart.
NSF Restart Age
The number of seconds until a graceful restart expires. Only
non-zero when the router is in graceful restart.
NSF Restart Exit
Reason
The reason the previous graceful restart ended. Possible values
are Not attempted, In progress, Completed, Timed out,
Topology change, and Manual clear.
NSF Helper
Support
Whether this router is configured to act as a graceful restart
helpful neighbor. Possible values are: Helper Support Always,
Disabled, or Planned.
NSF Helper Strict As a graceful restart helpful neighbor, whether to terminate the
LSA Checking
helper relationship if a topology change occurs during a
neighbor's graceful restart.
Redistributing
This field is a heading and appears only if you configure the
system to take routes learned from a non-OSPF source and
advertise them to its peers.
Source
Shows source protocol/routes that are being redistributed.
Possible values are static, connected, or RIP.
Tag
Shows the decimal value attached to each external route.
Subnets
When this option is not configured, OSPF will only redistribute
classful prefixes.
Distribute-List
Shows the access list used to filter redistributed routes.
Example
The following example enables OSPF traps.
console#show ipv6 ospf
Router ID...................................... 0.0.0.2
OSPF Admin Mode................................ Enable
ASBR Mode...................................... Disable
ABR Status..................................... Disable
Exit Overflow Interval......................... 0
External LSA Count............................. 0
External LSA Checksum.......................... 0
OSPFv3 Commands
965
New LSAs Originated............................ 0
LSAs Received.................................. 0
External LSDB Limit............................ No Limit
Default Metric................................. Not Configured
Maximum Paths.................................. 2
Default Route Advertise........................ Disabled
Always......................................... FALSE
Metric.........................................
Metric Type.................................... External Type 2
NSF Support.................................... Disabled
NSF Restart Interval........................... 120 seconds
NSF Helper Support............................. Always
NSF Helper Strict LSA Checking................. Enabled
show ipv6 ospf abr
This command displays the internal OSPFv3 routes to reach Area Border
Routers (ABR). This command takes no options.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf abr
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
966
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
console#show ipv6 ospf abr
Type
Router Id
----
--------
Cost
----
Area ID
Next Hop
--------
Next Hop
Intf
-----------------------
-----
INTRA
3.3.3.3
10
0.0.0.1
FE80::211:88FF:FE2A:3CB3
vlan11
INTRA
4.4.4.4
10
0.0.0.1
FE80::210:18FF:FE82:8E1
vlan12
show ipv6 ospf area
Use the show ipv6 ospf area command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information about the area.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf area areaid
•
areaid — Identifier for the OSPF area being displayed.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about area 1.
console#show ipv6 ospf area 1
AreaID......................................... 0.0.0.1
External Routing............................... Import External
LSAs
Spf Runs....................................... 0
Area Border Router Count....................... 0
OSPFv3 Commands
967
Area LSA Count................................. 0
Area LSA Checksum.............................. 0
Stub Mode...................................... Disable
Import Summary LSAs............................ Enable
show ipv6 ospf asbr
The show ipv6 ospf asbr command displays the internal OSPFv3 routes to
reach Autonomous System Boundary Routes (ASBR). This command takes
no options.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf asbr
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#show ipv6 ospf asbr
Type
Router Id
Cost
Area ID
----
---------
----
--------
INTRA
1.1.1.1
10
0.0.0.1
FE80::213:C4FF:FEDB:6C41
vlan10
INTRA
4.4.4.4
10
0.0.0.1
FE80::210:18FF:FE82:8E1
vlan12
968
OSPFv3 Commands
Next Hop
Next Hop
Intf
----------------------- -------
show ipv6 ospf database
Use the show ipv6 ospf database command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display information about the link state database when OSPFv3 is enabled. If
no parameters are entered, the command displays the LSA headers. Optional
parameters specify the type of link state advertisements to display.
The information below is only displayed if OSPF is enabled.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf [areaid] database [{external | inter-area {prefix | router} |
link | network | nssa-external | prefix | router | unknown [area | as |
link]}] [lsid] [adv-router [rtrid] | self-originate]
•
areaid — Identifies a specific OSPF area for which link state database
information will be displayed.
•
external — Displays the external LSAs.
•
inter-area — Displays the inter-area LSAs.
•
link — Displays the link LSAs.
•
network — Displays the network LSAs.
•
nssa-external — Displays NSSA external LSAs.
•
prefix — Displays intra-area Prefix LSA.
•
router — Displays router LSAs.
•
unknown — Displays unknown area, AS or link-scope LSAs.
•
lsid — Specifies a valid link state identifier (LSID).
•
adv-router — Shows the LSAs that are restricted by the advertising router.
•
rtrid — Specifies a valid router identifier.
•
self-originate — Displays the LSAs in that are self originated.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
OSPFv3 Commands
969
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the link state database
when OSPFv3 is enabled.
console#show ipv6 ospf database
Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
0
4
80000034 54BD V6E--R- ----B
2.2.2.2
0
2
80000044 95A5 V6E--R- ----B
Network Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------2.2.2.2
636
636
80000001 8B0D V6E--R-
Inter Network States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
1
323
80000001 3970
2.2.2.2
1
322
80000001 1B8A
1.1.1.1
2
293
80000001 3529
2.2.2.2
2
375
80000001 FC5E
Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
634
700
80000008 2D89 V6E--R-
2.2.2.2
634
689
8000000A 6F82 V6E--R-
2.2.2.2
635
590
80000001 7782 V6E--R-
970
OSPFv3 Commands
Intra Prefix
Adv Router
States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
0
1
8000003C 9F31
2.2.2.2
0
2
8000004D 9126
Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
0
1
8000002E 35AD V6E--R- --V-B
2.2.2.2
0
0
8000004A D2F3 V6E--R- ----B
Network Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
634
621
80000001 B9E2 V6E--R-
Inter Network States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
16
4
80000001 CA7C
2.2.2.2
18
3
80000001 B28D
Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
634
441
80000003 B877 V6E--R-
2.2.2.2
634
433
80000003 FE6E V6E--R-
Intra Prefix
Adv Router
Link Id
States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
OSPFv3 Commands
971
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
0
6
8000003A 37C4
2.2.2.2
0
1
8000004F 439A
1.1.1.1
10634
434
80000002 440A
show ipv6 ospf database database-summary
Use the show ipv6 ospf database database-summary command in Privileged
EXEC mode to display the number of each type of LSA in the database and
the total number of LSAs in the database.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf database database-summary
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the number of each type of LSA in the
database and the total number of LSAs in the database.
console#show ipv6 ospf database database-summary
OSPF Router with ID (0.0.0.2)
Router database summary
Router......................................... 0
Network........................................ 0
Inter-area Prefix.............................. 0
Inter-area Router.............................. 0
972
OSPFv3 Commands
Type-7 Ext..................................... 0
Link........................................... 0
Intra-area Prefix.............................. 0
Link Unknown................................... 0
Area Unknown................................... 0
AS Unknown..................................... 0
Type-5 Ext..................................... 0
Self-Originated Type-5 Ext..................... 0
Total.......................................... 0
show ipv6 ospf interface
Use the show ipv6 ospf interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface {vlan vlan-id| tunnel tunnel-id | loopback
loopback-id}
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
•
tunnel-id — Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
loopback-id — Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPFv3 Commands
973
Example
The following example displays the information in VLAN 11’s virtual
interface tables.
console#show ipv6 ospf interface vlan 11
IP Address..................................... Err
ifIndex........................................ 1
OSPF Admin Mode................................ Enable
OSPF Area ID................................... 0.0.0.0
Router Priority................................ 1
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 40
LSA Ack Interval............................... 1
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Authentication Type............................ None
Metric Cost.................................... 10 (computed)
OSPF Mtu-ignore................................ Disable
OSPF cannot be initialized on this interface.
show ipv6 ospf interface brief
Use the show ipv6 ospf interface brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display brief information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
974
OSPFv3 Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays brief ospf interface information.
console#show ipv6 ospf interface brief
Admin
Interface
Intval
Mode
Router
Area ID
--------- -------- ------------
Hello Dead
Retrax
Int.
Int.
Prior. Cost Val.
Int.
Val.
LSA
Retrax Ack
Val.
Delay
------ ----- ----- ----- ------ ------
show ipv6 ospf interface stats
Use the show ipv6 ospf interface stats command in User EXEC mode to
display the statistics for a specific interface. The command only displays
information if OSPF is enabled.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface stats vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPFv3 Commands
975
Example
The following example displays the interface statistics for VLAN 5.
console>show
ipv6
ospf interface stats
vlan
5
OSPFv3 Area ID................................. 0.0.0.1
Spf Runs....................................... 265
Area Border Router Count....................... 1
AS Border Router Count......................... 0
Area LSA Count................................. 6
IPv6 Address...................................
FE80::202:BCFF:FE00:3146/1283FFE::2/64
OSPF Interface Events.......................... 53
Virtual Events................................. 13
Neighbor Events................................ 6
External LSA Count............................. 0
LSAs Received.................................. 660
Originate New LSAs............................. 853
Sent Packets................................... 1013
Received Packets............................... 893
Discards....................................... 48
Bad Version.................................... 0
Virtual Link Not Found......................... 9
Area Mismatch.................................. 39
Invalid Destination Address.................... 0
No Neighbor at Source Address.................. 0
Invalid OSPF Packet Type....................... 0
Packet Type
Sent
Received
--------------------
----------
----------
Hello
295
Database Description
10
976
OSPFv3 Commands
219
14
LS Request
4
4
LS Update
521
398
LS Acknowledgement
209
282
show ipv6 ospf interface vlan
Use the show ipv6 ospf interface vlan command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display OSPFv3 configuration and status information for a specific vlan.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface vlan {vlan-id| brief }
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID. Range is 1-4093.
•
brief — Displays a snapshot of configured interfaces.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays ospf interface vlan information.
console#show ipv6 ospf interface vlan 10
IPv6 Address.............................
FE80::2FC:E3FF:FE90:44
ifIndex.................................. 634
OSPF Admin Mode.......................... Enable
OSPF Area ID............................. 0.0.0.1
Router Priority.......................... 1
Retransmit Interval...................... 5
OSPFv3 Commands
977
Hello Interval........................... 10
Dead Interval............................ 40
LSA Ack Interval......................... 1
Iftransit Delay Interval................. 1
Authentication Type...................... None
Metric Cost.............................. 10
(computed)
OSPF Mtu-ignore.......................... Disable
OSPF Interface Type...................... broadcast
State.................................... backupdesignated-router
Designated Router........................ 1.1.1.1
Backup Designated Router................. 2.2.2.2
Number of Link Events.................... 46
show ipv6 ospf neighbor
Use the show ipv6 ospf neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display information about OSPF neighbors. If a neighbor IP address is not
specified, the output displays summary information in a table. If an interface
or tunnel is specified, only the information for that interface or tunnel
displays. The information below only displays if OSPF is enabled and the
interface has a neighbor.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf neighbor [ interface { vlan vlan-id | tunnel tunnel-id } ] [ ip-
address ]
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID.
•
tunnel-id — Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
ip-address — Is the valid IP address of the neighbor about which
information is displayed.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
978
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display information about OSPF neighbors, in the
first case in a summary table, and in the second in a table specific to tunnel 1.
console#show ipv6 ospf neighbor
Router ID Priority Intf Interface
State
ID
--------- -------- ---- -----------
Dead
Time
------------- ----
console#show ipv6 ospf neighbor interface tunnel 1
IP Address..................................... Err
ifIndex........................................ 619
OSPF Admin Mode................................ Enable
OSPF Area ID................................... 0.0.0.0
Router Priority................................ 1
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 40
LSA Ack Interval............................... 1
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Authentication Type............................ None
Metric Cost.................................... 1
(computed)
OSPF Mtu-ignore................................ Disable
OSPF cannot be initialized on this interface.
OSPFv3 Commands
979
show ipv6 ospf range
Use the show ipv6 ospf range command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information about the area ranges for the specified area identifier.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf range areaid
•
areaid — Identifies the OSPF area whose ranges are being displayed.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the area ranges for area 1.
console#show ipv6 ospf range 1
Area ID
IPv6 Prefix/Prefix Length
--------- -------------------------
Lsdb Type
Advertisement
--------------- -------------
show ipv6 ospf stub table
Use the show ipv6 ospf stub table command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the OSPF stub table. The information below will only be displayed if
OSPF is initialized on the switch.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf stub table
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
980
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF stub table.
console#show ipv6 ospf stub table
AreaId
TypeofService
Metric Val
Import SummaryLSA
------------ -------------
----------
-----------------
0.0.0.10
Normal
1
Enable
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link
Use the show ipv6 ospf virtual-link command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the OSPF Virtual Interface information for a specific area and
neighbor.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link areaid neighbor
•
areaid — Identifies the OSPF area whose virtual interface information is
being displayed.
•
neighbor — Router ID of neighbor.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPFv3 Commands
981
Example
The following example displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information for
area 1 and its neighbor.
console#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link 1 1.1.1.1
Area ID........................................ 1
Neighbor Router ID............................. 1.1.1.1
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 40
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
State...................................... point-to-point
Metric......................................... 10
Neighbor State................................. Full
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Use the show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief command in Privileged EXEC mode
to display the OSPFV3 Virtual Interface information for all areas in the
system.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
982
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
The following example displays the OSPF stub table.
console(config)#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Area ID
Neighbor
Hello
Dead
Retransmit Transit
Interval
Interval
Interval
Delay
----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------
OSPFv3 Commands
983
984
OSPFv3 Commands
PIM-DM Commands
46
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip pimdm
•
show ip pimdm
•
show ip pimdm interface
•
show ip pimdm neighbor
PIM-DM Commands
985
ip pimdm
Use the ip pimdm command in Global Configuration mode to enable the
administrative mode of PIM-DM in the router.
Syntax
ip pimdm
no ip pimdm
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables PIM-DM in the router.
console(config)#ip pimdm
show ip pimdm
Use the show ip pimdm command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
system-wide information for PIM-DM.
Syntax
show ip pimdm
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
986
PIM-DM Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays system-wide information for PIM-DM.
console(config)#show ip pimdm
Admin Mode.................................. Disable
PIM-DM INTERFACE STATUS
Interface Interface Mode
Protocol State
--------- --------------- ---------------
show ip pimdm interface
Use the show ip pimdm interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display interface information for PIM-DM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimdm interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays interface information for VLAN 11 PIM-DM.
console(config)#show ip pimdm interface vlan 11
PIM-DM Commands
987
Interface Mode.................................
Disable
Hello Interval (secs).......................... 30
show ip pimdm neighbor
Use the show ip pimdm neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the neighbor information for PIM-DM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimdm neighbor [interface vlan vlan-id | all]
•
vlan-id — A valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example display the neighbor information for PIM-DM on all
interfaces.
console(config)#show ip pimdm neighbor all
Neighbor Addr
Interface
Up Time
Expiry Time
hh:mm:ss
hh:mm:ss
--------------- ---------- --------- -----------
988
PIM-DM Commands
PIM-SM Commands
47
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip pimsm
•
ip pimsm spt-threshold
•
ip pim-trapflags
•
show ip pimsm
•
show ip pimsm interface
•
show ip pimsm neighbor
•
show ip pimsm rphash
PIM-SM Commands
989
ip pimsm
Use the ip pimsm command in Global Configuration mode to set
administrative mode of PIM-SM multicast routing across the router to
enabled. IGMP must be enabled before PIM-SM can be enabled.
Syntax
ip pimsm
no ip pimsm
Default Configuration
PIM-SM is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables PIM-SM on the router.
console(config)#ip pimsm
ip pimsm spt-threshold
Use the ip pimsm spt-threshold command in Global Configuration mode to
configure the Data Threshold rate for the last-hop (or leaf) router to switch to
the shortest path. The rate is specified in kilobits per second.
Syntax
ip pimsm spt-threshold threshold
no ip pimsm spt-threshold
•
990
threshold — Threshold rate. (Range: 0-2000 kilobits/sec)
PIM-SM Commands
Default Configuration
50 kilobits/sec is the default rate.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a threshold rate of 100 kilobits/sec.
console(config)#ip pimsm spt-threshold 100
ip pim-trapflags
Use the ip pim-trapflags command in Global Configuration mode to enable
the PIM trap mode for both Sparse Mode (SM) and Dense Mode (DM).
Syntax
ip pim-trapflags
no ip pim-trapflags
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables PIM trap mode.
console(config)#ip pim-trapflags
PIM-SM Commands
991
show ip pimsm
Use the show ip pimsm command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
system-wide information for PIM-SM.
Syntax
show ip pimsm
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the system-wide information for PIM-SM.
console#show ip pimsm
Admin Mode..................................... Disable
Join/Prune Interval (secs)..................... 60
Data Threshold Rate (Kbps)..................... 50
Register Threshold Rate (Kbps)................. 50
PIM-SM INTERFACE STATUS
Interface
Interface Mode
Protocol State
---------
--------------
--------------
show ip pimsm interface
Use the show ip pimsm interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display interface information for PIM-SM on the specified interface.
992
PIM-SM Commands
Syntax
show ip pimsm interface [vlan vlan-id]
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays interface information for VLAN 11 PIM-SM.
console#show ip pimsm interface vlan 11
Interface...................................... 11
IP Address..................................... 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask.................................... 0.0.0.0
Mode........................................... Disable
Hello Interval (secs).......................... 30 secs
CBSR Preference................................ 0
CRP Preference................................. 0
CBSR Hash Mask Length.......................... 30
show ip pimsm neighbor
Use the show ip pimsm neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display neighbor information for PIM-SM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimsm neighbor [interface vlan vlan-id | all]
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID
PIM-SM Commands
993
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays neighbor information for PIM-SM on all
interfaces.
console#show ip pimsm neighbor all
NEIGHBOR TABLE
Interface IP Address
Up Time
Expiry Time
(hh:mm:ss) (hh:mm:ss)
--------- ---------------- ---------- ------------
show ip pimsm rphash
Use the show ip pimsm rphash command in Privileged EXEC mode to
display the RP router being selected from the set of active RP routers. The RP
router for the group is selected by using a hash algorithm.
Syntax
show ip pimsm rphash groupaddr
•
groupaddr — Valid group IP address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
994
PIM-SM Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the RP router being selected from the set of
active RP routers.
console#show ip pimsm rphash 224.5.5.5
There are no static RPs for that group on the router.
PIM-SM Commands
995
996
PIM-SM Commands
Router Discovery Protocol
Commands
48
Routers can be configured to periodically send router discovery messages to
announce their presence to locally attached hosts. The router discovery
message advertises one or more IP addresses on the router that hosts can use
as their default gateway. Hosts can send a router solicitation message asking
any router that receives the message to immediately send a router
advertisement, so that the host does not have to wait for the next periodic
message.
Router discovery enables hosts to select from among multiple default
gateways and switch to a different default gateway if an initially designated
gateway goes down.
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
ip irdp
•
ip irdp address
•
ip irdp holdtime
•
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
•
ip irdp minadvertinterval
•
ip irdp multicast
•
ip irdp preference
•
show ip irdp
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
997
ip irdp
Use the ip irdp command in Interface Configuration mode to enable Router
Discovery on an interface. Use the no form of the command to disable Router
Discovery.
Syntax
ip irdp
no ip irdp
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables router discovery on the selected interface.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp
ip irdp address
Use the ip irdp address command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the address that the interface uses to send the router discovery
advertisements. Use the no form of the command to return the address to the
default.
Syntax
ip irdp address ip-address
no ip irdp address
998
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
•
ip-address — IP address for router discovery advertisements. (Range:
224.0.0.1 [all-hosts IP multicast address] or 255.255.255.255 [limited
broadcast address])
Default Configuration
IP address 224.0.0.1 is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines. This command is deprecated in favor
of the ip irdp multicast command. If you issue this command, the
configuration will show the ip irdp multicast command instead.
Example
The following example sets the limited broadcast address as the IP address for
router discovery advertisements.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp address
255.255.255.255
ip irdp holdtime
Use the ip irdp holdtime command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the value, in seconds, of the holdtime field of the router
advertisement sent from this interface. Use the no form of the command to
set the time to the default value.
Syntax
ip irdp holdtime integer
no ip irdp holdtime
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
999
•
integer — Integer value in seconds of the the holdtime field of the router
advertisement sent from this interface. The holdtime must be no less than
the maximum advertisement interval and cannot be greater than 9000
seconds.
Default Configuration
The holdtime defaults to 3 times the maximum advertisement interval.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
The holdtime is the length of time that a host considers the router
advertisement valid. After the holdtime expires, a host will no longer use the
router as its default gateway.
Example
The following example sets hold time at 2000 seconds for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp holdtime 2000
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
Use the ip irdp maxadvertinterval command in Interface Configuration
mode to configure the maximum time, in seconds, allowed between sending
router advertisements from the interface. Use the no form of the command to
set the time to the default value.
Syntax
ip irdp maxadvertinterval integer
no ip irdp maxadvertinterval
•
1000
integer — Maximum time in seconds allowed between sending router
advertisements from the interface. (Range: 4 or the minimum
advertisement interval, whichever is greater, and 1800 seconds)
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
Default Configuration
600 seconds is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
The default values of the minimum advertisement interval and the holdtime
depend on the value of the maximum advertisement interval. Setting the
maximum advertisement interval changes the minimum advertisement
interval and holdtime if those values are at their defaults; so, the maximum
advertisement interval should always be set first. If the minimum
advertisement interval has been configured to a non-default value, the
maximum advertisement interval cannot be configured to a lower value than
the minimum advertisement interval. If the holdtime has been configured to
a non-default value, the maximum advertisement interval cannot be
configured to a value larger than the holdtime.
Example
The following example sets maximum advertisement interval at 600 seconds
for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp maxadvertinterval
600
ip irdp minadvertinterval
Use the ip irdp minadvertinterval command in Interface Configuration
mode to configure the minimum time, in seconds, allowed between sending
router advertisements from the interface. Use the no form of the command to
set the time to the default value.
Syntax
ip irdp minadvertinterval integer
no ip irdp minadvertinterval
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
1001
•
integer — Minimum time in seconds allowed between sending router
advertisements from the interface. (Range: 3 to value of maximum
advertisement interval in seconds)
Default Configuration
The default value is 0.75 times the maximum advertisement interval.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets minimum advertisement interval at 100 seconds
for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp minadvertinterval
100
ip irdp multicast
To send router advertisements as IP multicast packets, use the ip irdp
multicast command in Interface Configuration mode. To send router
advertisements to the limited broadcast address (255.255.255.255), use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
ip irdp multicast
no ip irdp multicast
Default Configuration
Router discovery packets are sent to the all hosts IP multicast address
(224.0.0.1) by default.
1002
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
If a subnet includes any hosts that do not accept IP multicast packets, send
router advertisements to the limited broadcast address.
Example
The following example configures router discovery to send to the limited
broadcast address:
console(config)#interface vlan 15804
(config-if-vlan15)#no ip irdp multicast
ip irdp preference
Use the ip irdp preference command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the preference of the address as a default router address relative to
other router addresses on the same subnet. Use the no form of the command
to set the preference to the default value.
Syntax
ip irdp preference integer
no ip irdp preference
•
integer — Preference of the address as a default router address, relative to
other router addresses on the same subnet. (Range: -2147483648 to
2147483647)
Default Configuration
0 is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
1003
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the ip irdp preference to 1000 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp preference 1000
show ip irdp
Use the show ip irdp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
router discovery information for all interfaces, or for a specified interface.
Syntax
show ip irdp {vlan vlan-id |all}
•
vlan-id — Valid VLAN ID
•
all — Shows information for all interfaces.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
1004
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
Example
The following example shows router discovery information for VLAN 15.
console#show ip irdp vlan 15
Interface Ad Mode
Time Preference
Advertise Address Max Int Min Int Hold
--------- --------- ----------
----------------- ------- ------- -----
vlan15
224.0.0.1
Enable
600
450
1800
0
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
1005
1006
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
Routing Information Protocol
Commands
49
This chapter explains the following commands:
•
auto-summary
•
default-information originate
•
default-metric
•
distance rip
•
distribute-list out
•
enable
•
hostroutesaccept
•
ip rip
•
ip rip authentication
•
ip rip receive version
•
ip rip send version
•
redistribute
•
router rip
•
show ip rip
•
show ip rip interface
•
show ip rip interface brief
•
split-horizon
Routing Information Protocol Commands
1007
auto-summary
Use the auto-summary command in Router RIP Configuration mode to
enable the RIP auto-summarization mode. Use the no form of the command
to disable auto-summarization mode.
Syntax
auto-summary
no auto-summary
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#auto-summary
default-information originate
Use the default-information originate command in Router RIP
Configuration mode to control the advertisement of default routes.
Syntax
default-information originate
no default-information originate
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
1008
Routing Information Protocol Commands
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#default-information originate
default-metric
Use the default-metric command in Router RIP Configuration mode to set a
default for the metric of distributed routes. Use the no form of the command
to return the metric to the default value.
Syntax
default-metric integer
no default-metric
•
integer — Metric for the distributed routes. (Range: 1-15)
Default Configuration
Default metric is not configured by default.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets a default of 12 for the metric of distributed
routes.
console(config-router)#default-metric 12
Routing Information Protocol Commands
1009
distance rip
Use the distance rip command in Router RIP Configuration mode to set the
route preference value of RIP in the router. Lower route preference values are
preferred when determining the best route. Use the no form of the command
to return the preference to the default value.
Syntax
distance rip integer
no distance rip
•
integer — RIP route preference. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
15 is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the route preference value of RIP in the router at
100.
console(config-router)#distance rip 100
distribute-list out
Use the distribute-list out command in Router RIP Configuration mode to
specify the access list to filter routes received from the source protocol. Use
the no form of the command to remove the access list from the specified
source protocol.
Syntax
distribute-list accesslistname out {ospf | static | connected}
1010
Routing Information Protocol Commands
no distribute-list accesslistname out {ospf | static | connected}
•
accesslistname — The name used to identify the existing ACL. The range
is 1-31 characters.
•
ospf — Apply the specific access list when OSPF is the source protocol.
•
static — Apply the specified access list when packets come through a static
route.
•
connected — Apply the specified access list when packets come from a
directly connected route.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example elects access list ACL40 to filter routes received from
the source protocol.
console(config-router)#distribute-list ACL40 out
static
enable
Use the enable command in Router RIP Configuration mode to reset the
default administrative mode of RIP in the router (active). Use the no form of
the command to disable the administrative mode for RIP.
Syntax
enable
no enable
Routing Information Protocol Commands
1011
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#enable
hostroutesaccept
Use the hostroutesaccept command in Router RIP Configuration mode to
enable the RIP hostroutesaccept mode. Use the no form of the command to
disable the RIP hostroutesaccept mode.
Syntax
hostroutesaccept
no hostroutesaccept
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#hostroutesaccept
1012
Routing Information Protocol Commands
ip rip
Use the ip rip command in Interface Configuration mode to enable RIP on a
router interface. Use the no form of the command to disable RIP on the
interface.
Syntax
ip rip
no ip rip
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip
console(config-if-vlan2)#no ip rip
ip rip authentication
Use the ip rip authentication command in Interface Configuration Mode to
set the RIP Version 2 Authentication Type and Key for the specified interface.
Use the no form of the command to return the authentication to the default
value.
Syntax
ip rip authentication {none | {simple key} | {encrypt key key-id}}
no ip rip authentication
•
key — Authentication key for the specified interface. (Range: 16 bytes or
less)
Routing Information Protocol Commands
1013
•
encrypt — Specifies the Ethernet unit/port of the interface to view
information.
•
key-id — Authentication key identifier for authentication type encrypt.
(Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the RIP Version 2 Authentication Type and Key
for VLAN 11.
console(config-if-vlan11)#ip rip authentication
encrypt pass123 35
ip rip receive version
Use the ip rip receive version command in Interface Config